TABLE OF CONTENTS . . VOLUME 59
Allred, D. M. : Mitos Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus in Utah.
II. Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina)— 31
. : A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus biseiosus, from tne
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Aca-
rina, Dermanj-ssidae ) _— 83
Arnaud, p., Jr. :A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
(Diptera, Heleidae) 82
Baldup, W. v.: The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
tera) 176
Barr, a. R.: a New Species of CuUscta (Diptera: Culicidae) from North
America 163
Bell, R. T.: Carahus aiiratns L. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in North America 254
Berner, L. : A Mayfly Gynandromorph „ 167
Blake, Doris H. : A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera)—. 278
Burks, B. D. : A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a Host
Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera : Eurytomidae) - 273
Cerqueira, N. L. : See Lane, J. — - 244
Cunliffe, F. : Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New Genus
and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamystinae
(Acarina) ^ 172
Davis, H. G., and James, M. T.: Black Flies Attracted to Meat Bait (Dip-
tera : Simuliidae) 243
Drake, C. J.: An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines (He-
miptera) - - 169
Edmunds, G. F., Jr.: The Systematic Relationships of the Paleantarctie
Siplilonuridae (including Isonychiidae) (Ephemeroptera) 245
Edmunds, Lafe R. : Observations on the Biology and Life History of the
Brown Cockroach PcripJaiietn bnivnea Burmeister 283
Elbel, R. E.: See Emerson, K. C. -... 232
Emerson, K. C: New Species of Eallicola (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 185
Emerson, K. C, and Elbel, R. E.: New Species and Records of Mallophaga
from Gallinaceous Birds of Thailand 232
Evans, Howard E.: The North and Central American Species of Propisto-
cera (Hj'menoptera : Bethylidae) 289
Froeschner, R. C. : Perillus lunatiis Knight (Homiptera: Pentatomidae)
in Montana 162
Fullaway, D. T.: A New Reared Opius from Africa (Hymenoptera: Bra-
conidae) 98
Galindo, p.: On the Validity of Haemagogtis spegazinii Falco Kumm et al,
1946 (Diptera: Culicidae) 121
Galindo, Pedro: A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes (Sabe-
thoides) chloropierus Humboldt 287
Hood, J. D. : A Note on Thilakothrips habidi Ramakrishna 194
HuRLBUTT, H. W. : See Slater, J. A. 67
HussEY, R. E.: a New Gargaphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175
James, M. T.: Some Sarginae Collected in South India (Diptera, Stratio-
myidae) 25
James, M. T.: See Davis, H. G. 243
Johnson, Phyllis T.: See Scanlon, John E., and Johnson, Phyllis T..... 279
Kissinger, D. G. : Taxonomic notes on North American Apion (Coleoptera,
Curculionidae) 40
Kohls, Glen ;M.: Ixodes doicnsi, a New Species of Tick from a Cave in Trin-
idad, British West Indies (Acarina, Ixodidae) - 257
Krombein, K. v., and Schuster, R. :\I.: A Review of the Typhoctinae
(Hymenoptera : Mutillidae) _._ ._. 209
Lahore, D. : The Spider, Conopisiha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as
a Commensal of AUepiera Icmniscata Walckeiiaer, Family Argiopidae,
in Prince George 's County, Maryland 79-
Lane, J., and Cerqueira, N. L. : The Validity and Change of Name of Two
Species of Wyeomyia (Diptera: Ciilicidae) 24:i
Melander, a. L. : A New Tachyemjyis (Diptera: Empididae) 296
MUESEBECK, C. F. W. : See Shenefelt, E. D. - 129
NELSO>f, G. H. : A New Species of Denilrocoris and a New Combination of
Atizies (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) 197
Sabrosky, C. W. : The Throat Bot Fly: Gasterophilus nasalis or veterlnus?
(Diptera, Gasterophilidae)
. : Two Overlooked Sources of Tj'pe Designations for Genera 171
Sailer, E. I.: Solnica Bergroth, 1891, a Synonym of Oehalus Stal, 1862,
and A Note Concerning the Distribution of 0. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemip-
tera, Pentatomidae) 41
ScANLON, John E., and Johnson, Phyllis T.: On Some Microtine-Infest-
ing Polyplax (Anoplura) 279
Schuster, E. M.: See Krombein, K. V. 209
Selander, E. B. : Descriptions and Eecords of North American Meloidae.
I. ( Coleoptera ) — - 135
Shenefelt, E. I)., and Muesebeck, C. F. W. : Ashmead's Meteoridea (Hy-
menoptera : Braconidae) 129
Slater, J. A., and Hurlbutt, H. W.: A Comparative Study of the Metatho-
racie Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) 67
Snyder, T. E.: A New Bugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae)— - 81
SoMMERMAN, K. M. : Three New Species of Uposcelis (= Troctes) (Psocop-
tera) from Texas 125
Steyskal, G. C. : The Date of Publication of Bezzi's Studies in Philippine
Diptera, II 90
Steyskal, George C. : A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Associated
with Snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) 271
Strandtmann, E. W., see Tibbett, Ted, and Strandtmann, E. W
Summers, F. M. : American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri-
opsis, with a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig-
maeidae, Caligonellidae) — 49
TiBBETTS, Ted, and Strandtmann, E. W. : The Snake Mite Parasites of the
Family Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), with Description of a New Spe-
cies, Ixodorhynch us gordoni .._. 265
Todd, E. L. : Five New Species of Gelastocoridae with Comments on Other
Species (Hemiptera ) .— 145
Townes, H. : A Eevision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hjnnen-
optera, Ichneumonidae) - 15
. : A Eeview of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ich-
neumonids, the Tn^es of Avhose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or
North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) 100
■ — .: A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of E. A. Cushman 248
Wallis, E. C. : Host Feeding of Cnliseta morsitans - -,. 199
Werner, F. G.: A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast of Texas
( Coleoptera , Meloidae ) 97
Wheeler, G. C, and Wheeler, J.: The Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) 191
Wheeler, J.: See Wheeler, G. C. 191
Williams, E. W. : Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae
of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera) .— 61
. : See Wirth, W. W. 5
Winkler, J. E. : Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites (Acari:
Oribatei) 190, 270
Wirth, W. W., and Williams, E. W.: The Biting Midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species (Diptera, Heleidae) 5
^OL
. 59 ^y^ s <
FEBRUARY 1957
NO. 1
PRDCEEDIIVGS
of the
ENTaMDiaGICAL SOCIETY
. WASHIIVBTOIV
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLT
CONTENTS
ALLRED, D. M. — Mites Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus
in Utah. II Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina) 31
JAMES, M. T. — Some Sarginae Collected in South India (Diptera,
Stratiomyidae)
KISSINGER, D. G. — Taxonomic Notes on North American Apion
(Coleoptera, Curculionidae)
SABROSKY, C. W. — The Throat Bot Fly: G asterophilus nasalis or
reterinus? (Diptera, Gasterophilidae) —
SAILER, R. I. — Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Snyonym of Oebalus
Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the Distribution of O. ornatus
(Sailer) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae)
25
40
TOWNES, H. — A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and
Xoridini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae)
WIRTH, W, W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.— The Biting Midges of
the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species
(Diptera, Heleidae)
ANNOUNCEMENTS ■
BOOK REVIEW
OBITUARY— Norman Eugene Mclndoo, 1881-1956.
SOCIETY MEETING— November, 1956 ,;r<^ \-,
41
15
5
4
23
43
45
(7
''V
r T r, -) 9 ^
\\
3XV. ON
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Organized March 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Boom 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President _ _ R. E. Snodgbass
President _ _ ..__F. L. Campbell
First Vice President R. I. Sailee
Second Vice President _ R. H. Nelson
Recording Secretary Kellie O 'Neeol
Corresponding Secretary Kelvin Doeward
Treasurer F. P. Harrison
Editor — _ Alice V. Renk
Custodian H. J. Conkle
Program Chairman J. F. G. Clarke
Executive Committee A. B. Gitrnet, T. L. Bissell, R. A. St. George
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
of Sciences- C. F. W. Muesebeck
Honorary Members.— Adam G. BoviNG, C. F. W. Muesebeck, H. G. Barber
The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Editor, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows :
Mr. Kelvin Dorward Mr. Herbert J. Conkle
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. S. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk Dr. Floyd P. Harrison
Entomology Research Branch, ARS Department of Entomology
TJ. S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Room 3151, South Building College Park, Md.
Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
vol. 59 february 1957 no. 1
THE THROAT EOT FLY: GASTEROPHILUS NASALIS OR VETERINUS?
(DiPTERA, GASTEROPHILroAE)
Curtis W. Sabbosky, Entomology Eesearch Branch, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, WasMngton, D. C.
Adoption of the name Gasterophilus veterinus for the throat bot fly
of horses in the latest taxonomic study of the Gasterophilidae, by
Zumpt and Paterson (1953), has again raised the question of the
proper scientific name for that species, long known to North American
entomologists as Gasterophilus nasalis (L.). Authors who reject
nasalis for a horse bot have applied the name instead to a deer nose bot
called CepJienemyia trompe (Modeer) by other authors.
In Opinion 106 of the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature (1929), Cephenemyia y^'a.'s, placed on the Official List of
Generic Names with Oestrus trompe Fabrieius as the type species
(Fabrieius actually credited the species to Modeer!). In the body of
the Opinion, although not in the Summary, trompe is said to be a
synonym of Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus. However, that is a zoological
conclusion, and its acceptance or rejection is not affected by the
Commission's action relative to the generic name and its type species.
After reviewing the evidence and the conflicting opinions, it is my
conclusion that the proper scientific name of the throat bot fly should
be Gasterophilus nasalis (L.)^ for three major reasons discussed below.
(1) A Mixed Series and the First Reviser Rule
Early descriptions of bot and warble flies (Oestridae in the old and
very broad sense) soon involve one in uncertainty and confusion.
Descriptions of adults, which are often brief and generalized, are
combined with various statements of larval habitat, and it is difficult
to be positive about what an author described or included.
In four important publications of Linnaeus, species are described as
follows in the genus Oestrus:
1746. Fauna Suecica, ed. 1, pp. 306-307: Six species described; not named
iDr. F. Zumpt, of the South African Institute for Medical Research at Johannes-
burg, South Africa, has kindly permitted me to state that he has read the manu-
script and agrees fully with the conclusions, at which he had arrived independently
subsequent to his 19.53 publication. I am also indebted to Dr. F. van Eniden, of
the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology at London, for suggestions and review
of the manuscript.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
buiomiiially, but from comparison of data and references with the next three
Avorks, it is clear that the species are described in the following order: bovis,
tarandi, tMsalis, ovi.s, haemorrhoidaUs, and a sixth species not subsequently
referred to Oestnis.
1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, pp. .'584-085: Five species, in the order bovis,
tarandi, n^salis, haennon-hoidalis, ovis.
1761. Fauna Suecica, ed. '2, pp. 42S-4;^0: Five species, in the same order as in
1758.
1767. Systema Naturae, ed. li.', vol. 1, part 2, pp. :;69-970: Five species in the
same order as in 1758.
By the order of listing of species, which is consistent throughout
for bovis, tarandi, and nasalis, and by the references, one could con-
clude that nasalis is the same throughout. If one considers only the
1746 description and associated information, it seems certain that the
deer nose hot was described. But the starting point for zoological
names is the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae in 1758. Abbre-
viated though it is, the diagnosis in the latter is markedly different
from that in 1746, plus the fact that Linnaeus introduced the state-
ment "Habitat in Equorum fauce, per nares intrans." The diagnosis
has been interpreted by some able specialists (Aldrich 1926; van
Emden in litt.) as applying perfectly to a species of Gasterophilus,
and by other able specialists (Railliet 1918; Rodhain and Bequaert
1920) as applying perfectly to a species of Cephenemyia. Its perfec-
tion is clearly open to difference of opinion. It appears to me to agree
most nearly with the usual appearance of the GasferopMliis which has
been called nasalis. The habitat statement quoted above has long been
dismissed as an erroneous observation by primitive peoples, a lapsus,
or the erroneous association by Linnaeus of the habitat of still another
— and non-Scandinavian — species, Rhinoestrus purpureus (Brauer).
However, in view of the fact that throat hot larvae may in their early
stages attach to the throat or pharynx, sometimes in numbers, the
habitat statement may represent a keen observation that was far
ahead of its time and not appreciated.
If therefore one considers only the diagnosis and habitat informa-
tion of 1758, it is possible to conclude, from one point of view at least,
that Linnaeus was indeed dealing with the horse hot that we know
as Gastcrophilus nasalis. However, he also cited species No. 1026 of
the Fauna Suecica (1st edition), which is admittedly the deer nose
bot. I believe that in all such cases one must consider all the informa-
tion present,^ including descriptive material, habitat, and references,
-If this is not done, some peculiar situations will arise. For example, the
original diagnosis of adult Oestrus bovis L. (now Hi/poderma hovLs, the northern
cattle grub) is unmistakably that of the horse bot fly, Gasterophilus intestinalis
(DeGeer), associated in error with the larvae living in the backs of cattle. DeGeer
recognized the confusion, restricted bovis to the cattle pest, and proposed intesti-
iiaUf for the horse bot fly. I doubt that anyone would insist on calling the horse
bot fly GasterophiJu.^ bovis on the basis of only the diagnosis part of the original
publication.
PROO. BNT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1S).")7 3
as representing the total species concept of the anthor, no matter how
confused it may be by modern standards. Accordingly, I consider
Oestrus nasalis L. (1758) to have been based upon a mixture of
species. It then becomes necessary to determine the first reviser, i.e.,
the first author who recognized that a mixture existed and who clearly
restricted the name nasalis to one of its component parts.
Linnaeus himself appears merely to have continued his confusion
of 1758 ill his later works. As far as I can find, the first author who
clearly recognized and resolved the confusion was Modeer (1786), who
proposed Oesiriis trompe for the deer nose bot, and restricted Oestrus
nasalis to the horse bot. Under trompe he pointed out that Linnaeus
described the species on deer, though not perfectly, m the first edition
of the Fauna Suecica. However, wrote Modeer (pp. 134-5), "A
greater error has occurred in the second edition of the same book, for
in that there is an entirely different and quite separate description
bearing on an entirely different little creature, entered under the
name of nasalis (whose larva lives in the horse's pharynx)." After
noting the elimination of accompanying citations from Oestrus nasalis
in the fifth edition of the Systema Naturae, Modeer stated that "From
all this it can certainly be concluded that Oestrus trompe is far differ-
ent from the nasalis cited in the more recent Fauna Suecica and the
above-mentioned Systema — " (p. 135). Later, under nasalis, Modeer
wrote that "There is no other author who has described this nose-
sting fly [Nosstyng-fluga, i.e. Oestrus na^salis] except von Linne" (p.
146) [Translations from Swedish by Miss Ruth Ericson].
Modeer 's work made a clear-cut distinction between trompe and
nasalis. After his work, the name trompe was widely recognized bj*
the great dipterists of the time (e.g., Fabricius, Fallen, Meigen, Zetter-
stedt, etc.) as applying to a deer nose bot, and nasalis to a horse bot
(either as the name of elioice or as a synonym of veterinus).
(2) Substitute Name
In 1797 Bracy Clark definitely accepted nasalis as applying to the
throat bot fly, but renamed it veterinus only because he regarded the
name nasalis as inappropriate ("I have given it the name veterinus,
because beasts of burden are particularly subject to it, in preference
to the erroneous one of nasalis," p. 313). Veterinus, which has been
used for the throat bot fly by those authors who regard lui-salis as a
deer nose bot, is thus really only a substitute name for nasalis and
neither a separate proposal nor a restriction. It is, however, an invalid
substitute name, because zoological names are not to be rejected be-
cause of inappropriateness (International Rules of Zoological Nomen-
clature, Article 32) ; hence the proper specific name is nasalis, with
viferinus as an objective synonym.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. ^V.\iiU., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
(3) Usage
Although a few authors, chiefly taxonomists, have used Hcisalis L.
for the deer nose bot and veterinus Clark for the throat hot fly of
horses, predominant usage since Modeer (1786) has nasalis L. as the
throat hot fly and trompe Modeer as the deer nose bot. As a purely
practical approach, there will be less inconvenience and more contribu-
tion to stability by maintaining that predominant usage. Otherwise,
the specific names of two important economic species would have to
be changed, including the transfer of the name iiasalh from one
species to another. We are not always so fortunate to find that usage
and technical priority yield the same answer.
LiTEiBATURB CiTEa> (other than references in text)
Aldricli, J. M., 1926. What is Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus? lusecutor Inscitiae
Menstruus 14: 15-16.
Brauer, F., 1886. Naehtriige zur Monographie der Oestriden. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 5 :
289-304.
Clark, Bracy, 1797. Observations on the genus Oestrus. Trans. Linnaean Soc.
London 3 : 289-329.
Modeer, A., 1786. Styng-riug-Sliigtet (Oestrus). Svenska Yetenskaps Aead., Nya
Handlingar 7: 125-158.
Railliet, A., 1918. Sur la nomenclature de deux O-^strides du Cheval. Bull. Soc.
Zool. France 43 : 102-104.
Eodhain, J. and Bequaert, J., lliL'O. Oestrides d'antilopes et de zel>res . . . avoc
un conspectus du genre GasterophiUis. Revue Zool. Africaine 8: 169-228.
Zunipt, F. and Paterson, H. E., 1953. Studies on the family Gasterophilidae. Jour.
Ent. Soc. S. Africa 16: 59-72.
ANNUAL MOSQUITO MEETING
The 13th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Association, Inc.,
will be held in the Di Lido Hotel at Miami Beach, Florida, April 28 to May 2,
1957. Subjects of invitational papers include a report of the worldwide malaria
eradication program, an evaluation of insect resistance to insecticides and its
future significance on a worldwide basis, a report of the present status and
future possibilities of biological control of mosquitoes, and a discussion of the
importance of the relationship of taxonomy to mosquito control.
PLAN NOW TO ATTEND ! ! !
ANNOUNCEMENT
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or
less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References
to literature should be included in the text.
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 5
THE BITING MIDGES OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES'
(DiPTERA, HELEIDAe)
Willis W. Wirth" and Kogeb W. Williams^
During June and July, 1955, the junior author conducted light-
trap and recovery-cage studies of the Heleidae in each of the several
parishes of Bermuda, and made observations on their breeding habits,
which he will report on separately. Two pairs of recovery cages were
placed for weekly periods in each of 15 areas, and a mosquito light
trap was operated for a week in each of 7 of the areas and for 4 days
at the Biological Station. In this study 13 species of Heleidae, rep-
resenting 4 genera, were taken, of which 5 species are new to science.
In the taxonomic descriptions the following terms should be defined :
''Antenna! ratio" (AR) is the value obtained b.y dividing the com-
bined lengths of the five elongated distal segments by the combined
lengths of the preceding eight, or XI-XV over III-X (in Pterohosca
the ratio is X-Xy over III-IX). "Tarsal ratio (TR) is the value ob-
tained bj^ dividing the length of the hind basitarsus by the length of
the second hind tarsomere. Wing length is measured exactly from the
basal arculus to the wing tip. The Tillyard modification of the Com-
stoek-Needham system of wing venation is used whereby the branches
of the anterior fork are called Mi and M2 and the branches of the
posterior fork M34-4 and Cui. The types of the new species here de-
scribed and most of the material studied are deposited in the U. S.
National Museum in Washington, D. C. Paratypes and other speci-
mens when available will be furnished the Museum of Comparative
Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., the British Museum (Natural History)
in London, and the Bermuda Biological Station, St. George's,
Bermuda.
Johnson (1913) mentioned only two species of the family Heleidae
(= Ceratopogonidae) from the Bermuda Islands. One, which he de-
scribed as new under the name Ceratopogon fur, was actually Ptero-
hosca fusicornis (Coquillett) ; the second species he referred to only
as Ceratopoyon sp., without notes that would give us a clue to its
identity. Ogilvie (1928) does not mention this family as occurring
in Bermuda, nor does Waterston (1940).
^Contribution Xo. 226 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was sup-
ported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellow-
ship granted to the junior author by the Bermuda Biological Station for investi-
gation of the Cnilicoidpfi of the Bermudas. Thanks are due Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr.,
director of the Biological Station, for assistance and to members of the Bermuda
Agriculture Experiment Station, Gordon E. Groves, director, Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director, J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist, and C. A. Baker, hor-
ticulturist, for transporting equipment and identifying the plants.
- Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture.
^School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine of the Faculty of Medi-
cine, Columbia University.
i proc. ent. soc. wash., vol. 59, no. 1, february, 1957
Key to the Bermuda Species of Helbidab
(Based primarily on females)
1. Fore femur with strong ventral spines; tarsal claws large; macrotrichia
of wing absent; wing with only one radial cell, the costa extending to
0.72 of distance to wing tip 14. Bezzia atlantica, n. sp.
Fore femur without ventral spines; tarsal claws small; macrotrichia pres
ent on wing, usually abundant; wing with two radial cells present;
costa extending to less than O.fi of distance to wing tip 2
2. Empodium well developed ; wing with abundant, long appressed macro-
trichia; first radial cell narrow, second radial cell not sharply angled
at apex — 3
Empodium absent; wing with sparse, suberect macrotrichia -6
3. Terminal six segments of antenna elongated; empodium greatly developed,
pad-like TR 3.0 1. Pterobosca fusioornis (Coquillett)
Terminal five segments of antenna elongated; empodium normal, small;
TR 0.5-1.3 4
4. TR 0.5 ; mesonotum with pale mesal longitudinal band ; pleuron with
transverse dark band; legs with apices of femora and bases of tibiae
dark; wing without pale spots; halter brown ._.3. Forcipomiria raleighiMnciiQ
TR 1.0-1.3; mesonotum unicolorous brown; pleuron not banded; legs
banded or unbanded ; wing with or without pale spots ; halter pale or
brown ^
5. TR 1.0; legs with broad pale and dark hands; wing with pattern of pale
spots; halter knob brownish 4. Forcipomyia varipennu, n. sp.
TR 1.3; legs unbanded; wing uniformly brownish gray; halter pale
2. Forcipomyia ingrarni Carter
6. First radial cell nearly or completely obliterated, second obliterated or
square-ended ; humeral pits not developed ; eyes pubescent ; wing hyaline
without color pattern 7
First and second radial cells well developed, subequal; humeral pits well
developed; eyes bare; wing usually with pattern of pale spots 12
7. Abdominal terga with posterior borders narrowly white; large species
(wing 1-1.4 mm. long) 8
Abdominal terga. uniformly blackish ; small species (wing 0.65-0.9 mm.
long) 10
8. Abdominal pleura dappled wnth many small black streaks; large species
(wiug 1.4 mm. long) ; mesonotum with median tuft of scale-like bristles
5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett)
- Abdominal pleura uniformly pale or with several large dark areas; medium
sized species (wing 1-1.2 mm. long) ; mesonotum without median tuft of
scale-like bristles 9
9. Mesonotum grayish green pollinose ; abdominal pleura III-VI extensively
black . 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett)
Mesonotum yellowish brown with three obscure darker brown vittae ;
abdomen without dark areas on pleura III-VI
— 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, n. sp.
PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 7
10. Thorax uniformly dull, jet-black; male dististyle bifid -
_. _ _ 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Maofie
Thorax shiniug brown to black with yellow scutellum, humeri and pre
scutellar and supra-alar spots; male dististyle simple 11
11. Antennal segments longer, segment XI 1.39 times as long as X; second
radial cell twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.01 mm. in diameter
with selerotized base of duct one-third as long as diameter of sperma-
theca; male genitalia as in figure 1 9. Dasyhelea atlantis, u. sp.
Antennal segments shorter, segment XI 1.25 times as long as X; second
radial cell not twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.06 mm. in diame-
ter with base of duct selerotized only a short distance ; male genitalia as
in figure 2. 10. Dasyhelea hermudae, n. sp.
12. Color subshining pale yellow; wing without pattern; two spermathecae
present 11. Culicoides fioridensis Beck
Color pruinose grayish brown; wing with pattern of large pale areas;
only one spermatheca present 13
13. Wing markings consisting of sharply defined pale areas, second radial cell
blackish to tip ; mesonotum with prominent pattern
12. Culicoides crcpuscvlaris Malloch
Wing markings not sharply defined; second radial cell yellowish at the
extreme apex ; mesonotum without pattern
_ .._. 13. Culicoides hermudensis Williams
1. Pterobosca fusicomis (Coquillett)
Ceratopogon fusicomis Coquillett, 1905, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 13: 63 (female;
Biscayne Bay, Florida).
Pterobosca fusicomis Johannsen, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 117 (records; syu. :
macfiei Costa Lima and floridana Johannsen).
Ceratopogon fur Johnson, 1913, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 444 (female; Ber-
muda; fig. wing; attached to a small agrionid dragonfly). NEW
SYNONYMY.
The two cotypes of Ceratopogon fur in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard University were examined through the courtesy
of Dr. P. J. Darlington. One female is attached to the thorax of the
agrionid host at the membranous portion at the base of the wings, with
the proboscis of the midge parasite piercing the integument of the
host. The other cotype female which was glued to a card point on a
separate pin was dissected and mounted on a slide by the senior
author. Examination of the following characters shows the species to
be the same as Pterohosca fusicomis (Coquillett), the type of which
was used for comparison. Eyes bare ; third palpal segment with a
shallow, definite pit ; tarsal ratio 3.0 ; tarsal claws each deeply cleft
and the two parts each broadly expanded, bladelike ; empodium large
and broad, modified for clinging; wing 1.13 mm. long, with moderately
dense, long, suberect hairs arranged in lines, with narrow bare lines
along the veins ; halter brown ; legs brown ; thorax shining brown, with
brown hairs, scutelhmi slightly paler. This species, which was not
8 PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
taken in the present stndy, was the only named species of the family
previously known from Bermuda.
2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter
Voi-cipomyia ingrami Carter, 1919, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 12: 290 (male, fe-
male; Gold Coast; fig. antenna, wing, tarsus, palpus, genitalia, larva, pupa);
Edwards, 1928, Ins. of Samoa, pt. VI, fasc. 2, p. 51 (Samoa) ; Maefie, 1933,
B. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 114: 91 (Marquesas Ids.); Maefie, 1934, Stylops 3:
133 (Hawaii) ; Maefie, 1934, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 28: 179 (Malaya).
Specimens examined: 16 males, 314 females, in light traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Pampas Farm (South Shore
Marsh), Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton
Marsh, and Evans Pond, and in recovery cages from Pampas Farm,
Devonsliire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, AVarwick Marsh,
and Southampton Marsh.
Forcipomyia ingrami is a pale brown, unmarked species with female
TR about 1.3, the male TR from 0.8 to 1.1. The male genitalia offer the
best characters for the separation of ingrami from the related species
such as calcarata (Coquillett) from Mexico and qnasiingrami from
Brazil; in ingrami the aedeagus is in the form of a truncated cone and
the selerotized band of the parameres is broadly U-shaped rather than
narrowly V-shaped anteriorly.
Maefie 's records of ingrami from Trinidad were later referred by
him to quasiingrami, and the present record constitutes the first
authentic record of ingrami from the Western Hemisphere.
3. Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie
Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie, 1938, Proc. Eoy. Ent. Soe. London (B) 7: 160 (male,
female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined : 77 males, 36 females, in light traps from
Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh,
Southampton Marsh and Evans Pond.
Forcipomyia, raleighi is easily recognized by its short basitarsus
(TR about 0.5), plain wings, mesally pale mesonotum, dark halteres
and dark-banded pleura and banded abdomen. It is widely distributed
in the Caribbean area.
4. Forcipomyia varipennis, new speeies
Female. — Length of wing 0.67 mm.
Head brown, eyes bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in proportion of
13:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:18:18:18:23, AR 0.95, proximal flagellar segments
short, tapering, segments XI-XIV vase-shaped with short distal necks, last segment
with terminal papilla which has a spherical tip. Palpal segments in proportion of
10:10:20:10:10, third segment greatly swollen to apex, three-fourths as broad as
long, with a large, deep, sensory cavity opening by a small pore. Mouthparts
rudimentai-y, mandibles not developed.
Thorax dark brown, mesonotum and scuteUum with numerous long, mixed
PROO. ENT. SOC. AVASH., A'OL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 9
brown and golden, upright hairs and appressed slender, yellowish scales. Coxae
yellowish ; fore and hind tibiae with narrow sub-basal and broader subapical brown
bands, the latter subequal in width to the yellowish band of each side; mid tibia
brown except at extreme base and apex ; tarsi brown with narrow segmental yellow
bands. Legs with numerous long, upright, stiff hairs and appressed, narrow,
striated scales; six spines in hind tibial comb; hind tibial spur almost half as long
as basitarsus, scaly at base; TR 1.0; claws slender and curved, simple.
Wing with abundant long, striated, blackish scales; adorned with small yellow-
ish anterior spot past end of costa and irregular, diffuse, paler areas on distal and
posterior portions. Halter knob brownish. Abdomen dark bro\vn with numerous
dark brown hairs and slender scales. Spermathecae two, subequal, elongate oval,
each measuring 0.035 by 0.055 mm.
Holoiype. — Female, Warwick Pond, Bermuda, 4 July 1955, R. W.
Williams, recovery cage (type No. 62916, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes. — 8
females, Bermuda, same data as type ; 1 female, Warwick Marsh,
recovery cage, 4 July 1955. Puerto Rico — 1 female, El Yuuque, 20-23
March, 1954, J. Maldonado and S. Medina. United States — 1 female,
Brownsville, Texas, 1 October 1951, A. B. Gurney, palm grove. Guate-
mala — 2 females, Actenango, 22 June 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at
light ; 1 female, Yepocapa, 26 July 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at light.
Forcipomyia cinciipes (Coquillett) from United States (type local-
ity, Florida ) is very similar, but has pale halteres, dark coxae, femora
dark nearly to bases, the second dark band on hind tibia is twice as
broad as the pale bands on each side, the third palpal segment is not
greatly swollen and has a small sensory pit and the size averages larger
(wing up to 1.4 mm. long). Forcipomyia or^mtipennis Macfie from
Brazil is also related, but also is a larger species (wing 1.3-1.4 mm.
long) with three large pale spots on the anterior margin of the female
Aving, halteres pale, and the legs have more extensive yellow bands on
the femora and mid tibia. Mactie's reference (1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3:
96) to a damaged male specimen of ornatipennis from Costa Rica prob-
ably refers to varipcunis.
5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett)
Ceratopogoti cinctus Coquillett, 1901, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (female;
Lake Worth, Florida).
Da.syhelea cincta, Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 778; Wirth, 1952,
Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 150 (male, female; fig. wing, antenna, palpus,
spermathecae, male genitalia; many U. S. localities).
Specimens examined: 7 males, 18 females, from recovery cages at
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh.
This is a relatively large species (wing about 1.4 mm. long) with
pruinose bluish-black mesonotum spotted wdth yellowish, especially on
the borders, and bearing a tuft of black scale-like bristles in the middle
of the mesonotum ; wings with bare lines, abdomen wdth posterior
borders of terga white and abdominal pleura with many small black
streaks.
10 PROC. EMT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 1, FKHKl'AKV, '[\>r>7
(i. Dasyhelea grisea (('o(|uilk'tt )
Ceratopoc/on (/ri.seus (\)((uilk"tt. lilOl. Proe. V. S. X:it. Miis. 23: (502 (female;
Washington, 1). C, Lake Worth, Florida).
Dasyhelea grisea Thoniseii, 193."), Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 43: 283; Wirth, 1952,
V\u\. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: Iw (male, female; many U. S. localities; fig.
antenna, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined: 19 males, 43 females, from reeoveiy cage at
Warwick Marsh.
This moderate sized (win<-' 1-1.2 mm. lono) species can be recog-
nized by its nniformly grayish-green pollinose mesonotum with three
narrow darker setigerons vittae ; wing with sparse hairs and bare
lines; legs pale with blackish knees; abdomen black above, the apices
of segments narrowly white-margined ; pleura of abdominal segments
III-VI extensively black; spermatheca one, oval with a short sclero-
tized neck ; male genitalia with blunt dististyle, a distinct sclerotized
hook on mesal margin of basistyle. ninth sternum not produced caudad,
aiid apicolateral ])r()cesses of ninth tergum well developed.
7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, new species
Female. — Length of wing l.d mm.
Structurally nearly identical with fp-i.sea (("oquillett). ^Mesonotum yellowish
browTi with three broad, oliscure, darker, dull, grayish-brown vittae; Imlter knob
yellowish; al)dominal pleura without integumeiital daik patches on segments TII-
Vr, but with denser, longer, i-onspicuous patches of brownish l)ristly hairs; all
hairs of body slightly longer and more conspicuous than in e/rixea.
Male. — Mesonotum uniformly dark browni with heavy bluish-gray poUinosity;
scntellum dull yellowish brown. (lenitalia with spine of apicolateral processes of
iiintli tcigum sliort and stout. Otherwise as in gri.^ea.
Tijpes. — Ilolotype female, allotype male. Bermuda, from recovery
cage at Spittal Pond, 17-28 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No.
62917, U.S.N.M., nu)untcd on slides). Paratypes: 250 males, females,
Bermuda, from recovery t-ages at Spittal Pond, Trott's Pond, Paget
Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Evans Pond, Southampton
Marsh and Mid-Ocean Country Club Pond, and in the light trap at
Spittal Pond. Also the following paratypes : TTnited States — 22 males.
7 females. Lake Worth, Florida, 9 August 1951, W. W. Wirth, light
trap; 7 males, 18 females. North Miami Beach, Florida, 18 April 1951,
J. E. Porter, light trap ; 8 females, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 9 June
1917, J. M. Aldrich ; 2 females, Galveston, Texas, 16 April 1905, W. D.
Pierce, on Tamarix gallica. Bahamas — 1 female. South Bimini Island,
June 1951, Cazier and Vaurie.
This species is evidently a salt marsh relative of Dosyhclea grisea
(Coqnillett), with whieh it occasionally occurs, but without showing
evidence of interbreeding.
PROr. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 19n7 11
S. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie
Basyhelea scissurae Maefie, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 20: 15 (male; Trini-
dad; fig. genitalia) ; Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 103 (male, female; Costa
Eica).
Specimens examined : 2 males, 1 female, Paget Marsh, light trap,
28 June and 1 male, Evans Pond, in light trap, 12-18 July 1955.
The uniformly dull, jet-blaek color with only the halteres white,
small size (wing 0.9 mm. long) and the bifid male dististyles will
readily identify this species.
9. Dasyhelea atlantis, new species
(Figure 1)
Male, female. — Length of wing 0.75-0.8 mm.
Color in specimens preserved in alcohol shining dark brown ; male mesonotum
uniformly blackish, female mesonotum paler brown with humeri, supra-alar spots
and a pair of oval spots in prescutellar depression, yellowish. Scutellum yellowish,
with six bristles; postscutellum and pleuron dark brown. Antenna brown, palpus
yellowish ; legs yellowish, femora and tibiae more or less infuscated ; halter knot)
whitish, stem dark; wing grayish hyaline, the radial cells slightly darkened;
abdominal terga uniformly blackish. Eye pubescent. Antenna with flagellar seg-
ments in proportion of 15:10:11:11:12:12:13:13:18:18:18:18:25; tenth segment
l.fi times as long as broad; last segment without terminal stylet. Palpal segments
in proportion of 15:25:12:12. TR 2.4; six or seven spines in hind tibial comb.
Wing with second radial cell twice as long as broad, macrotrichia numerous,
arranged in lines on disc but forming patches on distal and posterior wing mar-
gins. Spermatheca one, subspherical, diameter about 0.04 mm., with a very slender
sclerotized duct one-third as long as diameter of spermatheca. Male genitalia as
in figure 1.
Holotype. — Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Trott's Pond, 10
June 1955, R. AV. Williams (type No. 62919,' U.S.N.M., on slide). Allo-
type.— Female, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
Paratypes. — About 700 males and females, from recovery cages, during
June and July from Lovers Lake, Wilkinson Pond, Trott's Pond,
Spittal Pond, Warwick Pond. Seymour Pond, Evans Pond, Pilchard
Ray and Mid-Ocean Countrv Club l^onds. and from the light traji at
Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955.
10. Dasyhelea bermudae, new species
(Figure 2)
Male, female. — Length of wing 0.65-0.70 mm.
Very similar in color markings to ailaniist, the shining blackish mesoiiutum with
yellowish humeri and prescutellar spots outstanding. Structurally as in atlantis,
but differing as follows: Antennal segments slightly shorter, flagellar segments in
proportion 15:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:15:15:15:20. "Wing slightly hairier, sec-
ond radial cell not quite as long as broad. Spermatheca larger, diameter about
0.06 mm., the base of the duct sclerotized only a short distance. Male genitalia
quite different, as in figure 2.
12
PROC. ENT. SOr. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Holotype. — Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Warwick Pond,
4 July 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62918, U.S.N.M., on slide).
AlloUjpc. — Female, from recovery cage at Pampas Farm, 21-27 June
1955. Parat\)pcs. — 50 males. 75 females, from recovery cages during
June and July at Pampas Farm. Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh,
Warwick Pond. Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, and Southampton
Marsh.
Fig. 1, male genitalia of Dasyheha atlantis ; fig. 2, male genitalia of Basyhelea
hermudae. The stippling represents areas of greater sclerotization.
11. Culicoides floridensis Beck
Culicoides floridcnsis Beck, 19.")1, Florida Ent. 34: 135 (male, female; Florida;
fig. male genitalia).
Specimens examined : Only 3 males and 3 females were taken, these
in the light trap at Wilkinson Pond.
Culicoides floridensis is somewhat similar to rnelleus of the Atlantic
and Gulf Coasts of the United States, in that it is a pale yellowish
species with unspotted wings, but the wings of floridensis are relatively
barer and the female has the spermathecae less heavily sclerotized.
The male genitalia of floridensis have normal dististyles, conspicuously
spinose parameres, and a V-shaped aedeagus, whereas those of melleus
have the dististyles conspicuously bent, the parameres simple and the
aedeagus massive, wdth high arch and truncate tip.
PROC. EXT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 19.")7 13
12. Culicoides crepuscularis Mallocli
Culicoides crepuscularis Mallocli, 191.5, Bull. Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 303
(male, female; Illinois, Michigan, Arizona; fig. wing, mesonotum, male
antenna, genitalia); Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 19 (re-
described, records, fig. wing, mesonotum, palpus, male genitalia).
Specimens examined : 176 females and 74 males from a light trap
at Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond,
and 577 males and 658 females from recovery cages at Pampas Farm,
Devonshire March, Paget ]\Iarsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh,
Seymour Pond, Southampton Marsh, Pilchard Bay, and the larger of
the two Mid-Ocean Golf Course Ponds.
This species is a close relative of canithorax Hoffman and alaskensis
Wirth from North America, as well as hermudensis with which it was
associated in Bermuda. Crepuscularis can be distinguished from these
species by its conspicuous wing pattern of definite rounded spots and
by the prominent mesonotal pattern consisting of a median longi-
tudinal diamond-shaped anterior band and a pair of crescent-shaped
lateral bands which are dark brown on a pruinose grayish background.
13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams
Culwoides hermudeiisis Williams, 19-56, Jour. Parasit. 42(3) : 297-300. (female;
Bermuda; fig. wing, palpus).
Specimens examined : 22-1 females in light trap from Pampas Farm,
Paget Marsh and Southampton Marsh, and 111 females in recovery
cages from Trott's Pond, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pampas
Farm, Warwick Pond, and Southampton Marsh.
Culicoides herinudensis is a small, browaiish, poorly marked species.
The female is closely related to canithorax of North America, but
differs from it in possessing 8 or less mandibular teeth instead of 15,
the AR is less than 1.2, the distance between the eyes is about 2.5 times
as great, the palpus and wing are less than two-thirds as long, macro-
triehia are sparse, the first spine of the hind tibial comb is the longest,
the long axis of the distal pale spot in cell R5 lies at a 45° angle to
vein M] and the single spermatheca is more than 1.5 times as large as
in canithorax. No males were collected.
14. Bezzla atlantica, neAv species
Male, female. — Length of wing 1.2 mm.
Head brown ; antenna and palpus pale brown, basal rings of antennal segments
at the verticils whitish; flagellar segments in proportion of 20:18:18:19:20:22:
23:24:35:35:30:40:44. Palpal segments in proportion of 8:12:20:12:18. Man-
dible with ten teeth. Thorax in preserved specimens dark brown, with short dark
pubescence, extent of pruinose pattern undetermined; four or five long black
bristles above wing base ; scutellum yellowish, with four strong black bristles.
Legs dark brown; broad yellow bands on middle of hind femur, at base and before
apex of fore tibia, on distal half of mid tibia but leaving extreme apex dark, and
14 PROr. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, IPo?
on iiiiddlr tliiid of hind tibia; tarsi yellowish. Logs moderately stout; fore femur
with three long, rather slender, black spines on flexor side, fore and mid femora
Avith one apical extensor spine, hind fenuir witli extensor series of three or four
bristles; claws black, equal, each with a strong, blunt, basal tooth; TE about 2.0.
Wing yellowish hyaline, costa extending to 0.72 of wing length; medial fork
sessile. Halter brown. Abdomen dull yellowish brown ; female with one pair of
gland rods as long as 3.5 segments. Female spermatheeae two, pjniform, subequal.
Male genitalia as figured by Wirth (1952, fig. 27 f) for setulofia.
Holotypc. — Male, Bermuda, Devonshire Marsh, from recovery cage,
2]-27 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62920, U.8.N.M. on' slide).
Allotype. — Female, Bermuda, Pampas Farms, from recovery cajie, 21-
27 June 1955. Paratypes. — 4 males, 4 females, same data as holotype.
Bezzia setulom (Loew), a common Nearctic species, is closely re-
lated, but difiFers in having the legs more extensively yellowish, the
femora with very broad pale bands at midlength and the fore femur
with an additional pale preapical ring, the pale tibial bands are also
slightly broader, the female gland rods extend through 4.5 segments
and the spermatheeae are not distinctly pyriform.
Ebferences
Johnson, C. W. l!tl3. The Dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6:
443-452.
Oglivie, L. 192S. The insects of Bermuda. Bermuda Dept. Agr.
Waterston, J. M. 1940. Supplementary list of Bermuda insects. Bermuda Dept.
Agr.
Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Fniv. Calif. Puli. Ent. 9: 95-266.
PROCEEDINGS
Back Volumes and Single Numbers Availabi^e
Vols. 1-19, per volume #2.00
per number .50
Vols. 20-5(1, per volume _— -4.00
per number _ ..._ ,50
Vols. 51-57, per volume - . - 4.00
per number .75
Note: No.'s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.'s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only
as complete volumes. Per volume 2.00
Complete Sets, Vols. 1-57 (1884-1955, inclusive) _ _ 194.00
PROC. EXT. SOC. AV.VSH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 19.17 15
A REVISION OF THE GENERA OF POEMENIINI AND XORIDINI
(Hymexopteka, Ichxeumonidae)
Hexry Toavxes, Mu.sciim of Zoologii, University of Michi(/a», Ann Arbor.
The iehneiimonid tribes Poemeniini and Xoridini belong- in the snb-
family Pimplinae, which subfamily includes species with usually a
rather cylindrie body shape, areolet trianoular or absent, tarsal claws
not visibly pectinate but often lobed or cleft, spiracle of first abdomi-
nal tergite at or in front of the middle, and ovipositor long and with-
out a subapical dorsal notch. These characters are rather general in
statement and subject to exceptions, but are enough for a correct sub-
family placement of the majority of the Pimplinae, including mem-
bers of the present tw^o tribes. Perhaps the greatest difficulty for the
tribes under consideration is to distinguish them from members of the
Gelinae belonging to the subtribe Echthrina (tribe Mesostenini).
The Echthrina ditfer from the Poemeniini and Xoridini in having
the areolet, when present, rectangular or quadrangular (except in the
Ethiopion genus Gahunia), and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor
somewhat enclosed apically by a dorsal flange of the ventral valves.
It is a common mistake of older authors to put some of these echthrine
genera in the Xoridini because of a superficial resemblance, but both
larval and adult characters show them to be true members of the
Gelinae.
The Poemeniini aiul Xoridini have commonlv been included in the
single tribe Xoridini (Ashmead, 1900, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 60-62 ;
and Schmeideknecht, 1907, Opuscula Ichneumonologica, p. 1336) or in
the tribes Xoridini and Odontomerini (Cushman and Rohwer, 1920,
Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 395-396). More recently a division into
two tribes approximately as used here has been etfected, but hereto-
fore without a statement of the characters on which the division was
based (Townes, 194-1, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 80-85; 102-115, and
Townes and Townes, 1951, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 198-199;
204-207). In spite of the fact that members of the two tribes have
been commonly classified together, they are not closely related. Lar-
val and adult characters seem to ally the Poemeniini with the Rhys-
sini and seem to relate the Xoridini with the Labenini and Acaenitini.
At any rate, they are certain!}' distinct tribes.
Key DiSTixifuisHixG the Poemexiixi from the Xoridini
1. Propodeuni not aroolated, prepectal carina absent; epipleurum of second
abdominal tergitc very narrow, almost absent ; middle tibia of female
without oblique grooves Poemeniini
Propodeum completely or almost completely areolated; prepectal carina
present ; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite moderately wide, usually
about 0.25 times as wide as long; middle tibia of female usually with ozie
or two oblique grooves that give it a twisted appearance : Xoridini
16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Tribe Poemeniini
As defined in the key, this tribe includes Pocmenia, Deutcroxorides,
Neoxorides, Eugalta, and the new genera Podosohistus, Cnastis, and
Ganodes. In 1944 I included also the genera Clistopyga and Diacritus
(Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 80-85). Clistopyga was removed to the
Polysphinctini in 1951 (Townes and Townes, IT. S. Dejjt. Agr., Agr.
Monogr. 2: 192). Dmcritus has a prepectal carina, and in some other,
less definite, characters is a misfit in the Poemeniini. It is hereby
removed from the Poemniini and referred provisionally to the Plecti-
scinae. The genera which I believe are properly referred to the
Poemeniini are discussed below.
Key to the GEosrERA. of Poemeniini
1. Mandible with two apical teeth, the upper tooth smaller; clypeus evenly
convex, about 2.0 times as wide as long; tarsal claws simple. Hol-
aretic Paemenia
Mandible without two teeth, its apex truncate and chisel-shaped; clypeus
basally convex and apically impressed, 1.3 to 1.8 times as wide as long;
tarsal claws of middle legs with a. subapical tooth except in Neoxorides. .. 2
2. Dorsal half of temple finely and weakly scabrous; clypeus about 1.8 times
as wide as long. Palacarctic. Deuteroxorides
Dorsal half of temple coarsely and strongly scabrous; clypeus about 1.5
times as Avide as long. 3
3. Outer claw of liind tarsus bent at a sharp angle, the inner claw more weakly
curved ; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tarsus enlarged and
spatulate. Oriental and Japanese Euffolia
Outer claw of hind tarsus not bent at a sharp angle and not more sharply
curved than inner claw; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tar-
sus not enlarged. __ 4
4. Tarsal clawa simple; second and third tergites impunctate or with a few
weak punctures. Holaretic. Neoxorides
Tarsal claws with a subapical tooth, or the hind claws sometimes simple;
second and third tergites definitely punctate. 5
5. Hind tarsal claws with a subapical appressed tooth ; nervulus opposite the
basal vein. Holaretic. Podoschistvs
Hind tarsal claws simijle ; nervulus before the basal vein by about 0.25
to 0.45 times its length. 6
6. Areolet present; first tergite of female about 2.4 times as long as Avide.
Neotropical. Ganodes
Areolet absent; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as
wide. Japan, Philippines, Java, and Siam. Cnastis
Genus Poemenia
Poemenia Holmgren, 1859. Ofvers. Svcnska Vetensk. Akad. Porh. 1(3: 130.
Type: Poemenia notata Holmgren. Monobasic.
Calliclisis Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 169.
Type: Ephialtes liectirus Gravenhorst. Designated by Viereck, 1914.
PBOO. BNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 17
FMhmodes Tscliek, 1868. Verb. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 18: 272.
Type: Ephialtes liecUciis Gravenhorst. Monobasic.
Evxorides Cresson, 1870. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 167.
Type: Euxorides americanus Cresson. Monobasic.
Lissonotopsis Habennehl, 1917. Ztsclir. Wiss. Ins. -Biol. 13: 234, 306.
Type: (Lissonatopsis riifa Habermehl) = hectica Gravenhorst. Monoljasic.
Clypeus moderately large, about 2.0 times as wide as long, evenly convex, cov-
ered with rather long hairs, its apical margin concave; mandible moderately long,
with two apical teeth, the upper tooth shorter; temple in profile about 0.53 times
as long as eye, its dorsal half sometimes with a weakly scabrous area; meso-
scutum moderately trilobed; notauli strong anteriorly, fading out on disc of
mesoscutum ; areolet present or absent, when absent the intercubitus about 0.8
times as long as second abscissa of cubitus ; nervulus usually opposite basal vein,
but sometimes before or a little beyond ; tarsal claws simple, those of the hind
legs sharply curved in a right angle turn; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.5 times
as long as wide ; second and third tergites with fine dense punctures.
This is a rather small, Holaretic genus. In North America there
are four species.
Genus Deuteroxorides
Deuteroxorides Viereck, 1914. Bui. U. S. Natl. Mus. 83: 43.
Type: Xorides albitar»us Gravenhorst.
Clypeus rather small, about 1.8 times as Avide as long, convex basally, the rest
impressed and the apical margin concave; mandible of moderate length, its apex
chisel-shaped, without teeth ; temple in profile about 0.5 times as long as eye, its
dorsal half finely and half weakly scabrous ; mesoscutum strongly trilobed ; notauli
strong, almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent; intercubitus about
0.5 to 1.0 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite or a
little before basal vein ; tarsal claws of male simple, the outer claw of hind tarsus
more sharply curved than inner claw; female tarsal claws with an internal trun-
cate tooth on front and middle legs, simple on hind leg or with an inner tooth
on inner claw, the outer claw more sharply curved than imier claw; first tergite
about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with rather close,
moderate sized punctures.
There are two species: the European Xorides alhitarsus Graven-
horst, 1829, and the Japanese Xorides orientalis Uchida, 1928.
Genus Eugalta
Eugalia Cameron, 1899. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 43 : 135.
Type: Eugalta strigosa Cameron. Designated by Ashmead, 1900.
Pseudeugalta Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55.
Type: Engalta spinosa Cameron. Monobasic.
Baliena Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 101.
Type : Baliena leptopns Cameron. Monobasic.
Tilgida Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 108.
Type: Tilgida alh if arsis Cameron. Monobasic.
IS PK01-. KXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. ], FEBRUARY, l!t.')7
Acthriii Tosqiiinct, 1908. Mem. Soc. Eiit. Bolgique Id: 114. Xfw synonymy.
Type: Aeihvia coii.^pwua Tosquinet. Monobasic.
Bathymeris Cameron, 1906. Entomologist 39: 251.
Type: Baihiimcris longipes Cameron. Monobasic.
Formoxorides Ueliida, 1928. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25 : 14.
Type: Achorocephahis pilosus Szepligeti. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apical-
ly impressed, the apical margin subtruncate ; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth ; temple in profile about 0.3 times as long as eye, its upper
hnlf coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed ; notauli strong, strongly
convergent^ nnd almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present or ab-
sent, when absent the intercubitus about as long as second abscissa of cubitus ;
nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws each with a. large truncate median
tooth ; outer claw of hind tarsus bent a little sharper than a right angle, its
median tooth obscured within the bend and its apical ungual bristle enlarged and
spatulate ; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third
tergites polished, impunetate or variously punctate.
This is an Oriental genus, with many species. One species, (Xor-
idef;) Eugalia olhonarginalis Uchida, 1928 (new combination 1, oc-
curs in Japan.
Genus Podoschistus, new genus
Clyjjeus small, quadrate, about 1.2 times as wide as long, basally convex, the
rest imjjressed, its apex truncate or concave ; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.55 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum rather strongly trilobed; notauli strong,
convergent and almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum ; areolet absent, the inter-
cubitus about 0.5 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus ; nervulus opposite
basal vein; tarsal claws with a median, appressed, pointed tooth; first tergite
about 2.3 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites mat, with mod-
erate punctures.
Genotype — Xoridcs vittifroiis Cresson, 1868.
This is a Holarctic genus, including Xorides vitifrons Cresson,
1868, from eastern North America; Xorides scutellaris Desvignes,
1856. from Europe; and Xorides alpensis ITchida, 1928, from Japan.
Genus Ganodes, new genus
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate ; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.4 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous ; mesoscutum strongly trilobed ; notauli strong, convergent,
meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present; nervulus before basal vein by
about 0.3 times its length ; claws on front and middle legs of female (the male
unknown) with a small median acute tooth; claws on hind tarsus simple, rather
strongly curved; first tergite of female about 2.3 times as long as wide; second
and third tergites polished, with moderate sized punctures.
Genotype — Gnnodes haUeatus, new species.
PBOC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, lll.)7 It)
Ganodes balteatus, new species
Femah — Fore whig 10 to 15 mm. long. Frons impunctate but with a few setae;
scrobe of pronotum impunctate ; mesoscutum smooth, with scattered small, indis-
tinct punctures, centrally with some sharp wrinkles; mesopleurum polished, most
of it with shallow, moderate-sized, rather close punctures; propodeum trans-
versely wrinkled on its median third, wrinkled on its lower margin, the rest with
rather sparse weak punctures ; first tergite polished, with a few weak punctures
and faint, fine transverse wrinkling; second and third tergites with moderate
sized, rather close punctures interrupted by a median impunctate stripe, the stripe
a little wider and the punctures a little sparser on the second tergite.
Head white, the mandible, scabrous area on temple, frons medially and con-
nected with upper half of occiput, and antenna except for flagellar segments 8 to
19 black; propleurum brown, whitish near fore coxa; pronotum black, broadly
white below and above; mesoscutum black, a lateral spot on front part of median
lobe and a pair of discal streaks whitish; scutella w'hite surrounded by black;
propodeum whitish, its median third black and with a dark brown pleural stripe
extending from spiracle posteriorly ; a triangle under hind wing brownish ; pleura
and sterna rufus, the mesopleurum sometimes mottled with whitish and with
black below the subalar tubercle ; subalar tubercle of mesopleurum and mese-
pimeron whitish ; tegula white ; wings hyaline, their veins dark browm but the
costa basally whitish. Legs fulvous, the fore coxa anteriorly, the middle and
hind coxae posteriorly, and tinges on front and middle femora and middle troch-
anters browaiish ; front and middle tarsi blackish ai>ically; hind femur blackish;
liind tibia and tarsus yellow.
Tyi^e — ?, Nova Teutoiiia. I>razil, lX-27-4(). Fritz IMaumaiiu
(Towiies).
Taraiifpes. — 3 9 9 , same data as the tvpe but with the dates ITT-24:-
27, IX-1.3-40. and X-19-4() (Towiies).
Genus Cnastis, new genus
Clypeus small, iiuadrate, about l.-l times as wide as loiiu, convex l)asally, ai)ically
impressed, the apical margin subtruncate ; mandible very sliort, its apex chisel-
shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.67 times as long as eye, its upper
0.6 coarsely scabrous; top of head somewhat flattened; mesoscutum weakly tri-
lobed ; notauli sharp but not strongly impressed, almost meeting on disc of meso-
scutum ; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 1.1 to 1.35 times as long as second
aljseissa of cubitus ; nerAoilus before basal vein by about 0.3 to 0.4 times its
length ; tarsal claws of fore and middle legs of female with an acute submedian
tooth ; tarsal claws of hind leg simple, strongly curved ; first tergite of female
about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergite polished, with
rather coarse, moderately dense punctures. The last tergite of the female is un-
usual in extending beyond the cerci as a flattened lobe that is longer than wide.
In related genera, the apex of the female last tergite is shorter and scoop-shaped.
Genotype — Neoxorides longicaudis longicandis Baltazar, 1955.
The genotype is from Luzon in the Philippines. There is a sub-
species of the genotype (N. longicxmd/is mindanensis Baltazar, 1955)
in Mindanao, Philippines, an undescribed subspecies of i\^. longicaudis
20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
in Siani, and a specimen of the species is known from Java. Xorides
vulgaris Uehida, 1928, is a second species of the genus, occurring in
Japan.
Genus Neoxorides
Neoxm-ides Clement, 1938. Festschr. Embrick Strand, v. 4, p. 517.
Type: Xorides nitens Gravenhorst. Original designation.
Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the
rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate; mandible short, its apex chisel-
shaped, wdthout teeth; temple in profile about 0.6 times as long as eye, its upper
half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, approxi-
mate on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 0.4 times
as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus interstitial; claws simple, mod-
erately curved; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and
third tergites microscopically transversely aeieulate, impunetuate or with a few
weak, ineonspiciious punctures.
This is a Holarctic g-enus, including the European Xorides nitens
Gravenhorst, 1829, the European Xorides collaris Gravenhorst, 1829,
and the American Xorides carijae Harrington, 1891, and Xorides
horeoJis Cresson, 1870.
Tribe Xoridini
This tribe includes Xorides (—Xylononius) , Ischnoceros, Odonto-
colon, and Aplomerus. Xorides is an isolated genus. The other three
form a compact group, differing from Xorides as indicated in the key
to genera and in the ovipositor as described under the genera.
Ktsy to the Genera of Xoridini
1. Mandible without two teeth, its apex chisel- shaped; epomia long and strong,
usually projecting dorsally as a tooth ; female antenna curved or elbowed
subapically, at the curve or elbow with one, two or a series of peg-like
setae. Worldwide. Xorides
Mandible with two subequal teeth (as normal) ; epomia absent or short
and weak, not projecting dorsally ; female antenna not specialized sub-
apically (as described above). 2
2. Hind femur with a strong median ventral tooth. Holarctic. Odontocolon
Hind femur without a median ventral tooth. 3
3. Frons Avith a strong median horn or tubercle; body subcylindric.
Holarctic. Ischnoceros
Frons without a median horn or tubercle; body flattened. Nearctic.-.yl /)/omer«s
Genus Ischnoceros
Ischnoceros Gravenhorst, 1829. Ichncumonologiea Europaea 2 : 949.
Type: Ichneumon rusticus Fourcroy. Designated by Viereek, 1914.
Head and body not depressed ; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth ;
frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; female flagellum not specialized
as in Xorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment short, stout, rather strongly bent at the middle; second
torgite with weak oblique basal grooves; second and third tergites punctate or
PROC. BNT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 21
tniiisversely aeiculate ; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral
valve Avith about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area.
There are several Palaearctic species, and one in the United States.
The United States species is described below.
Ischnoceros clivulus, new species
Female — Forewing 7 to S nun. long. Frons with rather fine punctures, and
with a large, median, mound-like, weakly compressed tubercle whose apex is
weakly grooved vertically; mesoseutuni polished, with small punctures whose inter-
spaces are about 1.5 times their diameter ; mesopleurum polished, with moder-
ately large Aveak punctures whose interspaces are about equal to their diameter;
area dentipara with a weak transverse apical tooth; first tergite without a dorso-
lateral carina beyond the spiracle; second tergite polished, except near the apical
margin covered with microscopic transverse aciculation; ovipositor sheath about
(•.(i7 times as long as fore Aviiig.
Black. Tegula, base of fore wing, and l)ase of hind tibia externally, whitish;
wings faintly tinged Avith lirown, the veins dark brown ; legs ferruginous, the
hind tibia with a weak apical inf uscation ; abdomen brownish ferruginous basally,
darkening to brown apically; ovipositor sheath blackish, ferruginous at the apex.
This is the only species of Ischnoceros with the abdomen partly fer-
rnginons. Its frontal horn is nnexcaA'ated, as in Ischnoceros sappo-
rensis, but the abdominal sculpture is aciculate as in I. rusiicns rather
than punctate as in I. sapporensis.
Type—^, Cinder Cone, Lassen National Park, Calif., VI-19-41,
P. D. Ilnrd (Berkeley).
Paraiijpes — 2 9$. same data as tvpe (Berkeley and ToAvnes).
?, Wright's Lake, Eldorado Co., Calif", VII-2-48, p". D. Hurd (Ber-
keley).
Genus Odontocolon
Odoniomerns Gravenhorst, 1829. Ichneumonologica Europaea 3:851.
Name preoccupied by Leach, 1819.
Type: Ichneumon clenilpes Gmelin. Designated by WestAvood, 1839.
Odontocolon Cushman, 1942. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 179. NeAV name.
Head and body not, or A\'eakly flattened ; apex of mandible with two subequal
teeth; frons without a median tul)erele or horn; female flagellum not specialized
as in Xorides ; epomia absent or rudimentary; hind femur thickened, beneath
with a strong median tooth ; first abdominal segment rather slender basally and
enlarged apically, a little bent near the middle; second tergite Avithout oblique
basal grooves ; first and second tergites polished, smooth or more or less aciculate
or punctate; apical part of ovipositor Aveakly compressed, the ventral valve Avith
about five ridges, basad of Avhich there is no roughened area.
This is a Holarctic genus Avitli numerous species.
2l2 PKOt". ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 1, FEHKUARY, 1957
Genus Aplomerus
J'IdliisoiiKi Piovaiiclu'r. ISS.l. Canad. Ent. 17: llo. Nanio iireoci-upied by
Leach, 1S17, by Lienard, 1832, and by Brandt, 1835.
Type: Platysoma tibialis Provaneher. Monobasic.
Aplomerus Provaneher, 1886. Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada p. 117.
New name for Platysoma.
Anodontomerus Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 2o : (il.
Type: Aplomerus tihialis Provaneher. Original designation.
Haplo-merus Dalla Torrt'. 19(il. Catalogus Hynienoi)terorum. 3: 392.
Emendation.
Head and body distinctly flattened; apex ot ni:indil)le with two subequal teeth;
f rons without a median horn or tubercle ; female tlagelhim not apieally special-
ized as in Xorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth
beneath ; first abdominal segment depressed, its spiracle near its basal 0.3 ; second
tergite without oblique basal grooves ; first and second tergites polished or with
various aciculation or fine wrinkling; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed,
the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened
area.
This is a Xearetic genus, witli five speeies.
Genus Xorides
Xorides Latreille, 1809. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. 4: -t.
Tj^e: Ichneumon indicatorius Latreille. Monobasic.
Epixorides Smith, 1862. .Jour. Proc. Linnaenn Soc. London (Zool.) 6: 64.
New s.ynonymy.
Type: Epixorides clialyheator Smith. Monobasic.
Moayisa Tosquinet, 1896. Mem. Soc. Ent. Belgique 5: 345. New synonymy.
Type: Moansa praestans Tosquinet. Monobasic.
Xeoxylonomus Szepligeti, 1914. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hungariei 12: 421.
New synonymy.
Type: Xeoxylonomus australis Szepligeti. ^lonobasic.
Other synonyms: Xylonomus, Sterotriclius, Gonoplionus, Moerophora, Siclielia,
Eharlina, Perissocerus, Cyanoxorides, Spiloxorides, Macrosterotrichius, Caeno
stoma, Pcriccros, 'Rliadinopimpla, Ahyhorhyssa, Lavaudenia, Xylonomimus,
and Xeoxylonomus Clement, not Szepligeti.
Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible chisel-shaped, with
out teeth; frons without a median tubercle or lioiii, or sometimes with a horn or
lamella lietween the antennal bases; female flagellum subapically elbowed or
curved, on the outer side of the elbow or curve with one to several peg-like bris-
tles; epomia strong, long, dorsally turning forward and usually forming a pro
.jecting tooth at the turn; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath;
first abdominal segment subcylindric or prismatic basally, expanded apieally:
stout and rather short to elongate and slender ; second tergite nearly always with
an oblique basal groove on each side cutting off baso-lateral corners, and often
with other grooves or impressions; second and third tergites variously sculptured;
apical part of ovipositor cylindric or slightly depressed, the lower valve with about
eight ridges, basad of whicli thei-e is a roughened area.
PROC\ EXT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, \0. 1, FF.UKIAK V, lit.")? 23
This is a large yeiuis of workhvide distribution and nnich struc-
tural diversity among its sjK^eies. The speeifie diversity has led to
the creation of separate genera for reception of some of the structural
types. I list these generic names above as simple synonyms, though
it is probable that after the specific relations are better understood it
will be advisable to use some of the pro]iosed names for subgenera.
BOOK REVIEW
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE FIRST INSTAR LARVAE OF THE MELOI-
DAE (COLEOPTERA), l.y J. W. MacSwaiii. T'liiversity of California
Publications in l']ntoniolo,t!:,v, I"ni\HTsit\' of Califoiiiia Press, vol. 12, iv jihis
181 pp., 29 pis. IIKIIJ. .^3.0(1.
Tlie title is perliaps an uiiderstatenieiit of tlie scope of the paper, for in
actuality this Avork represents a carefully anal\zefl account of both the phytogeny
and the classification of the ^Nleloidae of the world. Furthermore, while the
author's primary source of data was a comparative study of the morphology of
the first-stage larvae, information pertaining to the morphology of the adults and
especially biology was integrated and temperately synthesized wherever possible.
Since the author's ideas concerning the systeniatics of the family Avere based on
all these lines of evidence, there is little doubt but that this definitive paper will
represent the l>asic framework of the classification of the Meloidae for years to
come, in spite of the fact that small changes will become advisible when more
1)iological data are uncovered, when larvae of other species are collected, and
when the adults are more completely studied.
The general outline of the i»ai)er is as follows: After the introduction, and
acknowledgements, tlu' author brieiiy but concisely presents the history of the
biological and systematic work ])ertaining to the larvae. He next treats the
known biology of the members of the family, summarizing the data at the end
in the form of comparative biological diagnoses of three of the five subfamilies.
Little is known of the other two subfamilies, which, however, are small. This is
followed by a discussion of the morphology of the first instars, with particular
reference to an evaluation of the characters of systematic use. The last part of the
paper, dealing with systeniatics of the family, is by far the largest, occupying
127 pages. It is introduced by a treatment of tlie phytogeny, in which the author's
reasons, both liiological and morphological, for dividing the family into five
subfamilies are presented and discussed. The paper then provides, in a strietly
taxonomic arrangement, an account of the subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species
based upon the knowii first-stage larvae. This section includes both keys and
comparative descriptions, and lists as well the geographic range of the taxon,
the larval food, and the data of the material examined. In addition, the descrip-
tions are often accompanied by some general explanatory remarks pertaining to
relationship, nomenclature, and other pertinent information. Also included in
the paper is a very extensive selected bibliography covering eight and one-half
pages. The study terminates with twenty-nine plates of precisely delineated com-
parative illustrations of the larvae, drawn mostly by the author. — Jerome G.
ROZEN, Jr., Enfoniolofij/ Sesenrch Branch, U. S. Department of Af/ricuJture, Wash-
ington, 1). C.
24 PROe. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOU 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
FOR EARLY PUBLICATIOIS
\ CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
The stud}^ of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson's
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and
genera known to occur in South America are completely described and illus-
trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and lo-
cality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the
total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included.
The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies
of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best
illustrations of fleas currently available, and are grouped according to family.
A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, recapitulates
the host-flea information ; sections dealing with references, systematic index and
list of abbreviations close the volume.
Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non-
members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should
be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch,
Agricultural Research Sen ice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington
25, D. C.
PROO. HINT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 25
SOME SARGINAE COLLECTED IN SOUTH INDIA
(DiPTERA, StRATIOMYIDAe)
Maurice T. James, State College of Washington, Pullman.
The present paper is based on collections made by P. S. Nathan in
South India and either purchased by the author or supplied to him
for study by the Canadian National Museum through the courtesy
of G. E. Shewell. The study of this material has aided considerably
in clarifying the taxonomic status of some poorl,y known species; it
has provided material for proposing a new synonymy, previously
suspected but not confirmed, involving a well-known and widely dis-
tributed species ; and, finally, it has revealed two striking generic
intergrades, one of which is a species apparently new to science.
Microchrysa flaviventris (Wiedemann)
Sargns flaviventris Wiedemann, 1824, Anal. Ent., p. 31.
The status of the Oriental Microchrysa in which the males have
a unicolorous yellow abdomen is unsettled, but the common Indian
species seems to be flaviventris. I have seen a series from Gudalur,
Nilgiri Hills, 3500', April, 1949 (Nathan; James Coll.) and a female
from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 (Nathan; Canadian Na-
tional Collection). Information on the types of M. flaviventris and
M. fuscistigma de Meijere furnished to me through the courtesy of
S. L. Tuxen and Br. Theowald, respectively, indicates that the discal
cell is completely developed in both, contrary to what I had previously
thought (James, 1950, p. 254) ; and in a series from Bangkok, Thai-
land, Sept. 9, 1952 (M. H. Griffith; Univ. Kansas Collection), two
males and one female had the discal cell complete, whereas one male
had the vein forming the upper apical portion evanescent. This latter
character, therefore, is apparently not of specific value.
Microchrysa dichoptica, new species
A typically appearing Microchrysa. in all aspects except that the
eyes of the male are widely separated. The female might, on first ex-
amination, be taken for 31. flaviventris, but the legs are entirely yellow
and the head structure is different, the occipital orbits being more
strongly developed below and the inner posterior corners of the eyes,
when viewed dorsally, being almost angulate instead of broadly
rounded, as in flaviventris. In Brunetti's (1923) keys this species
would trace to the genus Sargns because of the dichoptic males ; under
Sargns it would trace to inficitus Walker, from Bat j an, a yellowish
species marked with black and, as Brunetti remarks, probably a Micro-
chrysa, since Walker describes it as having holoptic males (the tyi3e
is lost) ; under Microchrysa it traces either to fuscistigma or to
flaviventris, depending on whether one considers the stigma as brown
or yellow. Both fuscistigma and flaviventris males are holoptic, with
the abdomen at least mostly yellow.
•2ii PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 1, FEBKUAKY, 19.")7
'Male. — Eyt's broadly sepaiati'd, tlio front and face almost ])arMlk'l sided, the
latter l>ut sliglitly tlie Ijroader, about one-fiftli head widtli and sliglitly wider
tlian the ocellar triangle. Occipital orbits narrow, tliough distinct, along their
entire extent. Head metallic, lilue green on upper part of front and upper occipi-
tal orl)its, blackish dulled by whitish pollen on lower third of front, bronze-green
on the face, and blackish on the occiput and lower occipital orbits; facial orbits
silvery; pile of upper part of front and occiput whitish, that of lower part of
front and facial orbits silvery. Antennae yellow, the flagellum orange-yellow;
arista black. Proboscis yellow. Thorax metallic bluish green, the pleura slightly
more blackish, tlie humeri and the narrow upper margin of the mesopleura white;
pile of pleura silvery, that of mesonotum yellowish-Avhite. Legs wholly yellow
and yellow pilose; at most the last last segment of the hind tarsi blackish. Wings
hyaline, the stronger veins brownish; venation altogether typical of the genus;
stigma 1)rownish ; the veins forming the discal cell all strong; Mi weak; M.-i
but little more than a fold in the membrane. Halteres yellow. Abdomen about
as broad as thorax; its color blackish green, like that of the thoracic pleura;
pile white ventrally, the more conspicuous dorsal pile white to yellowish white
but overlying an inconspicuous, short, l)lack pile, especially medially. Genitalia
orange-yellow, the capsule large and iirojecting. Length, 4 nmi.
Female. — Front gradually widening from face to vertex; ratio to width of
head in allotype 0.24 across oral margin, 0.28 at antennal base, and 0.35 at
vertex; viewed from above, the jjosterior corners of the eyes distinctly angulated.
Lower parts of front liluish grei-n, purplish in certain lights. Abdomen distinctly
broader than thorax. Otherwise, excejjt sexually, as described for the male.
Types. — Ilolotype, male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500'; South
India, Nov. 9, 1953 (P. S. Nathan). Allotype, same data but May.
1953. Paratj^pes : male, same data but Oct. 15, 1953; two females,
same data but May 28, 1953, and May, 1953. Type in the Canadian
National Collection.
Sargus metallinus Falnicius
.S'«)Y/H.s' metaUinus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl., p. 258.
Sargitu macians Walker, 1860, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Brunetti, 1923,
Rec. Indian Mus. 25: 156; James, 1948, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 98: 198
(possible synonymy Avith i)ietallinii.s) ; James, 1950, Jour. Washington Acad.
Sci. 40: 254. (New synonymy)
Sargit.'i redhihen.s Walker, 1860, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Lindner, 1937,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20: 375 (synonymy with macians).
Sar</ufi concisus Walker, 1861, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, 5: 273; Brunetti, 1923,
Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 155 (synonymy with redhihens) .
The references cited in the above synonvmy are not intended to be
exhaustive, but merely to give authority for the names used, for their
synon^nny, and for the statements given in this discussion.
Sargus mefaUwu.9, as here defined, is a very widespread and vari-
able species, ranging from Southern China and Okinawa through
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 19r)7 27
India to Ceylon, New Caledonia, and the Solomon Islands. Variability
exists in color pattern, color of pile and at least one structural detail.
Typical metallinus has the legs entirely yellow. In mactans the hind
tibia is black at its base, and Brunetti states that this is the only way
in which it differs from metallinus. In redhihens, all femora are
broadly ringed with black or brown ; in concisus, according- to Brunetti,
the brown is deeper and more extensive and the ''anterior" (fore and
middle, by Brunetti 's usage) tibiae and the fore and hind tarsi are
also distinctly brownish or brown. According- to Lindner, Solomon
Islands males are mactans and females are redhihens; James has con-
firmed this observation but has added that series from Singapore,
India, and the Philippine Islands, in the United States National
Museum, contain both sexes of both mactans and redhihens. Leg
coloration, consequently, is hig-hly variable. The coloration of the
head pile is, also, variable. In the mactans and redhihens forms, as
well as in typical metaUinHS. the pile is usually yellow on the vertex
and face but black or blackish on the front ; all these areas may have
wholly or predominantly black or blackish pile, or certain males, with
their subcontiguous eyes, may have the pile color of the front merely
gray. The type of concisus according to Brunetti, is apparently lost
and the specimen (named by Walker) which he described is headless;
consequently the color of the head pile in this form is conjectural, but
the specimen from Kodaikanal which I am referring to this form has
the pile in all the above mentioned areas black. One quite obvious
variable structural character is the width of the front in the male.
In metallinus the front is commonly ver}^ narrow, its minimum width
being much less than the diameter of the anterior ocellus; this area
may be so narrow that the metallic coloration of the front is obscured
or lost. In the mactans and redhihens forms the front may, likew'ise.
be narrow, but it ma^- also broaden to as much as twice the diameter
of the anterior ocellus, and the front is distinctly metallic.
It is possible to recognize five more or less indistinctly defined forms
of this species: typical metallinus, with wholly yellow legs, pale facial
and vertical pile, and a very narrow frons in the male, widespread
in the Oriental Region but so far not recorded for the Australian
Region; mactans, indistinguishable from metallinus except for the
black base of the hind tibia and a tendency toward a broader front
in the male, in its distribution extending farther south than metallinus,
to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; redhihens, in which the
femora are banded or marked with black or blackish and the hind
tibiae are either black at the base or wholly yellow, in its distribution
coextensive with mactans; concisus, a melanic form with predomi-
nantly black or blackish legs and black facial and frontal pile, that
occurs irregularly in the Oriental Region; and the unnamed form
with white metapleura, described by James from New Caledonia. It
is better, at our present stage of knowledge, to consider these merely
forms, rather than subspecies, though I feel that ultimately three sub-
28 PKOC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 1. FEBRUARY, 1957
species can be defined: metaUinits, mactans (redhihcns, concisus) and
the New Caledonia form, the former two intergrading and liybridizing
in zones of contact.
Snch a zone of contact seems to occnr in Sonth India. A series of
eig'ht males and females from Koclaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500', IV-
1958, V-1953, and 28-V-1953 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection)
are typical mefallinus but one female, same data, has the leg's entirely
black except knees, apices of coxae, and trochanters and has the head
pile black, and one male, same data, has black-ringed hind femora
and black bases to the middle and hind tibiae, black vertical and
predominantly black facial pile, and a widened front. Two males
from Walaya'r Forest, S. Malabar, 1000', 31-VII-50 (Nathan; James
Coll.) are typical metalUnus, but a female in the same series has black
facial pile. Twelve males and seven females from the Nilgiri Hills,
Singara, 3400', V-1954 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection);
Gudalur, 3500', IV-1949, Sing-ara, 3400', V-1948, and Chirangoda,
3500', 3-V-1950, X-1950 (Nathan; James Coll.) are intermixed typical
metalUnus, mactans, and mactans grading toward t^edhiheyis, and
with varying frontal width and, to an extent, head pile. A series of
eight males and females from Ammatti, 3100', S. Coorg, V-1951, is
comparable, with the same three variants and with the extremes of
male frontal width present.
Ptecticus cingulatus Loew.
Ptecticiis cingulaUis Loew. 1855, Verli. Zool. — Bot. Yer. Wieii, 5: 143. Brunetti,
1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 143.
The synonymy is given by Brunetti and is not repeated here.
Specimens from South India may not trace readily through Bru-
netti 's key, since the hind femora may be considered wholly yellow,
the dark streak mentioned by Brunetti being very obscure or absent.
This species is apparently abundant in some localities in South India,
as I have seen more than a hundred specimens from Singara in the
Nilgiri Hills.
Ptecticus australis Schiner
Ptecticus australis Scliiner, 1868, Novara Eeise, Dipt., p. 65; Brunetti, 1907,
Rec. Indian Mus., 1: 113; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera
Brachycera, I, p. 79; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 148.
This species, which looks like a miniature cingulatus but is different
structurally and in leg coloration, is also apparently common in the
Nilgiri Hills. I have seen about 50 specimens from that area, in
addition to the following South Indian material in the Canadian
National Collection : 1 male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 ;
1 male, Yercaud, 4500', Shevaroy Hills, Dec, 1954. In the South
Indian specimens which I have examined the hind basitarsus is black
onlv at its extreme base; otherwise, Schiner 's description fits quite
well.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 29
Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brimetti
Ptecticvs aiirobru7ineus Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Dipt. Brachycera,
I, p. 76; Brunetti, 1923, Eee. Indian Mus., 25: 139.
This species was described from a unique male from Cochin State.
1 have examined 5 males, Singara, 3400', Nilgiri Hills, Y-1948, ex
rotting pomelo (Nathan; James Coll.) ; 1 male, same data but V-1954
(Canadian National Collection) ; and 3 males, Kodaikanal, Pulney
Hills, 6500', V-1953 (Canadian National Collection). These series
agree with Brunetti 's description except for the characterization of
the golden thoracic and abdominal pile; Brunetti says this is "dense
though inconspicuous" on the mesonotum, but this statement depends
on the light incidence, the pile being quite conspicuous when viewed
from in front ; the abdominal golden pile, also, as well as the black
patches mentioned by Brunetti, is clearlj- visible from in front, con-
trary to Brunetti 's statement, but not from behind. The legs may be
more extensively blackish than indicated in the original description.
Brunetti 's statement "genitalia and vertex dark brown" is obviously
a lapsus for ' ' genitalia and venter. ' ' One of the Kodaikanal specimens
has the wings yellow, like the basal part of those of ivuJpii, and with
only a little brownish along the lower apical margin. The relationship
of aurohrnnneus and wulpii is very close; the male genitalia seem
to be identical.
The female of this species has not been described. A female, Ting-
hawk, Burma, June 4, 1944 (L. C. Kuitert; Univ. Kansas Collection)
seems to belong here, but there are no associated males. It is the size
and general appearance of aurohrnnnens; the frons is a little broader,
as would be expected in this sex ; the abdomen is broader, the first
four terga wholly black, the fifth discolored brown, tlie apical segments
rich brown as in the male.
Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti
Piccticus wulpii Brunetti, 1907, Eec. Indian Mus., 1: 111; 1913, Eee. Ind. Mus.,
9: 263; 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Braehyeera I, p. 77; 1923, Bee.
Indian Mus., 25: 139
Ptecticus apicalis Wulp, 1885, Notes Leyden Mus., 7: 62; de Meijere, 1916,
Tijd. Ent., 58, suppl. 70, note. Not apicalis Loew, 1855, Yerh. Zool. — Bot.
Ver. Wien, 5: 142.
Brunetti described this species from three males and one female
from four localities, one of them the Nilgiri Hills. In his 1923 paper
he stated that this species was readily recognizable "by the all black
5th and 6th abdominal segments in conjunction with the all orange
genitalia," and in his key he includes as an accessory character,
couplet 5, "wing tip suffusion beginning at or immediately beyond
discal cell." This latter statement conflicts with the Fauna of British
India key, which separates wulpii partly on the basis of "wings clearly
yellow up to half-way between discal cell and wing tip."
80 PROC. ENT. SOr. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 19.')7
I am referring' to tliis species two males from the Nilg-iri Hills,
Singara, 3400', V-1948 (Nathan; James Coll.). In both of them, the
infumated wing apex starts eonsiderablj^ beyond the apex of the
discal cell ; in one of them the fifth and sixth abdominal segments are
wholly black except for a small, unsymmetrically placed spot on each
segment, whereas in the other the sixth seg-ment is wholly brownish
orange dorsally and the fifth segment is black oidy at the base.
Ptecticus cyaneus Bium'tti
Ptecticiis cyaneus Brunetti, 1912, Rec. Indian Mus. 7: 453; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna
Brit. India, Diptera Brachycera, I, p. 75; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus.
25: 151.
Brunetti records but two known specimens of this species, both
females : the type from Assam, and a specimen from the Nilgiri Hills.
I have a female, Chirangode, Nilg-iri Hills, 3500', May, 1950 (Nathan)
that seems to be this species. The appearance is strikingly close to
that of a large, rather robust specimen of Sargus mactans form
concisus, but the two characters usually used to distinguish Ptecticus,
namely the strong projection of the second antennal segment inwardly
into the third and the absence of a strap-like prolongation on the
lower (thoracic) squama, hold for this species. The venation is not
very unlike that of S. mactans, and the anterior ocellus, as in most
species of Sargus, is far removed from the hind pair. A striking
character is the slender form and elongation of the hind tarsus, which
is 1.5 as long as the hind tibia, the greater part of the length being
in the basitarsus, which is seven-eighths the length of the tibia.
This species is probably best retained in Ptecticus, but it is obviously
an intergrade between this genus and Sargus: whether by convergence
or phylogenetic relationship is a matter of speculation. It is note-
worthy that the second antennal segment of Sargus mactans may be
convex inwardl}', but not strongly prolonged, as in P. cyaneus. Sargus
gemmdfer Fabricius, which Brunetti refers to Ptecticus in the "Second
Revision" (1923) though not in the Fauna of British India, belongs
as clearly in Sargus as does S. mactans.
References
Brunetti, E., 1920. The Fauna of British India. Diptera, Brachycera. Vol. I.
Pp. X + 401. London.
, 1923. Second revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidae. Rec. Indian
Mus. 25: 45-180.
James, Maurice T., 1950. The Stratiomyidae (Diptera) of New Caledonia and
the New Hebrides with notes on the Solomon Islands forms. Jour. Wash-
ington Acad. Sci. 40: 248-260.
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, lOoT 31
MITES FOUND ON MICE OF THE GENUS PEROMYSCUS IN UTAH.
II. FAMILY HAEMOGAMASIDAEi
( AcAKlXA )
DoRALD M. Allrei), Ecolof/lrti} Brsearcli, Universily of Utah, Dugivay.
To the present time there are few publications which deal specifi-
eally with mites eollected in lUah. Doane (1916) published on phyto-
phagous mites attacking i-rops. A check-list of phytophagous and
predaceous mites was published by Knowlton and Ma (1950). Other
notes on plant mites have been published by Davis and Knowlton
(1954) and Knowlton (1955). Keegan (1953) was the first to publish
on parasitic mites from TTtah. He listed host records of mites belong-
ing to 12 species of seven genera which were taken from 95 individual
rodents representing 14 species of nine genera. Included with the
95 rodents were one specimen of Peromyscus truei, five P. crinitns,
and 20 P. ynaniculatKs. The collections were restricted to Tooele and
Juab counties in Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) made a study of
the mites obtained from nests of wood rats in Utah. Most of the 6000
mites collected during that study were identified only to family.
This paper is the second of a series (Allred, ms.) which deals with
(1) the kinds of mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah,
(2) their degree of host specificity. (3) their geographic distribution
within the territorial limits of Utah as determined by their occur-
rence on mice of the genus Peromyscus, and (4) other biological
aspects pertaining to the mites.
Brevisterna utahensis (Ewing), 1933
(Figures 2.5, 28, 29, 30, 31)
Ewiiig (1933) described B. utahensis from a single female collected from a
wood rat, Xeotoma lepida, from Salina, Sevier County, Utah, March 21, 1929,
by J. S. Stanford. Mites taken in the present study differ somewhat from the
discussions of Ewing (op. cit.) and Keegan (1949). These mites possess a
dorsal plate which is narrower and more pointed than was indicated by Ewing
nnd Keegan. The paired anal setae are situated behind the anterior level of the
anus rather than at the anterior level. The numbers of accessory setae of the
genitoventral plate are 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, .") and 6 in seven specimens examined. In
specimens examined by Keegan, the numbers of setae vary from eight to eleven.
Specimens in this study have two small pairs of accessory metapodal plates. These
differences probably are within the limits of specific variation.
This species has been collected from wood rats and their nests in
Arizona, California and Utah. Keegan (1953) listed collection rec-
ords from a grasshopper mouse, Onychomys leucoga^ter. a wood rat.
'Part 2 of an abstract from a thesis for the PhD degree. University of Utah,
June, 1954. This work supported (in part) by a research grant awarded to the
Brigham Young University by the Microbiological Institute, National Institutes
of Health, United States Public Health Service.
32 PKOC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Neotoma sp., and nests of wood rats from Utah. Allred and Beck
(1953) found this species in wood rat nests from Juab and Utah
counties. Brevisterna utahensis probably is state-wide in distribution.
It is known to occur at elevations between 2500 and 5000 feet in the
Lower and Upper Sonoran life zones.
Only seven females were collected from white-footed mice in this
study. These mites are associated more commonly with wood rats
and their nests than wdth mice of the genus Peromyscus. It is likely
that infestations of mice accidentally occur when mice wander into
wood rat houses. These mites were collected from grasshopper mice
and from wood rats and their nests in Utah during June, August.
October and November. In this study, mites were found on mice
only during April and June. One of the four times that it was col-
lected, B. utahensis was the only kind found on its host. At other
times, it was associated with the following species the number of
times indicated:: Hirstionyssus spp., 3; Euhrachylaelaps hollisteri,
2; Haemolaelaps glasgowi, 1; Derynanyssus sp., 1.
Euhaemogamasus ambulans (Thoiell), 1872
(Figures 17-24, 26, 27, 31)
This species was described from mites from Europe. Specimens from North
America are extremely variable with regards to the numbers of setae and the
length-width ratios of the sternal shield. Keegan (1951) discussed these varia-
tions and syuonymized several species with E. ambulans. With one exception,
the mites collected in this study agree with Keegan 's redescription. The differences
in the numbers of setae and the shape of the sternal plate occur within the limits
of variation of western specimens. However, a single female collected in this
study in Utah differs from typical E. ambulans in the length-width ratios of
the tarsi, and the middle pair of sternal setae are barbed.
Accordng to Keegan (op. cit.), E. ambulans has been taken from
birds and mammals at many localities in the northern hemisphere.
In North America, mites have been collected in Alaska and Canada,
and in most states from California to New York. Keegan (op. cit.)
reported records of this species from a wood rat, Neotoma cinerea,
collected in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah in July, 1933. Allred
and Beck (op. cit.) found this species in wood rat nests collected
in Juab and Utah counties in October and November, 1951. These
mites probably are statewide in distribution in Utah at elevations
between 6000 and 10,000 feet. They are known to occur principally
in the Transition and Canadian life zones.
In Utah, E. ambulans probably is associated with wood rats, Neo-
toma spp., and squirrels, Citelliis spp., and occurs most frequently
in high mountain areas. In this stud.v, these mites were found only
Euhaemogamasus barberi: Fig. 1, dorsal plate of female showing density of
setae. Euhaemogamasus oudemansi (typical) : Fig. 4, dorsal plate of female
showing density of setae; fig. 7, anal plate of female; fig. 8, genitoventral plate
of female; fig. 12, left peritreme of female. Euhaemogamasus oudemansi (vari-
PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
33
ant): fig. 2, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 3, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 5, anal plate of female; fig. 13, sternal plate of female;
fig. 15, ventral view of left eomicula of female. Ischyropoda armatus: Fig. 6,
sternal plate of female; fig. 9, chelicera of female; fig. 10, ventral view of left
tarsus III of female; fig. 11, ventral view of left tarsus II of female; fig. 14,
anal plate of female; fig. 16, genitoventral plate of female.
34 PKOC. KST. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FKHRUARY, 1957
on male mice. It is likely that the male miee wander more extensively
than do the females, possibly beeomino- infested when they enter the
nests or houses of other animals such as wood rats and squirrels.
Eighteen female mites M^ere collected from 18 mice in May, June,
July and Aujiust. Infestation of mice during- these months only may
be "attributable to the wandering habits of the mice or the mites
during- the sunnner.
Four of the 18 times that it was collected, E. amhulaus was the
only mite found on its host. At other times, it was associated with
the following species the number of times indicated: Haemnlaelups
glasgowi, 11 ; If. megaventraUs, I; Tronihicula harperi, 2; Euhra-
chylaelaps dehilis, 5; Lschyropoda armatus, 2; Hirst iomjssm sp., 1;
Bdellonyssus sp., 1; Poecilochirus sp., 1; Hypoaspis sp., 1; Ascaidae
sp., 1; Gamasolaelaptidae sp., 2; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Parasitidae
sp., 1.
Euhaemogamasus barberi (H\viii<j), 1H2.1
(Figures 1, .^1 )
Ewing (l!t2r)) dfsi-rihed E. harheri from two fcmak's taken from a "nest of
small mammal'' from Maryland, and E. microti from two females taken from
a meadow mouse, Microtus jyennnylv aniens from New York. Keegan (1951)
synonymized these two species as E. harheri. The single female taken in this
study is similar to Keegan 's redeseription. However, specimens examined by
Keegan all have over 100 setae on the genitoventral shield; the mite from Utah
has only 67.
Mites of this species commonly are associated with rodents that
live in meadows or marshy areas, such as meadow mice and shrews.
According to Keegan (op. cit.), this species is known only from
eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The collection in
Utah considerably extends its range westward. The ndte was taken
from an immature female mouse from Diamond Fork Canyon, Utah
County in June, 1951. The mouse was trapped in a grove of cotton-
wood trees by a small stream w'here grasses and wdllow^s formed a
marshy area.
The following species were found on the same host with E. harheri -.
Euhrachylaelaps dehilis, Hirstionyssus occidentalis, and Haemolaelnps
glasgowi.
Euhaemogamasus oudemansi (Hirst), 1914
(Figures 2-.'), 7. S, 12, IH, 15, 8])
Five females of this species were collected in this study. All of these differ
slightly from Keegan 's (1951) redeseription. One differs by having a genito-
ventral plate which is not as bulbous and expanded as described by Keegan.
The plate extends only half, the distance between coxae IV and the anal shield
in contrast to more than two-thirds the distance as discussed by Keegan. On the
specimen from Utah, the length-width ratios of the tarsi are: leg I, 6:1; leg
IT, 4.5:1; leg III, 4.5:1 ; leg IV, 6.():1. In Keegan "s discussion these ratios are:
PROC. ENT. S0(\ WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 3,J
leg 1, 8:1; leg II, 6:1; leg III, 7:1; leg IV, 9:1. The dorsal plate is not as
broad anteriorly as Keegan illustrated, and covers considerably less dorsal surface.
The arrangement of the pores on the dorsal plate varies slightly. Keegan did
not mention the third pair of pores which occurs on tlie sternal shield. These
are located on the most posterior edge of the plate. He illustrated the second
pair of pores as being closer to the second sternal setae than to the third setae.
In the specimen from Utah, the second pores are midway between the second
and third sternal setae.
E uhae mogamasus amhulans (typical) : Fig. 19, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 21, sternal plate of female; fig. 22, genitoventral
plate of female; fig. 26, anal plate of female. Euhaemogamasus amhulans (vari-
ant) : Fig. 17, sternal plate of female; fig. 18, dorsal plate of female showing
relative density of setae; fig. 20, ventral view of chelicera of female; fig. 23,
ventral view of left cornieula of female; fig. 24, tectum of female; fig. 27, right
peritreme of female. Brevistcrna utahetusis- : Fig. 25, dorsal plate of female;
fig. 28, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 29, sternal plate and presternal area
of female; fig. 30, anal i)late of female.
36 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOU 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
In the other four mites, the dorsal plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly
and covers more of the dorsal surface than Keegan illustrated, and there are
seven pairs of pores instead of six. The terminal portion of the cornicula is
more pointed than Keegan shows in his illustrations, and the genitoventral plate
is not as bulbous. The posterior invagination of the sternal plate is very broad,
although this width varies between specimens. Further collections and study
may indicate that these differences are specific variations.
Keegan (op. eit.) designated this species as a facultative parasite
of cosmopolitan distribution. The type specimens were taken from
wild rats. More recent collections have shown hosts of many kinds
from many areas. In Utah, Allred and Beck (1953) found this species
in wood rat nests. These mites probably are state-wide in distribution.
They are known to occur at elevations from 2500 to about 10,000
feet in all of the life zones from the Lower Sonoran to the Canadian.
These mites are not frequently found on mice of the genus Pero-
myscus. They probably are restricted to the nest, or are consorts
of animals of other species. Two of the mites collected each contained
one egg. These eggs were in a ''granular" stage of development and
were of large size, occupying almost one-half the space of the idiosoma.
The mites were collected from mice in March, April, May and July.
Mites of the following species were found on the same hosts with
E. oiideniansi: Euhaemogamasus ambulmis, Haemolaelaps glasgowi,
Euhrachylaelaps dehilis, Parasitidae sp., and Pachylaelaptidae sp.
Haemogamasus alaskensis Ewing, 1925
Ewing (1925) described this species from a single female taken
from a mouse of the genus Microtus from Alaska. Keegan (1951)
redescribed H. alaskensis from specimens taken from animals of
several species and genera from the United States, Canada and Alaska.
In the same paper (op. cit.) he listed records from shrews of the
species Blarina hrevicanda (probably Sorex vagrans) taken at Mor-
gan, Morgan County, Utah in August and September, 1932.
In this study a single female mite of this species was collected from
Peromyscns sp. in Millereek Canyon, Salt Lake Countv in September,
1948.
Ischyropoda armatus Keegan, 1951
(Figures 6, 9-11, 14, 16, 31)
Type specimens of this species were collected in California and Arizona from
a pocket gopher, Thomomys sp., kangaroo rats, Dipodomys sp., and a wood rat,
Neotoma sp. The mites collected in this study in Utah agree with Keegan 's
(1951) description of the type. They differ in the dimensions of the plates and
arrangements of the setae, but these characters are within the limits of varia-
tion of the species.
Rodents of many kinds serve as hosts for these mites. These include
pocket gophers, kangaroo rats, wood rats, squirrels and native mice.
These mites have been found in Arizona, California, Colorado and
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
rig. 31. Collection localities of E. mnhulans, E. barberi, E. oudemansi, I.
armatus, E. alasl-rn.sis, and B. utahensis in Utah.
New Mexico (Keegaii, op. cit.). Iveegan (1953) records the occur-
rence of these mites in Utah from two kinds of kangaroo rats, Dipod-
omys ordii and D. microps, pocket mice, Perognathus parvus, and
grasshopper mice, Onychomys leucogasier. In Utah, mites of this
species probably are state-wide in distribution. They occur principally
at elevations between 3000 and 6500 feet in the Upper Sonoran and
Transition life zones.
Three male and 27 female mites of this species were collected from
11 mice during the periods from May through September, and in
38 PROc. Kxr. soc. wash., vol. 59, xo. 1, February, li*.!?
Xoveinber. The greatest numbers were taken in May. During the
five-year period, they were collected only in 1952 and 1953. Six of
the n times that it was collected, /. armatns was the only kind
found on its host. At other times, it was associated with mites of
the following species the number of times indicated: Bdellomjssus
hacoti, 1 ; Haemola,elaps glasgoivi, 6 ; H. megaventralis, 1 ; Euhrachy-
laelaps circviaris, 1 ; E. dehilis, 2; Hirstionyssus spp., 4; Dermanyssits
sp., 1 ; Euhai'mogamasus amhulans, 1 ; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1 ; Anten-
nophoridae sp., 1.
Discussion
Most mites are not so host specific that their geographic distribu-
tion is determined entirely by the range of their host. Nevertheless,
mites of some species were associated more frequently with one
kind of mouse than with another, such as Euhaemogamasus amhiilam
and Ischyropoda armatus which were found most frequently on
Peromyscus maniculatus. Mites of these species apparently occur
only in the Middle Rocky Mountain Faunal Area (see Durrant,
1952:480), yet their deer mouse host is state-wide in distribution.
In the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones in Utah, mites
are active usually from May through September; this applies to
Ischyropoda armatus. In the Lower Sonoran Life Zone and areas
of the Upper Sonoran where climatic conditions approach those of
the Lower Sonoran, mites are most active during the period from
May to July. This applies to Euhaemogamasus oudemansi, found
most commonly in these areas. Mites of the species Euhaemogamasus
amhulans generally occur only at the higher elevations in the montane
forest areas where they were most commonly found during the period
from June through August.
Population cycles of mites occur independently of one another
in different geographic localities and may act as barriers which allow
subspecies to develop rapidly. Mites of the species Ischyropoda
armatus are both northern and southern in distribution, and may
be divided into two groups on the basis of seasonal activity. The
northern mites were commonly found on mice during the period
from May through November, whereas the southern mites were found
only from May through July.
Although the numbers of mites of this family that were collected
from Peromyscus are not large, they were sufficient to indicate cer-
tain trends in seasonal population fluctuations and geographic dis-
tribution. However, it is evident that these species are not regularly
associated with mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. Further
collections of other animals may disclose the preferred hosts, although
it is possible that many of these species, such as Brevisterna utahensis,
are primarily nest dwellers, and get onto the host only to feed.
PKCC. EXT. sec. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 11K")7 3!)
TABLE I. Checklist and host correlation of the numbers and kinds of mites of
the family Haemogamasidac taken from each of four species of PeramyscHs.
No mites of this family were found on Peromyscus boylii.
No. Mites Taken From Each Peromyseus Species
Species of Mite P- crinitus P. eremicus P. maniculatus P. tntei
Brevisterna utahensis 4 2 1
Knhaemogamasus ambiilaiis 17
Eiihaemogawasus sp. near
ainbulanii 1
Eitharmogama.sus barberi 1
Eiihat nwfnimasu.s oudemansi 1 3
Eitha(moflama.su.s sp. near
oitdeiniuansi 1
Haemogania.sus alaskensis 1
Ischyropoda armatus 28 2
References
Allred, Dorald M. Mites found on mice of the genus Peroiny.scii.s in Utah. I.
General Infestation. (Unpublished manuscript.)
Allred, Dorald M. and D. Elden Beck, 1953. Mite fauna of wood rat nests in
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 30:53-56.
Baer, J. G., 1951. Ecology of animal parasites. Univ. IIT. Press, Urbana, Illinois.
224 pp.
Davis, Donald W. and George F. Knowlton, 1954. Controlling spider mites. Utah
State Agric. College, Ext. Circ. No. 211, 4 pp.
Doane, R. W., 1916. Notes on mites attacking orchard and field crops in TTtah.
Science 46(1182) :192.
Durrant, Stephan D., 1952. Mammals of Utah. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat.
Hist., Lawrence, Kansas, Vol. 6, 549 pp.
Ewing, H. E., 1925. New mites of the parasitic genus IlaemofjaiuasKs Berlese.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:137-144.
, 1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(30) :1-14.
Keegan, H. L., 1949. EuJiaemogamai^iis utahensi.s Ewing, 1933, redescribed as
type species of new genus BrivL'^terno (Acarina: Laelaptidae ). Trans. Amer.
Micro. Soc. 68(3) :222-227.
, 1951. The mites of the subfamily Haemogamasinae (Acari: Laelap-
tidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 101(3275) :203-268.
, 1953. Collections of i)arasitic mites from Utah. The Great Basin
Nat. 13(1-2) :35-42.
Knowlton, George F., 1955. Celery and potato field insects of I'tah — Part III.
Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 416, 17 pp.
, 1955. Some insects of Utah— 1954. Utah State Agric. College,
Mimeo. Series 135, 13 pp.
and S. C. Ma, 1950. Some Utah mites — 1949. .lour. Kansas Ent.
Soc. 23(2) : 74-76.
40 PROO. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
TAXONOMIC NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION
(COLEOPTERA, CX-TKCULIONIDAe)
The complete reference to the following species may be found in
Wagner, 1912, Genera Insectorum, fasc. 130, Apioninae, or Wagner,
1911, Junk Coleopterum Catalogus, pars 6, Apioninae.
Apion arizonas Fall (1898) = A. segnipes morrisoni Wagner (1911). Neio
synrniymy.
Apion disparatum Sharp (1890) = A. nasutum Fall (1898). New synoiiymy.
Apion disparipes Fall (1898) = A. brunneotibiale Wagner (1912). New
synonymy.
Apian erythropterum Sharp (1890) = A. pyriforme Smitli (1884), nee. Kirsch
(1874), new synonymy. A. falli Wagner (1909), new synonymy.
Apion hastifer Sharp (1890) = A. poeticxim Sharp (1890). Neiv synonymy.
Apion luteirostre Gerstacker (1845) = A. acarinum Sharp (1890) ; A. argentinum
Beguin-Billecoeq (1909); A. cydoniae Bondar (1950). New synonymy.
Apion plenriticum Sharp (1890) = A. fraudulenium Sharp (1890). New
synonymy.
Apion punctulirostre Sharp (1890) = A. spectator Sharp (1890). Netc synonymy.
Apion simile Kirby (1811) = A. snperciliosum Gyllenhal (1813) ; A. triste
Germar (1817); A. lanuginosum Walsh (1867), nee Gerstacker (1854), new
synonymy; A. walshii^m\i\\ (1884), new synonymy; A. vicinum Smith (1884),
new synonymy ; A. eppelsheimi Faust (1887).
Apio7i fraiernuni Smith (1884) is a good species and is distinct
from A. griseum Smith (1884) with which it has been synonymized
by Fall (1898). Lectotype of A. fraternum is hereby designated as
the female specimen labeled Columbus, Texas, U.S.N. M. Cat. No. 1252.
Lectoparatypes are in the J. L. Leconte collection. Lectotype of A.
griseum is here designated as the male specimen labeled New Jersey,
U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 1253.
A. fraternum Smith is the more abundant and widely spread species
of the two. The larvae develop in beans of the genus Sfrophostyles;
series were examined that were reared from seed pods of ♦S'. helvola
and A. umhellata. A. griseum Smith occurs along the Atlantic sea-
board from New York to Florida. It has been reared from the seeds
of PJiaseolus polystachys.
The following summarizes the principal distinguishing characters :
A. grise^im Smith, front tibia of male with an elongate, flattened, polished,
striate area on inner anterior face extending one-half length of tibia ; beak of
female in dorsal view parallel sided in apical third. A. fraternum Smith, front
tibia of male with slight flattened area on inner anterior surface devoid of scales,
but not polished and at most feebly striate, extends not more than one-third
length of tibia ; beak of female in dorsal view distinctly expanded at tip.
— D. Ct. Kissinger, Depart mod of Entomology, University of Mary-
Ian ft. College Park.
PBGC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUAEY, 1957 41
SOLUBEA BERGROTH, 1891, A SYNONYM OF OEBALUS STaL, 1862,
AND
A NOTE CONCERNING THE DISTRIBUTION OF O. ORNATUS (SAILER)
(HEMIPTEBiA., PeNTATOMIDAb)
E. I. Sailer, Eniomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, I). C.
Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum has brought to my attention
the fact that Oebalus Rafinesque 1815 was and still is a nomen nuckim.
Hence Bergroth's 1891 proposal of Soluhca as a new name for Oebalus
Stal, 1862, was without justification and Soluhca Bergroth must be
treated as a synonym of Oebalus Stal.
This change of generic name is of importance since the economically
important rice stink bugs are involved. Fortunately, the name Soliibea
did not come into general use in economic literature until after 1920,
though it became established in taxonomic literature 15 years earlier.
In the following check list of trivial names that must now be placed
under the generic name of Oebalus, those names currently recognized
as valid are in bold face type and synonymous names are in italics.
The genus in which the trivial name was originally described is shown
in brackets.
Check List of Trivial Names Assigned to the Genus Oebalus
augur (Say), 1831 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.)
exigua (Berg), 1891 [Mormidea] = poecilus (Dallas)
5reo<7rop/tfco (Guerm-Mene\alle), 1857 [Pentatoma] (preoccupied) = insularly Stal
grisescens (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination.
guerini (Lethierry and Severin), 1893 [Mormidea] (new name for geographica
G.-M.) = insularis Stal
inscriptus (Fabricius), 1803 [Ciniex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
insularis Stal, 1872 [Oebalus]
linki (Heidemami), 1917 [Mormidea] New combination
litteratus (Gmelin), 1789 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
mexicanus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
omatus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination
orthocantha (Palisot de Beauvois), 1805 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.)
poecilus (Dallas), 1851 [Mormidea] New combination
postposita (Bergroth), 1914 [Solubea] = poecilus (Dallas)
pugnax (Fabricius), 1775 [Cimex]
rufescens Haglung, 1868 [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
similis Kuhlgatz, 1902 as variety of insularis [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas)
torridus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] as subspecies of pugnax — pugnax torridus
(Sailer) New combination
typhoeus (Fabricus), 1803 [Ciniex] = pugnax (F.)
vitripennis (Burmeister), 1835 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.)
ypsilon-griseus (DeGeer), 1773 [Cimex]
ypsilonoides Berg, 1879 [Oebalus] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.)
42
PROC. ENT. SOl'. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
Except for Rafinesque, 1815, references to the literature mentioned
above may be found in Sailer, R. I., 1944, The Genus Solubea (Heter-
optera: Peutatomidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 46(5): 105-127. The
reference to Rafinesque 's work is as follows : Analyse de la Nature, ou
Tableau de I'Univers et des Corps Organises. Palerme, 1815, page 140.
(See Complete Writings of C. Z. Rafinesque on Recent and Fossil
Conchology, edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W^. Tryon, Jr., Bailliere
Brothers, New York, 1864, 96 pages.)
At the time I described or^iatu^ it was known from the islands of
Puerto Rico and Hispaniola, where the species is common. In addition,
I reported three specimens from Cali, Colombia, which I thought
might have been mislabeled, since I had no other records from either
Central or South America. Subsequently, specimens of ornatus were
sent to me from a locality 47 kilometers from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
along the highway to Sao Paulo, where they were collected by Dr.
Petr Wygodzinsky on November 12, 1943.
The discovery of ornatuii so far south in Brazil raises a question
concerning the identity of Mormidea exigua Berg. Using Berg's de-
scription and the distribution of poecilus as guides, I concluded that
exigua could be only a synonym of poecilus. Since poecilus and orna-
tus can be distinguished only by differences found in the male and
female genital structures, the certain identity of exigua must be
decided by an examination of the genitalia of the type specimen.
Should these prove identical with ornatus (Sailer, 1944), this name
wdll fall as a synonym of exigua Berg, 1891.
RESEARCH . . . key to the future
Diamond Alkali recognizes the importance of research
and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforts
to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter
future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the staff
and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again are
being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-oae-?-
tion on research and development projects.
PIAMOMD
DIAMOND ALKALI COMPAMY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 1, FEBKUARY, ltl.")7
43
NORMAN EUGENE McINDOO
1881-1956
The profession of entomology lost a valued and highly respected
member with the passing of Norman Eugene Melndoo on September 7,
1956, while hospitalized at the Washington Sanatarium, Takoma Park,
Maryland. Previous to his death, due to slowly failing heart action,
he had been partially incapacitated by a stroke for a considerable
period.
Dr. McIndoo was born at Lyons, Indiana, April 11, 1881. After
completing his early education, he entered the University of Indiana
from which institution he received a degree of A.B. in 1906. Follow-
ing his graduation, he taught in high school in Wisconsin, 1906-08.
44 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957
He then reentered the University of Indiana and received an A.M.
degree in 1909. As a Harrison fellow, he matriculated in the same
year at the University of Pennsylvania and was awarded the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in Zoology in 1911. In addition to the foregoing
educational pursuits and practices, Dr. Mclndoo assisted at the Uni-
versity of Indiana, 1905-06, and in the summer of 1905 collected blind
fishes in caves of western Cuba as well as other fishes indigenous to
the fresh and salt waters of the island. He also attended the Biological
Station of the University of Indiana, the Woods Hole Biological Sta-
tion, the George Washington University, and the United States De-
partment of Agriculture Graduate School.
Dr. Mclndoo 's later interests in and researches on the sense organs
and responses of insects to various stinuili were largely initiated by
his studies at the University of Pennsylvania which resulted in the
publication of his thesis entitled "The Lyriform Organs and Tactile
Hairs of Araneads. ' '
The Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of
Agriculture appointed Dr. Mclndoo to its staff in 1911 and assigned
him to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations. After serving in
this and other divisions for a period of 34 years, he retired as a senior
entomologist in 1945. During his long and distinguished career, Dr,
Mclndoo 's researches received world-wide recognition, particularly in
the field relating to the olfactory and other sense organs of insects
belonging to the orders Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera,
Diptera, and Orthoptera. He developed the well-known Mclndoo
olfactometer, which instrument was extensively used in his studies on
insect attractants and repellents.
In addition to Dr. Mclndoo 's researches in the science of osmics, he
made extensive investigations of derris, cube, and other rotenone-bear-
ing plants to evaluate their usefulness for the destruction of insect
pests.
Dr. Mclndoo was the author or coauthor of 84 publications and was
particularly adept in making detailed pen and ink drawings to illus-
trate the text.
Dr. Mclndoo was a past president of the Entomological Society of
Washington, a fellow in the Entomological Society of America, and a
member of the American Society of Zoology and of the Insecticide
Society of Washington. In addition, he participated actively in many
civic organizations of the Washington area.
Dr. Mclndoo will always be remembered as a modest man, a con-
scientious worker and a gentleman in every respect. He will be greatly
missed by all who had the good fortune to know and associate with
him. He is survived by his widow, Emma P. Mclndoo, two children,
Thomas M. and Mary, and two grandchildren.
E. H. SIEGLEE
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUAJIY, 19.")7 4.)
SOCIETY MEETING
The 657th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held on Thursday, November 1, 1956, in room 43 of the U. S. National Museum.
Tliere were 54 members and 52 visitors present. President E. A. St. George called
the meeting to order at 8:00 p.m. and the minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.
The following new members were elected:
Fred A. Morton, Entomology Branch, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Depart-
ment of the Army; Dr. Lafc B. Edmonds, Engineering Kesearch and Develop-
ment Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va. ; Willmm L. Doivnes, Jr., Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. ;
Robert F. Travis, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts-
ville, Md.; John Knox Clagctt, 6909 Carlcton Terrace, College Park, Md. ; and
Max W. McFadden, 2040 Eye St. N.W., Washington 6, D. C.
F. W. Poos, in behalf of the nominating committee, reported on the proposed
officers for 1957. (Note: Officers for the year 1957 are presented on the inside
front cover. — Ed.) President St. George thanked Dr. Poos for presenting the
report in behalf of chairman W. H. Anderson, and thanked the committee, of
which the third member was W. D. Eeed, for preparing the slate of nominations.
Some corrections offered by members to the proposed constitutional change
presented at the previous meeting were discussed by President St. George. Voting
on the proposals was deferred until the annual meeting in December, because of
the large number of visitors present.
Randall Latta brought greetings to the Society from the American Entomologi-
cal Society, which he addressed at its regular meeting in the Academy of Natural
Science in Philadelphia in September.
H. H. Stage exhibited a pendant of amber containing several fossilized insects.
W. E. Bickley announced that the "woolly-bear" prediction this year was for
a mild winter, and that tliis is to be his final observation on the subject. Presi-
dent St. George recalled seeing the statement that woolly-bears are unreliable
forecasters.
■ R. H. Foote exhibited "Aiiuatic Insect.s: of California," edited by Robert L.
Usinger. Jerome G. Rozen reviewed "A Revision of the Genus Pselaptrichns
Brendel," by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh, and "A Classification
of the First-Instar Larvae of the Meloidae," by J. W, MacSwain.
C. F. Rainwater gave a note on the status of the Mediterranean fruit fly pre-
pared by the Plant Pest Survey Section. In Florida 11 new infestations were
found during September in known infested counties. The last infested county
was Osceola found two months ago. By the end of September, 168 infestations
were known in 27 counties. There were 38,825 traps in the field, 36,000 in 39
counties in Florida. The remainder were in Alabama, California, Georgia, Louisi-
ana, Mississippi, and Texas. No flies have been found outside of Florida. A
total of 3,853,674 acres have been treated with bait spray and 26,673 acres have
received surface treatment with gnnuilar insecticides.
46 PROC. KXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, .\0. 1, FEBRUARY, li*.")?
Of the area treated by aircraft with bait spray, 1,331,73.3 acres were cov-
ered under Federal contract and 2,249,270 acres under State contract. Aircraft
Avas used to treat 3,167 acres with granular insecticides, and ground equipment
to spray 17,442 acres with bait spray and 22,446 acres with granular insecticide.
Treatment is still being applied to 246,000 acres, which is a reduction of some
(>5 percent from the original spray area. The fly has exhibited a marked ability
to build up rapidly when controls have not been properly timed. On September
26 certification was waived on all regulated vegetables produced in all Federally
regulated counties except Pinellas. (Speaker's abstract.)
The principal paper of the evening, "Malm-ia Control Problems in IndoChina,"
was given by Harry H. Stage, Malaria and Vector Control Specialist (until retire-
ment October 31, 1956), International Cooperation Administration, Vietnam.
Dr. Stage introduced Dr. Louis Williams, Jr., Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
regional office of the World Health Organization.
The problems encountered in efforts to control malaria in Indochina are many
and varied. Some of them are concerned with lack of trained personnel. Such
problems can be resolved, although that requires time and local interest. Others
are more complicated because they are closely associated with the very life of
the people — their habits, their ideology, and their security. These latter prob-
lems do not yield easily to western ideas of organization and management, and
they should not be subjected completely to our kind of logic. Rather, we for-
eigners must bend to unaccustomed lines of approach and emphasis. These latter
])roblems — indefinite, in some cases unmentionable — are no less vital to us who
undertake a disease-control project than problems having to do with the insect
vector itself. In Vietnam the problem is especially complicated because there
;ire some 700,000 tribal Indonesians living in remote mountain areas and who
contribute little to the economy of the country. The Vietnamese are therefore
inclined to disregard them iiu health programs and social welfare. The problems
of military insecurity, transportation, trained personnel, and customs, require
special consideration and thought. The problems having to do with finances are
not those involved in inadequacy of funds ; rather, they are concerned with pro-
cedures for getting the money to the end point. The steps are nmny and tor-
tuous, and sometimes there are leakages enroute. There are 22 species of An-
opheles, probably only three of which, A. mininntf:, A. jeyporiensift, and A. sun-
(Kacufi, are effective vectors. These have very definite habitat requirements,
however, and so cause a "spotted" incidence over the nation. Emphasis should
be placed on one of the greatest problems — and weaknesses — in the Indochinese
Malaria Control Programs, that of inadequate supervision. Without it anopheline
resistance will be promoted and this in turn will make the task of eventual ma-
laria eradication difficult indeed. (Speaker's abstract.)
Dr. Stage's slides Avere an excellent complement to his talk, wliich was fol-
lowed by questions and comments by Doyle Reed, Margaret Walton, Louis Wil-
liams, Reece Sailer, and others.
Two new members were introduced, Lafe Edmonds and Fred Morton. The
visitors introduced Avere Frederico and Anna Lane of Brazil, Major Tibor Lepes
of Yugoslavia (where his name would be given as Lepes Tibor), Mrs. Stage, Mrs.
Tjucie C. Timberlake, and Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster, of the Netherlands. The meet-
ink adjourned at 9:48 p.m. — KbljjIe O'Neill, Secording Secretary.
PBOO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, lOf)?
47
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaches
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog and cat fleas
bed bug^s
codling motb
leafboppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll wreevil
body lice
lygus bugs
cotton leaf •worm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
C YA. JSTA JWr I X>
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
Pyrenone
*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Jtyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.. F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
1701 Patapsco Avenue • Baltimore 26, Md
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
k
w
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms . . . and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
EN D R I N : Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Boll worm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny BoUworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, II
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y,
i ' i ^TO^
RCPRESENrATIVCS
P R I N C I f A I
CITIES
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
^OL. 59
APRIL 1957
NO. 2
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
. WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
ALLEED, D. M. — A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the
Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Acarina,
Dermanyssidae) , 83
ABNAUD, P., JR. — A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensls
Matsumura. (Diptera, Heleidae) 82
LAMORE, D. — The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae,
as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Walckenaer, Family Argiopidae,
in Prince George's County, Maryland .— 79
SLATER, J, A., and HTJRLBUTT, H. W. — A Comparative Study of the
Metathoracic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) 67
SNYDER, T. E. — A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81
STEYSKAIi, G. C— The Date of Publication of Bezzi's Studies in Philip-
pine Diptera, II ^ 90
SUMMERS, F. M. — American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri'
opsis. With a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig-
maeidae, Caligonellidae)
WILLIAMS, R. W. — Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae
of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera)
PREPUBLICATION NOTICE .
BOOK REVIEW ^
SOCIETY MEETING
49
61
66
80
90
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Organized March 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. S.
currency), payable in advance. AU remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.^
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6"
(26 X 36 picas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
S pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. Covers
50 copies _ $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
100 copies 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
iMiss Alice V. Renk, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Room 3151, South Building, Washington 25, D. C.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
VOL. 50 APRIL 1957 XO. 2
AMERICAN SPECIES OF LEDERMUELLEEIA AND
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS, WITH A NOTE ON NEW SYNONYMY
IN NEOCtNATHUS
(AcARiisrA, Stigmaeidae, Caligonellidae) .
F. M. Summers, University of California, Davis
The mites that Oudenians (1923) referred to his <>'einis Lcdi rinuel-
leria comprise a homogeneous group of stigmaeids having globate
bodies almost completely encased in an ornamented exoskeleton. They
occur as thinly dispersed inhabitants of ground litter, leaf mold, moss,
and meadow land. Three of the four LedermueUeria species and the
one species of Ledcrmuelleriopsis collected princijially in California
are species described from Europe. Redescriptions of the named
species are needed because existing descriptions do not clearly indicate
their distinguishing features.
A distinctive feature of these two genera is the extensive encase-
ment of the hysterosoma by one (LedermueUeria) or two (Leder-
muelleriopsis) dorsal plates. These plates constitute a carapace-like
covering over the entire dorsum and sidewalls of the hysterosoma. The
humeral (scapular) plate on each side is displaced to a pleuro-ventral
position.
LEDERMUELLERIA Oudemans
Lcdermiilleriu Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
Globate, red or straw-colored mites with stubby legs and moutliparts. Palpus
•l-segmented, thickset, longer than extended chelicera by two distal segments;
overall length not greater than combined lengths of genu, tibia, and tarsus of
leg I. Primary claw of palptibia well-developed, with a very small accessory
claw anchored medially at its base. Palptarsus a slender cylinder, equal to or
slightly longer than primary claw; equipped with five acicular setae, a peglike
sensillum, and a stubby, trifid sensillum at its apex. Chelicerae independently
movable, \\itli retractile stylets much shorter than inflated basal segments. Idio-
soma arched dorsally, its posterior end with a shallow sulcus which delimits a
' ' caudal protuberance, ' ' on the inferior surface of which is located a pair of
ano-genital valves. Dorsum almost Avholly shielded with three sculptured plates:
one covering propodosoma, one covering hysterosoma to lateral margins of venter,
and one caudal plate covering posteriormost protuberance and part of ventral
opisthosoma. Humeral (scapular) plate large, triangular, displaced ventrally
with apex intruding between coxae II and HI. All of these plates tessellated
or uniformly dimpled. Two or four sternal plates; the two between opposite
50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
coxal groups on propodosoma may unite in niidventral line to form a single
" prosternum " ; the two on metapososoma may be separate or joined into a
"metasternum." Sternal and genital plates delicate, not usually sculptured.
Eyes: apparently one on each side with a clearly discernible refractile body.
TAventy-six dorsal setae, including two ventrally displaced humerals and four on
caudal plate. Ventral setae simple, four to six pairs, not including three pairs
on anal portion of ano-genital valves. Anal and genital apertures not separated
externally. Setae and special sensilla of appendages closely follow pattern described
for Stigmaeidae (Grandjean, 1944) with but minor variations between species.
Empodia I to IV each with three pairs divergent, capitate tenent hairlets.
Ledermuelleria segnis (Koch)
(Figs. 1-4)
CaUgonus stgnis Koch, 1836, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachni-
den, Ease. 5, No. 10.
Eap}iignathus ruber Koch, 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems 3(3) -.'^G,
PI. V, Fig. 38.
Baphignathus p-iger (Schrank). Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myriapoda et Seorpiones
hucusque in Italia Eeperta. Ordo Prostigmata, Ease. XXII, No. 1, PI. 84.
Ledermiilhria i^egnis (Koch). Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150.
The mite desc-ribed by Koch (1836) as Caligonus segnis is a distinc-
tive species, such that his fig-iire of this species permits recognition
beyond reasonabk^ doubt. Also described and illustrated in the same
monograph were Caligonus piger and C. ruler. The nomenclature of
these three species became confused in Koch's synoptic work of 1842.
This time he illustrated C. segnis but applied to it the name Raphig-
nathus ruber (Fig. 28). In like manner, another mite which he first
named C. ruber is again illustrated but under the name of C. piger.
At a later date, Berlese (1885) redescribed the animal here considered
to be conspecific with C. segnis, but he called it Baphignathus piger
(Schrank). Sample specimens of this mite from California were sent
to Dr. G. Lombardini, Florence, Italy, who found them to be identical
with specimens identified by Berlese as B. piger (Schr).
The synonymy of the three species as g:iven by Oudemans (1923)
does not clarify the nomenclature. According to Oudeman's belief,
Caligonus ruher Koch belongs in the genus Nicoletiella (= N. cornufa
Can. et Fanz.). Another complication appears in Podaia. Acarus
ruher Schrank, 1776 (= A. ruhens Schr., 1781) was made the type
of Podaia by Oudemans (1923). Oudemans also believed that A.
ruhens Schr. =: Caligonus piger Koch. Although Podaia is a aenus
of doubtful status at the present time, it is clear that Schrank 's figure
of Acarus ruher (1776) does not depict a species which should be
inchided in Ledermuelleria.
Female. — Sculpturing of dorsal plates appears as numerous, deeply indented
pits, oval to circular in outline, closely and evenly spaced, of uniform size ; each
approximately 11 /jl in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal
setae bowed or oirved, sickle-like, with alveoJi on elevated tubercles; all denticu-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, ly.jT 51
late, with serrations bilateral ; axes tapering to finely pointed tips. Tubercles
of first dorso-medians (vertieales) located forward, in an inferior position on
part of propodosoma overhanging clieliceral bases. Setae of dorso-median rows
as long or longer than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind ;
second dorso-median setae (adjacent to eyes) slightly longer (ca. 75 m) than
others on propodosoma but not longer than dorso-medians on hysterosoma; four
shortest on caudal plate. Two sternal plates of propodosoma eontinous across
mid-ventral line to constitute a prosternum. Sternal plates of nietapodosoma
incompletely fused in mid-ventral line. Genital plate not distinctly separated
from caudal plate surrounding ano-genital area. Genital plate expanded to cover
a broad area of opisthosoma close behind sternal plates of metapodosoma, bearing
but one pair of widely spaced genital setae. Genu I bears three setae of common
type plus a minute spiniform sensillum (epine k of Grandjean) ; corresponding
sensillum absent on genu II ; each genu III and lY has Imt one seta of common
type. Measurements (10$$): idiosoma, 300 fi long, 2.")(l /i wide; leg I, 170 ft
from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male. — Not observed.
Collection Data. — Green Valley, Solano County, Calif., Dec. 1, 1948
(H. E. Cott and S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Mount Diablo,
Contra Costa County, Calif.,' Dee. 30, 1948 (H. E. Cott and S. F.
Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Smithfield Canyon, Utah, Mar. 16,
1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex maple leaves. Cobb
Mountain, Lake County, Calif., May 5, 1950 (W. J. Wall and S. F.
Bailey), ex oak and pine leaf mold. Torrey Pines Park, San Dieyo
County, Calif., Dec. 28, 1950 (R. M. Bohart), ex pine leaf mold.
Auburn, Calif., Mar. 11, 1951 (E. I. Schlinger), ex pine leaf mold.
Quiney, Calif., Forest Ran<ie and Experiment Station. Apri. 1, 1951
(F. M. Summers), ex manzanita leaf mold. Altadena, Calif., Dec.
24, 1951 (E. I. Schlinger), ex leaf mold, Qtiercus agrifolm. Mount
Pinos, East Ventura County, Calif., May 2, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex
manzanita leaf mold. Said Valley, Lassen County, Calif., July 30,
1952 (W. C. Bentlinck), ex ground litter.
Ledermitelleria clavata (('.in. e Fauz.i
(Figs. 5-Q)
Caligonus clavatus Canestrini e Fanzago, 1876, Atti d. Soc. Veneto-Trentina di
Sei. Nat. 5 (1) : 135. Id., 1877, Atti B. Inst. Veneto di Sci. Lett, ed Arti
4 (5) : 1.54, PI. 4.
EapJdgnathus clavatus, G. Canestrini, 1889, Ibid. 7 (ser. 6) : 508, PI. 11, Figs.
41, 43. A. Berlese, 1885, Aeari, Myr. et Scorp. Ital., Fasc. XXII, No. 2,
PI. 86, Figs. 1-8.
[?] Eaphignaihus .^phagneti Hull, 1918, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland,
Durham, NeAvcastle-upon-Tyne 5:30, PI. 3, Figs. 70-72. New Synonymy.
Ledermulleria clavatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130) : 151.
Female. — Dorsal plates sculptured with pits or dimples so closely set that their
elevated margins are polygonal in outline, producing a netlike appearance. Lining
of pits membranous, appearing as a circular depression in center of each polygon.
.")'_' PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsal setae stubby, bayonet-like, evenly tapered from base to greatest thickness
near tips; bluntly pointed; axial core differentiated from hyaline sheath, the
latter showing few incipient denticulations. Setae of dorso-median rows much
shorter tlian distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind, their
alveoli not on conspicuous tubercles. First dorso-median pair (verticales) on
upper surface; second dorso-median pair (nearest to eyes) longer (60 (j.) than
others on propodosoma; shortest of dorsal setae about two-thirds the length of
the longest ones. Plates on venter of idiosoma, integumental covering of gnatho-
soiira and basal segments of legs faintly show sculpturing as on dorsum. Tavo
sternal plates of propodosoma and two of metapodosoma not united with each
other across mid-ventral line. Genital plate discrete, narrow, its anterior margin
semi-circular; Avith three pairs subequal setae bordering genital area. Caudal
protuberance pendant beneath opisthosoma, its hindermost margin not visible
from above. Each genu I and II has three setae of common type plus a minute
spinif orm sensillum ; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type.
Measurements (3 $ 5 ) : Idiosoma, 430 /x, long, 340 /n wide; leg I, 210 /x from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male. — Not observed.
Collection Data. — Millie Spring, Allen Canyon, Utah, July, 1950
(G. F. Knowlton and S. L. Wood), ex moss. Garden City, Utah, Mar.
16, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex poplar humus.
Ledermuelleria pectinata (Ewing)
(Figs. 7-8)
Baphygnathus pectinaius Ewing, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37:151,
PI. I, Fig. 23.
Ledermulleria pectinatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. C (130): 152.
Etistigmaeits grannlosus Willmann, 1951, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. KL, Abt. I, 160 (1-2) : 137, Fig. 20. New Synonymy.
Female. — Dorsal plates sculptured as in L. segnis, with pits oval to circular
in outline, evenly spaced, of uniform size, each 7 to 9 ^ in diameter. Lining of
each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae short (to 27 fj. long), straight or slightly
curved, club-shaped, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules. Alveoli set in small
tubercles. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metas-
ternum; prosternum covers sternal area to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate
well-separated from caudal plate widest at its anterior third, narrowed behind
to Avidth of ano-genital valves; with three pairs genital setae as illustrated,
Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, tip visible from above. Each genu I and II
has three setae of common type plus a minute, spinif orm sensillum ; each genu
III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (4$ $ ) : Idiosoma,
310 fi long, 230 fi wide; leg I, KiO /j. from base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Male. — Not observed.
Collection Z>aia.— East Layton, Utah, Oct. 19, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton
and Shi-Chun Ma), ex oak leaves. Mount St. Helena, Napa County.
California, May 10, 1951 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold.
The species here identified as L. pectinata (Ewinp) is identical with
the type specimen in the U.S. National Museum. However, it appears
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 2, APRIL, 19.17 .")3
that it may be one of G. Canestrini's (1889) species, possibly that
which he named Raphignathus anauniensis. The suspected synonymy
'•annot be further clarified at the present time.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, n. sj).
(Figs. 9-10)
Fi male. — Dorsum of propodosonia Avitli three plates : an extensive median
plate having three pairs of setae and two small lateral plates, one on each side,
each with one seta. Lateral plates of propodosonia overlie the ventrally displaced
humeral plates. Dorsal plates sculptured Avith very shallow dimples best observed
in profile at curved margins but not readily apparent in face view on middle of
dorsum. Dorsal setae acicular, faintly denticulate ; second dorso-median pair
(near eyes) longest of body setae (48 n) , approximately twice as long as shortest
pair next nearest to eyes. Venter mostly unarmored, integument striated. Two
sternal plates on propodosonia and two on nietapodosoma occur as narrow flanges
adjoining opposed eoxal groups, hindermost pair with net-like sculjituring (prob-
ably noticed only because iodine in mounting medium stained these plates of
type specimen in an unusual manner). Genital plate small, narrow, front margin
truncate, with three pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal,
posterior tip visible from above. Genu I bears three setae of common tyi)e plus
ri minute spiniform sensillum ; genu II similarly equipped; no setae present on
genua III and IV. Measurements (type 9): idiosoma. 2Sfl n long, 2(i0 fx. wide;
log I. ISO i-i from base of trochanter to tips of claAvs.
Malr. — Not observed.
Holoty})e. — Female, Bassetts. Sierra County, California, Aut>-. 21.
1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex sweepings from Lilliacese and willow. Type
specimen deposited in the U. S. National Museum, No. 2226.
The distinctive characters of this species are: (1) simple architec-
ture of the dorsal setae, (2) presence of two small lateral plates, one
on each side of the larpe median propoclosomal plate, (3) feeble
dimpling on the median regions of the dorsal skeleton, and (4) absence
of setae on genua III and IV. The description is based on a single
adult specimen which is slightly folded on the left side. The characters
ascribed to the species are also evident on two deutonymplhs obtained
from the same sample.
LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS Willmann
LrdrrnuiUeriopsis Willmann, 19o3, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,
Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162(6) :487.
This genus was created by AVillmann (1951) to accommodate two
new Austrian species. L. triscutafa and L. pliimosa. The genus and
first named species, L. friscutata, were not formally described until
1953. L. friscnfata was designated as genotvpe in the later publication
aVillmann, 1953).
The diagnostic feature of TjdoinuelJoi'opsis is the presence of a
.54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. -, APKIL, 1937
dorsal suture across the mid-seetion of the hysterosoma. The two
hysterosomal plates separated by this suture are about equal iu size,
aud each bears three pairs of setae.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa Willniann
(Figs. 11-15)
LedermiiUeriopsis plumosus Willmaiiii, 1951, Stitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wis-
sensch., Matliem.-iiaturw. Kl., Abt. I, 160 (1-2) :140, Fig. 24.
Female. — Dorsal plates with shallow, rounded dimples or pits closely resembling
those described for Lederimielleria pectinata. Dorsal setae very short (12-25 /x).
24 of which are clavate, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules; 2 scapular
setae acicular, firmly plumose, length equal to longest of other dorsal setae.
Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metasternum;
prosternum occupies venter to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate covers opistho-
soma almost to metasternal plate, widest in front, with 3 pairs of genital setae.
Caudal protuberance terminal, well-exposed to vieAV from above. Each genu
I and II has 3 setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each
genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (9 9 5^:
Idiosoma, 270 fx long, 190 fi wide; leg I, 150 m from base of trochanter to tips
of claws.
Male. — Closely resembles female in size and proportions of ganthosoma and
legs; idiosoma slightly .smaller in size, more tapered from shoulders to caudal
protuberance. Dorsal setae finely plumose, slender, not noticeably clavate; three
posterior pairs longer (27 fi) than other dorsals. Genital and caudal plates
evidently not separate — this composite plate covers caudal protuberance and
entire venter of opisthosoma to margin of metasternum. Two pairs of genital
setae, posterior pair approximately twice as long as anterior pair. Anus terminal,
overlying genital aperture immediately beneath. Three pairs anal setae closely
clustered on anal valves ; two most dorsal pairs diminutive, spurlike, both pairs
situated on one pair of ' ' paranal ' ' papillae ; third pair longer, acicular, located
below and external to bases of papillae. Intromittent organ observed only in
retracted condition, within body ; it comprises a slender, sinuous, slightly tapered
tubular or grooved sclerite, with proximal end between bases of coxae IV; distal
tip associated with or ensheathed by an expanded, barblike plate as illustrated
(Fig. 12). Posterodorsal wall of genital atrium provided with paired sclerites in
juxtaposition, each of which has an upwardly directed, toothlike apodeme. Chae-
totaxy and sensilla of legs I-IV essentially as in opposite sex, except that each
tarsus bears an additional specialized sensillum ; this ' ' male tarsal organ " '
("grand solenidion male," Grandjean, 1944) is conspicuously long, inflated,
cross-striated, arising above near proximal end of each tarsus. Male tarsal organ
longest on tarsus I (38 fi) , slightly shorter but similar on successive tarsi.
Measurements (2 $ $ ) : idiosoma, 240 fi long, 150 fx wide; leg I, 140 /j. from
base of trochanter to tips of claws.
Collection Data.— Nine females, tw^o males, Alturas, Modoc County.
California, Oct. 11, 1952 (E. I. Schlinoer), ex juniper leaf mold.
Insofar as this is the first description of the male, one of the male
specimens has been deposited in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.
proc. ent. soc. wash., vol. 59, no. 2, april, 1957 55
New Generic Synonymy in the Oaligonellidae
Dr. Carl Willman, Bremen, Germany, was kind enough to call to
the author's belated attention a description of Neognathus Willmann,
1952, which antedates an identical genus, Stigmagtiatkus, proposed
by Summers and Sehling-er (1955). The latter is therefore a synonym
of Neognathus, and the status of the several species is as follows :
Genus NEOGNATHUS Willmann
Neognathus Willmann, 1952. Yerofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1:162-63,
PI. 28, Fig. 19.
Stigmagnathus Summers and Selilinger, 1955. Hilgardia 23(12): 546. New
Synonymy.
Species. — iV. insolitu-s Willm. 1952, type species by original designation.
N. spectabilis (Summ. and Sclil.), 1955. New Combination.
2V. terrestris (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New Combination.
Eeeerences
Berlese, A. 1882-93. Acari, Myiopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta.
Ordo Prostigmata (Trombidiidae). Patavii.
Canestiini, G. 1889. Prospetto dell 'Acarof auna Italiana. Fauiiglia dei Tetrany-
chini. Atti d. reale 1st. Ven. d. Sci., Lettre ed Arti (ser. 6) 7: 491-537.
and Panzago, F. 1876. Nuovi Acari Italiani. Atti d. Soc. Veneto-
Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1) : 135.
Ewing, H. E. 1917. New Aearina. Part II. — Descriptions of new species and
varieties from Iowa, Missouri, Illinois. Indiana, and Ohio. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. 37: 149-172.
Grandjean, F. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la Famille des Stigmaeidae.
Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. 26 (5) : 103-131.
Hull, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 5 (n. ser.) : 13-88.
Koch, C. L. 1835-44. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. Heft
1-40. Regensburg.
1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems. III. Heft, III. Abt. Nurn-
berg.
Oudemans, A. C. 1923. Acarologischcn Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Neder-
land. Ent. Vereen. 6(130): 145-155.
Sclirank, Franz von Paula 1776. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte. Beith, Augsburg.
1781. Enumeratio Insectorum Austriae Indigenorum. Augustae
Vindelicorum.
Summers, F. M., and Schlinger, E. I. 1955. Mites of the family Caligonellidae
(Aearina). Hilgardia 23(12): 539-561.
Willmann, C. 1951. Untersuchungen ueber die terrestrische Milbenfauna im pan-
nonischen Klimagebiet Osterreichs. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch.,.
Mathem.-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, 160(1-2): 91-176.
• 1952. Die Milbenfauna der Nordseeinsel Wangerooge. Yerofftl. Inst.
Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1: 139-186.
1953. Neue Milben aus den ostlichen Alpen. Sitzungsb. der Osterr.
Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162 (6) : 449-519.
56
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Ledermuellcria segnis. Fig. 1, Ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, right palpus;
fig. 3, dorsal surface; fig. 4, first leg of right side. (Millimeter scale applicable
only to the two large figures.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 19o7
57
Ledermuelleria clavata. Fig. 5, Venter ; fig. 6, dorsum of female.
58
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
LcdcnnucUcria pectinata. Tig. 7, Venter; fig. 8, dorsum of female.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, Ittfj?
59
I
{
nmri\\
LedermuelUrm lacuna n. sp. Fig. 9, Venter; fig. 10, dorsum of female.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
LedcnnucUeriopsi^ plumosa. Fig. 11, Right leg I of female; fig. 12 opistho-
soma of male drawn from above; fig. 13, right tarsus I of male; fig. 14. dorsum
of female; fig. l^, venter of female.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, IG.^i? 61
OBSERVA.TIONS ON THE BREEDING HABITATS OF SOME HELEIDAE
OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)i
Roger W. Williams- School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine,
Columbia University, New YorTc, N. Y.
As indicated by Wirth and Williams (1956) only two species of
Heleidae had been reported previously from the Bermuda Islands.
These were Pterohosca fusicornis (Coquillett), called Ceratopogon fur
by Johnson (1913), and an unknown species he designated as Cera-
topogon sp.
During June and July 1955, light-trap and recovery-cage studies
were conducted in each of the several parishes (see Williams 1956 for
map giving exact location of each study area) and breeding habitats
were observed.
Four recovery cages, modified from that described by Dove et al.
(1932) in that they had a solid wooden top instead of a muslin top
covered by hardware cloth, trapped the majority of positively photo-
tropic insects that emerged from the 4-square-foot area of soil covered
bj^ each cage. Two cages were placed in each of 15 trapping areas
for a period of 1 week and then moved to the next trapping locale.
Most of the cages were placed at the edge of ponds and the margins
of marsh drainage ditches. If possible the 2 cages were placed in a
single trapping area in different types of habitats with different flora.
The jars from the recovery cages and light trap were examined daily
for heleids.
A Beckman pH meter was used for determining the pH of soil
samples from each area studied (the figures in Table I represent an
average of three readings from each area) and a set of hj'drometers
calibrated for determining the salt content of water at 15.4°C. was
used for ascertaining the salinity of the water from each habitat.
These w^ater samples were cooled to about 12° C. in a large cold-
storage room, brought outdoors, and as they warmed up to 15.4° the
readings were taken. Soil temperatures were determined at each area
studied.
In some areas the use of a solid top on the recovery cages increased
the temperature of the soil covered by a cage as much as 8°C. over
^Contribution No. 227 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study ^yas
supported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick
Fellowship granted by the Bermuda Biological Station for investigations on the
Culicoides of the Bermudas.
~1 wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the
Biological Station for his kind assistance; to members of the Bermuda Agri-
culture Experiment Station — Gordon R. Groves, director; Idwal Wyn Hughs,
assistant director ; J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist ; and C. A. Baker,
horticulturist — for their helpful assistance in transporting equipment and identi-
fying plants; and to Dr. W. W. Wirth, entomologist. Entomology Research
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C, for his identifica-
tion of previously described species of heleids and for ascertaining that other
species were new to science.
62
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
be
w
J^Q
* 53 2
ft'"'
1
oi
S
o
s
^
;i;
OJ
<D
m
^
m
l.
3
It
^
a.
Ph
a<
"So
3
in
02
S
o
o
^
<^ .:. 5^ ?
? ?? !^ ^
"~ _ S- 03
r -^ S =«
e S e .
S " S T3
■feS ^ §
Pq
^
^
■^
=«
1
+j
'S
oc
.^
-5
^
^
rS
§
^u-
rO
e
CO
e
^
1^
S
o
^
IJj
i
'^
■^
"^
§
6C5C)
~S be
If 4
2^m
I |2
~ be
'K' '^
^' a:
5^ 1-
■5 S*
=5 'CJ
i^
rC o
Q.
s
p
Hi
s
"S
•rH
'^
« be
" e oj
-^
03 ^
S 5
"* OS f«
Pq O
^ ^ s
^ =0 s~
S » 2 ^^
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL.. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
63
Oli-
«j s ^
.S'S
? 5j~
S S I -4-^
S "-s
QJ
s
b
!■
S
b£
(Zl
cc
o
_C
>
'ctf
QO
-I- H
S.2 s
^ ^
iii OCiCl *^ fen
bo 0}
la.
o « '
C CS ? i
Ph =0
0,0
2 iJi
Cfc.
cs o
=8
-^•l
O fin
t- cs
,C
'%
a "S
S
S
CS
«^
lis
(2 f5 cj Cj E^
cc 13
'I * ^
S 8S
05 fel
C5 C^' Q Ci fen
cS
■*±
Sfi
M
QJ
t)
be
rH
cS
^
C
Ph
03
•2. 1
6
ij <to ~
T tj a-
. .. o
64
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
?^e:
«
e e
^ '«
10
■to
§s
H a:
g
^
a
5
o
a;
^
«
CS
K
•5 5i
SSj to .§
^ 5 B .3
<>^ S s £
s e . o
GC
1i
S
T3
V.
^
K
5^
Oj
.*2
^
^
a e
?
p-^
£
e
=0
e
■aj
^
^
ti
'S
p::^
sj
?^
^
B
Gp^
-P PI cfi
K aj O. CI
r^ CD cS
cj U ;h Oj
pq o -i^ o
Q
;s
to
-^
2
s.-
^
SJ
J..
to
e
=0
e
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2y APRIL, 1957
6.J
Table 2. — Extremes in Some Ecological Conditions in Breemng Habitats
OF CeKTAIN HbLEIDAB of THE' BERMUDAS.
Number of Range in
areas salinity
Species (out of 15) Range in pH (parts per Comments on vegetation
in which 1,000)
collected
Culicaides
hcrmudensis
Bezzia atlanfica
6 7.0-7.01 1.2-15 Considerable variation in
species of plants.
2 6.32-7.01 1.2-31.5 Do.
C. cr(i)i(.scularis
Dasyhelea
atlantis
6.32-7.50 1.2-36.2 Areas of dense vegetation
to shaded areas with no
small vegetative growth.
6.45-7.60 10.7-36.5 Do.
D. hcnnitdae
D. c in eta
6.34-7.68 1.2-25
6.34-6.
In sandy soil with no
vegetation, to soil wdth
various types of vegeta-
tion.
2.4-4.8 Do.
D. grisea
B. luieogrisea
Forclpomyia
ingrami
F. variipennis
6.46-6.88 2.4 In sandy soil witli no
vegetation to muck soil
with cat-tails and cape
weed.
6.32-7.60 2.4-31.5 In sandy soil with no
vegetation to muck soil
with various types of
vegetation.
6.34-7.0 1.2-15 In soil with various types
of vegetation.
6.47-6.88 2.4-25 Sandy soil with no vege-
tation to loam soil with
various types of vegeta-
tion.
66 PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
that of exposed soil next to the cage, with the result that emergence
may have been considerably stimulated.
The results of these studies are given in Tables 1 and 2.
Three species, Culicoides floridensis Beck, Dasyhelea scissiirae
Macfie, and Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie were taken in the light trap
but never in the recovery cages, and Pterohosca fusicornia (Coq.),
which had been collected by Johnson in 1913, was not collected at all.
In the United States Culicoides crepuscular is, a pest of man in some
parts of the country, is associated with fresh water, but in the Ber-
muda Islands it displayed a great tolerance for salt, being found in
areas ranging from 1.2 to 36.2 parts of salt per thousand.
RHPEREJSrOElS
Dove, W. E., Hall, D. G. and Hull, J. B. 1932. The salt marsh sand fly problem.
Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 25: 505-522.
Johnson, C. W. 1913. The dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer.
6: 443-452.
Williams, E. W. 1956. The biting midges of the genus Culicoides in the Bermuda
Islands (Diptera, Heleidae). II. A study of their breeding habitats and
geographical distribution. Jour. Parasitol. 42(3): 300-305.
Wirth, W. W., and Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the Bermuda
Islands, with descriptions of five new species (Diptera, Heleidae). Proc.
Ent. Soe. Wash. 59: 5-14.
PREPUBLICATION NOTICE
Butterflies of thh American Tropios. The Genus anaea, Lepidoptera Nymph-
alidae. By William Phillips Comstock. American Museum Natural History.,
New York, 1956. Price $20.00.
Because American institutions and publishers of scientific books have fallen
far behind the rest of the world in the publication of high-quality color illustra-
tions, the Museum is sponsoring the publication of this beautifully illustrated
and designed book. The tremendous cost of reproducing the 30 color plates makes
it necessary for the Museum, a. non-profit institution, to obtain in advance an
indication of the demand for this book. If the response is sufficient to show
that a reasonable amount of the expense will be subscribed, the book will be
published and you will receive your copy in the immediate future. Should the
response be insufficient, the Museum reserves the right to return all monies
received through this advance appeal. If you wish this work, send your order
to the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street,
New York 24, N. Y. The book will be published in only a limited quantity.
After publication the price will be $25.00 per copy. Purchasers in countries with
British sterling currency may order direct from W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Butter
Market, Ipswich, SufPolk, England. — Ed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 19.17 67
A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE METATHORACIC
WING IN THE FAMILY LYGAEIDAE
( Hemiptejja : Hetebopteba)
Jambs A. Slater and Henr.y W. Huklbutt, Department of Zoology and
Entomology, University of Connectieiit, Storm
The present study was undertaken in an attempt to ascertain
whether or not the venation of the hind wing of members of the family
Lygaeidae might possess characters important to a better understand-
ing of the systematic relationships existing within this large and
heterogeneous family.
Although the taxonomic importance of wing venation is well estab-
lished in many orders of insects, the wings have been used only spar-
ingly in the Heteroptera. Recent studies by Leston (1953a and b)
in the Pentatomoidea and Usinger (1943) in the Reduvoidea have
indicated that the wing has considerable taxonomic value in these
groups. There has, to our knowledge, been no systematic attempt to
utilize these structures within the family Lygaeidae.
We have not attempted to investigate the tracheation nor the hom-
ologies of the wing veins, and have adopted the terminology intro-
duced by Leston (1953a), as modified from Tanaka (1926), as pre-
senting an intelligible system that has the advantage of accounting for
all the structural parts present in the lygaeid wing without doing
violence to the origin of the various veins. Students more familiar
with the system of Hoke (1926) may readily compare the two systems
by utilizing the illustrations of the various species discussed in the
following pages.
Technique: For purposes of the present study the majority of the
wings were studied from dried specimens. A small number of species
were studied from living specimens taken in the field. Wing mounts
from dried or fresh material were obtained by the following technique.
With a dissecting microscope and forceps the wings were removed
and placed on a drop of water. Care was taken at this point to unfold
the jugal lobe. The wing was then drawn onto the top of a drop of
glycerine and a coverslip added for protection. To keep the coverslip
from touching the glycerine a drop of fingernail polish was placed
under each corner of the coverslip. Venation is most apparent if no
glycerine is allowed to cover the upper surface of the wing. Addi-
tional glycerine may readily be placed under the wing if the original
glycerine supply dries out. In some cases it was necessary to relax
the insect in ethyl acetate for several hours before removal of the wing.
Where one is not greatly concerned with the nature of the jugal
area, or where comparison only is desired, it is useful to work with
dried specimens. With care one may readily remove the front wing
and carefully pull the hind wing laterally until the venation is clearly
exposed. This method has the advantage of allowing the investigator
to check over many species in a relatively short period of time.
(5s
PROC. F.NT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, U)^,
Generalized lygaeid wing: (Text figure)
It may safely be said that the lygaeid wing is never of a completely
primitive nature within the suborder. However, it is in many species
still rather generalized and close to a pentatomoid pattern. The only
important specialization uniformly found in the Lygaeidae as con-
trasted with the Pentatomoidea is the loss of the antevannal vein. The
])resence of this vein is apparently characteristic of the latter group.
The generalized lygaeid wing may be summarized as follows: 1, Sub-
costa present and separated from radius in basal wing area ; 2, hamus
Avell developed as a complete vein in the discal cell, the anterior por-
tion bent strongly toward the wing base; 3, radius and media fused
onl}^ at a single point distad of the discal cell; 4, vannal fold bifid
for nearly its entire length ; 5, antevannal vein absent ; 6, intervannals
present, short, and not fused at base; 7, vannals separate for nearly
entire length (Tanaka notes a single trachea, thus the primitive con-
dition may have been a single vein) ; 8, jugal vein single and extend-
ing throughout most of jugal lobe.
SUBCOSTA
GENERALIZED LYGAEID WING
DIAGRAMMATIC
The j)rincipal modifications from this generalized scheme are the
loss of the hamus, subcosta, and intervannals, fusion of the vannal
folds, basal fusion of the vannals, reduction or loss of the second
vannal and the jugal, and fusion of radius and media for some
distance beyond the discal cell.
Of these modifications two appear to be very important at higher
group levels within the family. These are the loss of the hamus and
the intervannals. Frequently the reduction of these veins is correlated,
although in the Lygaeini (fig. 7) the hamus is well developed while
the intervannals are entirely lacking. The presence basally of the
subcosta and the reduction of the posterior vannal also are useful
modifications at subfamily and tribal levels.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APKIL, 1957 (ii»
Other iiiodifit'ation.s must be interpreted with much caution as they
generally are the result of vein fusion and appear to have arisen
independently in very different groups. This may be illustrated in
The case of the radius and the media, which often are fused for some
distance beyond the discal cell in some genera of such diverse groups
as Cleradini, Blissinae, Cyminae, and Pachygronthinae.
Subfamily LYGAEINAE
The most generalized wing condition within the subfamily is found
in the genera Nysius, Ortholomus, and Uhypodes, where both hamus
and intervannals are present and the intervannals may be either fused
basally or separate (figs. 6 and 8). This very generalized condition
indicates that this group of genera is near the primitive lygaeid line.
Such orsilline genera as Belonochilus and OrsiUus show a more
specialized condition in that the intervannals are absent. It seems
probable, upon the basis of this as well as other features, that two
well defined groups are present in what we now call the Orsillini.
The Lygaeini resemble the Orsillus-Belonochilus group by virtue
of the loss of the intervannals. However, this tribe possesses a short
distinct basal subcostal vein. This feature is unique within the familv
(fig-. 7).
Species examined: Lygaeini. — Lygacu.s kaluiii Stal, Mclanocoryphiis
hicrucis (^ay) ,Grapfostethus servus (F.), G. arge7itatus (F.), Caeno-
coris neri Germar, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas). Orsillini. — Nysius
ericae (Schill.), N. calif ornicus Stal, Ortholomits scolopax (Say),
Belonochilus )}U)ueuii(s (Say). OrsiUus reyi Puton. Bhypodrs clavi-
cornis (F.).
Subfamily CYMINAE
It is evident that the present division of this subfamily into two
tribes, the Ischnorhynchini and the Cymini, is untenable. As Mr.
H. G. Barber will treat the systematic groupings in this subfamily
in a forthcoming publication, we will confine ourselves to the observa-
tion that the Ischnorhynchini wing is very generalized, whereas in the
Cymini and in Ninus and its allies the hind wing- shows the most
specialized condition in the entire family.
In the Ischnorhynchini^ all species examined have a completely
developed hamus and intervannals. Polychisme (fig. 1) is perhaps
the most generalized by virtue of separate intervannals. In Kleido-
cerys (fig. 3) and Rhiohia the intervannals are fused basally and
these two genera also have in common a distinctive bend midway along
the distal portion of radius. A stridulatory structure is present in
some members of this group.
^The correct usage here is as alcove, for although the genus Ischnorhynchus
Fieb. is a junior synonym of Kleidocerys Stephens, type genera in synonymy
are valid as the stem for family group names under action of the International
Commission at the 1953 Copenhagen meetings.
70 PROC. EKT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
111 the Cyiniiii and the ' ' ninines ' ' the hind wings show a very much
reduced venation (fig. 4). The hamus and the intervannals are com-
pletely lost. Radius and medius are usually fused together for a dis-
tance beyond the discal cell. The second vannal is always at least
partially reduced.
The Australian genus Ontiscus (fig. 2) is less reduced in that a
hamus remnant is present on the posterior portion of the discal cell.
Species examined: Ischnorhynchine. — Kleidocerys resedae
(Panz.), A', franciscanus (Stal), Pohjchisme hyalinatus (Spinola),
Rhiohia chinai (Esaki), Ninus insiyriis Stal, Cymoninus flaripes
(Mats.), new genus near Cymoninus.
Cymini. — Cymus discors Horvath, C. angustatus Stal, Arphnus
coracipcnnis Stal, Ontiscus australicus Stal.
Sill. family BLISSINAE
The wing venation of members of this subfamily is highly special-
ized. The intervannals are absent, the hamus is either completely
absent (fig. 15) or represented by a vestige on the posterior margin of
the discal cell (fig. 16). Radius and media are sometimes fused for
a distance beyond the discal cell. The jugal and posterior vannals
are reduced. The radius reaches the anterior wing margin in Blissus
as in many myodochines and in the Pamphantinae.
The relationships of the subfamily are obscure and other evidence
than the wings is needed to clarify its systematic and phylogenetic
position within the family.
Species examined: Ischnodemus falicus (Say), 7. sahuleti (Fall.),
Blissus leucopterus (Say), Dimorphopterus spinolae Sign.
Ruljfaniily OXYCARENINAE
This subfamilv is uniaue in the Lygaeidae in that the species studied
have intervannals present but lack a hamus. Radius and media are
fused for some distance beyond the discal cell. The intervannals are
separate in Cropliius (fis;. 13), basallv fused in Oxycarenus. The
second vannal and the jucral are somewhat reduced.
It seems likely that the subfamily represents a side branch in its
development and not an intermediate stasre in a main line of descent.
However, it is certainly speculative whether the oxyearenines have
arisen from an Artheneinae-like stock or from the Orsillines.
Species examined: Crophius scahrosns (TThler), Oxycarenus sp.
(S. Africa).
Subfamily GEOCORINAE
The condition of the hind wings in members of this subfamily is
most interesting. The wing venation (fig. 10) shows considerable
specialization by reason of the loss of intervannals and the loss or
reduction of the hamus. However, it is evident that the condition
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOU 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 71
is less specialized than in such a group as the Cymini for the hamus
stub is retained in many species of Geocoris (i.e. pollens and hidlatus)^
Hypogeocoris, and Ninyas. It is, however, absent in Geocoris uligi-
nosus Say and G. flaviceps Burm. Furthermore, although the inter-
vannals are absent the vannal folds are in most cases separate for
most of their length.
The genus Germalus has a completely developed hamus and basally
fused intervannals. It seems doubtful whether this genus represents
a true geocorine (note also the fully developed claval commissure),
and the relationship appears to be largely with the henestarine stem.
Species examined: Geocoris pollens Stal, G. hnllaius (Say), G.
uliginosus (Say), G. flouiceps Burm., Hypogeocoris piceus (Say),
Ninyas d£ fide ns (Leth.), Germulns samoanus China.
Subfamily HETEROGASTRINAE
This well defined subfamily possesses a unique feature in that the
hamus, as discussed above, has migrated distally so that it reaches
the posterior portion of the discal cell distad of the point where
cubitus diverges from the discal cell as a free vein. This condition
frequently creates a triangular cell in the anterior portion of the
wing formed by the hamus, media, radius, and the point of fusion
of radius and media (figs. 12 and 14).
The intervannals are present and either separate {Heterog aster,
Dinoniochus, Hyginus) or basally fused {Tamosanko, Platyplax).
It is evident that in general the wing is generalized with an in-
dependent specialization of the hamus.
The genus Artemidorus (fig. 12) has in the past been the subject
of much debate as to its systematic position. Distant, Bergroth, and
Horvath all have discussed the relationships. The hind wing indicates
that the continental workers are correct in considering the genus as
a heterogastrine. The wing though specialized by the loss of the inter-
vannals nevertheless possesses the hamus in the same characteristic
position as do the other members of the subfamily.
Species examined: Heterogoster urticae (F.), Dinoniochus marshalli
Dist., Tamasanka limhato Dist., Platyplax sal viae (Sehill.), Hyginus
sp. (S. Africa), Artemidorus pressus Dist.
Subfamily PACHYGRONTHINAE
The hind wing is generalized. Both hamus and intervannals are
present and fully developed.
In all members of the tribe Pachygronthini investigated the inter-
vannals are free throughout, whereas in all Teracrini (fig. 9) they
are fused at the base. It appears that this distinction may well supple-
ment other characters as a tribal character in the subfamily.
As noted above we consider this subfamily to represent the general-
ized condition from which the Heterogastrinae have evolved.
Species examined: Pachygronthini — Oedancala dorsalis (Say),
Pachygrontha hipunctata Stal, P. oedancolodes Stal, P. soileri Slater;
Teracrini — Teracrius namaquensis Stal, Phlegyas ahbreviatus (Uhl.),
72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Opisthokpttis ])al}i(}ns (Hesse), StenopJiycUa macrefa Horv.
Subfamily HENESTAKINAE
The hind wiii«i- of this subfamily is rather generalized (fig. 27).
However, there are subtle evidences of reduction present in the re-
duced hamus and jugal and the basal fusion of the intervannals. It
is apparent that this group and Germalus are closely allied; indeed
the latter may well prove to be a henestarine. The highly specialized
geocorines may have developed from a stock very similar to that
represented by this small subfamily. Species examined: Henesiaris
laticcps (Curt.)
Subfamily ARTHENINAE
The wing is somewhat generalized in that hamus and intervannals
are present. However, evidences of specialization are the partial
reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and reduc-
tion of the posterior vanual (fig. 26).
In some respects this subfamily appears to represent an inter-
mediate stage between the generalized Ischnorhynchini and the highly
modified Cymini. Here again supporting evidence is needed to ascer-
tain whether this is more than a superficial resemblance.
Species examined: Chilacis typhae Perr., Artheneis foveolata Spin.
Subfamily CHAULIOPINAE
The systematic position of this peculiar subfamily is not substan-
tially clarified by the condition of the hind wings. A degree of speciali-
zation is evidenced by the loss of the intervannals and the fusion of
the vannal fold (fig. 24). The hamus is present although apparently
not completel}^ developed.
There is some habitus resemblance between this group and the
Malcinae, and the venation of the latter could well represent a spe-
cialization from that of the Chauliopinae. Again supporting evidence
is needed. There is no evidence to support a Heterogastrine relation-
ship as intimated by some authors. Indeed the characteristic nature
of the hamus in that subfamily would seem to rule out the inclusion
of this group as even representing a closely related group.
Species examined: Chanliops fallax Scott.
Subfamily MALCINAE
The hind wing is highly specialized with loss of hamus and inter-
vannals, fusion of the vannal fold, and reduction of the vannal veins
(fig-. 5).
The venation is almost exactly as in the Cymini and represents with
this latter group the most strongly reduced situation found in the
entire family. "Whether these taxa are closely related or we are dealing
with parallelism must await additional evidence. Our feeling is that
probably parallel development has occurred.
Species examined : Malcus flavidipes Stal.
PKOC. ENT. see. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 19-57 73
Sill, family PAMPHANTINAE
The affinities of tliis peculiar subfamily are obscure. The venation
is specialized (fig. 28) with loss of hamus and intervannals and partial
fusion of the vannal folds. Radius curves forward to reach the lead-
ing edge of the wing in the distal area as in many myodochines. It
may well be that these ant-mimics represent extremely specialized
myodochine forms whose subfamily identity is masked by the fusion
of the basal abdominal sternites. The nature of the wing in Blissus
is also much as in this subfamily.
The relationship of the Pamphantinae to the Mediterranean sub-
family Bledionotinae should be nivestigated. Unfortunately represen-
tatives of the latter subfamily have not been made available for study.
Species examined: Famphantus eleganfulus Stal.
Subfainily MEGALONOIINAE
The hind wing has proven some^^hat disappointing as a diagnostic
character for subgroups within this large and varied subfamily. There
is little to observe in the hind wings that will separate the genera into
the traditional tribal units. This is chiefly due to the generalized
wing venation found in most species. It seems obvious for many
reasons that this subfamily has diverged from the remaining lygaeid
subfamilies at an early period and that such specializations as do
occur in the hind wings are independent variations of the main
megalonotine line.
Tribe — Myodochini :
In many genera of this tribe radius beyond the discal cell curves
forward to reach the leading edge of the -\ving (fig. 18). This occurs
so frequently as to be a useful althou2'h not infallible diagnostic
feature. Radius reaches the anterior wing margin in the following
genera: Myodocha, Heraeus, Pachyhrachius, Ligyrocoris, Paromius.
Zeridoneus and Prosomaeus. In Exptocliiomera, PiocMomera, Kolenc-
trus, and Cnemodus, radius curves strongly forward but does not
reach the wing margin.
Many myodochines also have a rather characteristic vannal condi-
tion where the two vannals are completely fused on the basal half
and then curve strongly apart to assume a rather 'Svishbone" like
appearance (fig. 18). This condition, however, is also found in some
other genera within the subfamily.
In Prosomaeus the intervannals are absent ; otherwise they are
present and usually separated.
Species examined: Myodocha serripes (Oliv.), Heraeus plehejus
Stal, Pachyhrachius hasalis (Dallas), Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler,
Exptochiomera sp., Paromius longulus (Dallas), PiocMomera nodosa
Say, Kolenetrus plenus (Dist.), Cnemodus mavortius (Say), Zeri-
doneus costalis (V.D.), Prosomaeus hrunneits Scott.
74 PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. -^ APRIL, 1957
Tribe Megalonotini :
The venation is usually of a generalized liature (fig. 17). However,
in Megalonotus (fig. 21) the radius is vestfeial beyond the diseal cell.
Ozophora (fig. 25) is highly specialized m lacking both hamus and
interv^annals. This is the greatest degree| of vein reduction found in
the entire subfamily.
Species examined: Peritrechus f rater jius Uhl., Megalonotus chira-
grus var. calif ornicus (V.D.), Ozoi)horcj jjicturata Uhl., Lamprodema
manrnm (F.), Neocattarus sp.
Tribe Beosini :
"Wing venation of generalized na^e. In Sphragisticu^ the inter
vannals are separate; in Rhyyarofhromus (fig. 28) and Dieuches
(fig. 20) they are fused basally.
Species examined : Sphragii^vicus nehulosus (Fall.), Rhyparo-
chrotnus umhrosits (Dist.), Dimiches near placidns (Stal).
Tribe Lethaeini : /
The wing venation as in most other Megalonotinae is generalized
in nature. The intervaiuials are fused in Eremocoris (fig. 22) and
Faragonatus, and separate throughout in the other genera studied.
In Scolopostethiis the intervannals appear rather obsolete.
In Eremocoris there are peculiar veinlike stubs present on cubitus
and media midway along their length in the distal portion of the
wing. The vein stub of cubitus may conceivably represent the remnant
of the antevannal vein so characteristic of the Pentatomoidea.
Species examined : Cryphnla parallelogram ma Stal, Drymiis unus
(Say), Eremocoris ferus (Say), Lethaeus crihratissimus Dohrn, Para-
gonatus divergens (Dist.), Scolopostethus tho)vsoni Rent., Gastrodes
grossipes (D.G.) Rhaptus quadricollis (Spin.).
Tribe Gonianotini :
The species investigated in this tribe, Emblethis vicarius Horvath.
shows a completely generalized wing pattern throughout (fig. 19).
Tribe Cleradini :
The venation of this tribe (fig. 11) is rather specialized in lacking
intervannals, having the vannal folds fused for a considerable distance
and in having radius and media fused for a short distance beyond
the diseal cell. From this as well as other features it is evident that
the tribe is a rather specialized unit within the subfamily. Species
examined : Clerada apicicornis Sign.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 75
Fhylogenetic Consideraiions. — The generalized lygaeid wing, as dis-
cussed above, is retained in several tribes and subfamilies. We find a
typical condition in many Megalonotinae, ischnorhynchini, Orsillini,
and PachygTonthinae. The first modification to appear is the basal
fusion of the inter-intervannals, both free and basally fused inter-
vannals being found in all of the above groups and sometimes within
the same genus (i.e. Nysius).
The next important modifioatiou after intervannal fusion is loss
of the intervannals. This is frequently concurrent with reduction
and subsequent loss of the hamus. However in the Lygaeini, Chauli-
opinae, Cleradini, and Prosomaeus of the Myodochini, the intervan-
nals are absent whereas the hamus is completely developed. The
Lygaeini are also unique in retaining the basal portion of the sub-
costa. In the Oxycareninae exactly the reverse situation is found,
for here the intervannals are present whereas the hamus is lost. In
all other cases, however, where the intervannals are absent the hamus
is also either absent, or reduced to a short stub on the posterior portion
of the discal cell.
In the otherwise generalized Heterogastrinae the hamus has migrated
toward the apex of the wing so that its posterior connection with the
discal cell lies distad of the separation of cubitus from the discal cell
(figs. 12 and 14).
The most specialized condition of the wings within the family is
found in the Cymini (together with the genera related to Ninus) and
the Malcinae. Here both intervannals and hamus are lost and the
posterior vannal and jugal veins are reduced or absent.
Our conclusions are that lines of descent within the family cannot
be determined by the venation of the hind wings alone. However, the
following discussion is an attempt to indicate probable trends and we
hope it will be further elaborated in the near future by a study to
integrate the information from various sources into a reconstruction
of the phylogeny of the family.
Using primarily the wing veins, but supplementing at times with
additional characters, we present the following situation.
Five main lines of descent which we will call the Pachygronthine
line, the Orsilline line, the Geocorine line, the Ischnorhynchine line,
and the Megalonotine line.
Pachygronthine line. — The situation here is quite simple. We have
first the completely generalized tribe Pachygronthini. The Teracrini
are obviously closely related, the only basic difference being the basal
fusion of the intervannals. From the generalized form the Hetero-
gastrinae arise through Heterogaster, Dinomachus, and Hyginus to
the slightly more specialized condition of Tamasanka and Platyplaa:.
The most highly specialized condition of this line is in Artemidorus
with the absence of intervannals and the distal shift of the hamus
beyond the cubital origin on the discal cell.
70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1907
Orsillme line. — Generalized venation in this line is shown by such
genera as Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhpodes. From this condition
develop the more specialized orsillines where the intervannals are
absent (i.e. Belonochilns, Orsillus). The Lygaeini by virtue of reten-
tion of the subcosta and loss of the intervannals present an anomalous
condition. It is difficult to interpret this condition until more study
has been made of the relationships of the tribal units within the
subfamily.
Geocorine line. — A completely generalized form has not been found
for this group. However the genus Germalus is generalized in all but
the basal fusion of the intervannals and may be considered as repre-
sentative of the generalized type (this is not to state that Germalus
itself is necessarily primitive). From this condition a slight advance
is evident to the Henestarinae where the hamus is reduced; there is
basal fusion of the intervannals and the vannal fold is fused for a
considerable distance. It may well be that the Blissinae are an oif-
shoot from a similar ancestor. The main line of descent however is
to the Geocorinae through subsequent stages of reduction and ultimate
loss of the hamus and the loss of the intervannals.
IschnorhyncJxine line. — This complex presents an interesting and
complex situation, with the genera Kleidocerys, Rhiohia, and Poly-
chisme illustrating generalized conditions. It seems possible that by
independent loss of the hamus the Oxycareninae have diverged from
this line. The main trend within the group is often indicated by a
tendency toward loss of the posterior vannal. We find in the Arthenei-
iiae a partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals,
and partial posterior vannal reduction. It seems feasible to consider
this as the next evolutionary step from the generalized Isehnorhyn-
chini. It is possible that the line now diverged into tw^o groups, one
to the Chauliopinae and to the Malcinae, the other through such
cymine genera as Ontisens to the highly specialized Cymini and the
* ' ninine ' ' genera.
Megalonotine line. — This line has obviously diverged from the re-
mainder of the Lygaeidae at a very early stage in their evolution.
In general the whole group is generalized. The myodochines seem to
show a slight specialization by virtue of the strong anterior curvature
of radius in the distal portion of the wing. The genus OzoyJiora is
also highly specialized. It is possible that the specialized Pamphanti-
nae may well have arisen from a myodochine ancestry.
Obviously there are a number of highly speculative interpretations
in the above discussion. We propose to analyse interrelations within
the family more fully in a later paper.
ACKNOWLEJXiEMENTS
AVe should like to extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Norman T. Davis
and Mr. P. D. Ashlock, of the Department of Zoology and Entomology
of the University of Connecticut, for aid given during the course of
this studv.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APKIL, 19.57
77
Metathoraeic wings of Lygaeiclae. — Fig. 1, — Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola) ;
fig. 2,0ntiscus australicus Stal; fig. 3, Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.) fig. 4, Cymus
discors Horv. ; fig. 5, Malcus flavidipes Stal.; fig. 6, Nysins ericae (Schill.) ;
fig. 7, Lygaeus Icalmii Stal; fig. 8, Nysim calif amicus Stal. fig. 9, Teracrius nama-
quensis Stal; fig. 10, Geocori^ uliginosus (Say) ; fig. 11, Clerada apicicornis Sign.;
fig. 12, Artemidorus pressus Dist. ; fig. 13, Crophius scabrosus (Ulil.) ; fig. 14,
Heterogaster urticae (F.) ; fig. 15, BJiss-ns leucopterus (Say) ; fig. 16, Ischnodemus
falici(^ (Say).
78
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. U, APRIL, 1957
Metathoracic wings of Lygaeidae. — Fig. 17, Peritrechus fraternus Uhl. ; lig.
18, PacJiybrachius hasalis (Dall.) ; fig. 19, Emblethi^ vicarivs Horv. ; fig. 20,
Dieuches nr. placidus Stal. ; fig. 21, Megalonotus cMragraus var. calif omicus
(V.D.) ; fig. 22, Eremocoris ferus (Say); fig. 23, Pamphantiis elegantulus Stai;
fig. 24, ChauUops fallax Scott; fig. 25, Osophora piciuraia Uhl.; fig. 26, Chilaci^
typhae Perr. ; fig. 27, Henestaris laticeps (Curt.); fig. 28, Bhyparochromii,s iim
broffus (Dist.).
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASn., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 79
REiFEKENCBS
Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing-venation of the Hemiptera (Hete-
roptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19: 13-34.
Leston, D. 19n3a. Notes on the Ethiopian Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera) : XVI.
An acanthosomid from Angola, with remarks upon the status and morphology
of Acanthosomidae Stal. PuVjI. Cult. Comp. Diam. Angola No. 16, pp. 121-132.
■ — ; 1953b. "Phloeidae" Dallas: Systematics and morphology with
remarks on the phylogeny of ' ' Pentatomoidea ' ' Leach and upon the position
of "Serbana" Distant (Hemiptera). Eev. Brasil Biol. 13 (2):121-140.
Tanaka, T. 1926. Homologies of the wing veins of the Hemiptera. Annot. Zool.
Jap. 11:33-54.
Usinger, E. L. 1943. A revised classification of the Reduvioidea with a ne^v
subfamily from South America (Hemiptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36:602-
618.
THE SPIDER, CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ, FAMILY THERIDIIDAE,
AS A COMMENSAL OF ALLEPIERA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER,
FAMILY ARGIOPIDAE, IN PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY, MARYLAND
In the literature Corwpistha trigona is recorded as a commensal
spider. Muma (1945, Md. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-38) reported that
this species is found most frequently in the webs of Metepeira lahy-
rinthea Hentz. Comstock (1948, The Spider Book) stated that it lives
as a commensal, feeding on the smaller insects caught in the web but
neglected by its host.
During the course of regular observations on a basilica spider,
Allepiera- lemniscata, at Greenbelt, Md., from May to July 6, and
from August 26 through October 1956, I observed Conopi^tha trigona
as a frequent commensal of this basilica spider on June 20, 21, and
25 ; on August 30 ; and on September 23 and 25. On the last 5 days
the commensal was in the dorsal or ventral labyrinth strands of the
basilica spider's web. On four occasions, the host was present in the
web with the commensal, and on two other occasions the commensal
was in a deserted web of the basilica spider. On August 30 the com-
mensal was feeding beside its own cocoon, which it had fastened to a
strand of the dorsal labyrinth of the web of its host. The latter was
present in its normal waiting position under the center of the snare.
On June 20 I recorded one specimen of Conopistha trigo7ia under
the center of the snare of a young basilica spider in the position
normally occupied by the host. The basilica spider was above and
near the perimeter of the snare on one of the strands of the dorsal
labyrinth facing the intruding spider, which was the larger of the
two. — Donald Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenhelt, Md.
80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 2, APRIL, 1957
SYSTEMATICS OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA)
IN CALIFORNIA, \>y II. Edwin Cott, Univ. California Pu))., Entomology,
13:1-216, plates 1-4. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1956.
$3.50.
At long last here is an analysis of a portion of the thrips fauna of our con-
tinent. Not since Hinds reported on the then known thrips in 1902 has an Ameri-
can treatment of sizeable scope been published, Watson's annotated list (Sj-nop-
sis) of 1924 notwithstanding.
Cott's work deals only with the suborder Tul)ulifera of California and is
presented more as a local faunal survey than as a monograph. The knotty prob-
lem of supergenerie categories and generic limits are mentioned, but no over-all
solution is attempted, principally because the study does not take into consid-
eration many of the critical species and related genera that occur outside California.
In a fresh and candid style, Cott summarizes the morphological and biological
features of the Tubulifera and points out how these characteristics may be used
to best advantage. His classification is conservative in that it follows the system
set up by Priesner in 1927. The genera and species are keyed with a modicum
of the specialists' jargon. What appear to be complete citations are listed under
each category. Type species of the genera are indicated with mention of the way
they were designated and who was responsible for their designation. Remarks on
the status of the genus and the problems in need of further attention are included
after each generic definition. The species are described in detail. Although
many characteristics of a "typical" specimen, arbitrarily selected by Cott, are
fully measured down to the nearest micron, the range of variation exhibited by
the species is not recorded, thereby minimizing the precise value of such measure-
ments. Type localities, hosts so far as are known, specimens studied, and Cali-
fornian and extralimital distributions are given and documented.
In all, this work covers 29 genera embracing 60 species of which 12 are described
as new. The genus Liothrips is reported to contain the largest number of species
(9) in California. Even though Liothrips and Bhynchothrips are bridged by
intermediates, Cott tentatively separates the two taxa by the characteristic of
the length of the head compared with the length of the pronotum. Similarly,
HaplotJirips, the next largest genus treated (7 species) grades into Lepthotlirips
in most respects in California, but by the feature of the presence or absence
of a tooth on each tarsi, Cott is able to maintain these 2 genera as units in his
State at least. Acanthothrips and Eoplandrothrips are regarded as subgenera of
Phlaeothrips, and Stephanothrips and Trachythrips are placed in a separate
family, the Urothripidae, following an old custom. The remaining genera treated
contain 1 to several species each. Two species, Siictothrips maculatus and Neiiro-
thrips magnafemoralis, formerly supposed to be strictly eastern in distribution,
are reported as members of the Californian fauna for the first time.
Although limited geographically, Cott's efforts clear a trail in the jungle of
thrips taxonomy. His viewpoints and presentation will be appreciated by thy-
sanopterists and by other interested entomologists. But most important, his
work vein serve as a sound guide to newcomers venturing into the study of one
of the least known groups of insects, the Tubulifera. — Lewis J. Stannard, Jr.,
Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 81
A NEW RUGITERMES FROM BOLIVIA
(ISOPTEJKA, KALOTERMIDAE)
Thomas E. Snyder, Washington, IJ. C.
Twelve species of Rugitermes have been described, 11 from Middle
and South America and 1 from the Marquesas, an aberrant species
as to its wing venation. Many species are bicolored, the head being
much darker than the pronotum. A new species found in the National
Museum collection is described as follows :
Rugitermes laticoUis, n. sp.
Winged female adult. — Head dark castaneous-brown, smootli, shining, longer
than broad, sides rounded, with scattered long and short hairs. Post-clypeus
white tinged with yellow. Labrum light yellow-brown, with long hairs. Eye
black, not round, projecting, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance
slightly greater than the long diameter of the eye. Ocellus hyaline, suboval, at
oblique angle to eye from which it is separated by a distance less than the short
diameter of the ocellus.
Antenna light yellow-brown, segments not all present, second segment slightly
longer than third or fourth, which are subequal, with long hairs.
Pronotum same color as head, broader than long, shallowly concave anteriorly
and posteriorly, sides rounded, with scattered long hairs.
Wings yellow-bro^\^l, coarsely punctate. In forewing, median vein soon (in
first quarter) unites with radial sector; radial sector close to and parallel to
Avith ."i branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, parallel to radial
sector, with 16 branches to apex of wing. In hind wing median vein absent,
ladial sector with 4 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, with
16 branches to apex.
Legs light yellow-brown, femora darker, with long hairs.
Abdomen with tergites dark castaneous-brown, with dense long and short hairs.
Measurements (in millimeters) :
Length of entire winged female adult — 10.50
Length of entire dealated female adult 5.50
Length of head (to tip of labrum) 1.80
Length of pronotum (to anterior corner) 1.20
Length of forewing _. 8.00
Length of hind tibia 1.10
Diameter of eye (long diameter) 0.35
Width of head (at eyes) 1.50
Width of pronotum — 1.80
Width of forewing .-_.. 2.20
Rugiterines laficoJIis is nut bicolored; is smaller than artJiur-muel-
leri (von Rosen) and costaricensis (Snyder) ; is darker colored than
unicolor Snyder and rugosus (Hagen) ; the median vein unites with
the radial sector sooner in occidentaUs (Silvestri) and in rugosus
(Hagen) ; the latter has a shorter wing.
82 PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APBtL, 1957
Type locality. — La Paz, Bolivia. Described from 6 winged adults,
4 males and 2 females, collected at the type locality by R. Perez
Alcala, 1947.
Types. — Holotype, ivingecl female adult. U.S. National Museum.
No. 63342; paratypes female and male wino-ed adults deposited at
same institution.
A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE ON CERATOPOGON YEZOENSIS
MATSUMTJRA
( DiPTEUA : Helkii>ae)
Different years of publication and different orthographies have been
used by various authors to refer to Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura
1911. Edwards [1939, hi Edwards, Oldroyd, and Smart, British
Blood-sucking Flies, p. 143], Vargas [1949, Rev. Sac. Mexicana Hist.
Nat. 19 (1/4) :203, 208], and Arnaud [1956, Microentomology 21 (3) :
116, 149] have followed Tokunaga [1937, Tentkredo 1 (3) : 235] in
accepting a 1915 paper by Matsumura as containing the original de-
scription. The correct reference to this species given by Takahashi
[1941, Insecta- Matsumurana 15 (3) : 84], attributing yezoensis
[yesoensis of Edwards 1939, and Vargas 1949] to a publication by
S. Matsumura (p. 60) entitled "Erster Beitrag zur Insekten-Fauna
von Sachalin," published in 1911 in The Journal of the College of
Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo, Japan 4 :1-145
Plates I and II was overlooked by certain of these authors. The
original description is provided below because of its general non-
availability.
"212. Ceratopogon yezoensis i\. sp.
" Graulichbraun. Anteimen und Palpen blassgelblich. RuckeusL-hild grau, ohue
langsstriemen, nahe Vorderrande jederseits mit einem Griibchen. Kopf
schwarz, Rostrum braunlich. Fliigel subhyalin, weisslich getriibt, dritte
Langsader durch eine Querader niit der ersten nicht verbunden, Unterrand-
zolle dalier einfach, Randmal braunlich, vor und hinter diesem je mit einem
undeutlichen weissliclien Fleckcheu, Unterrandzelle die Mitte des Fliigels
erreicht, dritter Langsnerv weit hinter der Fliigelspitze miindend. Halters
weisslich. Beine weisslichgelb, Schenkel an der Spitzp etwas braunlich. Abdo-
men braunlich, unten etwas heller.
"Lange: 1 mm.
"Fundort: Korsakoff, gesammelt in 3 Examplaren von Herrn Y. Ikuma
(in der Sammlung von Herrn Y. Naiva) .
"S. F.: Hokkaido (haufig).
"T. N.: Nulcaka.
"Der Farbuug nach C. bicolor Pz. etwas ahnlich.'' — Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.,
Entomology Besearch Divlsiov, II. S. Department of Agriculture.
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 83
A NEW SPECIES OF MITE, HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS,
FROM THE NESTS OF THE DESERT WOOD RAT,
NEOTOMA LEPIDA LEPIDA THOMAS^
( ACARIXA : Dermanyssidae),
DORAXDi M. Allrbd, Ecological Research, Univetsity of Utah, Dngway.^
During a seasonal study of the parasitic mites associated with the
uests of the desert wood rat Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas in Utah,
Allred and Roseoe (unpublished manuscript) found mites represent-
ing- a new species to be very abundant in the nests. These mites are
described in this paper. The dimensions given for the sternal plate
of the female refer to the shortest distances between two margins.
Length and width figures for other plates refer to the greatest distance,
exclusive of the very narrow projections such as the intercoxal pro-
jections on the holoventral plate of the male. All measurements are
given in microns.
Acknowledgment is given to Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Tech-
nological College, Lubbock, and Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., University
of California, Davis, for checking some of the specimens.
HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, new species
(Female)
(Figs. .5-10)
Idiosoma. — 494 long, 306 wide.
Gnathosama. — Width near the base 93 ; length from tip of idiosoma to base
of palpal trochanter 105. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 24 long, middle
internal pair 19 long, middle external pair 9 long, distal pair 9 long. Length of
palps from base of trochanter to tip 91. Chelicerae chelate, both digits of about
equal length and without teeth. Digitus fixus slightly curved, with striated flange-
like tip; a microseta at base of striation. Digitus mobilis slightly sinuous with
a blunt point.
Venter. — Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae reaching to base of
palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Sternal plate faintly reticulate,
two and one-fourth times as wide as long at narrowest points (50 by 112) ;
anterior edge slightly convex ; concavity of posterior edge extending to a level
about midway between the second and third sternal setae ; anterior edge of plate
more heavily sclerotized than central portion of plate ; heavy sclerotization most
evident between the first pair of sternal setae where it extends one-third the
length of the plate; posterior edge of plate also more heavily sclerotized. Three
pairs of sternal setae about equal in size, 38 long ; distance between first pair
of sternal setae equal to length of plate. Genitoventral plate broadly rounded
posteriorly; with usual pair of setae opposite posterior edge coxae IV, and a
pair of accessory setae near the tip of the plate; plate Avidest at point midway
^This work was supported by U. S. Army Chemical Corps contract. No. DA-18-
0(i4-CML-2fi39, with the University of Utah.
^Now with Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University,
Provo, Utah.
84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. l!, APRIL, 1957
between usual setae and accessory setae; usual genitoventral setae 31 long;
accessory setae 28 long. Anal plate long oval, slightly less than twice as long
as wide (100 by 57); reticulate near lateral margins; anus in anterior half
of plate; paired anal setae 24 long, situated slightly behind middle of anus;
postanal seta 26 long, situated behind the anus by a distance equal to the length
of the anus. Anal plate separated from the genitoventral plate by a distance
less than the length of the anus ; cribum with 4 rows of teeth. Unselerotized
portion of venter with approximately 31 pairs subequal setae 24 to 28 long;
those along posterior margin barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV.
Peritreme sinuous, extending to middle of coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than
III and IV; leg I, 304 long; leg II, 247 long; leg III, 228 long; leg IV, 299
long. Coxa I with two regular setae. Coxa II with regular dorso-anterior spur
and a small, sharply pointed accessory spur located below the distal edge of the
segment and directed posteriorly. Coxa III Avith two small, sharply pointed acces-
sory spurs situated near posterior edge of coxa, the internal spur situated directly
internal to the marginal seta and directed posteriorly; the external spur situated
on posterodistal edge of the coxa and directed at almost a right angle to the
internal spur. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus II without clawlike spurs.
Bors-um. — Dorsal plate reticulate, covering most of dorsum, extending almost
to posterior tip of idiosoma ; 480 long, 268 wide ; Avidest part just posterior to
coxae IV. Anterolateral margins of plate sinuous; posterolateral margins slightly
convex. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 12 long; second
pair setae largest, 36 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (24 to 31)
than posterior setae (19 to 21). Unselerotized portion of dorsum with approxi-
mately 22 pairs nude setae, 21 to 26 long.
Male
(Figs. 3. 4, 11-13)
Idiosoma. — 387 long, 255 wide.
Gnathosoma. — Width 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal tro-
chanter 43. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, internal middle pair 14
long, external middle pair 7 long, distal pair 9 long. Palps 76 long from base of
trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, without teeth ; digitus fixus fingerlike, straight,
slightly shorter than digitus moVnlis, which is thicker, curved toward the trans-
parent tip.
F enter. -^Basc' of tritosternum grooved ventrally ; lacinae extending well past
base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Holoventral plate faintly
reticulate, widest anteriorly; 304 long, 117 wide; with usual 5 pairs setae plus
anal setae and 3 pairs accessory setae; anterior 5 pairs setae 26 long; accessory
setae 16 to 24 long; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite anterior half
of anus; postanal setae equal in length to paired anal setae. Cribum with 2 rows
teeth. Three pairs sternal pores present, indistinct. Unselerotized portion venter
with approximately 30 pairs subequal setae, 16 long; posterior marginal setae
barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extend-
ing to middle half or coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I,
261 long; leg II, 214 long; leg III, 199 long; leg IV, 261 long. Coxae I, II,
and III as in female; coxa IV with accessory spur on distal margin near pos-
terior edge. Tarsus II Avithout claAvlike spines.
PROO. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Hirst ion yssus biseiosus, n. sp. Fig. 1, Dorsal plate and peritremes of ikuto
nymph; fig. 2, sternal plate of deutonymph ; fig. 3, holoventral plate of male;
fig. 4, dorsal plate and peritreme of male; fig. 5, sternal and genitoventral plates
of female; fig. 6, dorsal plate and peritreme of female.
86
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Dorsum. — Dorsal plate reticulate, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins;
378 long, 208 wide; lateral margins almost straight. With 33 pairs nude setae;
anterior pair smallest, 9 long; second pair longest, 28 long; other setae on
anterior half of plate longer (16 to 21) than posterior setae (14 to 16). Un-
sclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 7 pairs nude setae, 16 to 19 long.
Deutonymph
(Figs. 1, 2, 14-17)
Idiosoma. — 295 long, 185 wide.
Gnatii 0807)1 a. — Width at middle 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of
palpal trochanter 24. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, middle
internal pair 12 long, middle external pair 7 long, distal pair 7 long. Palps
69 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, both digits almost straight,
fingerlike, about equal ui length and lacking teeth.
Venter. — Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally ; lacinae extending past base
of palpal trochanter. Sternal plate extending from base of tritosternum to a
point slightly posterior to coxae IV; anterior edge of plate distinctly reticulate,
165 long, 69 wide; widest part opposite coxae II; with 4 pairs setae; first and
Hir.'itio'nyssus bi.sctonii.s, n. sp. Fig. 7, Anal plate of female; fig. 8, left coxa
II of female ; fig. 9, right coxa III of female ; fig.' 10, right chela of female
(ventral view) ; fig. 11, left chela of male (ventral view) ; fig. 12, left coxa
III of male; fig. 13, left coxa IV of male; fig. 14, chela of deutonymph; fig. 15,
anal plate of deutonymph; fig. 16, right coxa II of deutonymph; fig. 17, right
coxa III of deutonymph.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 87
hecoiid pairs 31 long; third pair 28 long; fourth pair 21 long. Three pairs
sternal pores; first pair situated behind first sternal setae about 12 microns
from lateral edge of plate, second pair on edge of plate directly posterior to
second setae, third pair on edge of plate midway between third and fourth setae.
Anal plate pyriform, with anterior edge rounded; 52 long, 28 wide; anal opening
situated slightly anterior of middle of plate; paired anal setae 19 long, situated
opposite middle of anus; postanal seta equal in size to paired anal setae. Unsclero-
tized portion of venter with approximately 38 pairs nude setae, 21 to 24 long.
Stigma at level of coxae III and IV; Peritreme sinuous, extending to about
middle of coxa II. Legs I and II slightly thicker than III and IV; leg I, 228
long; leg II, 190 long; leg III, 185 long, leg IV, 228 long. Coxa I with 2
regular setae. Coxa II Avith single accessory spur as in female. Coxa III with
only the internal accessory spur present. Coxa IV Avithout an accessory spur.
Tarsus II without clawlike spines.
Dorsum. — Dorsal plate faintly reticulate, long oval in shape, covering all of
dorsum except lateral margins ; 283 long ; 139 wide at level of coxae II and III.
With 26 pairs nude setae ; anterior pair setae smallest, 9 long ; posterior pair
longest, 33 long; setae on anterior part of plate longer (24 to 28) than setae
on posterior part of plate (16 to 21). Unsclerotized portion of dorsum with
approximately 15 pairs nude setae, 19 to 28 long.
COLLEICTION AND DISPOSITION
Holotype. — Female, in collection of the U. S. National Museum, No.
2227, collected from a nest of desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida lepida
Thomas, 2 miles southeast of White Rock, south end of Cedar Moun-
tains, Tooele County, Utah, July 22, 1954, by Dorald M. AUred and
Stanley Mulaik.
Allotype. — Male, in collection of U.S. National Museum, collected
from the same kind of nest and same locality a,s holotype, June 24,
1954, by Ernest J. Roscoe.
Paratypes.—SO females, 17 males, and 13 deutonymphs collected
from same kind of nests in same locality as holotype and allotype,
during- various times from April to August and in November, 1954.
An additional 912 females, 257 males, and 319 deutonymphs not desig-
nated as paratypes were collected in the same habitat as the types
between April 1954 and April 1955. Deposited in the collections of
Dorald M. Allred, R. W. Strandtmann, E. W. Jameson, Jr., Harvey
B. Morlan, R. B. Eads, F. da Fonseca, University of Utah Entomo-
logical Museum, U. S. National Museum, British Museum of Natural
History, and National Museum of Natural History of Paris.
Discussion
Fonseca (1948:263), among other characters, used the number of
setae of the genital plate in females to separate the genera of Macro-
nyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synonym : Dermanyssidae Kolenati, 1859 ;
Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931). In his key (p. 273), he used the
characters of one and three pairs of setae on the genital plate to sepa-
88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. '2, APRIL, 19.17
rate females of the genus Hirstesia from those of Lepronyssoides, and
females of LiponyseaUa from those of five other genera, including
Hirstionyssus. Hirstionyssus falls in the group possessing only one
pair of genital setae. In his species diagnoses (p. 265-266), EcJmw-
nyssus was the only genus possessing two pairs of genital setae. In
no case did the numbers of genital setae vary within the genus. With
this as a basis, there seems to be sufficient justification to create a new
genus for Hirstionyssus hisetosus. However, in H. hisetosus the other
generic characters are so similar to other species of the genus Hir-
stionyssus that the author does not deem it wise to erect a new genus
until the genera of this family can be more thoroughly studied. Ac-
cording to Jameson (correspondence), in many of the Hirstionyssus
there is a second pair of setae just ofl' the genitoventral plate. A slight
expansion of the posterior part of this plate often results in these two
setae being within its lateral margins. Strandtmann and Morlan
(1953) state that this situation exists in H. hreviseta. In H. hisetosus,
the extra pair of setae apparently got too close and was completely
enclosed by the plate.
The presence of the extra pair of setae on the genitoventral plate
separates hisetosus from all other species of the genus Hirstionyssus.
In many respects, hisetosus is similar to four other species {ohsoletus,
isahellinus, hreviseta, and neotoniae) , but differs as follows: In Jame-
son's (1950:163) key to the females of North American Neoichoronys-
sus (synonym, Hirstionyssus Fonseca 1948), hisetosus runs to ohso-
letus. but differs from that species by having a smaller dorsal plate
of diff'erent shape, spurs on coxae II and III that are pointed, a shorter
.sternal plate, and almost twice as many ventral setae. In the key by
Strandtmann and Morlan (1953:630), hisetosus runs to isahellinus
from which it differs by the absence of a thickened margin on the anal
plate and posterior thickened margin of the genitoventral plate ; the
sternal plate of hisetosus is shorter than in isahellinus. However, in
hisetosus the anterior and posterior margins of the sternal plate are
thickened. This species resembles hreviseta, but differs from it by
having two spurs on coxa II, lacking a spur on coxa IV, having almost
twice as many setae on the venter, and possessing a slightly shorter
sternal plate. The new species, hisetosus, differs from neotomae by
lacking a spur on coxa IV, having a slightly shorter sternal plate, and
possessing more setae on the unsclerotized portions of the venter and
dorsum.
Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found hisetosus to be
the second most abundant parasitic mite in the nests of the desert wood
rat, in which nests it was found each month of the year (Fig. 18).
The ratio of males to females over a period of a year was 1 :3.4.
Gravid females, each with one egg, were found in May, July, and
August. There is little doubt that this species is a nest-dwelling form,
getting onto a host onlv to feed.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
89
ee -
!1 -
i? -
20
Fig. IS. Average numbers of Hirstioni/ssiis hisetosus found in each of 160
nests of the desert wood rat, Xeoiomn Jepirla Jepida, from April 15, 1954, to
April 14, 1955.
Eeferenobs
Fonseca, F. da. 1948. A monograph of the genera and species of Macronyssidae
Oudemans, 1936 (synon. ; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931) (Acari). Proc. Zool.
Soe. 118(2) :249-334.
Jameson, E. W., Jr. 1950. Notes on mites of the genus Neoichoronyssus, with
the description of a new subgenus and three new species of the subgenus
Hirstionyssus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 52(4) :161-172.
Strandtmann, E. W., and H. B. Morlan. 1953. A new species of Hirstionyssus
and a key to the known species of the world. Texas Ept. Biol. Med.,
11(4): 627-637.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
9U PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF BEZZI'S STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE
DIPTERA, II
Mario Bezzi's second "century" of Diptera collected by C. F.
Baker in the Philippine Islands, generally cited as published in the
Philippine Journal of Science, (D) 12 (3) : 107-161, pi. 1 (May,
1917), seems to have actually been published on November 15, 1916,
in another printing- with different pagination. I possess a copy with
the same text as the 1917 publication, with the following information
on page 2 : Department of the Interior, Bureau of Science, Manila.
Publication No. 10. Actual date of publication November 15, 1916.
It is paged 1-59 plus Plate 1. The plate is headed "Bureau of
Science Publication No. 10." The page numbers with the species
numbers, etc., appearing thereupon are as follows:
P. 7: title, etc.; p. S: iios. 101-104; p. 9: key to PselliopJwra, no. 105; p. 10:
nos. 106-107; p. 11: nos. 108-110; p. 12: no. Ill, key to Eriocera ; p. 13: nos.
112-114; p. 14: nos. 115-119; p. 15: no. 120, key to Libnotes, p. 16: nos. 121-
124; p. 17: nos. 125-127; p. 18: gen. Schizella nov.; p. 19: no. 128; p. 20: nos
129-130; p. 21: nos. 131-133; p. 22: no. 134; p. 23: nos. 135-137; p. 24: nos
138-144; p. 26: nos. 145-147; p. 27: nos. 148-149; p. 28: nos. 150-157; p. 29
nos. 158-163; p. 30: nos. 164-168; p. 31: no. 169, gen. Tylopterna nov.; p. 32
no. 170; p. 33: nos. 171-173; p. 35: nos. 174-175; p. 36: nos. 176-177; p. 37
no. 178; p. 38: no. 179; p. 39: nos. 180-183; p. 41: key to Pterogenia, no. 184
p. 43: no. 185; p. 44: no. 186; p. 45: no. 187: p. 46: no. 188; p. 48: no. 189; p. 49
key to Euprosopia, no. 190; p. 51: no. 191; p. 52: no. 192; p. 53: no. 193; p. 54
nos. 194-195; p. 55: nos. 196-197; p. 57: no. 198; p. 59: nos. 199-200.— Geob&e
C. Steyskal, Grosse He, Michigan.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 658th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President
E. A. St. George at 8 p.m., December 6, 1956, in room 43 of the IT. S. National
Museum. There were 32 members and 10 visitors present. The minutes of the
preceding meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
The following new members were elected: Robert L. Wallis, Truck Crop
and Garden Insects Section, Agricultural Eesearch Center, Beltsville, Md.:
Donald H. Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.; and Dr. Oswaldo Paulo
Forattini, Faculdade de Higiene e Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo,
Avenida Dr. Amadlo, 715, Sao Paulo, S. P., Brazil, Caixa Postal 8099.
President St. George gave the summary report on the state of the Society.
He remarked that the Society has three honorary mmbers (see names on
inside front cover — Ed.), and acknowledged the presence of Honorary Presi-
dent E. E. Snodgrass.
In the absence of other nominations, members on the slate presented by the
nominating committee were elected officers for 1957 by acclamation. (Officers
listed on inside front cover — Ed.) President St. George congratulated the
new President, P. L. Campbell.
It was voted to replace Article II, Section 3 of Article III, and Article VI
of the Constitution with the following:
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. '2, APRIL, 1957 !t]
Article II.
The objects of the Society shall be to promote the study of entoiuology iu all
its bearings ; to publish a periodical to be known as the Proceedings of the Ento-
mological Society of Washington, which shall contain the proceedings of the
Society and such papers as are accepted for publication in it; to publish a series
of Memoirs, and a miscellaneous series of handbooks or other special publications ;
and to cultivate mutually advantageous relations among those in any way inter-
ested in entomology. To further these objectives dues shall T)e collected from the
members.
Article III, Section 3.
Each member shall be entitled to one copy of each issue of the ' ' Proceedings ' '
and shall be privileged to vote on all questions. Members shall be given prefer-
ence over non-memliers in the publication of manuscripts.
Article VI.
The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special Publi-
cation Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years' income from interest on the Special Publication Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
discretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceed-
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining
members, and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member.
F. L. Campbell reviewed the "Handbook of Biological Data," edited by
William S. Spector, and exhibited both this and volume 1, "Acute Toxicities,"
of the 5-volume "Handbook of Toxicology," a companion book prepared by the
same editor.
Max Day told aljout the ecology of the adult Bogong moth, Agrotis infusa
(Boisduval), Phalaenidae (Noctuidae of authors), describing recent work by Mr.
I. F. B. Common, of the Division of Entomology, Commonwealth Scientific &
Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia. The moths occur in large
assemblages in granite caves at altitudes above about 4,500 feet in the Australian
Alps, where the Australian Aborigines formerly feasted on them. The fat content
of the moths averages more than 50 percent of their dry weight. They rest on
the walls of the caves, about 1,500 per square foot.
Moths of the spring generation migrate to the mountains and in late summer
they migrate back to the breeding grounds, which are pastures covering wide
areas of New South Wales.
A small proportion of the aestivating moths become intensely active for about
an hour after sunset and before sunrise, when they indulge in random flight
over the mountain tops. During aestivation the moths neither feed nor mate,
nlthough they do ingest moisture from rain or dew.
The migration and aestivation enables part of the adult population to avoid
92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 19.57
the breeding grounds during the summer when pa.stures are dominated by unpal-
atable perennial grasses. [Author's abstract.]
A note on "Subterranean Termites and Ships" was given by T. E. Snyder.
In 1927 a coal barge was found to be infested by subterranean termites in the
liarbor at Honolulu, Hawaii. Much moisture was present and some dirt was
lodged along the bottom. Probably the infestation by this introduced oriental
termite, Coptotermes formosamus Shiraki, was by winged adults. Such a vessel
would be a source of danger at ports of call.
This same destructive termite has established itself in the woodwork of steam-
ships plying between Hawaii and California. So far Federal inspectors have
intercepted and prevented its introduction to the mainland.
In July 1956 another destructive subterranean termite, Coptoterme.s crassus
Snyder, was found damaging the woodwork of a large floating dry dock at
Houston, Tex. This termite occurs in Spanish Honduras, Guatemala, and West
Mexico (Lower California). It is larger than the native subterranean species of
Reticulitermes, and the soldier has a short tube in the front of the more oval
head from which a white liquid is ejected.
As soon as Dr. Snyder identified the termite, Federal inspectors surveyed along
the waterfront to determine whether this tropical termite had become established in
buildings on shore. (Winged adults from a large colony could fly from the dock
and infest woodwork on shore.) Surveys made in August showed no infestation
in waterfront structures. Evidently the dock became infested from ships from
tropical ports. Owners of the dock have attempted to eradicate the termites.
In August 1956 another dry dock at New Orleans, La., was found to be infested
by the native subterranean termite ReticuUtermes flavipes (Kol.). [Author's
abstract.]
President St. George recalled similar instances, one of an infestation of termites
in a houseboat anchored above Key Bridge and another in the oak beams of a
church steeple four stories above the ground.
Paul Arnaud exhibited a Japanese delicacy, a can of ' * child hornets " ' — the
larvae, pupae, and occasional adults of Vespula letvisi Smith — which are served
on rice, principally in central Japan. The can was a product of Nagano Prefecture.
A. B. Gurney discussed the growing trend, especially among entomologists
working in applied fields, toward using the Avord "roach" instead of "cock-
roach. ' ' In the current Common Name List certain species are called cockroaches,
others roaches, a somewhat distressing lack of uniformity. Dr. Gurney explained
the origin of cockroach from the Spanish cucaracha, and cited support for the
view that the abbreviated "roach" is etymologically incorrect and loose English.
Furthermore, various species of fish, as well as one or more groups of fish, have
the common name of roach. Some confusion has occurred in abstracting journals
because of uncertainty whether "roach" referred to fish or to cockroaches.
Nevertheless, the trend continues and it is desirable that entomologists under-
stand the situation and act to promote uniformity and avoid confusion. [Author's
abstract.]
Honorary President Snodgrass commented that he was in favor of doing away
with the name "roaches" for insects, as, in behalf of his son-in-law^ Roach, he
preferred that the name bring to mind the popular fish rather than the unpopular
insect.
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 2, APRIL, 19.17 93
The principal paper of tlie evening was an illustrated lecture on the ' ' Mating
Behavior in Australian Dragonflies, " by Mr. A. F. L. O'Farrell.
Field observations, mainly from the Nevs- England Tableland area of New
South Wales, suggest that in several species of Australian Odonata the behavior
and pattern of distribution of adult individuals of differing age and sex tends
to be rather characteristic for a given species and habitat. The diverse phenomena
observed seem to have a similar end-result, ensuring ready discovery of a mate
and of a suitable oviposition site while retaining for the species the ability to
colonize and exploit new habitats arising as the result of flooding, dam con-
struction, stream diversion, and so forth.
Patterns vary from the apparently indiscriminate aggregations of individuals
of all ages and both sexes, seen in the primitive damselfly Sijiilestes weyersi
iveyersi Selys, to the seemingly highly organized male territorial systems of the
rather specialized dragonfly Tramea loewii tillyardi Lieftinck. An adequate study
will be possible only when a satisfactory field marking technique is available
for each species. Disturbance of the normal behavior pattern by any procedure
involving capture and release is a major problem here. [Author's abstract.]
Mr. O'Farrell 's slides showed the variety of dragonfly habitats in Australia.
Visitors introduced were Dr. Nicholaus Obraztsov, of the American Museum
of Natural History; Dr. Harvey I. Scudder, of the Public Health Service, and
Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University of Kansas.
The meeting adjourned at 9:50 p.m. — Kellie O'Neill, Recording Secretary.
Date of publication. Vol. 59, No. 1, was March 15, 1957,
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at Diamond's enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOMO
DIAMOND ALKALI
COMPANY
Cleveland 1 4, Ohio
94
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaches
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog^ and cat fleas
bed bugs
codling moth
leafhoppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll weevil
body lice
lygus bugs
cotton leaf vv^orm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
«7 I^-A iVA J**- JT X»
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 19.57
95
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers. Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets. Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug. Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Root worms. Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got. Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug. Tuber Flea Beetle. Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
EN D R I N : Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
^
HlFKCSCNTATIVtS
/> R ; N C J P A I
c I T I e i
9(5 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957
Pyrenone*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Xyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. OB.. F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
'^^ BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
ffl,
w
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
White ffrubg (left) and wireworma (riffht) magnified SO times,
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye -to -eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world! No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others — each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor ... to
develop newer and better controls ... to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum.
That's why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and eiiwrimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell's contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. "With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today.
* Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22. New York
'■i:^
QUAUTY rNSECTiCIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
rood Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION. GULFSPRAY <Liquid)
'A "space spray" for quick knipekdown and kill of many
r^krnfJs. of flying drrd crawling irrsects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
'fhfiAs, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxlde,.. and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GbiL^SPRAlrj^EROSQI, BOMB ^^
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down ^ctfon and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
■ • . -i'- ■ --■'. "
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual'/ insecticides :for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
vO.Qfi% Pyrethfins and 2% Chlocdane.
. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
<r Long-proven formula witfe effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
"gulf oil corporation
.*G U JL F B U I L DING, PI T T S B U R G H 30, PA.
ol. 59 -f r ^ irx
JUNE 1957
No. 3
PROCEEDmGS
of the
ENTDMDLOGICAL SOCIETY
. WASHIlVGTOiyi
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
$s\^^^^
\ 1 JUM8fie37 I
CONTENTS
FULLAWAY, D. T. — ^A New Reared Optus from Africa (Hymen-
optera: Braconidae) 98
GALINDO, P. — On the Validity of Haemagogus spegazzinii Falco
Kumm et at, 1946 (Diptera: Culicidae) 121
SELANDER, R. B. — Descriptions and Records of North American
Meloidae. I. (Coleoptera) ^ _ _... 135
SHENEFELT, R. D., and MUESEBECK, C. F. W.— Ashmead's
Meteoridea (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) 129
SOMMERMAN, K. M. — Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes)
(Psocoptera) from Texas 125
TOWNES, H. — A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old
World Ichneumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan,
Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 100
WERNER, F. G. — A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast
of Texas (Coleoptera, Meloidae) 97
BOOK REVIEW - 124
Azv. ms.
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Organized March 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
OrnCERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President - - _ _ R. E. SnodgeASS
President _ _ F. L. Campbell
First Vice President - -R. I. Sailkr
Second Vice President - - -R. H. Nelson
Recording Secretary ._ Kellie O'Neill
Corresponding Secretary Kelvin Doewabd
Treasurer F. P. Harrison
Editor Alice V. Renk
Custodian H. J. Conkle
Program Chairman J. F. G. Clarke
Executive Committee. ._ A. B. Gurnet, T. L. Bissell, R. A. St. George
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
of Sciences. C. F. W. Mubsebeck
Honorary Members _ C. F. W. Muesebeck, H. G. Barber
The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. S. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas,
Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology
U. S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Plant Industry Station College Park, Md.
Beltsville, Md.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
vol. 59 june 1957 no. 3
A NEW SPECIES OF EPICAUTA FROM THE GULF COAST OF TEXAS
(COLEOPTERA, MeLOIDAe)
Floyd G. Werner, Bepartment of Entomology,^ University of Arizona, Tucson.
The first specimen of the new species described here has been in the
Cornell collection for some time and was examined during previous
studies. However, it is a specimen lacking most of the segments of
the antennae and is otherwise in poor condition. There was some
doubt that the color was normal. Three additional specimens, from
nearby localities, show^ that the Cornell specimen is normal in color
and that it represents an undescribed species.
Epicauta ennsi sp. n.
Black, densely clothed \\itli rufous pubescence, except for yellowish cinereous
pubescence narrowly at the suture and on a median line on each elytron. General
appearance similar to that of a well-marked specimen of E. strigosa (Gyll.), except
for the very different color of the pubescence.
Holotype male : Length 9 mm. with head detlexed ; maximum width of elytra
3.3 mm. Head subtriangular, widest just behind the eyes, 2.01 mm.; the width
across the moderately protuberant eyes is the same. Length to base of clypeus
1.64 mm. Surface densely and finely punctured and densely decumbent-pubescent.
The setae on the back of the head are longer, more erect, and paler than the
rest. Median impressed line fine and indistinct and antennal calluses not evident.
Clypeus separated from the front by a deep suture. It, and the labrum especially,
have sparser and longer pubescence than the front. The eyes are moderately
narrow, 0.93 x 0.61 mm., excavated, and separated across the front by 1.32 mm.
Palpi normal, with sparse black pubescence. Antennae 3.7 mm. long, reaching to
about the basal sixth of the elytra, about 2.2 times as long as an anterior tibia.
They are of almost uniform thickness. Except for a few pale setae on segments I
to III, they are entirely black. Segment I reaches half-way across the eye and is
moderately stout; segments IV to X are truncate at the apex, V to X slightly
obliquely so. Segment XI is almost uniform in width, rounded at apex. Measure-
ments (Length/Width, to a total length of 1,000 units, from base to apex) : 151/60,
6:1/48, 139/.5.5, 79/.55, 76/59, 76/60, 76/59, 76/59, 76/55, 69/55, 117/55.
Pronotum subquadrate, 1.98 mm. long, 1.85 mm. wide. Basal impressed line dis-
^Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Paper No. 401.
98 PROO. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, .7UNE, 1957
tmct ; median impressed line absent. The disc is slightly elevated just behind tht
middle and a moderately deep impression extends from the elevation to the basal
impressed line, flanked by distinct but shallow lateral impressions. Anteriorly
from the elevation there extends a feeble median impression. Surface and pu-
bescence as on head. There is some pale pubescence across the very base and apex;
in addition there is a pale suffusion on the sides of the disc before the middle;
the paler markings on the pronotum are not evident without magnification. Scutel-
lum rufous-pubescent. Elytra almost parallel, 7.31 mm. long, 2.6 mm. wide across
the humeri and ca. 3.3 mm. at thei? widest. Surface and pubescence almost as on
pronotum and head. Suture narrowly elevated and pale-pubescent. A pale-pubes-
cent line about 0.25 mm. wide extends from the humeri to about 0.8 mm. from
the apex of each elytron. A narrow but distinct costula is present on each elytron
parallel to the suture and midway between suture and pale line. Sides of elytra,
as well as sides of pronotum, obscurely paler pubescent. Ground color of elytra
uniformly dark, not lighter under the stripes. Underside of body with sparser and
longer pubescence than above, the surface clearly visible; pubescence uniformly
rufous except for some black toward the apex of the tarsi. Legs moderately stout,
entirely l)lack in ground color. Anterior tibial spurs two, spiniform, the inner
longer ; inner posterior tibial spur slender, tapered-sticklike, the outer about twice
as broad, slightly expanded apically.
The size of the three paratypes is almost exactly the same as in the holotype.
In one male and the female paratype the pronotum has a pair of small pits in the
postero-lateral impressions. A feeble indication of these pits is present in the other
paratype and in the holotype. The eelor of the two male paratypes is almost the
same as in the holotype, except that one of them has the elytral vittae slightly
narrower. The female paratype is not so brilliantly colored and the last ventral
abdominal segment appears to have entirely black pubescence.
Holotype.— M-dle : 10 m. N. of Roekport (Aransas Co.), Texas, IV-18-
1952, Miehener, Beaniers, Willc, and LaBer<ie collectors. Deposited
in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Para-
types, two males: Riviera (Kleberg Co.), Texas, IV-17-1952, Michener,
Beamers. Wille, and LaBerge collectors ; one in the Snow Entomo-
logical Museum, and one in the collection of the author ; one female :
Kingsville (Kleberg Co.), Texas, C. T. Reed Coll., in the collections
of Cornell TTniversity. All three localities are near Corpus Christi.
This species is named in honor of Dr. Wilbur R. Eniis. who recog-
nized that tlie holotype could not be assigned to any described species.
In my 1945 key to the species of Epicauta, cnnsi runs to couplet 24
but is distinct in having the pubescence mainly rufous over the whole
body. It is unlike any described species from Mexico or Central
America. It belongs to group BB, subgenus Epiccntta, and appears to
be most closely related to E. strigosa.
A NEW REARED OPIUS FEOM AFRICA
(HYMENOPTEiR.^ : BRAfONIDAE)
liy 1). T. FuLLAwAv, HonoJiihi, JIairaii.
The following new species was included i'> 8 (•;)llection of Opius
reared from various fruit flies in Africa bv J. M. McGough.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 19.57 99
Opius ottotomoanus, new speeies ' "-"^
Female. — Length 4 iiini. ; ovipositor 4 mm. Head and thoraV shining black;
abdomen bright fulvous; antennae, sheaths of the ovipositor, hind tibiae, and
tarsi black or blackish; palpi and tegulae pale yell6w; mandi1)les except at tips,
front, middle, and hind legs except tibiae and tarsi, bright fulvous, wings liyaline,
stigma and veins black or blackish. Body, including abdomen, with sparse pale
liairs and sparsely punctate, especially on face.
Head broader than thorax and twice as wide as thick, broad Ijehiud the eyes;
ocelli disposed in the form of an isosceles triangle in the middle of the fronto-
vertex, a tight group set in a shallow basin, the individual members almost
touching; ocellocular line twice length of base of triangle; vertex in front of
ocelli transversely striate on either side of a smooth, depressed area ; eyes short
oval.; face convex, wider than high, antennae inserted at upper margin and
rather widely separated, the scrobes as far apart as distance to eyes, a short
median carina below; clypeus somewhat tectiform, the anterior margin angulate;
malar space twice the width of base of mandible; geua even wider and strongly
margined; antennae 39-segmented, scape and pedicel rather short and thick,
llagellar segments all longer than wide, the proximal ones four to five times
longer than wide, segmental length deci'easing distally; palpi, particularly the
maxillary, slender, elongate.
Pronotum not visible from above, pleuruni with a crenulated groove on posterior
margin ; mesonotum convex and with foveolated parapsidal grooves extending
diagonally from anterior lateral angles caudally, converging before apical margin,
forming median and lateral lobes, the former rather prominent, the latter with
foveolated lateral nmrgius; mesopleurum crossed by vertical and horizontal
crenulated sulci; scutellum convex; prescutellar. sulcus divided by costae into
four pits; metanotum with a narrow costate groove between anterior and posterior
carinated margins on either side of a median longitudinal carina; propodeum
convex, coarsely rugose (reticulate areolate), especially at sides, and with a short
median longitudinal carina anteriorly, spiracle minute, circular.
Abdomen elongate oval; first tergite ligulate, considerably wider apically than
basally, the median plate aciculate; succeeding segments weakly separated.
Legs fairly stout. Wings long and rather narrow, three to four times as long-
as wide, faintly cloudy ; stigma lanceolate, three to four times as long as wide,
radius emitted from its middle ; first abscissa of radius more than half stigma
width ; second abscissa twice length of first but shorter than first culiital cross-
vein, which is interstitial with recurrent vein ; second cubital cell wider than
high but hardly twice as wide; nervulus postf ureal ; nervus parallelus joining
medial below the middle ; postnervellus present.
Male. — Similar to female except for sexual differences and the apical segments
of the abdomen black or blackish.
Described from eight female and two male specimens (type, allotype, and para-
types) reared from a species of Dacus infesting cultivated gourds in the Ottotomo
Forest Reserve in the French Cameroons (West Africa), November 1, 1951, by
•T. M. McGough. One specimen labeled as from cucurbits, Cameroons, May 21, 1951,
J. M. McGough, appears to be the same. This species is closest to Bridwell's
'lesideratus or Szepligeti 's cniiiJafiis, but is rendily distinguishable by the black
hind tibiae and tarsi.
100 I'KOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, .JUNE, 1957
A EEVIEW OF THE GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED FOR OLD WORLD
ICHNEUMONIDS, THE TYPES OF WHOSE GENOTYPES ARE IN JAPAN,
FORMOSA, OR NORTH AMERICA
(Hymenoptera, Ichneximonidae)
Henry Townes, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan
It has recently been possible to stndy the types of the iehneumonid
genotypes that are in various eolleetions in Japan, Formosa, and
North America. In certain papers, particularly in the Hymeiwpiera
of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog (1951. U. S. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 184-409), there has been an opportunity to re-
view the status of the generic names applicable to the Nearctic Fauna,
so far as was possible at those times. The present paper reviews the
generic names proposed for Old World species, the types of whose
genotypes have been studied to date.
Other authors, particularly Uchida, Ileinrich, and Cushman, have
already reviewed the status of many of the generic names treated
herein, and many of those proposed by Uchida and Cushman were
adequately described and figured to begin with. There has remained,
however, a large number which are enigmas as far as the literature is
concerned, and it has seemed desirable to try to clarify these and to
bring together all the names in one list for easy reference, with con-
firmations of previous dispositions, further information or corrections
where needed, and bibliographic references to the pertinent literature.
The types of the genotypes concerned are housed in the following
collections : Institutum Entomologicum, Hokkaido University, Sap-
poro, Japan ; Taiwan National Agricultural Research Insitute, Taipeh,
Formosa; U. 8. National Museum, Washington, D. C; and the post-
war collection of Mr. Gerd Heinrich, at present partly at Dryden.
Maine, and partly at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The types of Uchida 's
genotypes are mostly at Sapporo and a few others are in Shanghai.
Washington, and Berlin-Dahlem. Those in Washington concern ge-
nera erected on Ashmead species. The Uchida types in Shanghai and
Berlin-Dahlem have not been seen, but the generic names involved are
included also in the discussion for the sake of completing the list of
his genera, even though the remarks concerning them can not be based
on the holotypes. The Sonan types are in Taipeh. The Aslnnead.
Cushman, and Viereck types are all in Washington. Ashmead, Uchida.
and Viereck have referred Old World species to a few of Foerster's
iehneumonid genera that had not previously contained species and
thus made genotypes available for them. The status of these Foers-
terian genera is reviewed also, alphabetically with the rest.
I am deeply indebted to the curators of the various collections for
the privilege of studying the material in their care, and esneciallv to
Dr. Toichi Uchida for the assistance given while I was visiting Sap-
poro. Mr. J. F. Perkins has assisted with information on the names
Ateleuie, Talorqa, CremaMus, and with some of the Acaenitini.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 101
Some of the tribal and subtribal names employed in the discussion
of genera belonging to the subfamilies Gelinae and Ophioninae will be
unfamiliar. For their elucidation, the reader is referred to another
paper by the author, entitled "A synopsis of the tribes and subtribes
of Gelinae and Ophioninae (Hvmenoptera, lehneumonidae) " (1957.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 59: .......'..)
Alphabetical List of the Genera
ACERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 23. New name for
Cerataspis Uchida, preoccupied.
Resembles Metopius in most characters but lacks the shield-shaped
area on the face. The face is evenly convex.
AKAJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 217 New
name for Erythrojoppa Il^cliida, iireoccuiiied.
Synonym of AJlonotus (new synonymy).
ALLOTHERONIA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25:
351. One species.
Type: (AUotheronia l;.'-guttata Asliniead, 1900) = Cri/ptiis iiitricatorius FaVjri-
cius, 1804.
A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previouslv noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288).
AMAUROMORPHA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 410. One species.
Type: AmaiiromorpJia mefathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Monol)asic.
A monotypic Oriental genus of Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
Its cardinal characters are : First abdominal tergite without a lateral
subbasal triangular projection, propodeum with a basal transverse
carina, first intercubitus a little beyond the second recurrent vein,
body hair very dense, clypeus wdthout a median tooth.
AMEBACHIA Uchida, 1938. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 198. One
species.
Type: Amebachia baibaraua Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Same genus as Netclia, and belongs in or near the subgenus Netelia.
Baiharana differs from known members of the subgenus Netelia in
lacking the occipital carina, but a careful examination of Uchida 's
specimens shows this carina to be sometimes present as a faint trace.
A decision as to whether Amehachia should be synonymized with the
subgenus Netelia or maintained as a distinct subgenus should be de-
ferred until the male genitalia of its genotype can be studied.
ANOMALOCTENUS Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Rec. 20: 4. One species.
Type: Anomaloctenus melleus Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
I consider this a s^^lonym of Apatagium, which is a subgenus of
Netelia, as previously noted (Townes, 1938. Lloydia 1: 185).
APOCRYPTUS Uchida! 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 170. One
species.
Type: Apocryptus issil'ii Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belongs in the Mesostenini and appears to belong to the
subtribe Echthrina, but the only specimen seen was a male. The
female type is in Berlin-Dahlem.
102 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, .IVNE, 1957
APOPHYSIUS Cushman, 1922. Pljilippiue Jour. Sei. 2U: 587. One species.
Type : Apophysius bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
An aberrant genus of Hemigastrini, well characterized in the origi-
nal description. I have seen abont six species, all from the Oriental
Region.
ARACHNOLETER Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. (i4: 2. One species.
Type: Arachnoletrr ^iirezeyi Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A g-enns of Gelini, well illustrated in the original description. A
singular generic character that is not brought out in the original
description is the fact that the spiracles of the second to fourth ab-
dominal segments are on the epipleura rather than on the tergites. I
have a Swedish specimen determined as "Theroscopus stagnalis
Thomson" by Roman which belongs to Arachnolcter, to which genus
Heuiifelcs sfognalis Thomson, 1884 is hereby transferred. A third
species of the genus (undeseribed) occurs in northeastern United
States.
ASTOMASPIS Foorster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No speeies.
Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 140. One species.
Type: Astomaspis metathomcira Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
An Oriental genus of the Phohetes group, tribe Gelini, that com-
monly goes under the name of Syrites. The male has a broad short
abdomen with three visible tergites, the third ending in a pair of
spines. ISy rites is a junior synonym. Astomaspis of authors is a dif-
ferent genus, which has been renamed Haplaspis.
BADYORYGMA Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 112. One species.
Type: Badyorygma fiavogutiatum Uehida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of Iclnieumon (new synonymy). The genotype is closelj-
related to {Aglaojoppa) Ichneumon flavoinarulata Cameron, 1901
(new combination).
BANCHOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: Bandiogastra nigra Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Enicospilus, as first noted in 1945 (Mem.
xVmer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737). Cushman, however, considers it a distinct
genus and has discussed its characters (1947. Proc. IT. S. Natl. Mus.
96: 460-461).
BRACHYNERVUS Uehida, 1955. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 50: 123.
One species.
Type: Brachynervus tsunekii Uehida, 1955. Original designation.
A genus of Anomalini with one spur on the middle tibia and the
intercubitus obliterated by the approximation of the radial and cubital
veins. I have not seen it.
BltACHYSCLEROMA Cushman, 1936. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88: 369. One species.
Type: Brachyscleroma apoderi Cushman, 1936. Original designation.
This anomalous ophionine genus belongs in a separate tribe, the
Brachyscleromatini.
CAENOCRYPTOIDES Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 4. One species.
Type: Ischnojoppa tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is close to Agrothereiifes.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 103
CERATOMANSA Cushmaii, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: .')74. One species.
Type: Ceratomansa prima Cuslunan, 1922. Original designation.
A g-enus of Mesostenina with considerable superficial resemblance
to the genus Mansa. Mansa belongs in the Hemigastrini.
CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 9. One species.
Type {Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882) = P.siIoma.sta:r pjiramidaU.s
Tisclibein, 1868. Original designation.
A synonym of Psilomastax, having the same genotype. Psilomastax is
very close to Trogus, but differs in having the prepectal carina pres-
ent only on the mesosternum, and in some additional characters as
tabulated by Uchida in his description of Cercodinotomus.
CERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soe. 13: 275. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gray, 1828.
Type: Cerataspis clavata Uchida, 1934. Original designation.
Renamed Acerataspis, which see.
f^HASMOGRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 16. One species.
Type: (Plectocrifptiis hol'l-aidrvi^i-fi Uchida, 1930) = Cryptus penefratar Smith,
1874.
A synonym of Polytrihax (new synonymy).
('HRIODES Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 178. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc .U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 966. One species.
Type: (Chriodes (!) oculatv^ Ashmead, 1905) = Atro-metiis ■miniitii.s Ashmead,
1904. Monobasic.
A genus of Ophioninae common in the Old World tropies and many
times named. Synonyms are Nesomesochorus, Mavandia, and Meta^
nomalon (new synonymies). Khitiana is a subgenus differing in the
lack of the subdiscoidella vein (new status). MavandicUa is a synonym
of Khitiana (new synonymy). Chriodes and the Neotropic genus
Non7ius constitute a distinct section of the tribe Porizonini.
COBUNUS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 23: 65. One species.
Type: Ichneumon palJidiohts Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 100) discusses the
characters of this genus. He places it near Naenaria.
COGHLIDIONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 115. One spe-
cies.
Type: Cri/ptaiila.r coreanus Szepligeti, 1916. Original designation.
This genus is related to Coccygodes, Christolia, and Lamprocryp-
tidea. This group of genera, so far as known, parasitizes Limacodidae.
COELOJOPPA Uchida, 1925. Zool. Mag. Tokyo 37: 453. One species. Name pre-
occupied by Cameron, 1904.
Type: Coelojoppa segmenialia Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
This genus was renamed Uchidia by Heinrich in 1934, but it is a
synonym of Naenaria Cameron, 1903. Uchida has discussed the
synonymy (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 34).
COLPOTROGHIOIDES Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25:
263. Two species.
Type: ColpotrocJiioidcs orievfalis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Listed as a synonym of Colpotrochia (Towues and Townes, 1951.
U, S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 355), but a better treatment seems
to be as a synonym of Scallama, with HcaUania as a subgenus of Col-
potrochia (new status). Scallama (with Colpotrochioides as a syno-
nym) has the nervellus broken below the middle and the areolet al-
ways present. The subgenus Colpotrochia has the nervellus broken
near the middle and the areolet often lacking.
COEEOJOPPA Uehida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 23. One
species.
Type: Coreojoppa flavomactdata Uehida, 192(). Original designation.
A synonym of Pterocormus (new sjmonymy). The genotype is a
large robust form which is close to and may be a subspecies of {Ich-
neumon) Pterocormus sexmaculatus Matsumura, 1912.
CEEMASTIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. -43: 587. One species.
Type: Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Temelucha, and the genotype is a synonyni of
{Ophionellus) Temelucha Uguttuliis Munakata (new combination).
Uehida (1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 4) has published the specific
synonymy.
CRYPTAULAXOIDES Uehida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121. Two species.
Type: Cryptu-s purpuratus Smith, 1852. Original designation.
I consider this a synonym of Cochlidionostenus (new synonymy).
CTENOCHARIDEA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 549. One species.
Type: (Ctenocharidea luzonensis Cushman, 1922) z=z subspecies of Maraees
flavobalteata Cameron, 1902. Original designation.
A synonym of Maraees. Luzonensis is a Philippine subspecies of
Maraees flavohalteata Cameron, 1902, the genotype of Maraees. Hein-
rich published these facts in 1934 (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 134,
136).
CUBOSCOPESIS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1080. One
species.
Type: Cuboscopesis epachthmdes Heinrich, 1952. Original designation.
Similar to Scopesis and I see no reason for making the fine generic
distinctions that would be necessary if Cuboscopesis is to be retained
as a genus. I have formerly (1951. U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2:
331-334) included Scopesis and many other minor groups in a broadly
defined genus Mesoleius. This may be the best arrangement, but the
matter needs a thorough study.
PAICTES Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species.
Viereck, 1911. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40: 193. One Species.
Type: Phygadeuon (Da'ictes) fulcaii Viereck 1911. Monobasic.
A synonym of Mastrus (new synonymy).
DAISETSUZANIA Uehida, 1.930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 289.
One species.
Type: Daisetsusania albifrons Uehida, 1930. Original designation.
A synonym of Himerta (new synonymy).
PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, .JUNE, 1957 105
DENTIMACHUS Heiiiricli, 1949. Mitteil. Miincliner Ent. Gesell. .3.";-39 : S(i. One
species.
Type: Dentimachua morio Heinrieli, 1949. Original designation.
This genus resembles Perisimda and ScoiJcsis, but differs from both
in having- the lower tooth of the mandible longer than the upper. I
have compared the type of Dentiniachus morio with the series of Try-
phon flavipes Gravenhorst on which Heinrich based the new genus
Nemesoleius. I believe the two species congeneric and hereby synony-
mize Nemesoleius with Dentimachus. Heinrich mentioned propodeal
differences as the generic distinction between Nemesoleius and Denti-
machus. The propodeal carinae of the genotype of Nemesoleius are of
the common Scopesis type. In the genotype of Dentimachus they are
almost obsolete and the apical propodeal carina is more regularly
transverse. This dift'erence does not impress me as being of generic
value.
BIAGLYPTIDEA Yiereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 371. One species.
Type: Biaglyptidea roeplcei Viereek, 1913. Original designation.
A genus of Gelini related to such genera as Iselromas and Haplaspis.
DIATOEA Foerster, 1868. Yer. natiirh. Ver. Klieinlande 25: 180. No species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Diatora prodeniac Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
An Oriental genus of Gelini. Cardinal generic characters are :
Lateral edge of second tergite without a carina or crease setting off
its epipleurum ; notaulus extending beyond the middle of the mesoscu-
tum, of almost uniform strength throughout its length and posteriorly
ending abruptly; disc of mesoscutum without hairs.
DTCHELOBOSMINA Fcliida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 201.
One species.
Type: Bichelohosmina iuhcvcalaia Uehida, 1932. Original designation.
A rather robust member of the Hymenohosmina group of genera.
Unusual features are the absence of the glymma except for a trace, the
short face and clypeus, and particularly the propodeal carination.
ECTOPOIDES Heinrieli, 1951. Bonner Zool. Beitrage 3-4: 280. One species.
Type: Ectopoides fcuitisseni Heinrich, 1951. Original designation.
Heinrich related this genus to Ectopius and Apaeleticus. 1 ex-
amined the type in 1951 but have not seen it recently.
EGURICHNEUMON Uehida, 1929. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Chasinias agltatm Matsuumra and Uehida, 1926. Original designation.
A synonvm of JJlesta, as was noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. 'Berlin 20: 174).
ELASMOGNATHIAS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 8: 31. New name
for Elasmognathuft, preoccupied.
A synonym of Caenojoppa, as noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20 : 122) .
ELASMOGNATHUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 405. One species.
Name preoccupied by Gill, 1865, and by Newton, 1878.
Type: Elasmognathns cephalotes Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic.
Renamed Elasmof/nathias. which see.
106 PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
EEIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 64."). One species.
Type: {Eriptcrnimorplia .<ichoenobii Viereck,, 1913) =^ sul^speeies of Amaitro-
morpha meiathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Original designation.
A synonym of Aniauromorpha (new synonymy), its genotype be-
ing only a subspecies of the genotype of Amanroinorpha. The proper
scientific name of the present genotype would therefore be Amauro-
morpha metathoracica schoenohii (new status).
ERYTHROJOPPA Ucliida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33 : 153. One
species. Name preoccupied by Cameron, 1902.
Type: Aeanthojoppa (Erythrojoppa) saideri Ucliida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Akajoppa, which see.
ERYTHROPIMPLA Aslimead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species.
Type: Eryihropimpla ahbotfii Ashmead, 1900. Monobasic.
A synonym of Caiiiptotypus, as noted bv Cushman (1942. Proc
U. S. Natl." Mus. 92: 284)". Whether Campiotypus should be main-
tained as generically distinct from Hemipimpla, as Cushman contends
{ihide})i), is a question requiring study.
ESUCHONEMATOPODIUS Cusliman, 1922. Phili])pine Jour. Sci. 20: 5(37. One
species.
Type: Esuchoncmaiopodins luzonensis Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of T)i(ip( fiis. Diapetus and MichrocJiorus are subgenera
oi Nematopodins (new status). The subgenera of NernatopocliKs may
be distinguished as follows :
1. Epomia ending dorsally in a prominent tooth on upper margin of pronotum ;
elasper of male genitalia ending in a slender rod Microchorus
Epomia not toothed above and not reaching upper margin of pronotum ; elasper
of male genitalia rounded apically 2
2. Occipital carina distinct dorsally; apical carina of propodeum represented
only by lateral vestiges Xematopodiu.^
Occipital carina absent dorsally; apical carina of propodeum usually distinct,
complete or interrupted medially, or sometimes absent Dio,petii.'<
Cushman has referred a number of species to Diapetus, which con-
sidering the subordination of Diapetus to Nematopodius as a subgenus,
should nov; be included under Nematopodius. The necessary nomen-
clatorial shifts are as follows:
Earrana nigromaculaia Cameron, 1907 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) nigro-
maculata.
Ischnoceros^ (limidiaiu.s Brulle, 1846 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dimidiatus.
Diapetus (D.) pallidicornis Cushman, 1932 = Nrmatopodivs (Diapetus) pal-
lidicornis.
Diapetus (D.) unicolor Cuslunan, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) iniicolor.
Diapetus (D.) parvus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) parvus.
Earrana lutea Cameron, 1905 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) luteus.
Diapetus (D.) faiwanevsis Cushman. 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) fai-
wanensis.
Diapetus (D.) dissipus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) d'lssipus.
Diapetus (D.) pieratus Cuslmiaii, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetu.'^) pieeatus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 107
DiapetiDi (Z>.) fossulatit.s Cusliniau, .1932 = Xematopoduis (Diapetn.s) fossula-
tus.
Esuchoiu maiopoduis luzonensis Cushmini, 19'_'2 = Xeniatopodius (Diapetus)
luzonensis.
Earrana phiUppiiK iisi.s Ciishiiian, 1922 = Xcmatopodiiis (Microclionis) philip-
pinensis.
MicrocJiorii.s mirobilis Szepligeti, 1916 == XrmaiopoiUiis (Microchoru.>i) mira-
b/l/.s-.
Diapetii.s (Microchonix) luiiformi.s Cushmaii, 1932 = Xemalopodiuf^ (Micro-
choni.s) uniform is.
EUCTENOPUS Asliniead, ]!Mi(i. Pioc Liiinaean Soe. New South Wales 2.3: 3ol.
One species.
Type: Etivtetiopu.s novazealandicus Aslimead, 1900. Monobasic.
A synonym of Phytodictus (new synonymy). The <yenus Fhytodiet us
niav some day be divided into snbgenera, when Enctenopus may be
used for one of them. Cushman (1942. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mns. 92: 286)
has disenssed the eharaeters of Enctenopus.
EXERIf-iTESOIDES Pchida, 192S. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 51.
One si)ecies.
Type: (Pimpla .spectabili.s Matsunuira, 1926) = subspecies of Piiupio alternaii.s
Gravenhorst, 1829. Original designation.
A synonym of Ifoplectis. Spectahili.s is a subspecies of Itoplectis
aJiirnans Gravenhorst. 1829, as published by Uchida (1942. Inseeta
Matsum\n-ana 16: 122). It differs from typical alicrnaus most con-
spicuously in the coloration of the hind tibia, which is fuscous with a
white submedian band, the submedian band beiny' wider than in
typical alternans and the fuscous areas without the ferruginous
infusion characteristic of typical alternans. Itoplectis triamiulatus
Uchida 1928, Itoplectis epinotiae Uchida 1928, and Itoplectis nigri-
hasalis I^chida 1937 are synonyms of spectahilis (new S3nion3rtnies).
PORMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 19*31. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 3(i: 192.
One species.
Type: Formocri/ptits leniiicorni.s Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
This genus belong in the Gelini. Distinctive features are its rela-
tively large size, two strong teeth on the clypeus, and strong propodeal
apophyses.
FORMOSANOMALON Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 241.
One species.
Type: (Formo-sanomalon baibarcnse Uchida, 1928) = subspecies of Mncrostcm-
ma elegans Shestakov, 1923, new status. Original designation.
A synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). Its genotype is only
a subspecies of the genotype of Macrosteinnia. and this name also
should be listed as a synonym of Aphanistes (new synon)Tny). The
species elegans, genotype of Formosanomalon and of Macrostetnma,
although believed to belong in the genus Aphanistes, is atypical in
having the ocelli large, the lateral ocellus separated from the eye by
only about 0.3 its diameter, th(^ inedian frontal carina reaching the
median ocellus and nowhere strongly elevated, and the tarsal claws
108 PROC. £NT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, N'O. 3, JUNE, 1957
somewhat lon<>er than is typical for Aphanistes. Uchida (1953. Trans.
Shikoku Ent. Soc. 8: 129) has published the synonymy of Formomno-
inalon with Macrostcnnna.
FOEMOSTENUS Uchida. 11)31. Joui'. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 180.
Two species.
Type: Mrs-o.stenus {Foniiostenii.s) angidari.s Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Isotima (new synonymy). The genotype of For-
mostenus and certain related si)ecies differs from alhicineta (the
<j;enotype of Isotima) and its closer relatives in having- the braehiella
vein present, and in the somewhat narrower postpetiole. Both groups
of species agree, however, in luiving a characteristie arcuate carina
above each antenna! socket.
FORMOXORIDES T^chida. 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. -ir,: ]4.
One species.
Type: Achorocephaltis pilosus Szepligeti, 1914. Original designation.
A synonym of Etigalta. The type of the genotype is in Budapest,
but its generic identity is determinable from the original description.
Its synon^^llY was recognized by Uchida (1932. Jour. Faculty Agr.
Hokkaido' Univ. 33: 221) and "by Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsu-
nuirana 8:1).
GLYPTOGASTRA Ashmoad, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 123: .">7. One species.
Type: Glyptogasira hawaiiensis Ashmead. Monobasic.
A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33 : 288).
HABROCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1952. Insecta Matsumurana 18: 19. Two species.
Type: Habrocri/piu.s .shilcolciiensis Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
A synonym of Trachysphyrm (new synonymy).
HEMIEPHIALTES Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 177. One species.
Type: HemiepJiiaUes glyptus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Glypta, as was first noted by Uchida (1928. Jour.
Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25 : 71) .
HYMENOMACROPYGA Uchida, 1911. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 116. One species.
Type: Symenonuicropyga latifrontaJis Uchida, 1941. Original designation.
A synonym of Clistopyga (new synonymy) . The species latifrontalis
has the temples narrower and the abdominal tergites more heavily
punctate than is usual for species of Clistopyga, but does not deserve
generic distinction.
HYPOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20) : 11. One species.
Type: MypophelttH pergae Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A genus of Mesoleiini as indicated in the original description. I have
seen only the genotype, from Australia.
IDIOGNATHUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 558. One species.
Type: Idlognaihu.s haUeains Clishnian, 1922. Original designation.
A synonym of Aulojoppa, as first noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil.
Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 127). Baltcatns is a Philippine subspecies of
Aulojoppa spilocepliala Cameron, 1907, the genotype of Aulojoppa
(new status).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 109
ISHIGAKIA Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 32. One species.
Type: Ishigakia exetasea Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
An Oriental genus of Acaenitini with long erect hairs on the first
sternite, hind tarsal claws simple, apical half of clypeus rather flat and
without a subapieal transverse ridge, and intercubitus well beyond
the second recurrent.
ISOTIMA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Eheinlande 25: 182. No species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 407. Four species.
Type: Isoiima albicineta Ashmead, 1905. By present designation.
A mesostenine genus of the Goryplius-Gaml)r\is group of genera. It
is distinctive in having, in the female, a semicircular area above each
antennal socket bordered dorsally by a carina. The male has either a
similar structure or in some species a grotesque specialization of it.
Many of the species, including the genot^qie, lack the brachiella vein.
Isotima cmciicornis Ashmead, 1905 is a synonym of /. albicineta
(new synonymy). For most cnns, Fotsiforia, and Mavia are s\aionyms
of Isotima (new synonymies).
ITAMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Eheinlande 25: 179. No species.
Name preoccupied by Goebel, 1846 and by Loew, 1849.
Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 13. One species.
Type: (Hemiteles (Itamu^) okamotoi Uchida, 1936) ^ Leptocri/pfK.s mdiiiinatiis
Uchida, 1930. Monobasic.
This genus has a general resemblance to Bathythrix, but the notau-
lus is shorter and not quite so sharp, and the clypeus is larger and
with an evenly convex margin. The genotype was described first as
Leptocryptus inarginatus by Uchida in 1930, with which it is hereby
synonjnnized. Besides the genotype from Japan, I have a second
species of the genus from the Philippines.
Since the generic name is preoccupied and the genus is a distinct
one, I hereby rename it Uchidella, as a token of respect for Dr. Toichi
Uchida and his work on the Oriental Ichneumonidae.
JEZAROTES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 30. Two
species.
Type: Jezarotes tiimanul-ii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A genus easily distinguished by the strongly forward projecting
median lobe of the mesoscutum. The blunt ventral tooth on the hind
femur and subobsolete upper tooth of the mandible are additional
features of note.
KARAECHTHEUS Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 176. One species.
Type: Karaechthrus tuberculatus Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
Closely related to Echthrus, from which it differs in having the apex
of the clypeus truncate, without a median tooth, and in a few addi-
tional minor characters.
KOSHUNIA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 185. One
species.
Type: Hemiteles {KosJntnia) faiira)ulhis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNK, 1957
The urijiiiial dese-riptioii indicates that Kosliunia belongs probably in
the Phobetes group of genera, tribe Gelini.
KRIEGERIA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Miis. 29: 116. Ono species.
Type: Kriegeria heplazonata Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic.
An Oriental genus of the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its car-
dinal characters are: First abdominal tergite with a lateral subbasal
triangular projection, acute or subacute in females, blunt and often
indistinct in males; pleural carina of propodeum present behind the
basal carina ; apical carina of propodeum absent ; epomia reaching the
upper edge of the pronotum and curved strongly forward at its upper
end; nervulus varying from interstitial Avith basal vein to beyond it
by 0.3 of its length.
KUNI0CRYPTU8 Soiian, 1937. Tnins. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 172. One
species.
Type: OricntocryptiDi flavofasciafiis Ui-liida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Latihulus (new synonymy).
LEPTOBATOPSTS Aslnnead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25:
349. One species.
Type: {Lepiohaiopsi.s unstraJicnsis Ashmead. 1900) = Criipfiis iiidiciis Cameron,
1897. Monobasic.
A well-known lissonotine genus of the Oriental Region. Tanera and
SaiitcrellKs are synonyms, as discussed by Cushman in 1922, 1924,
1933, and 1940, Tanera having the same type species (through synony-
my) as Leptohaiopsis.
LONGICHAROPS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 131. New name for
Xoihanomaloides Uchida, preoccupied.
A synonym of C a sin aria (new synonymy).
MEGALOMYA Uchida, 1940. Trans. Nat,. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30: 223. One species.
Type: Megalomya longiabdom'nialis Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
This genus is close to Alomya.
MATSUMURAIUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 109. One species.
Type: Matsitnuiraiu.'i grandis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Ptcrocornms, as was first recognized by Matsumura
(1912. Thousand Insects of Japan, Supplement 4: 102).
MELALOPHACHAROPS Uchida, 192S. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
280. One species.
Type: Melalophacluirops Uimanulcii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Very close to Charopsimorpha.
METACHORISCHIZUS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 35.
One species.
Type: Metachorischizus unicolor Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Related to Siphimedia.
METARHYSSA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species.
Type: Metarhyssa bifmciata Ashmead, 1900. Monobasic.
A sjaionym of Gahunia (new synonymy). Cushman (1942. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 279-280) has redescribed the genotype. The genus
belongs in the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI,. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 111
METOPHELTES Ucliida, 1932. Inseeta Matsumuiaua 6: 162. One species.
Type: Metopheltes petiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This o-enus is close to Perilissus.
METOPICHNEUMON Uchida, 1935. Inseeta Matsumurana 10: 13. One species.
Type: Protichneumon {Metopichneumon') superomediae Uchida, 1935. Original
designation.
Proposed first as a subgenus of Protichneumon and later (1937.
Inseeta Matsumurana 11: 85) elevated to generic rank. It is very
close to Protichneuinon, but the genotype is unusual in having a com-
pressed tubercle in the middle of the Irons, a relatively narrow cly-
peus, and relatively elongate areola with distinct bounding carinae.
MICEOTOEIDEA Vie"reck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 150. One species.
Type: Microtoridea Ussonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy).
MICROTOBUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. natiuh. Ver. Rheinlando 25: 175. No species.
Uchida, 1940. Inseeta Matsumurana 14 : 64-66. Two species.
Type: Microtorus hwhijoi Uchida, 1940. By present designation.
A synonym of Ofaciistcs (new synonymy). Uchida placed a second
species, Microtits tciiuihasalis Uchida, 1940, in Microtus. It should
be referred to Mastrus (new combination).
MONOMACEODON Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Eec. 20: 2. One species.
Type: Monomacrodon bicolor Cushman, 1934. Original designation.
A subgenus of Netelia, as noted in 1938 (Townes. Lloydia 1: 186).
MONONTOS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 165. One
species.
Type: Monontos niphonicus Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Near Heresiarches, but a distinct genus, not a synonym as stated by
Tchida (1932. Inseeta Matsumurana 7: 32). In Monontos the second
lateral area of the propodeum extends to the apical 0.6 of the propo-
deum and is separated from the third lateral area by a sharp carina.
In Heresiarches the second lateral area extends to the apical 0.8 of
the propodeum and the carina between it and the third lateral area is
ubsolescent.
MONOPLECTEOCHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 109.
One .species.
Type: MonopIectrocJuis hoerhammeri Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
A synonym of Peri ope (new synonymy). Its genotype is related
more closely to the Nearctic Periope aethiops Cresson than to the
European Periope auscultator Curtis.
MYRMELEONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Inseeta Matsumurana 10: 116. One
species.
Type: Myrmelconostenns habai Uchida, 1936. Original designation.
Close to Trychosis, differing from Trychosis in the interstitial nervu-
lus, smaller areolet, narrower first abdominal segment, and longer
ovipositor.
NAWAIA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 184. One species.
Type: Naitaia japonica Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Banchus, as was first noted bv Uchida (1931. Inseeta
112 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Matsumnrana 6: 51). Its genotype (Banchus japonicus) is similar to
the Nearctie Banchus canadensis in the elongate female abdomen and
in the relatively small fonrth segment of the maxillary palpus of the
male. These two species seem to constitute a distinct group.
NEISCHNUS Heinrieh, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1066. One species.
Type: Xci.scJmus oxypygns Heinrieh, 1952. Original designation.
Heinrieh placed this genus in the ' ' lehneumonini, ' ' at the same time
stating its relation to the Phaeogenini. The type is in Dryden, Maine.
NEODONTOCRYPTUS Uehida, 1940. Insecta Matsumnrana 14: 122. New name
for Odontocrypfus Uehida, preoccupied.
The type of the genotype was returned to Berlin-Dahlem, but I have
a specimen which appears to belong to the genotype species. It repre-
sents an aberrant genus of Mesostenina related possibly to Trachy-
sphyriis. Its dark metallic blue coloration and the structural charac-
ters described by Uehida should make it easy to recognize.
NEOHERESIAECHES Uehida, 1937. Insecta Matsumnrana 11: 87. One species.
Type: Xeolicresiarches albipilosus Uehida, 1937. Original designation.
This is an unusual genus of which I have seen only the type of the
genotype. It is somewhat reminiscent of Tricholahus but probably not
closely related to it.
NEOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 56. One species.
Type: Neoplmpla abbottii Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
The type of the genotype, stated to be from Africa, has never been
found since Ashmead published the name, and the original description
is insufficient for even a subfamily placement. Neopimpla remains a
namen duhium until further evidence is available.
NEOPIMPLOIDES Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 151. One species.
Type: {Ncopimploidea syleptae Viereck, 1912) = Ichneumon piinctaiits Faln-i-
cius, 1787. Original designation.
This is a synonym of Xanflwpiiiipla, and its genotype is a synonym
of Xanthopinipla punciaia. Fabricius, 1787. The generic synonymy
was first published by Krieger (1914. Arch. Xaturg. 80 (A), 6: 3)
and the specific synonymy first bv Cushman (1922. Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 60:10).
NEOTOEBDA Uehida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 153. One species.
Type: Torbda (Neotorbda) sakagucMi Uehida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina, related to Micro-
stenus. The first tergite has a lateral subbasal triangular projection,
the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina,
both transverse carinae of the propodeum are strong, and the hy-
postomal carina is obsolete apically and does not meet the occipital
carina. I have seen several Oriental and one Madagascan species of
the genus. Didiaspis is a synonym of Neotorbda (new synonymy).
NEPHOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20) : l(i. One
species.
Type: Nephopheltes japonicus Cushman, 1924. Original designation.
A synonym of Ophelias, as previouslv noted (Townes, ]i>45. Mem.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 495).
PRO(;. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 113
NESOMESOCHORUS Ashmead, 1905. Proe. U. S. Natl. Miis. 28: 967. One tspecies.
Type: (Nesornesochorus oculatu^s Ashmead, 1905) = Airomeius minutuii Ash-
mead, 1904. Monobasic.
A synonym of Chriodes. Its g-enotype is a synonym of Atronietus
nimutus Ashmead, 1904, and of Chriodes oculatus Ashmead. 1905,
the genotype of Chriodes.
XESOPIMPLA Ashmead, 190(i. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 180. One species.
Type: Nif<opimpla naranyae Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Itoplectis, as previonsly noted. (ToAvnes, 1940. Ann.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 314).
NESOSTENODONTUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: :]:'^:). One species.
Type: Nesotitetiodontn.s hakerl Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
Thiii; geiins belongs in the Alomyini as defined by the subcireular
spiracles and the usually lenticular clypeus. Cushman relates it to
Stenodontus, emphasizing the sickle-shaped mandible. If the lack of
gastrocoeli were emphasized it would be placed near Centeterus. Its
true relations are problematic. The genus is adequately described and
figured in the original publication.
NEUCHORUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5 : 143. One species.
Type: Neuchorus longicaud a JJchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Phytodietus (new synonymy). The species loiigi-
cauda is closely related to the Xean-tic Phytodietus [julcherritnus
Cresson.
NIPPOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumuran;( 11 : 3. One species.
Type: Hemitcles snziiMi Matsumura, 1912.
A synonym of Trachysphyriis (new synonymy).
XIPPONAETES Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 160. One species.
Type: Hemitcles {Nipponaetes) haenssleri Uchida, 1933. Original designation.
This genus is similar to Acrolyta in most characters. Further study
of generic limits in this area is needed before a more definite state-
ment can be made as to its relationships and distinctness.
XIPPONOPHION Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 201.
One species.
Type: (Nippoiiophion varic(/atii.s Uchida, 1928) = variety of Ophion boinhtjei-
vorus Gravenhorst, 1829.
This genus is a synonym of Stauropoctomus, a synon.ym.y already
published by Cushman (1947. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 456). Uchida
(1951. Insecta Matsumurana 17: 127) has reduced the name rarie-
(jatus to varietal status under homhycivorus.
NIPPORICNUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 147. One species.
Type: Acroricnus tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
A synonym of PicardeUia (new synonymy) . The genus belongs in
the Mesostenini, subtribe Osprynchotina, and is close to Messatoporus,
differing from that genus most conspicuously in the somewhat larger
areolet.
NOTHANOMALOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21:
273. One species. Name preoccupied by Viereck, 1925.
Type: Nothanomaloide.s- matsuynmensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Renamed Longickarops, which see.
ODONTOCEYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 187.
One species. Name preoccupied by Saussure, 1890, by Cameron, 1903, and by
Szepligeti, 1916.
Type: Odonlocrypius hrillantiis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Renamed Neodontocryptus, which see.
ODONTOTYLOCOMNUS Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 179.
One species.
Type: Odontotylocommis pilosus Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym of Pseudometopius (new synonymy). Pilosus is an ex-
traordinary species with the face sharply produced beneath the an-
tenna! sockets, the apex of the front tibia with a rounded prolonga-
tion, and with other specializations as mentioned in the original de-
scription. It does not seem, however, to be more than an aberrant
member of the genus Pseudometopius.
OPISTHOSTENUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturli. Ver. Bheinlande 25: 175. No
species.
Uchida, 1936. Insectn Matsumurana 11: 43. One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Opisthosfeniis) etorofuensi.s Uchida. Monobasic.
A synonym of Gnypetonwrpha (new synonymy).
OEIENTOCEYPTUS Uchida. 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 174.
Two species.
Aype: Orientocryptns formosanus Uchida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Arthula, as noted by Uchida in 1940 (Insecta Matsu-
murana 14 : 125).
OEIENTOHEMITELES Uchida. 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33:
186. One species.
Type: Orientohemitelcs ovatus Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus belongs to Phohetes ^roup. It differs from all others of
that group in having the petiolar area of the propodeum very long
(0.7 as long as the propodeum) and the areola very short (about 3.8
as wide as long).
OEIENTOSTENAEAEUS Uchida, 1930. Joui-. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25:
321. One species.
Type: Orientostenaraeus cJtinensis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
This is a singular mesostenine genus with coarse apical teeth on both
upper and lower ovipositor valves, the ovipositor about 1.3 to 1.5 as
long as the head and body, the clypeus broad, and the areolet as in
Mesostenus. The genotype occurs in China, Taiwan, and the Philip-
pines and I have a second species from Queensland. The European
Mesostenus gladiator Scopoli, 1763 is closely related to these two spe-
cies but differs in having the apical propodeal carina present. Parasil-
sila is a synonym (new synonymy).
OTOHIMEA Uchida^ 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 146. Two
species.
Type: {Otohimea nigra Uchida, 1926) -- Ichncvmon incanescens Smith, 1874.
Original designation.
A synonym of Tricholabus, as has been noted by Uchida (1932.
PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 115
Insecta Matsumiiraua 7 : 31 ) .
PARACRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumuraua 6 : 149. One species.
Type : Paracryptus orientalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
Close to Trachysphyrns and further study may prove it to be a
synonym.
PARAGAMBRUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11 : 7. One species.
Type: Gambnis sapporonis Uchida, 1930. Original designation.
The genus is superficially similar to Agrotherentes and Gamhnts.
The apical margin of the clypeus is without a median angulation, the
apical carina of the propodeum indicated only laterally, and the
dorsal valve of the ovipositor has distinct apical teeth.
PARAGRYPON Uchida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 159.
Type: Gongropelma kilriwhii Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
A synonym of Phacnolahrorychu.s (new syiion3rmy).
PARAPHYLAX Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 2.'): 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species.
Type: Paraphylax fasciaiipennis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
This is an Oriental and Australian genus of the Phohcfc.s group,
tribe Gelini, containing many species. Its generic characters are : Disc
of scutellum and upper part of temple smooth or with weak punctures,
I he scutellum with a weak median longitudinal elevation and the up-
per part of temple flat or almost so ; notaulus extending more than 0.6
the length of the mesoscutum ; nervulus approximately opposite the
basal vein, or beyond it by less than 0.35 its length ; sternaulus ex-
tending- distinctly to near the middle coxa ; propodeum with its first
and second pleural areas separated by a carina .just beyond the spiracle
and its median apical area occupying 0.4 to 0.6 of the propodeal
length ; spiracle of first tergite at 0.65 to 0.7 the distance from the
base of the tergite ; first sternite without a preapical transverse carina ;
ovipositor sheath about as long- as the width of the second tergite;
ovipositor point not unusually slender.
PERILISSOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 213.
One species.
Type: PenUssoides cubitaliti Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is not in Uchida 's collection. The type of the genotype
is in Berlin-Dahlem. The genus is said to be near Perilissus and is
distinguished by a peculiar venation.
PHOTOPTERA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46 : 380. One species.
Type: Photoptera erythronota Viereck, 1913. Original designation.
A synonym of Paraphylax (new synonymy).
PIELIA Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumuraua 11 : 91. One species.
Type: Pielia concava Uchida, 1937. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Musee Heude, Shanghai. Uchida
compares the genus with Burcschias, Eupalamus, and Gyrodonta.
The face and clypeus are concave, the face has a strong transverse
carina just below the antennal sockets, and the gastrocoeli are indis-
tinct.
116 PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
PLANOCRYPTUS Heinrich, 1949. Mittcil. Miinchner Eut. Gessell. 35-39: 56.
One species.
Tj'pe : Planocrifptiis mvrnbilis Heinrich, 1949. Original designation.
A synonym of CnhocepJialus (new synonymy).
PLATYJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Insecta. Matsuniurana (5 : 146. One species.
Type : Platyjoppa naxae Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is somewhat intermediate in its characters between
Aoplus and Stenich'ncumon, but different from both in the sharply
elevated, laterally margined scutellum. The costula is strong.
PLECTOCHORUS Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsuniurana 7: 163. One species.
Type: Mesochorus iwatensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
Near Stictopisthus. The transverse carina beneath the antennal
sockets is continuous, without a median dip, and the prepectal carina
reaches the front edge of the mesopleurum. These are characters
shared with Stictopisthus. Females differ from those of Stictopisthus
in having the propodeum extending to or beyond the middle of the
hind coxa, abdomen greatly elongate, and the ovipositor sheath only
about four times as long as wide. Males seem indistinguishable from
those of Stictopisthus.
PLEURONEUROPHION Ashmead, 190(1. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 86. One
species.
Type: PleuroneiiropMon hawaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
A synonym of Enicospilus, as previously noted (Townes, 1945.
Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737).
POTOPHION Cushman, 1947. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96 : 442. One species.
Type : Poiophion candatus Cushman, 1947. Original designation.
Near Ophion, from which it differs in the longer ovipositor and
somewhat elongate trophi, as described and figured in the original
publication.
PROSOPOSTENU8 Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 184.
One species.
Type: Hemiteles (Prosopostenus) Icoshuncnsi.s Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen.
PROTEROCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 174. One species.
Type: Proterocryptvs nawaii Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
A synonym of Brachycyrtns, as was first noted by Roman (1915,
Ark. for. Zool. 9 (9) : 5).
PSEUDAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsuniurana 3: 179. One species.
Type: Psendarotes cMsMmensis Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
This genus is a synonym of Yamatarotes (new synonymy). Its
genotype has the propodeum, first sternite, first tergite, and scutellum
with specialized swellings, but these may be regarded as specific
rather than generic characters.
fSEUDASTHENARA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 276.
One species.
Type: Asthenara rufocincta Ashmead, 1906. Original designation.
A synonym of Euceros, as previously noted (Townes and Townes,
1951. U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2 : 321). The type of the genotype
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 117
is in Washington.
P8EUDEUGALTA Ashmead, 1900. Pioc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 5.3. One species.
Tj^te: Eitgalta spinosa Cameron, 1899. Original designation.
A synonym of Eugalia. Cusliman (1933. Insecta Matsnmurana 8:
1 ) has disenssed the .synonymy.
PSEUDOCHASMIAS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: lis.
One species.
Type: Pseudochasmlas major I'cliida, 192(3. Original designation.
Kesembles Chasmias in most of its characters. The propodenni is a
little more elongate than in Chas))iias and the areola bounded pos-
teriorly in both sexes by a strong carina. The apex of the female
antenna is a little more tapered than in Chasinias. The apical edge
of the clypeus is truncate with a weak median angular projection.
The upper edge of the face is unique in having a median, short, broad,
angular, upward-projecting flange in place of the usual subantennal
tubercle.
P8EUD0DIX0T0MUS rdiida. 1925. Trans. Xat. Hist. Sop. Formosa 15: 239.
One species.
Type: Pseudodinotomii.s tricolor Uchida, 1925. Original designation.
A synonym of Charitojoppa, as noted by Uchida (1932. Insecta
Matsumurana 7: 25).
PSEUDOTORBDA Ueliida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido T^niv. 33: 195.
One species.
Type: Pseudotorbda genieulata Uchida, 1932. Original designation.
A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina. The first tergite
has a basal lateral triangular projection, the pleural carina of the
propodenni is absent beyond the basal carina, the apical transverse
carina of the propodenni absent, and the clypeus without a median
apical tooth but with a subapical transverse ridge. Besides the geno-
type from Taiwan, I have seen one species from Japan and two from
the Philippines.
P8YCH0STENUS Uchida, 1955. Insecta Matsumurana 19: 32. Three species.
Type: Psi/chosienus mimiscuJae Uchida, 1955. Original designation.
A synonym of Atdcutc. Talorga and TsirireUa are also synonyms
( all new synonymies ) .
PYCNOPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species.
Type: PycnopMon molokaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Related to Enicospilus. Cushman (1947. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96:
461-462) has discussed its characters.
PYCNOPYGE Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 552. One species.
Type: Pycnopyge bella Cushman, 1922. Original designation.
A distinctive Oriental genus placed in the Oedicephalini by Hein-
rich. It is adequately described and figured by Cushman in the
original description.
RHEXIDEEMUS Foerster, 1868. A^erh. naturli. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 192. No
species.
Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 171. One species.
Type: Bhexidermits japoviciis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic.
118 I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This is tlie proiier name for Lschinis of authors. The genotype of
Ischnus (porrcctoriHs) is a species of Habrocriiptus, so Ischnus must
be used in the Mesostenini, with Hahrocryptus as a synonym, and
Ischnus of authors, in the Alomyini, must be ealled by the name
Rhexidermus. Rhexidermus as interpreted by Uehida (1926. Jour.
Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 166), however, is Psendoplatylahns,
and his species Rhe.n'dernins apicalis must be called Pseudoplatylahus
apicaUs (new combination).
SCEN0CHAR0P8 Ucliida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 202.
One species.
Type: Scenocharops longipctiolarif; Uehida, 1932. Original designation.
This genus is close to Char ops but differs in having the areolet pres-
ent but small (or occasionally absent) and the outer lower angle of
the second discoidal cell slightly less than a right angle. It contains a
number of Oriental species.
In 1946 I (Bol. Ent. Venezol. 5: 61) included Schenocharops in the
genus Charops as an aberrant Oriental species group. I now agree
with Uehida as to its generic distinctness.
STENAEAEOIDES I'eliida, 1932. .Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: ISl.
Three species.
Type: Mesostenius octocinctus Ashmead, 19(t(). Original designation.
A synonym of Gotra. Uehida has published the synonymy (1940.
Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121).
STENICHNEUMONOIDES Uehida, 1930. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 93. Three
species.
Type: Stenwhncumon posUcalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation.
This genus is intermediate between Stenichneumon and Chiaglas,
having the clypeal and propodeal characters of the former and the
post petiole without a distinctly raised median area as in the latter.
Uehida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11 : 93-94) has discussed the
generic characters.
STEEPSIMALLUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Yer. Rheinlande 25: 176. No
species.
Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 115. One species.
Type: Sfrepsimallus bicinctus Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic.
This is an Oriental genus of the Phohetes group, tribe Gelini. I
know only three species. Its generic characters are mostly the same
as those of Paraphylax but the upper part of the temple is strongly
convex, mat or rugosopunctate ; and the scutellum is rather flat, mat
or rugoso-punctate.
STRIATOSTENUS Uehida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 177.
One species.
Type: Striatostenus areolatus Uehida, 1931. Original designation.
A synonym of Coesula (new sjmonymy).
TAIWATHERONIA Sonan, 1936. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. Formosa 26: 256. One
species.
Type: (Tain-atheronia mahasenae Sonan, 1936) = Apechthis tahvana Uehida,
1928. Original designation.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. o, .JUNE, 1957 119
A synonym of Ephialics Schrank, 1802 (new synonymy). A para-
type of T. mahasenae in lU-hida's collection was compared with the
type of Apechthis taiirana Uchida, 1928, and found to be conspecific
(new synonymy).
TAKAXOMA Ucliida, 1!IL>6. Jour. Faculty Ayr. Hokkaido Univ. IS: 1(33. Om>
species.
Type: Takanoma ishiyamana Ucliida, l!i'2(i. Original designation.
Close to Phaeogenes but probably merits <>eneric distinction. The
Xearctic Ichncutiuin rincihilis Cresson, 1867 should be referred to
Takanoma (new combination).
TAKASTEXUS Ucliida, 19.31. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 18S. One
species.
Type: Taka-steniis Jo)i(/i(h)itatu.s Ucliida, 1931. Original designation.
This is a jienus of the Mesosteniim, close to Buodias, with a large
number of Oriental species. CJiromocryptits alhomaculatns Ashmead.
1905, should be referred to it (new combination).
TEMELUCHA Foerster, 1868. Verli. naturli. Ver. Klieiiilande 25: 148. Xo species.
Ashmead, 1904. Canad. Ent. 3(i: 101. One species.
Type: Temehicha phiUppincn.sis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic.
This genus is Cremastus as understood by American authors, but
according to recent information from J. F. Perkins in England the
species commonly determined as Cremastus spectator Gravenhorst,
the genotype of Crcmastus, belongs in the group called Zaleptopygus
in America. Mr. Perkins also reports that the genotype of Tarytia is
congeneric with that of Temducha. In view of this information Tary-
tia is hereby synonymized with Tcmelucha, which is the same as
C re mast us of American authors, and true Cremastus is considered
either the same as Zaleptopygus, or of uncertain identity until Gra-
venhorst 's type of C. spectator can be examined.
TOGEA Ucliida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 109. Four species.
Type: Togca albofasciata Uchida, 1926. Original designation.
Close to N eocratichneumon, from which it differs most conspicu-
ously, at least in the genotype, in lacking the lateral carina on the
scutellum. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93) states that
Barichneumonites is a synonym, but this is a distinct genus.
TOSQUIXETIA Ashmead, 1900. Canad. Ent. 32: 368. Xew name for Obba
Tosquinet, preoccupied by Beck, 1837, and by Walker, 1869.
I have not studied material of this genus, but Heinrich (1938.
Mem. Acad. Malagache 25: 36-37) has discussed its taxonomy, placing
it near CompsopJiorus and Pyramidellus in the Listrodromini.
TYLOCOMXOIDES Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 178. One
species.
Type: Tyloconuwides rc/cucai Uchida, 1940. Original designation.
A synonym for Pseuelometopius (new synonymy).
UCHIDELIA, new name for Itamiis Foerster. which see.
YAMATAEOTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 180. Two species.
Type: Ynmatarofi s hirolor Uchida, 1929. Original designation.
120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
This genus resembles At^otes, particularly iu having an accessory
tooth on the hind tarsal claws, but is distinct from Arotes in having
the clypeus thin apieally, not inflexed or impressed, and the inter-
cubitus a little basad of the second recurrent.
YEZOCEEYX Uchida, 19!^8. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 36. One
species.
' Type: Yesoceryx .scutellaris Uchida, 1928. Original designation.
This is a genus of Acaenitini which includes many species from the
eastern Palaearctic Region and the Indo-Australian area, and Acae-
nitus rnpinsulensifi from the United States (new combination).
ZAMESOCHORUS Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 152. One species.
Type: Zamesochorns orU'ntalis Viereck, 1912. Original designation.
This is a synonym of Edrisa (new synonymy) .
ZAPARAPHYLAX Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 647. One species.
Type: (Zaparaphylax perinae Viereck, l9l3) = Microtoridea lissomota Viereck,
1912. Original designation.
A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy) .
ZONOCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 40. One species.
Type: Crypins sphivgis Ashmead, 1900. Monobasic.
Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-279) has redescribed
the genotype and ' discussed the status of the genus. Zonocryptus
comes within Waterston's definition of Oneilella (1927. Bull. Ent. Res.
18: 191-204), but Waterson's Oneilella is polyphyletic, as he was
deceived by the common color pattern into thinking that at least two
unrelated groups of species were congeneric. The color pattern in-
volved occurs in a number of unrelated African Hymenoptera. It is
evidently a mimicry pattern and as such should not be used as evi-
dence for phyletic relationship. The genotype of Oneilella (formosa
Brulle) is a species with which I am not familiar so it would not be
profitable to speculate on the disposition of this generic name. Zono-
cryptus sphingis Ashmead is very close to nigiriensis Waterston.
I have the species Oneilella latifascia Waterston, 1927, amd 0. ni-
geriensis Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Zonocryptus
and also the species 0. suhquadrata Waterston, 1927, and 0. hrevi-
spicula Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Uchida 's genus
Cochlidionostenus (new combinations). Since Waterston states that
Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet, 1896, is closely related to suhquadrata
and hrevispicula, this species also is referred to Cochlidionostenus
(new combination).
ZONOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 55. One species.
Type: Zonopimpla albicincta Ashmead, 1900. Original designation.
Though Ashmead stated that the genotype was from "Africa" it is
actually from Peru. The genus is related to Scamhiis (= Epiurus)
and restricted to the Neotropic region. Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S.
Natl. Mus. 92 : 283) has discussed the genus. He synonymized it with
"Epiurus," but it is distinct from "Epiurus" in lacking the occipital
carina and in lacking sculpture on the the abdominal tergites.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 121
ON THE VALIDITY OF HAEMAGOGUS SPEGAZZINII FALCO KUMM
ET AL, 1946
(Diptera, Culicidae)
Pedro Galindo
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Pam,amd, R. de P.
Kumra et al. (1946) described a new Haemagogus from Colombia
with hairy larva and male with short palps and bushy antennae, which
could be clearly differentiated from H. capricornii Lutz, but appeared
very close to H. spegazzinii Brethes, being- separable from the latter
species only by details of the mesosome of the male when viewed from
the side. The new form was named falco, but the describers considered
it doubtful whether the characters defining it were of sufficient im-
portance to justify the creation of a new species and placed it as a
subspecies of spegazziyiii. In the same publication the name H. jan-
thinomys Dyar, 1921, based on a species from the island of Trinidad,
was relegated to the synonymy of H. spegazzinii spegazzinii.
Levi Castillo (1956), after examining the male terminalia of the
hololectotype of H. janthinomys, concluded that this specimen shows
the mesosome tip as in falco, and consequently sank H. spegazzimi
falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the svnonvmv of H. janfhinonnjs Dvar,
1921.
The author is not in ag-reement with Levi Castillo's conclusions for
the following reasons:
1) Cerqueira (1943) published a photomicrograph of the male
terminalia of the hololectotype (then cotype) of H. janthinomys.
As can be observed in this excellent reproduction, the terminalia is
only partly dissected and the mesosome is in A^entral view, thus not
well oriented to judge the shape of its tip, which, as pointed out by
Kumm et al. (loc. cit.),can best be studied in lateral view.
2) The author, on a visit to the U. S. National Museum, personally
examined the hololectotype slide of the terminalia of janthinomys.
Although the mesosome in this preparation is not in a good position
to permit a conclusive judgment, it appears to belong to an inter-
grading form between spegazzinii and falco, close to the so-called
"intermediate" type illustrated by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951)
from areas of intergradation in Brazil.
3) Kumm et al. (loc. cit.) in the same paper in which they de-
scribed H. spegazzinii falco from Colombia stated: "the name jan-
thinomys becomes a synon^an of H. spegazzinii, as material obtained
from the type area of spegazzinii, near Ledesma, Argentina, is the
same as that from the island of Trinidad, B.W.I. , the type locality of
ja^ithinomys." This statement shows rather convincingly that these
authors had material from Trinidad, as well as from Argentina, in
front of them at the time they described falco, and found that speci-
mens from Trinidad {janthinomys) were closer to type material of
spegazziyiii than to their new form.
4) The terminalia of 10 specimens of "janthinomys" from Trini-
122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
dad in the collection of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory have been
dissected by the author and the mesosome mounted in lateral view.
These specimens all show some degree of intergradation between
spegazzinii and falco, but appear to be mnch closer to the former than
to the latter (see jihotomicrographs).
5) More than a hundred mesosomes of males from Honduras,
Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama examined by the author appear
identical with material from Colombia (falco) and diifer from the
mesosomes of males from Trinidad {janthinoniys.)
6) In mapping out the distribution of spegazzinii and falco, Kumm
and Cerqueira (loc. cit.) show that while spegazzinii is quite abundant
along the northeastern coast of Brazil, being found all the way up
into the State of Amapa along the border with French Guiana, falco
is not coastal at all but ranges throughout the northwestern corner
of Brazil. Specimens from the island of Trinidad would be logically
expected to fall closer to spegazzinii, the common form along the
Atlantic littoral of northern Brazil, rather than to falco wliich is more
Andean in distribution.
From these observations the author concludes that typical falco
extends from northwestern Brazil and adjoining territories in Ecua-
dor and Peru, through Western Venezuela and Colombia as far north
as the north coast of Honduras. True spegazzinii occurs from north-
ern Argentina and Bolivia, across eastern Brazil to French Guiana.
The area of north-central Brazil, most of the Guianas, part of Vene-
zuela, and the island of Trinidad (type locality of janthinotnys) form
a large intergrading zone where mesosomes of intermediate type are
found, which neither correspond to typical spegazzinii nor to typical
falco. Since the form ja/ntJmiomys falls in this category, but appears
closer to the former than to the latter, the author feels that there is
no justification for sinking H. spegazzinii falco Kumm et at., 1946,
in the synonymy of H. ianthinomys Dyar, 1921, and suggests that the
latter be maintained in the synonymy of H. spegazzinii spegazzinii
Brethes, 1912, as proposed by Kumm et al. (loc. cit.), and that falco
be considered a valid name to designate a northern and Avestern
geographical race of spegazzinii.
Explanation of Plate
rig. A, H. .spegazzinii spegazzinii. Mesosome of a male from "Eio de Janeiro,
Brazil (without date) J. Lane"; fig. B, H. jaiithinomys. Mesosome of a male
from "St. Pat's, Arima, Trinidad, (8-15) -12-54. T. H. G. Aitken." (Note
similarity with mesosome shown in figure A) ; fig. C, H. janfliinomy.'^. Mesosome
of a male from Tabaquite, Trinidad, (8-13) -1-55. T. H. G. Aitken"; fig. D,
H. spegazzinii faleo. Mesosome of a male from "Choreha, Chiriqui, Panama,
5-6-50. P. Galindo. " (Note differences with figures B and C); fig. E, H. .spegaz-
zinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ''Rio Mesai^a, El Negrito, Department of
Yoro, Honduras, 4-9-54. P. Orjuela. (Northernmost specimen of the species thus
far collected).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUXE, 1957
123
B
E
124 proc. ent. soc. wash., vol. 59, no. 3, june, 1957
Eeferences
Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas especies novas da Bolivia, e refereneia a tres
espeeies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 39 : 1-14.
Kiimni, H. W., and Cerqueira, N. L. 1951. The Haemagogm mosquitoes of Brazil.
Bui. Ent. Ees. 42: 169-181.
Kumni, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Bosliell-Manrique, J. 1946. Studies on
mosquitoes of the genus Uaemagogiis in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43:
13-28.
Levi-Castillo, R. 1956. A systematic note on Haemagogiis spega^zinii Brethes,
1912. Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. r,S: 345-347.
INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, HOMOPTERA: FULGOROIDEA
l)y R. G. Fennah. Paper. Bernice P. Bishop Museum; Insects of Micronesia
6(3): [391-211, 64 figs. Price $3.00.
This work will be an indispensable tool for specialists working in Fulgoroidea
of the included Pacific area for many years to come. The introduction includes
a resume of the distribution of the 54 genera and 135 species known from
Micronesia, a reasonable discussion of the probable sources of the Mieronesian
fauna in the groups studied by the author, and a charmingly frank account of
the interpretation placed on degrees of morphological differences in the case of
groups below the genus category. The last appeared quite reasonable to the
reviewer and undoubtedly it will appear so to others engaged in taxonomy in
the seclusion of a laboratory where, like Fennah 's, their evaluation of categories
must rest on an appraisal of degrees of morphological differences, although ' ' it
is fully realized how poor an alternative such assessment must be for actual
experimental investigation."
Although the work lacks keys in some groups (e.g., Myndus with 18 forms),
the included keys offer bonuses in several instances, in that they include more
than the area under treatment: the key to families is for the world, the generic
key of Cixiidae includes the Philippine Islands and Australasia, and the latter
area is included also in the generic keys of Delphacidae and Derbidae.
A minor weakness, but one worthy of comment because it occurs so commonly
in works in Homoptera, is associated with Fennah 's treatment of the subgenus
Sogatella which in this and one previous work he has discussed clearly enough
to make it obvious that several Western Hemisphere taxa should be included in
the concept. One cannot doubt that the author was well aware of this, yet he
failed to mention the forms by name. If other specialists, in making identifica-
tions (for field workers, for example) of the Western Hemisphere taxa place
them in Sogatella, the publication of the new combination may, as a result,
occur in some obscure organ not readily available to those who catalogue tax-
onomic literature. If the identifier purposely avoids this pitfall, and uses the
older combination, he is placed in the position of delaying taxonomic progress.
The reviewer subscribes to the opinion that it would have been preferable for
Fennah to list by name all of the taxa he felt should be placed in his category
Sogatelln.
The descriptions are well written and the illustrations excellent and well
arranged. — David A. Youn(t, .Jr., Enlomology Heseareh Branch, U. S. Depart-
nirnt of Agriculture..
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 125
THREE NEW SPECIES OF LIPOSCELIS (=TROCTES) (PSOCOPTERA)
FROM TEXAS
Kathryn M. Sommekman, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service,
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska
These descriptions have been withdrawn from a comprehensive
paper in preparation, which treats of the Liposcelidae, so that pub-
lished records of the psocids taken in Texas by Dr. A. B. Gurney in
the fall of 1951 may be complete. The terminology used here, for
the most part, follows that proposed by Mr. J. V. Pearman in his
1946 and 1951 papers. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Pearman
for numerous sketches and personal correspondence that were of tre-
mendous help to me in oetting acquainted with the book-lice. Dr. E.
Broadhead continbuted specimens of many of the species he has reared,
and Dr. Gurney kindly lent his Texas collections for study. It is a
pleasure to express my gratitude for the kind and generous assistance
received from these three fellow-workers.
When standard "permanent" mounting media, such as balsam,
Euparal, and Hoyer's, are used for book-lice there is a considerable
decrease in visibility of the sculpturing on the integument, which
often results in a complete loss of detail, especially after a lapse of
time. Therefore these specimens were cleared in warm NaOH or
KOH solution, then rinsed in water, and studied in temporary w-ater-
mounts containing a tiny bit of detergent to facilitate handling.
Slight underclearing is recommended. Normal clearing, as for per-
manent mounts or overclearing, makes the specimens more difficult
to find and to handle. After study the specimens were returned to
alcohol. Upon contact with alcohol the partially dissolved contents
of these undereleared specimens coagulate, so it may be necessary to
transfer the specimen momentarily to KOH upon future examination
to make it translucent again.
The measurements apply to cleared specimens in water-mounts,
which are neither swollen nor shrunken because the gut ruptures when
the specimen is rinsed and in so doing the psocid relaxes to normal
size. The color descriptions refer to uncleared alcoholic specimens. In
general there is a slight but progressive change in the sculpturing
on the abdominal terga from III-IX. In an attempt to standardize
comparisons the sculpturing on terga II and III is described for each
species. It might be well to stress that "tergum I," as used here,
is composed of what appear to be two terga (I and II of Broadhead),
each of which is further subdivided into an anterior and a posterior
strip. This composite tergum I contains only two rows of setae, the
same as each following tergum, when the setae are arranged in rows.
M: d(orsal) on tergum VII refers to the seta behind the spiracle.
Liposcelis lacinia n. sp.
(Figs. 1 and 2)
On the Ijasis of color this species superficially resembles the species in the
126
I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JIXE. 1957
bo.str!/cliop]iilu.s complex, l)ut differs from them find ;ill otlier known species in
the shape of the lacinia and in the combination of setation and sculpturing of
the head, thorax, and abdomen, as well as abdominal infuscation.
Female. — Length 1.0 mm. Color dorsally against black background, almost
uniformly light lirovvn, exclusive of eyes.
Head: Proportions, length and width equal. Dorsally — Setae not dense, distance
l)etween them 1 to 2 times their length or 2 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculptur-
ing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, 2 to -l times longer than wide
(the narrow ones toward mesal part of head) with 1 to 3 distinct nodules across
width. Epicranial suture and arms indistinct. Eyes with 7 facets. Third antennal
segment with approximately 16 rings. Ventrally — Prongs of lacinae incised and
widely divergent (Fig. 1).
FrCS. 1-7 VENTRAL VIEW
I LACINIAE
2 STEM OF LEFT
CONAPOPHY^ES
LIPOSCELIS LACINIA N. SP
4 STEM OF LEFT
CONAPOPHYSES
LIPOSCELIS DELTA-CHI N. SP
5 T-SCLERITE
6 LACINIAE
LIPOSCELIS NASUS N. SP
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
short setae usually posteriorly. Mesothorax with interrupted median internal
thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings, only 2 setae along each indistinct
arch where lateral thickenings would be if present. Sculpturing on metathorax
areolate, imbricate r areoles ridge-marginate, a few containing distinct modules.
On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 3 long setae (median one slightly
shorter), none posteriorly. On mesosternum 8 long setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuscation of terga II and III diffuse, sculpturing behind each
posterior row of setae similar to that anteriorly, and with very narrow but distinct
linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI with slightly paler
band of sculpturing behind posterior row of setae. Pale median lineation on
anterior margin of terga III-VII. Sculpturing of terga II and III areolate, not
interrupted medianly ; areoles long and narrow, about 5 to 7 times longer than
wide, with margins ridged ; areoles containing distinct modules, iisually only 1
nodule across width of areole. Setae tending toward arrangement in 2 rows
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 127
across each of terga II-V, thereafter scattered ; on terguni VIII density of un-
named setae similar to head. On terga VII, M: d,v both short; VIII, M: d
short, V long, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses long, slender,
bifid (Fig. 2), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d,v subequal, D present, 8 setae in
apical row between marginnls; epiproet, 2 longest setae in second row.
Male. — Unknown .
Holoiype, cleared female in alcohol, Kerrville, Tex., Sept. 20, 1951,
under sycamore bark on tree trunks beside river. A. B. Gurney. De-
posited in T'. S. National Museum.
Liposcelis delta-chi n. .sp.
(Figs. 3 to 5)
This species is most closely related to entoinophilus (Endl. 1907)
but can be distinguished readily from it by the darker color and
different color pattern, and by the shape and conspicuous brown color
of the T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses.
FemaU : Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black Ijackground — head,
femora and anterior three-fourths of abdomen light yellow-brown, thorax liglit
brown, tip of abdomen brown; indefinite lateral fuscous patches on abdominal
terga becoming progressively larger posteriorly. Ventrally — part of pnraprocts,
stem of gonapophyses, and T-sclerite conspicuous brown.
Head: Proportions, length to width at 2;j to 24. Dorsally — Setae dense, dis-
tance between them V^ to 1 times their length or 1 to 4 times width of areoles.
Sculpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles delicately ridge-marginate and narrow,
especially toward middle of head, those near eyes more boldly ridge-marginate
and wider ; areoles for most part with extremely fine pin-point nodules, too fine to
count, liut a few toward middle of head and near ej'es with large, distinct nodules;
areoles 2 to r, times longer than wide. Epicranial suture and arms distinct, suture
with internal thickening posteriorly. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal seg-
ment Avith approximately 20 rings. Ventrally — Prongs of laciniae stubby (Fig. 3).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3
slightly shorter setae on anterior margin, and 3 to 5 shorter setae posteriorly.
Mesothorax with distinct median internal thickening with adjoining arched lateral
thickenings having 5 setae, including 1 mesally, along each lateral arch. Sculp-
turing on metathorax areolate, areoles nodule-marginate and containing distinct
nodules. On anterior half of prothoraeic sternum, 6 to 7 long setae in arched
row, the posterior ones longest, none isolated on posterior half. On mesosternum,
8 to 9 setae in row anteriorly.
Abdomen: Infuseation of terga II and III diffuse, witli very narrow Init dis-
tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga; terga V-VI with paler band
of sculpturing posteriorly. Bold median lineations on anterior margin of terga
II-VII. Sculpturing on terga II and III non-areolate but distinctly nodulate,
suggestive of patterned stippling. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII truncate,
numerous and scattered, as dense as setation on head. On terga VII, M: d, v
long, subequal, but not so long as VIII M: VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L
present, stem of gonapophyses extremely short and stout, wider than long, bifid.
128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
(Fig. 1), T-selerite (Fig. 5); IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2
longest setae in second row.
Male. — Unknown.
Holofype, uncleared female in alcohol, Garner State Park, Texas,
Sept. 22, 1951, beating mesquite with air plants on twigs, A. B.
(jiirney. Paratype, cleared female in alcohol, same data. Both speci-
mens deposited in USNM.
The name refers to the conspicuous brown T-sclerite and stem of
the g'onapophyses, the first being somewhat deltoid in shape and the
latter suggestive of the Greek letter "X".
Liposcelis nasus n. sp.
(Figs. (5 and 7)
This species is perhaps most closely (but rather remotely) related
to Mrsutus Badonnel 1948 from which it differs in many ways., the
most conspicuous being color and color pattern, and sculpturing of
the head.
Female. — Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsall.v against black background yellow-
buff ; indefinite fuscous patch (pigment granules) antero-mesad of each eye
and at tip of second antennal segment ; labrum and anterior part of clypeus
brown gradually fading to yellow-buff at vertex of head; terminal part of abdo-
men pale.
Head : Proportions, length to width as 22 to 20. Dorsally — Setae not dense,
distance between them equal to their length. Sculpturing areolate, imbricate ;
areoles ridge-marginate (some fused nodule-marginate), areoles containing 1 to 2
small nodules across width ; areoles 3 to 8 times longer than wide, narrow ones
toward middle of head. Epicranial suture indistinct. Eyes with 8 facets. Third
antennal segment with approximately 14 rings. Ventrally — Prongs of laeiniae
normal (Fig. 6).
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 shorter
setae on anterior margin and 3 to 4 posteriorly. Mesothorax with short median
internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings. Sculpturing on meta-
thorax nonareolate but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling.
Ou anterior half of prothoracie sternum 4 to 5 long setae, none on posterior half.
On mesosteruum 8 to 9 long setae in row anteriorly, lateral ones longest.
Abdomen: Infuscation on terga II and III diffuse, with very narrow but dis-
tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV- VI lacking obvious
pale band of sculpturing posteriorly. Sculpturing on terga II and III nonareolate
but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling, not interrupted medianly.
No median lineations or heavy infuscation on anterior margin of terga II-VII.
Two longer setae near mid-line on terga VII, VIII and IX. Unnamed setae on
tergum VIII not so dense as on head. On terga VII, M: d short, v long, but
not so long as VIII M; VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L short (not identifiable),
stem of gonapophyses very wide, delicate, bifid (Fig. 7), T-selerite normal; IX,
M: d, V subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 129
Male. — Length O.S mm. Differs from female as follows: Fuscous markijigs
much less conspicuous.
Head: Proportions, length to width as 1(5 to 1-5. Eyes with r> facets. Lacinia
similar to female but more delicate.
Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 1 slightly
shorter seta on anterior margin and 2 shorter ones posteriorly. On anterior half
of prothoracic sternum 4 long setae, none posteriorly. On meso.sternum 6 long
setae in row anteriorly.
Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Mission, Tex., Sept. 30,
1951, beating Fan palm leaves, A. B. Gurney. Allotype, same data.
Paratypes, 21 females (3 cleared) same data. All deposited in U. S.
National Museum excepting- 1 uncleared and 2 cleared paratypes,
which are in my collection. Additional Texas records taken by A. B.
Gurney in 1951 include : 2 mutilated females, same data as holotype ;
Mission, Bentson State Park, Sept. 28, beating mesquite, 2 ; Mission,
Sept. 30, beating ebony bushes on pasture land, 9 ; Weslaco, Oct. 1,
beating dead leaves on palm trees, $ , 8 ? ; S. of Brownsville, Rabb
Palm Grove, Oct. 3, beating dead palm leaves, $ , 2 9 ; 9 mi. N. of
Brownsville. Olmita Resaca. Oct. 4, beating palms and palmettos $ ,
2 9.
Rbjfesbbnoes
Bioadhead, E. 19.")U. A revision of the genus Liposcelis Motschulsky with notes
on the position of this genus in the order Corrodentia and on the variability
of ten Liposcelis species. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 101(10): 335-388.
Pearman, J. V. 1946. A specific characterization of Liposcelis divinatorius
(Mueller) and mcndax sp. n. (Psocoptera). Entomologist 79: 235-244.
, 1951. Additional species of British Psocoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag.
87: 84-89.
ASHMEAD'S METEORIDEA
(HYMENOPTi:KA : Braconidae)
R. I). Shexefelt, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and C. F. W. Muesebeick,
United States National Mu^enm, Washington, D. C.
In 1900 Ashmead (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 128, 129) briefly
characterized the genus Meteoridea in his key to the Microdini. The
description as extracted from the key is as follows:
' ' First cubital and first discoidal cells separated ; areolet wider than long,
trapezoidal; first abscissa of the radius thrice as long as the second; marginal
cell very ^^•ide; maxillary palpi 5-jointed; abdomen narrow, subeompressed and
acute at apex, the first segment long, petioliform, coarsely rugulose, the sides
parallel.
Meteoridea Ashmead, new genus
(Type, Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, manuscript.)"
Szepligeti (1904, Genera Insectorum, fasc. 22:100) repeated Ash-
mead's description and placed the genus in the Agathidinae. Muese-
130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. o, .JUNE, 1957
beck and AValkley (1951, in Muesebeck et al, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr.
Monog. No. 2, p. 109) transferred Meteoridea to the Diospilini. Mean-
while, Nixon (1941, Bull. Ent. Res. 32:98-101) described from Ceylon
a monobasic diospiline genus which he named Benama (type, B.
hutsoni Nixon). In this paper Nixon described in some detail the
unusual modification of the female abdomen. In 1949 Granger (Mem.
Inst. Sci. Madagascar, A 2:361-S6'4) described two additional species
in Benama from Madagascar.
Since, in our opinion, Benama is clearly the same as Meteoriclea, and
since two new species have been discovered, one from the United States
and one from Japan, it seems desirable that Meteoridea be redescribed
and that the type species be described in more detail. The two new
species will also be described.
METEORIDEA Ashmead
Meteoridea Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23 : 129.
Type: M. longiveniris Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation.
Benama Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Res. 32 : 98. New synonymy.
Type: B. hutsoni Nixon, by monotypy and original designation.
Nixon's excellent description of the type of Benama leaves no doubt
that this species belongs in Meteoridea, a genus he did not know since
it had been inadeciuately described and had been incorrectly placed by
its author in the Agathidinae. Following is a summary of what seem
to be the signifieant distinguishing characters of Meteoridea:
Head earinately margined behind; eyes bare; clypeus separated from face by a
distinct groove ; maxillary jjalpi (5-segmented ; labial i)alpi 4-segniented ; an-
tennae slender, filiform. Notauliees complete, well impressed, not meeting be-
hind; prepectus strongly earinately margined; legs slender, ealcaria of hind
tibia very short and inconspicuous, tarsal claws simple; anterior wing with three
cubital cells, the second subquadrate or subtrapezoidal, the first cubital and
first discoidal cells separated. Abdomen narrowly sessile, strongly compressed
apically in the female ; spiracles of second and third segments situated on the
sides, far below the acute lateral margins of the tergites; ovipositor sheath
subexsertf'd.
Meteorus longiventris Ashmead
Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23 : 129 ; Szepligeti,
1904. Genera Insectorum, fasc. 22 : 100 ; Muesebeck and Walkley, 1951. In
Muesebeck et al., IT. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109.
The following redescription is based on Ashmead 's type and one
additional female specimen that was collected at light by R. A. Morse.
April 19, 1955, in Alachua County, Florida.
Female. — Length about 4.2 mm. Head and thorax honey-yellow; antennae yel-
low basally, darkened apically; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins in
middle of anterior wing yellowish brown; legs entirely pale yellowy abdomen red-
dish yellow, with first and second tergites more or less piceous.
Head a little wider than thorax, smooth and polished; temple narrow, receding,
not more than one thii'd as wide as eye; eyes very large; malar space exceedingly
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 131
sliort, almost absent ; elypeiis witli anterior margin sinuate and somewhat elevated ;
antennae broken in type, nearly as long as the body and 26-segmented in the other
specimen.
Xotaulices sharply, deeply impressed, t'oveolate ; mesonotal lobes and disc of
seutellum perfectly smooth and polished ; mesopleuron with a broad, rugulose
longitudinal impression below; propodeum rugose reticulate; radius arising from
slightly behind middle of stigma; first discoidal cell sessile or subsessile; first
abscissa, of radius twice as long as second and subequal with first intercubitus ;
recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervellus nearly perpendicular to anterior
margin of hind wing and weakly angled or curved near middle.
Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite finely, longitudinally rugu
lose, more than three times as long as broad at base and one and one-half times
as broad at apex as at base, and with a large, deep fossa at base on each side;
suturiform articulation very fine but distinct ; second and following tergites
smooth and polished.
Meteoridea compressiventris, new species
(Figs. 1, 2, 3, i)
Differs from the genotype and only other North American species
in numerous details but especially in its piceous head, largely dark
stigma, strongly petiolate first discoidal cell, and outwardly directed
nervellus.
Female. — Length 4.7 to oA mm. Head piceous; basal half of mandible tan;
palpi yellowish tan ; antenna fuscous, \vith scape and pedicel testaceous; thorax
largely light fuscous, propodeum a little darker than remainder ; tegulae yellow ;
legs testaceous ; abdomen with first tergite and lateral margins of conjoined sec-
ond and third tergites brownish, otherwise testaceous, becoming paler ventrally
and apically ; wings hyaline, veins lirownish, stigma brown with basal third pale.
Head about twice as wide as long, broader than thorax, smooth and shining;
eyes large; malar space less than half as long as clypeus; face l.o times as wide
at lower edges of antennal sockets as deep from this line to clypeal suture, a little
swollen below antennae ; clypeus three tinu^s as wide as deep, its apical margin
nearly straight but with a weak projection centrally; ocelli large, greatest diame-
ter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel and nearly as long as ocell-ocular
line; antennae nearly as long as body, with 30 .segments in type and 28 in one
paratype; pedicel two-thirds as long as scape; first flagellar segment slightly
longer than scape and pedicel combined ; genae, temples, basal two-thirds of man-
dibles; apex of labrum, clypeus, vertex, and face with scattered yellowish hairs,
which are absent on a shining depressed area above antennae.
Pronotum coarsely crenulate in depressed area on side; mesonotum shining, with
minute punctures which are numerous on middle lobe and scattered on lateral
lobes; notaulices deep, complete but not meeting posteriorly, foveolate, a rugu-
lose area between their posterior ends ; prescutuUar fovea two-thirds as long as
disc of seutellum, divided into two parts by a median carina ; disc of seutellum
convex, virtually smooth; propodeum largely covered with irregular reticulations
but with two large, nearlj' semicircular, basal areas smooth and polished ; pro-
podeal spiracles small, circular in outline; mesopleuron largely smooth, a little
roughened next to preiH'ctal carina and metapleuron; mesopleural furrow foveolate
13::
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Meteoridea compresslventris, female: Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect; fig. 2, lateral as-
pect; fig. 3, anterior view of head; fig. 4, wings. Meteoridea japonensis, female:
fig. 5, outline of clypeus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 133
liosteiiorlv, ruguloso anteriorly; logs moderately slender; radius arising from a
little beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius 0.8 the length of second;
second cubital cell much narrower above than below; first discoidal cell strongly
petiolate, the petiole one-third the length of the free portion of first abscissa of
I'ubiius; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; hairs on submedian and second
discoidal cells a little longer and denser than elsewhere; nervellus strongly
directed outward, angled far below the middle; lower abscissa of basella about
half as long as mediella.
Abdomen long and narrow, five or more times as long as its greatest width,
greatly compressed apically and with six exposed tergites; first tergite strongly
arched, longitudinally rugulose punctate although with some small transverse rugae
near ])asal impression, its spiracles small and situated very slightly before the
liiiddle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished, the suturiform articulation
nearly effaced; first tergite about half as wide at apex as long; second one and
one half times as long as wide at base, an oval ' ' lunula ' ' on the side above and
liehind the spiracle; terminal segments retractile.
Male. — Unknown.
Type. — U. S. National Museum No. 63094.
Described from three females, all taken by K. D. Sheiiefelt from
a light trap at Gordon Nursery, Douglas Co., Wis., in 1951. The
liolotype was collected June 30 ; one of the paratypes, collected
June 21, is deposited in the collection of the University of Wisconsin,
the other, taken July 4, is in the collection of R. D. Shenefelt.
Meteoridea japonensis, new species
(Fig. 5)
Meteoridea sp. Haeussler, 19-lU. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 728:30.
Superficially very similar to longiventris, but differs in having the
temples broader and more convex, in the first and second abscissae of
radius being subequal, and in the first tergite being parallel-sided
behind the spiracles.
Female. — Length -i mm. Head yellow; apical third of mandible piceous; an-
tennae basally unicolorous with face, becoming fuscous beyond basal third;
thorax concolorous with head, the propodeum sometimes slightly darker; legs yel-
low; first tergite brownish yellow and parts of the second and third tergites
also a little darkened, remainder of abdomen concolorous with head and thorax ;
wings hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline edged with brownish.
Head smooth and i)olished, transverse, broader than thorax; eyes large; nuilar
space almost absent ; face not or only very slightly wider than deep, moderately
swollen below antennae; clypeus about half as deep as broad, the anterior i)or-
tion reflexed laterally, the anterior margin somewhat sinuate but with a blunt
projection centrally (fig. 5) ; greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus equal to length
of pedicel but distinctly shorter than ocellocular line ; antennae 29-segmented
in the type; first flagellar segment as long as scape and pedicel combined and a
little longer than the second; occipital carina incomplete, narrowly interrupted at
the middle; genae and face with scattered pale hairs that are longest on the
lower portions; basal two thirds of mandibles, clypeus, and lower part of lalirum
with long yellowish hairs.
134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 3, JUNK, 1957
Mesonotuiu sliiiuiij>, smooth except for s^iuitll. scjittored liiiir pits; notaulices
deep, foveolfite, well separated at posterior ends; preseutellar furrow nearly half
as long- as scutellum and divided into two parts by a median longitudinal carina;
scutelhim weakly convex; propodeum with strong carinae separating irregular,
small, more or less roughened areas, a pair of strong carinae diverging slightly
from the cent'er of base of propodeum to posterior face and then diverging
sharply to form a border between the dorsal and posterior faces; propodeal
spiracles small, broadly ovate ; mesopleuron shining, with scattered punctures ;
mesopleural furrow foveolate, about half as long as mesopleuron; legs slender;
spurs of hind tibia so small as to be barely distinguishable from the liairs; an-
terior wing with radius emerging slightly beyond middle of stigma ; first abscissa
of radius as long as the second and shorter than first intercubitus ; second
cubital cell subtrapezoidal. its anterior side about two-thirds as long as posterior
side which is subequal to first intercubitus; first discoidal coll sessile; recurrent
vein entering first cubital cell ; nervulus postf ureal by about its length ; nervellus
slightly curved, not distinctly angled ; lower abscissa of basella less than one-third
as long as mediella.
Abdomen very narrow, about eight times as long as liroad across second tergite,
strongly compressed apically; first tergite in lateral view strongly arched on
basal third, nearly three times as long as Itroad at apex, the sides nearly parallel
except at base, the surface irregularly longitudinally rugulose, the spiracles at end
of basal tliird ; second tergite twice as long as broad at apex, irregularly and very
weakly longitudinally aciculate, separated from third by a very fine grooved line;
remainder of abdomen smooth and polished.
Male. — Like the female except in the secondary sexual characters and in the
following additional respects: propodeum and first tergite not darkened; anten-
nae 35-segmented in the allotype ; temples somewhat broader ; abdomen not com-
pressed; second tergite about as long as broad at apex; third and following ter-
gites combined about as long as first tergite.
Ti/pe.—ll. S. National Museum No. 632512.
Described from three specimens: the holotype, reared from Grapho-
litha molesta (Bnsck), August 1, 1933, Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan; the
allotype, reared from Anacainpsis mctagrainma Meyr., July 22, 1937,
Tsunashima, Kanagawa-kon, Japan, and a female paratype reared
from G. iiiolesta August 16, 1933, Ileitaku, Keikido, Chosen. The
paratype has the second tergite smooth and shining.
Other Species of Meteoridea
The other known s])et-ies of Meteoridea are the follo^ving:
'Meteoridea Imtsoni (Nixon), new combination.
Benama huf.soiii Nixon, ];i41. Bull. p:i)t. Rosean-h 32: 9S.
Meteoridea infvseata (Granger), new combination.
Benama infuscata Granger, 194!). Mem. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2: 363.
Meteoridea testacea (Granger), new combination.
Benama testacea Granf^er, 1949. Mem. Inst. Rci. Madagascar A2: 362.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 135
DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN MELOIDAE. I.
(Coleopteka)
Richard B. Selander, Illinois Natural History Survey
The Meloidae described in this paper are additions to the fauna of
the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. I am indebted
to H. B. Leech, A. T. McClay, J. W. MacSwain, F. H. Parker,
P. Vaurie, and F. G. AVerner for supplying most of the material upon
which the paper is based.
Pyrota bicurvata, new species
Pyrota virgata [error for divirgata], Scliaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts
and Sci., Sei. Bull. 1:177. Misidentification.
Pyrota tenidcosfofis, Dillon, 1952, Amer. Midland Nat. 48:360. Misidentifica-
tion, in part.
YelloAV-orange, the elytra paler. First two segments of antennae and first three
segments of maxillary palpi orange, the other segments black. Labrum largely or
completely black. Head with one or three black spots on neck, occasionally with
some black on gula, always with a pair of black spots on frontal area between
eyes. Pronotum with a pair of large, black discal spots just behind middle and a
pair of smaller spots on each side, one just anterior to discal spots and the other
on the anterior angle of the pronotum, not quite attaining the margin ; occa-
sionally there are one or more black spots on each of the posterior angles of the
pronotum. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a moderately
broad black discal vitta which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar
spot, is about one-third the widtli of the elytron. Pore and middle coxae orange ;
hind coxae varying from ])lack tipped with orange to largely orange. Femora
and tibiae cleanly tipped with lilack. ITnder surface black with orange markings
of variable extent; in the darkest specimens the margins of the thoracic sclerites,
a broad marginal area of the fifth visible abdominal sternite, and the sixth visible
sternite are orange ; in the lightest the thorax is largely orange, the first four
\isible sternites are broadly bordered with orange, and both the fifth and sixth
visible sternites are orange. Upper surface subglabrous ; under surface sparsely
clothed with short, pale pu1)escence. Length: 7-17 inm.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and fine,
sparse micropunctures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to one-fourth
longer than broad. Elytra finely, densely punctate ; surface finely granulose, not
at all rugulose, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae.
First segment of middle and hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to
apex or absent. Hind tibial spurs thickened and obliquely truncate, the outer
spur heavier; truncature of outer spur usually broadly oval but varying oeca
sionally to a more elongate and pointed form.
Male. — Antennae with segment II curved in the same direction as I; III
strongly compressed and curved in the opposite direction (fig. 9). Last segment
of maxillary palpi (fig. 1) modified but not greatly enlarged; length equal to
about two-thirds distance' between eyes on frontal area ; beneath with sensory
surface limited to basal half or less of segment, hardly or not at all concave. Fore
tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Sixth visible abdominal
136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
sternite with a relatively shallow, broadly triangular einargiiiation ;i membranous
zone large, with much shorter setae along emargination and at center than along
anterior and lateral margins. Genitalia as in figure 5; gonostyli nearly straight;
dorsal hook of aedeagus sharply bent at apex.
Female. — Antennae with segments II and III at least slightly curved but III
not compressed. Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible ab-
dominal sternite obtusely emarginate. as in figure 7.
Distribution. — Gulf Coast from Texas to eastern San Luis Potosi.
Type Material. — Holotype male and allotype female from [Ciudad]
Victoria, Tamaulipas, May 22, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertseh, and
R. Schrammel, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History. Paratypes : Nuevo Leon : 1 female, Linares, Sept. 11, 1947,
F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie ; 1 female, Monterrey,
June 15, 1941, H. S. Dybas; 2 females, Vallecillo, June 2-5, 1951, P. D.
Hurd. San Luis Potosi : 1 female, 11 km. E Ciudad de Valles, May
29, 1948, tropical jungle pass, F. Werner and W. Nutting. Tamauli-
pas : 6 males, 7 females, eutopotypical ; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria,
Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 male,
Ciudad Victoria, Aug. 19, 1941, H. S. Dybas ; 1 male, 1 female. Aba-
solo, May 17, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertseh, and R. Schrammel. Texas:
1 male, 3 females, state label only, Aug., 1904; 2 males, 11 females,
Brownsville, May 30 and June 5, 1932, J. 0. Martin ; 1 male, Bdin-
burg, S. Mulaik; 1 female, Edinburg, Hidalgo County, April, 1939,
S. and D. Mulaik ; 1 female, Harlingen ; 1 female, Hearne, June 7,
1937, K. Maehler ; 1 male. Naval Air Station, Corpus Christi, July 21,
1942, W. M. Gordon; 1 male, 1 female, Weslaco, Sept. 15, 1931,
S. W. Clark. Paratypes in the collections of W. R. Enns, R. B. Se-
lander, F. G. Werner, the American Museum of Natural History, the
California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois Natural History Survey,
and the University of California at Berkeley.
This species appears to be most closely related to divirgata, with
which it has been confused. Although I have not seen the specimens
from Brownsville, Tex., identified as divirgata by Schaeffer, his de-
scription leaves little doubt that they represent hicurvata. Schaeffer's
record seems to have been the basis for the inclusion of divirgata' in
the Leng catalogue. True divirgata is not known to occur north of
Veracruz.
In Dillon's report on the Meloidae of Texas at least one specimen
of hicurvata {i.e., a male from Edinburg) was recorded under the
name tenuicostatis. A number of additional specimens studied have
been similarly misidentified by others. The species tenuicostatis ap-
parently occupies the entire range of hicurvata but is known to extend
farther south. I have seen specimens of tenuicostatis from Texas,
Tamaulipas, and Veracruz. The species has been recorded also from
Tabasco.
^In dealing with either sex of species of Pyrota it is usually necessary to relax
s";) 'cimpns to determine the true form of this sternite.
PBGC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 137
Pyrota hicurvata might be confused also with iroch ant erica, a far-
western species treated below. Pending a much-needed revision of the
genus Pyrota the following key will serve to distinguish hicurvata,
divirgata, tenuicostatis, and trochanterica from one another.
1. Basal two or three antennal segments pale 2
Antennae entirely black _. 3
2. Antennal segment III curved in both sexes, strongly compressed in male (fig.
9); pronotum with two spots on each side before middle; male with last seg-
ment of maxillary palpi not greatly enlarged, beneath with sensory surface
covering basal half or less (fig. 1) ; female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite obtusely emarginate (fig. 7) (Texas to San Luis Potosi)
.__ hicurvata Selander
Antennal segment III not modified ; pronotum with at most one spot on each
side before middle ; male with last segment of maxillary palpi greatly en-
larged, beneath with sensory surface covering all but apex (fig. 2) ; female
with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (Guerrero and
Oaxaca to Veracruz) divirgata (Villada and Penafiel)
3. Dark orange; elytra weakly costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
extremely elongate, scaphiform (fig. 4), first three segments of fore tarsi
strongly produced anteriorly at apex ; female with sixth visible abdominal
sternite weakly notched at apex (Texas to Tabasco) tenuicostatis (Duges)
Yellow-orange ; elytra not costate ; male with last segment of maxillary palpi
pyriform (fig. 3), fore tarsi expanded but not asymmetrically produced; female
with sixth visible alidominal sternite triangularly emarginate (fig. 8) (Baja
California, Sonora, and Arizona) trochanterica Horn
Pyrota trochanterica Horn
This species has been recorded previously only from the type
locality in Baja California. It is now known from a second locality
in Baja California and has been found also in southern Arizona and
Sonora, where it is represented by a distinct race.
Yellow-orange. Head and pronotum marked with black. Antennae and maxil-
lary palpi black. Labrum largely or entirely black or brownish. Elytra each with
a large, oval black scutellar spot and a very broad back vitta, which, except where
it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar spot, is at least three-fifths the width of the
elytron. Tarsi black. Under surface black, with at most the margins of the
thoracic sclerites and the hind margin of the abdominal sternites orange; sixth
visible abdominal sternite of female almost always orange at tip. Upper surface
subglabrous ; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence.
Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and fine
micropunetures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to nearly one-third
longer than broad. Elytra rather coarsely, very densely punctate; surface finely
granulose, distinctly rugulose, uneven, less shiny than head and pronotum, not
swollen between costulae.
First segment of hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex. Hind
tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truneature of
both spurs elongate, pointed.
Male. — Antennae unmodified; segment III as long as or longer than IV, simi-
138 HROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Ijir to it ill whape, not at all expanded or curved. J.ast .segment of iiia.xillary palpi
(fig. 3) modified, greatly enlarged; length nearly or fully equal to distance be-
tween eyes on frontal area ; l)eneatli with sensory surface deeply concave, covering
all but apex of segment. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically
produced. Fifth visible a])dominal sternite noticeably emarginate. Sixth deeply
and acutely emarginate ; membranous zone large, with setae of nearly uniform
length. Genitalia as in figure 6, with a fairly wdde range of individual variation ;
gonostyli divergent apically, strongly curved dorsad ; dorsal hook of aedeagus
slightly hooked at apex.
Female. — Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible abdominal
sternite triangularly emarginate, as in figure 8.
This species, like hicurvata, seems to be most closely related to
(livirgata. Two subspecies of trochant erica may be recog-nizecl, as
follows.
Pyrota trochanterica trochanterica Horn
Pyrota trochanterica Horn, 1894, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2)4:-l:39.
More heavily marked with black than /. werneri. Neck, occiput, and gula black;
vertex usually with black markings at sides, these often fusing with occipital
marking; frontal area with a heavy spot, usually touching eyes and extending to
lower margin of frontal area. Pronotum with a basic pattern of a pair of discal
spots and a spot on each side anterior to the discal spots, but the pattern is
masked to a greater or lesser extent by fusion of the spots ; black markings reach-
ing basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and vitta of each elytron narrowly
separated or fused. Femora black. Tibiae black for apical third (occasionally
entirely black). Abdomen, except, usually, tip of sixth visible sternite of fepiale,
black. Length: 8-19 mm.
Male. — Fore tarsi more strongly expanded than in t. werneri.
Distrihution. — Cape region of Baja California.
Records. — Baja California Siir: 10 mi. NW La Paz, Oct. 6, 1941,
Ross and Bohart, 17; Sierra El Chinche, 2 (Horn type material).
Type Locality. — Sierra El Chinche, Baja California Sur. The type
locality is a small mountain range about 10 miles north of San Lucas,
Baja California Sur, at approximately 23°N-110°W (see Michel-
bacher and Ross, 1942, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24(1), pi. 3).
The frontal black mark is reduced in 6 of the 19 specimens studied
to the small spot or pair of spots found in some t. werneri. The pro-
notal spots are fused on each side in all but 3 specimens and in these
the lateral spots extend to the basal margin of the pronotum. In the
Explanation op Figures
Species of Pyrota as labeled. — Figs. 1 to 4, Eight maxillary palpus of males,
dorsal view (broken line indicates extent of ventral sensory surface) ; figs. 5 and
6, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views of gonoforeeps, and lateral view of
aedeagus; figs. 7 and 8, sixth visible abdominal sternite of females; fig. 9, basal
antennal segments of male, lateral and dorsal views. Localities for specimens
figured: P. hicurvata, Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas; divirgata, Mexcala, Guerrero;
tenuicostatis, Laredo, Tex.; trochanterica, Tucson, Ariz., (figs. 3 and 8) and 10 mi.
NW La Paz, Baja California Sur (fig. 6).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, .JUNE, 195^
139
TROCHANTERICA
TROCHANTERICA
TROCHANTERICA
140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
most heavily marked specimens all but the midline of the pronotum
is black. The scutellar spots are fused to the elytral vittae in 6 speci-
mens.
The original description of trochanterica was based on specimens
from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Material
returned to the Academy by Horn consists of 2 female syntypes. From
this material I hereby designate as the lectotype of trochanterica the
specimen labeled as follows: Sierra El Chinche, Horn type, No. 164B,
10.744, Lectotype trochanterica^ [Van Duzee's unpublished designa-
tion (Leech, in litt.)], Type No. 158.
Pyrota trochanterica werneri, new siil)species
Less heavily marked with bhu-k than /. trochanterica. Dorsal bhick marking
of head reduced, confined largely or entirely to neck, usually divided to form
three spots ; sides of vertex unmarked ; frontal area immaculate or with a small
spot or pair of spots between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of discal spots behind
middle and usually a smaller spot on each side .just anterior to discal spots; spots
well separated, not approaching basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and
vitta of each elytron well separated. Femora and tibiae orange tipped with black.
Hind margin of abdominal sternites occasionally orange. Length: 7-17 mm.
Male. — Fore tarsi less strongly expanded than in t. trochanterica.
Distribution. — Southern Arizona to Guaymas, Sonora. In all prob-
ability the range of t. werneri is continiious through northern Sonora.
The existence of a contact with the range of t. trochanterica^ seems im-
probable.
Type Material. — Holotype male and allotype female from Guaymas,
Sonora, Aug. 5, 1940, R. P. Allen, in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences, Paratypes: Sonora : 1 female, Empalme, Aug.
6, 1940, R. P. Allen ; 4 males, eutopotypical ; 1 male, 1 female, Guay-
mas, Aug. 28, 1955, Z- B. Noon, Jr. [taken at light (Werner, in litt.)].
Additional Material. — Arizona : Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu-
ment, Pima County, Aug. 6, 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 1;
Thatcher, Aug. 13' and 16, 1950, E. J. Taylor, 2; Thatcher, Aug. 18,
1951, W. Taylor, 1; Tucson, Aug. 1, 3937, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson,
Oct. 1, 1932, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson, Sept., 1948, V. G. Cochran,
1; Tucson Mountains (Desert Museum), Aug. 12, 1955, light trap,
G. Butler and F. Werner, 7. Paratypes and other material in the
collections of F. H. Parker, R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, the University of Arizona, and the Uni-
versity of California at Davis.
All specimens from Sonora are typical, as described above. Speci-
mens from Arizona differ consistently in that the black femoral mark-
ing is more extensive, esjoecially on the posterior surface and dorsal
edge, covering as much as half the surface area of the segment. This
condition presumably reflects the influence of t. trochanterica on the
population in Arizona, but if such is the case, it is unusual that sam-
ples of the population are, on the average, no more heavily marked
with black on the head and body than material from Sonora, Al-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
141
thougii perhaps entitled to subspecific status separately, the popula-
tion in Arizona is for the present assigned to t. werneri.
Lytta arizonica, new species
Closely related to mirifica Werner, from which it differs as follows :
Head black, suffused with dark orange or piceous on frontal area. Pronotum
yellow-orange, transversely oval in shape, proportionately broader (except in 1
specimen), averaging (13 specimens) 0.1.5 (0.11-0.22) broader than long; sides
more evenly rounded, especially from middle to apex. Apex of scutellum broader,
pale in color. Elytra strongly, rather finely reticulate, all or nearly all cells less
than 0.5 mm. in diameter. In arizonica the elytral reticulations are nearly as fine
as in deserticola Horn; in mirifica they are as coarse as in reticulata Say. Imme-
diate base of elytra sometimes washed with orange. Wings uniformly dark brown.
Length: 13-20 mm.
Male. — Genitalia with fused gonocoxites (basal piece) generally slightly shorter
and more truncate.
Tyjx' Material. — Holotype male and allotype female from Littlefield.
Arizona, April 20, 1930, W. J. Gertsch, in the 'collection of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: 11 (male and female),
eutopotypical. Paratypes in the collections of R. B. Selander, F. G.
Werner, and the American Museum of Natural History.
The type locality of arizonica is in the Valley of the Virgin River
in the northwestern corner of Arizona; nwHfica is known only from its
type locality at Anthony, New Mexico. Both species appear to be ex-
tremely rare.
(Date of publication. Vol. 59, No. 2, was May 8, 1957.)
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at Diamond's enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
DIAMOND ALKALI
COMPANY
Cleveland 14, Ohio
142
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaclies
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog^ and cat fleas
bed bug^s
codling moth
leafboppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll weevil
body lice
lygus bugs
cotton leaf worm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
CYA.j%rj%.i%^jt jy
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
145
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
^^r:->
CHLORDANE
Xheptachlor
ENDRIN
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton BoUworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois
REPRfSfNfAT/VfS I
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y,
EzM^l
PRINCIPAL
C I J I B 5
144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957
Pyrenone*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Jtyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
'^^ BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
fa
m
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
White grubs (left) and wirewormt (right) magnified SO tinua.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye -to -eye
Creatures from the seienee-fietion world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others — each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor ... to
develop newer and better controls ... to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum.
That's why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell's contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today.
♦Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlpr.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulfs carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DOT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
^^OL. 59
AUGUST 1957
NO. 4
PHDCEEDINGS
of the
ENTDMDLDGICAL SOCIETY
., WASHINGTOIV
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASfflNGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BALDUF, W. V. — The Spread of Catorhintha tnendica Stal (Coreidae,
Hemiptera) - 176
BARB, A. RALPH. — A New Species of Cultseta (Diptera: Culicidae) from
North America __ 163
SERNEB, L. — ^A Mayfly Gynandromorph ,- 167
CUNXIFFE, F. — Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New
Genus and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamys-
tinae (Acarina) .—._.., __ 172
DBAELE, C. J. — ^An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines - 169
EMERSON, K. C. — ^New Species of Rall'icola (Philopteridae : Mallophaga) 185
FROESCHNER, R. C. — Perillus lunatus Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae)
in Montana _ 162
HOOD, J. D. — A Note on Thilakothrips babuti Ramakrishna 194
HUSSEY, R. E. — ^A New Gargarphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175
NELSON, G. H. — A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination
of Atizies (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) , 197
SABROSKY, C. W. — Two Overlooked Sources of Type Designations for
Genera 171
TODD, E. L. — Five New Species of Gelasticoridae with Comments on
Other Species (Hemiptera) . 145
WALLIS, R. C. — Host Feeding of Cultseta morsitans 199
WHEELER, G. C, and WHEELER, JEANETTE— The Larva of Simopelta
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) — ^ ^ 191
WINKLER, J. R. — Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites
( Acari : Oribatei) ^ 190
BOOK NOTICE - 162
SOCIETY MEETING _ - _ 203
SUMMARY REPORTS: SOCIETY OFFICERS . _. _ .. 201
■n. iNs<
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Obqanized Maech 12, 1884
Eegular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Froceedings.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S. currency).
OPFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President - E. E. SnodghASS
President .._ - - F. L. Campbell
First Vice President -E. I. Sailer
Second Vice President — R. H. Nelson
Recording Secretary _ Kellie O'Neill
Corresponding Secretary Kelvin Doewahd
Treasurer F. P. Harrison
Editor - -Alice V. Renk
Custodian H. J, Conkle
Program Chairman J. F. G. Clarke
Executive Committee __ A. B. GtmNBY, T. L, Bissell, R. A. St. George
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy
of Sciences — C. F. W. Mtibsbbbck
Honorary Members - C. F. W. Muesebeck, H. G. Barber
The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad-
dressed as follows:
Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian
Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS
U. S, Department of Agriculture TJ. S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C.
Miss Alice V. Eenk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas.
Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology
U. S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland
Plant Industry Station College Park, Md.
Beltsville, Md.
Entered as second-clags matter at the Post Office at Washin^on, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
vol. 59 august 1957 no. 4
FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GELASTOCORIDAE WITH COMMENTS
ON OTHER SPECIES
(Hemiptera)
E. L. Todd, Falls Church, Virginia
This paper constitutes tlie results of an examination of more than
3,000 specimens of Gelastoeoridae* that were not included in the re-
vision of the family (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. V. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11) :
277-475, 1955). The number of specimens examined and the disposi-
tion of those specimens are presented for each species so that future
workers mig'ht locate desired material more easily. Eecords of distri-
bution are presented for all the poorly known species, but for those
species that are abundantly represented in collections, the records are
given only when they extend the known ranges of the species.
iChina and Miller (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12) 8: 267, 1955, suggest
that the Family-Group names should be Galgulidae Billberg, 1820; Galgulinae Bill-
berg, 1820, and Mononyehinae, Fieber, 1851. The first two names are based on
Galgulus Latreille, 1802 (Hist. Crust. Ins. V. 3, p. 253), which is a homonym of
Galgulus Brisson, 1760 (Ornithologia 1:30, 2:63). The Brisson genera were ac-
cepted by Opinion 37 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomencla-
ture and specifically excepted in the Paris action on the invalidation of binary
works {See: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 4: 65-66, 1950). Kirkaldy's action
(Entomologist 30:258, 1897) in renaming the genus as Gelastocoris and changing
the family name to Gelastocoridae was therefore correct. Thus Gelastocorinae
Champion (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hemiptera Heteroptera V. 2, p. 437, 1901), is the
proper name for the typical sulifaniily. Technically, Mononyehinae Fieber, 1851,
is the correct name for the other sulifamily, but in fact, the stem based on Mono-
nychus Schiippel {in Germar. Ins. Spec, nov., p. 241, 1824), has been used in the
formation of Family-Group names in Coleoptera. When Family-Group names are
homonyms of each other, the recommondation of the Copenhagen Colloqium is
that the case be submitted to the International Commission, which body will cause
one of the two names to be changed slightly. In this instance, however, it seems
to me that a more satisfactory adjustment may be accomplished through the use
of Nethrinae Kirkaldy, (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 149, 1906). I have used that
name in my previous papers and accordingly continue its usage in this paper.
In connection with the preoccupation of Galgulus Latreille by Galgulus Brisson,
a question has been raised corcerning my use (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1,
No. 11) : 288, line 18, 1955,) of Pliny as author of Galgulus [Aves]. The sentence
is poorly worded and should be modified to read as follows: Dumeril (Mem. Acad.
Sci. rinst. Imp. France, 1860. 31 (2): 1040) considered Galgulus flnsecta] to
be preoccupied by GalguJu-s [Avesl. but he credited the names to Fabricius and
Plinv rather than to Latreille and Brisson.
146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
I am extremely grateful to the following individuals and institu-
tions for the privilege of studying' specimens from their personal col-
lections or collections in their charge. For the sake of brevity, insti-
tutional names and private collections are referred to in the body of
this paper by the letters, names of cities, or names of individuals
placed in parentheses in the following list. K. I. Sailer, United States
National Museum, (USNM) ; M. A. Cazier, American Museum of
Natural History, (AMNH) ; W. E. China. British Museum (Natural
History), (BMNH) ; E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences at
San Francisco, (CAS); F. S. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum,
(LACM) ; E. Handschin, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzer-
land, (Basel) ; M. Beier, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria,
(Wien) ; H. C. Blote, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden,
Netherlands, (Leiden) ; Eva Halaszfy, Musee d 'Historic Naturelle de
la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, (Budapest) ; J. C. M. Carvalho,
Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (NMB) ; R. L. Usinger,
Berkeley, Calif. (Usinger Coll.) ; C. J. Drake, U.S.N.M., Washington,
D. C, (Drake Coll.) ; J. C. Lutz, Philadelphia, Pa. (Lutz Coll.) ; G. F.
Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, (Utah St.) ;
H-. P. Chandler, Red Bluff, Calif. (Chandler Coll.), and G. Kruzeman,
Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Netherlands, (Amsterdam). My spe-
cial thanks go to H. B. Hungerford who permitted me to examine all
recent accessions of Gelastocoridae of the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, (KU), and who ob-
tained through other sources much of the other material on which
this study is based.
GELASTOCORINAE Champion, 1901
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion
Biol. Centi-.-Amer., Rhync-hota Heteioptera, V. 2, p. .347, 1901.
Number of specimens e.ramined.—44: (USNM 15, AMNH 11, KT^ 6,
Usinger Coll. 8, and Drake Coll. 4).
DistrihntionaJ data. — The eig'ht specimens in the Usinger collection
are from San Bernardino Co., Calif. These are the only specimens
that I have seen from that State, but there are reports in the literature
of its occurrence there.
Gelastocoris bufo (Heiiich-Schaffer)
Die Wanzenartigen Inseeten V. 5, p. 88, 1839 (1840).
Numher of specimens examined.— ^9 (USNM 30, AMNH 3, KU 1,
Leiden 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Gelastocoris fuscus Martin
Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bui. 18 (4) : 364, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 24 (USNM 7, AMNH 2, KIT 1,
Leiden 2, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 11).
Distribuiional data. — Specimens from Bueno Vista, Ichilo (KU) ;
Rurrenabaque, Rio Beni (USNM); and Huachi, Beni (USNM), are
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 147
the first I have seen from Bolivia although the species v^^as reported
from that country by De Carlo through the description of the syno-
nym G. martinezi (Mision de Estud. de Patol. Region. Argentina,
24 (83-84) :97).
Gelastocoris vicinus Champion
Biol. Central-Amer., Ehynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 349, 1901.
Niimher of speciynens examined. — 20 (USNM 16, AMNH 1, and
Leiden 3).
Gelastocoris viridis Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 338, 1955.
Numher of specimens examined. — 3 (USNM 1, AMXH 1, and Drake
Coll. 1).
Distrihuf tonal data. — The two specimens in the collections of the
United States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural
History are from La Victoria, Montozintla, Chiapas, Mexico. The
other specimen is from Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico.
Gelastocoris angulatus (Melin).
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 169, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 13 (USNM 5, Basel 2, Wien 2,
Drake Coll. 3, and BMNH 1).
Distrihutional data. — These specimens nearly double the number of
specimens of this species that I have examined. They are from the
following localities. Paraguay: Paso-Yobay (Basel), Molinascue
(Basel), and S. Bernardino (Wien). Brazil: Near Para (USNM),
Bahia (USNM), Manaos (USNM), and Santarem (Drake Coll.).
Bolivia: Ixiamas (USNM), Rurrenabaque, Beni (USNM). British
Guiana: Kutari Sources (BMNH).
Gelastocoris major Montandon
Ann. de Mus. della E. Univ. di Napoli (n. s.) 3 (10) : 2. 1910.
Numher of specimens e.ramined. — 30 (USNM 23, Leiden 1, and
Drake Coll. 6).
Distrihutional data. — Specimens previously examined were from
Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador. The six specimens from the Drake
Collection are from Barinitas, Venezuela. The specimen from the
collection in Leiden is labeled "Chile."
Gelastocoris hungerfordi Melin.
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 168, 1929.
Numher of specimens examined.— 109 (USNM 34, AMNH 10, KU
44, Leiden 2, Wien 1, LACM 1, and Drake Coll. 17).
Distrihutional data. — This common species, which is widely dis-
tributed from Mexico to Colombia, is now recorded from Barinitas,
Venezuela (4 specimens in the Drake Collection).
148 PROr. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Gelastocoris nebulosus (Giieiiii-Meneville)
Iconograpliie du Kegne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 351, 1844.
Numher of specimens examined.— AT Q (USNM 69, AMNH 8, KU
332, Leiden 28, NMB 11, \Yieii 1, and Drake Coll. 27).
Distrihuiional data. — Specimens from Kabelstation, Dutch Guiana
(Leiden), and Paso de Arriera River, Uruguay (USNM) are the first
specimens I have seen from those two countries. Specimens from
Argentina (six localities in the KU, Wien, and Drake collections)
confirm the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species
in that country.
Gelastocoris peruensis Molin
Zool. Bidrag Trail Uppsala 12: 160, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 5 (USNM 1 and Drake Coll. 4).
Distrihutional data.— AW the specimens from Peru.
Gelastocoris amazonensis Meliii
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 158. 1929.
Numhe7- of specimens examined — l(Wien).
Distrihutional data. — This specimen is labeled "Rio Branco, Ilase-
man." It is presumed that the locality refers to the Rio Branco in
Amazonas, Brazil, but it could refer to other rivers of that name in
other states of Brazil or even of other countries.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus (Fabricius)
Supp. Ent. Syst., p. 525, 1798.
Number of specimens examined. — Approximately 1,000 (USNM,
approx. 600, AMNH 127, KU 62, Leiden 13, Utah St. 5, Budapest 10.
LACM 16, and Drake Coll. 149).
Distrihutional data. — Specimens from the following localities ex-
tend the known range of the typical subspecies to the north and to
the south. Canada: Vancouver, British Columbia (USNM). Mexico:
''L. Cal." (USNM), Truinbo. Baja California (Drake Coll.), Hermo-
sillo, Sonora (AMNH), 6 mi. NE. Meoqui, Chihuahua (AMNH),
"Chihuahua" (USNM and Drake Coll.), and Oaxaca (Drake Coll.).
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus (Gnerin-Meneville)
Iconographie due Regne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 352, 1844.
Number of specimens examined. — 96 (USNM 43, AMNH 7, KU 16,
Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 29).
NERTHRINAE Kirkaldy, 1906
Nerthra stygica 8ay
Heteropt<irous Hemiptera of North America, New Harmony, Indiana, p. 37, 1832.
Number of specimens examined. — 10 (USNM 9, and Drake Coll. 1).
Distribvtional data. — All specimens from Florida.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 149
Nerthra mexicana (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 187, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 2 (KU and Drake Coll.).
Distrihntional data. — Both specimens are from Mexico. The locali-
ties are El Salto, San Luis Potosi (KU), and "C. Valles" (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra martini Todd
Pan-Pacific Ent. 30: 113, 195-4.
Number of specimens examined. — 13 (LACM).
Nerthra parvula (Signoret)
Ann. de la Soc. des Ent. de France. 33: 588, 1864.
Number of specimens examined. — 32 (IISNM 4, KU 11, BMNH 2,
and Drake Coll. 15).
Distributional data. — Chile: Las Brisas, El Canelo, Toulemo, El
Manzano, Guayaean (all KU), Valparaiso, and Valparaiso Prov.
(USNM and Drake Coll.). The two specimens from the British Mu-
seum and two specimens from the Drake Collection are labeled
"Chile."
Nerthra raptoria (Fahricius)
Systema Eleutheratorum V. 3 (Systema Ehyngotarum ) p. Ill, 1803.
Number of specimens examined — 12 (Leiden 3, Wien 3, and Drake
Coll. 6).
Distributional data. — Guatemala: Los Amates (Drake Coll). Pan-
ama: Gatun (Leiden) and Canal Zone (Leiden). Colombia: "Colom-
bia" (Leiden). Dutch Guiana : Kabelstation (Leiden). Brazil:
Monte Alegre, Para (Drake Coll.) and Rio Grande do Sul (Wien).
Country Unknown: "Rio Branco" (Wien) and "Barinas" (Drake
Coll.).
Nerthra ranina (Herrieh-Schaffer)
Die Wanzenartigon Insecten V. 9, p. 896, 1853.
Number of specimens examined. — 555 (KT^ 480, BMNH 2, Leiden 9,
Basel 1, NMB 7. Wien 19, and Drake Coll. 37).
Nerthra nepaeformis (Falnicius)
Systema Entomologiae V. 2, p. 693, 1775.
Number of specimens examined. — 7 (Leiden 4, BMNH 2. and Drake
Coll. 1).
Distributional data. — One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is labeled "Valpariso. " If this label refers to Valpariso, Chile,
the specimen confirms the reports in the literature of the occurrence
of this species in that country.
Nerthra terrestris (Kevan)
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 11) 14 (119): 813, 1948.
150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Number of specimens examined. — 14 (KU 1, Leiden 10. Basel 2, and
Drake Coll. 1).
Distrihutional data. — One of the specimens from the collection in
Leiden is from Jarug'ui, Ecuador, and it is the only specimen I have
seen from that country. A few other specimens, from the British
Museum, have also been examined, but as I failed to record the num-
ber at the time of examination, they have not been included above.
Nerthra borealis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Numher of specimens examined. — Approximately 30 (BMNH).
Distrihufional data. — -The specimens are labeled "Surinam, In
coffee field" and "Surinam. Around roots of coffee."
Nerthra tenebrosa Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. .37 (Pt. 1): 376, 1955.
Numher of specimens e.ramined. — 6 (BMNH 5, and Amsterdam 1).
Nerthra unicornis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 3 (Wien).
Nerthra peruviana (Montandon)
Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 3: 403, 1905.
Number of specimens examined. — 7 (KU 6, and Drake Coll. 1).
Nerthra montandoni (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 195, 1929.
Number of specimens examined. — 5 (BMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 4).
Distributional data. — The four specimens in the Drake Collection
are from "Los Canales, Naiguata." This locality is presumed to be
in the Federal District of Venezuela. The other specimen is from the
mountains north of Petare, Venezuela.
Nerthra amplicoUis (Stal)
Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhjindl. 11: (3): 239, 1854.
Number of specimens examined. — 5 (KU 1, BMNH 1, Wien 1, and
Drake Coll. 2).
Nerthra ecuadorensis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 185, 1929.
Numher of specimens examined. — 4 (BMNH).
Nerthra rudis (Melin)
Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 182, 1929.
Number of specimens exanmied. — 2 (BMNH).
Distributional data. — One specimen is from Cachabe, Ecuador. The
other is labeled "Mexico."
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 151
Nerthra fuscipes (Guerin-Meneville)
Rev. Zo(.l. Trav. Ined. p. 114, 1843.
Number of specimens examined. — 15 (Leiden 2, BMXH 7, Drake
Coll. 4, and Usinger Coll. 2).
Nerthra hungerfordi Todd
Univ. Kansas Sei. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1): 398, 1955.
Numher of specimens examined. — 11 (Leiden 10, and BMNH 1).
Nerthra manni Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1): 396, 1955.
Number of specimens examined. — 7 (AMNH).
Nerthra praecipua n. sp.
(Fig. 9)
There is a unique female specimen in the Drake Collection, via the
Reed Collection, which has been badly damaged by dermestids. The
damage consists of loss of the legs, lobes of the ovipositor, parts of the
venter of the thorax, part of the head, and most of the internal organs.
Even so, the specimen is so distinct from the known species of the New
W^orld that it is described as follows.
Size. — -Female: Length 8.2 mm., width of pronotum 5.3 mm., width of abdomen
6.0 mm.
Color. — General color reddish-lirown. Because of the condition of the specimen
cleaning was not attempted. There are some irregular spots of a lighter brown
color on the hemelytra, but it is believed that they are the result of the derm?stid
damage.
Structural cltaractiristic.^. — Apex of the head excavate; superapical and lateral
tubercles present, but very weak and irregular ; ocelli absent. Pronotum distinc-
tive, nearly rectangular, short, about one-third width, widest at level of transverse
furrow; anterior portion of lateral margin nearly transverse, median portion
slightly concave ; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly sinuous before bases
of hemelytra. Scutellum with lateral and apical elevations. Hemelytra entirely
coriaceous, fused together, not extending to end of abdomen, covered with network
of indistinct longitudinal and transverse carinae. Connexivum very prominent,
strongly serrate. Abdominal sternites symmetrical, last visible sternite projecting
posteriorly in median area about as far as the lateral lobes of that sternite.
Distributional data. — Holotype, female, labeled ''Chile, Reed Coll."
Location of type. — In the Drake Collection, U.S.N.i\L. Washington,
D. C.
Remarks. — This species will not run in my key to the species of
Nerthra, as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 4. In the
New World two species, N. wiUiam.'^i Todd and N. americana (Montan-
don), resemble it superticially, but diflPer in that the last visible ab-
dominal sternites of the females are emarginate. The projecting
median portion of the last abdominal sternite and general appearance
w^ould seem to indicate that this species is most closely related to the
species of the alaticollis group found in Australia. The fused heme-
lytra and absence of ocelli will, however, separate it from those species.
152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Nerthra grandicoUis (Gevmar).
Sill)ermann's Revue Entoiiiologique V. •"), p. 122, 1837.
Number of specimens examined. — 149 (KU 1, Leiden 46, BMNH 79,
Basel 2, CAS 1, Wieii 8, and Bndapest 12).
Nerthra indica (Atkinson).
Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57 (Pt. 2), 345, 1888.
Number of specimens examined. — 33 (BMNH 29, Leiden 2, and
KU2).
Distributional data. — The specimens from the British Mnseum are
from varions localities in Sikkim and Assam, India. The other speci-
mens are labeled "Tonkin, E. le Moult."
Remarks. — The specimens from Tonkin differ slightly in the shape
of the lateral margin of the pronotum which appears more like the
margin of the pronotum of N. lobata (Montandon), but the absence
of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the
female and shape of the clasper of the male reveal their relation to
iV. indica (Atkinson).
Nerthra serrata (Montandon).
Ann. Mus. Civique di Storia Nat. Genova 1:365, 1897.
Remarks. — I have yet to see specimens that agree with Montandon 's
detailed description. The type localities, "Carin Ghecii" and "Carin
Cheba, " are now known to be in that section of Burma between the
Salwin and Sittang rivers, east and northeast of Toungoo.
Nerthra unguistyla n. sp.
(Fig. 5)
Size. — Male: Length 9.5 mm., width of pronotum 6.8, width of abdomen 7.0
mm. Female: Length 10.5 mm, width of pronotum 7.5 mm., width of abdomen
8.2 mm.
Color. — Yellowish-brown above, basal halves of abdominal segments of con-
nexivum darker. Abdominal sternites dark brown medially and at the basal one-
half laterally. Mesosternal and metasternal processes of thorax dark, nearly
black. Legs yellowish-brown, femora faintly ringed with darker brown.
Structural eJiaracteristics. — Apex of head with a weak tubercle, not visible from
above; frons with a pair of superapical tubercles and a median elevation, none
strongly developed ; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow,
not so wide as abdomen ; disc very strongly elevated, provided with clumps of
black clavate bristles. Lateral margins of pronotum with anterior portions con-
verging toward the eyes; median portions straight, parallel; posterior portions
only about one-half as long as median and anterior portions, converging obliquely
toward bases of the hemelytra. Posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave
before scutellum, crossed by five longitudinal carinae in the male and by seven
in the female. Scutellum large with small rounded depressions medially and with a
strong apical and slight latero-basal elevations, the latter densely covered with
black clavate bristles. Hemelytra coriaceous, without membranes ; reaching end of
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
153
Figs. 1 to 3, Lateral margin of prouotuni and einboliuni of left side ; fig. 3A,
lateral niargiu of pronotum of riglit side ; figs. 4 to 8, ventral view of clasper of
male; fig. 9, dorsal view of female. Fig. 1, Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp. from
Borneo; fig. 2, X. lobata (Montandon) ; figs. 3 and 3A, N. e.rimia n. sp. from
Sumatra; fig. 4, X. annulipes (Horvath) ; fig. 5, X. unguistyla n. sp. from India;
fig. 6, X. staJi (Montandon); fig. 7, A", hamata n. sp. from New Guinea; fig. 8,
X. sinnosa Todd; fig. 9, X. praecipita n. sp. from Chile.
154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
abdomen in the male, l)ut not in the female; basal expansion of embolium broadly
triangular. Connexivmn prominent in both sexes, but more so in the female.
Terminal abdominal sternites of male asymmetrical, rather large ; ninth sternite
ovate, nearly twice as wide as long; eighth sternite longer than ninth sternite,
nearly twice the length of the seventh sternite. Abdominal sternites of female
nearly symmetrical ; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly and shallowly
emarginate. Lobes of ovipositor produced posteriorly as in lobata but shorter
and more rounded apically than in that species. Clasper of male nearly straight,
tapering apically and terminating in a slightly curved, claw-like process at apex.
DistrihufioHal data. — Ilolotype, male, Mayavaram, South India,
October 8, 1945, P. S. Nathan, and allotype, female, Coimbatore, South
India, December 18, 1945, P. S. Nathan.
Location of type. — Ilolotype and allotype in the J. C. Lutz Collec-
tion at Philadelphia, Pa.
EemarJis. — Because this species lacks membranes of the hemelytra,
it will run to couplet 11 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but it
does not agree with either choice of that couplet. The species clearly
belonps to the grandicollis group of species, but the absence of mem-
branes of the hemelytra, distinctive clasper of the male, and the shape
of the pronotum will separate this species from any of those species
that I have assigned to that group.
Nerthra lobata (Montandon).
(Fig. 2)
Bui. Soc. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(4/5) : 397, 1899.
Nuinher of specimens examined. — 21 (Leiden 19, and BMNH 2)
Distributional data. — Previously known from Sumatra and Java,
the specimens in the collection of the British Museum extend the
known range of this species to the mainland of Asia. These specimens
are from Sungai Taban and Kuala Tekis, both located in Pahang,
Federated Malay States.
Nerthra asiatica (Horvath).
Termesz. Fuzetek 15(3) :136, 1892.
Nuniher of specimens examined. — 1 (Stockholm).
Remarks. — ^^This specimen, a female, is from the same locality (Mou-
Pin, Thibet, 1869-70, A. David) as the specimen previously examined
by me. It is slightly larger, length 12.2 mm., width of pronotum
8.1 mm., and width of abdomen 8.5 mm.
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp.
(Fig. 1)
Size. — Female: Length 12.5 mm., width of pronotum 8.5, width of abdomen
8.3 mm.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 155
Color. — Orange-brown above except bristles and scutellum which are black,
membranes of hemelytra darker than rest of hemelytra. Abdominal sternites
orangislibrown laterally, brown medially. Legs with tibiae and tarsi brown,
trochanters and femora yellowish-brown, except apices of femora which are black.
Structural characteristics. — Apex of head rounded, without an apical tubercle;
a pair of moderate superapical tubercles present ; median tumescence of f rons
scarcely developed ; ocelli present. Pronotum slightly wider than abdomen, widest
at level of transverse furrow ; disc strongly elevated, posterior portion with seven
weak to moderate longitudinal carinae ; lateral margin of pronotum distinctive,
median and posterior portions nearly straight, converging medially from lateral
angle, anterior portion with a dentation at middle ; posterior margin of pronotum
sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent
laterally and at apex. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes
of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolium straight
at basal one-fourth then expanded to middle, apical one-half of lateral margin
nearly straight. Connexivum prominent, broadly expanded, six segments of ab-
domen visible. Intermediate and hind legs long and slender, the combined length
of femur, tibia, and tarsus of hind leg exceeding body length. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical ; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly emarginate,
caudo-lateral angle of left size of sternite slightly decumbent, lateral tumescences
absent. Clumps of short, clavate bristles present on hemelytra and elevations of
scutellum.
Distrihniional daia. — Holotype. female, Boveii (upper) Mahakkam
River, Borneo, 1894, Borneo Exped. Dr. Nieiiwenliuis.
Location of iype. — In the Rijksmusenra van Xatuurlijke liistorie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Remarks. — This species will not run in my key to the species of the
g-enus Nerthra as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 17.
The dilation of the lateral margin of embolium and the posteriorly
projecting ovipositor lobes of this large species reveal that it belongs
to the grandicoJUs group of species. It is slightly larger than N.
asiatica (Horvath), from which it may be easily separated by the
dilated margin of the embolium, distinctive lateral margin of the
pronotum, and proportionally longer hind legs. The size, shape of the
lateral dilation of the embolium, and the shape of the lateral margin
of the pronotum will separate this species from the other species of
the grandicoUis group.
Nerthra eximia n. sp.
(Fig. 3 and 3A.)
Size. — Female: Length 11.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.0 mm., width of abdomen
7.9 mm.
Color. — YelloAvish-brown above except scutellum, basal one-third of each segment
of the connexivum, and clumps of bristles, which are dark brown. Abdominal
sternites mostly dark brown, but with a contrasting marginal area of orangish-
brown. Head, pronotum, and basal segments of legs (trochanters and femora)
156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
yellowish-brown. Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs and tibio-tarsi of front
legs dark brown.
Structural characteristics. — Apex of head with a small tubercle, not visible from
above; a pair of moderately large tooth-like superapieal tubercles present; medial
elevation of frons smaller than superapieal tubercles; ocelli present. Pronotum
widest at level of transverse furrow, only very slightly wider than abdomen; disc
strongly elevated, posterior portion crossed by seven weak to moderate longitudinal
carinae; lateral margin of pronotum irregularly dentate, the dentations rounded;
posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large,
strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and apically. Hemelytra reaching end of
abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral
margin of embolium straight at basal one-fourth then roundly expanded about to
middle, apical one-half very slightly convex. Connexivum prominent. Clumps of
clavate bristles on hemelytra and elevations of the scutellum. Abdominal sternites
nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly, triangularly
emarginate, slightly decumbent on tlie left side of sternite at the caudo-lateral
angle.
Distvihutioiial data. — Ilolotype, female, "Tanaii«italoo, Ophir-Siim.,
1915, A. de Koek. " This locality is presumably near Mt. Ophir,
Sumatra.
Location of type. — In the Rijksmuseum van Xatuurlijke llistorie,
Leiden, Netherlands.
Bonarlifi. — This species, like N. 7iieuwenhusi n. sp., runs to couplet
17 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but does not ao-ree with either
choice of that couplet. It is very closely related to the preceding-
species and may subsequently prove to be but a form of that species,
but for the present T prefer to describe it as a separate species.
This species agrees with N. nieuwenhuisi n. sp. and differs from
A^. lohafa (Montandon), the only species previously reported from
Sumatra, by the absence of lateral tumescences of the last visible
abdominal sternite, by the strouo-ly elevated scutellum. and by the
greatest width of the pronotum being at the level of the transverse
furrow. It differs from N. nieuwenhuisi n. sp. by its smaller size,
differently shaped lateral margins of the pronotum. and differently
shaped lateral margin of the embolium. It should be pointed-out,
however, that the two sides of the pronotum of this sjiecimen are not
alike, and therefore differences of the shapes of the lateral margins
of the pronota of the two species may not be significant in this in-
stance. The facts that these are insular species and from different
islands was another factor in my decision to treat this specimen as a
separate species.
Nerthra nigosa (Desjardins)
Ann. Soc. Ent. de France 6:239, 1837.
Number of specimens examined. — 1 (BMNH).
T>istrihntiona] data. — The specimen is labeled "N. G., Hat. Ver., N.
Holl." 1 have been unable to determine the meaning of the label, but
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGtlST, 1957 157
I presume that the ''N. Holl." portion probably refers to Australia.
Nerthra macrothorax (Montiouzier)
Ann. des Sciences Phys. et Nat. d'Agr. et d'Indus. [Lyon], 2:110, 1855.
Nnrnbcr of specimens examined. — 14 (CAS 2, Leiden 9, BMNH 2,
and Wien 1).
Disirihuiional data. — Specimens from the following' localities have
been examined. New Guinea : Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS) ;
Liki I., near Maffin Bay, Dutch New Guinea (CAS), and "N. 0.
Kuste" (Wien). Celebes: Gorontalo (Leiden). Philippine Islands:
"Philippines" (BMNH). Solomon Islands: Rendova (BMNH).
Maratua (or Maratoea) Island: "Maratoea" (Leiden). Tonga
Islands: "Tonga Ins." (Leiden). Postilion (or Postiljon) Islands:
Sapoeka besar Postiljon Eil. (Leiden). Comoro Islands: "Mayotte"
(Leiden). The record from the latter locality, while remote from the
others, is not surprising when the distribution of the closely related
A. rugosa (Des.jardins) is considered.
Remarks. — A number of articles relating to the distribution of this
species were missed in my previous treatment (LTniv. Kansas Sci. Bui.
37 (Pt. 1):414, 1955. The articles are as follows: Esaki, insects of
Samoa, pt. II, Hemiptera, fasc. 2, p. 75, 1928; Esaki, Mushi 9:43,
1936; Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 24(No. 130.) :21, 1934;
Ohshima, Japanese Zool. and Bot. 1:410, 1933; Miyamoto, Nymph
(Rep. Biol. Club 2nd Branch Kjaishu University) 2:35, 1953; Miya-
moto, Shin Konchu 7(1/2) :28, 29, 1954. Localities recorded in the
above papers are as follows : Samoa Islands : Leone Road, Tutuila.
Ke (Kei or Key) Islands: Ke Dulan. Caroline Islands: Truk.
Kasho to Island. Koto Sho Island. Ryukyu Islands : Yaeyama
Group ; Kikai Jima Island, Amami Group ; Takajimi Island, Tokara
Group. Japan : Satano Misaki, Osumi, Kyushu.
Nerthra mixta (Montandon)
Bui. Soc. des Sciences de Biuaiest-Roumanie 8(4/5) :406, 1899.
yuynher of specimens examined. — 26 (Fsing-er Coll. 1, Leiden 7,
BMNH 6, and Amsterdam 12).
Distributional data. — All the specimens are from localities in New
Guinea. Dutch New Guinea: Hollandia (Usinger Coll. and BMNH) ;
Sabron. Cyclops Mts. 930' (BMNH); Humbolt Bay (BMNH). and
"N. New Guinea" (Leiden). North-East New Guinea: Mt. Nomo.
S. of Mt. Bouiiainville (BMNH). Territory of Papita : Ishurava
3000' (BMNH). The specimens from the Zoologisch Museum in
Amsterdam are labeled "Timmena" and "Tamarus. " I have been
unable to find these localities in the sources available to me.
Nerthra omani Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui 37(Pt. 1 ) :422, 1955.
Number of specimens examined. — 9 (Leiden 2, Wien 1, and BMNH
6).
Distrihutional data. — This species was previously known only from
158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Guadalcanal Island in the Solomons. Specimens examined are from
the following localities. Solomon Islands: Bougainville l^Wien) ;
Guadalcanal 5000' (BMXII), and "British Solomons" (BMNH).
New Guinea: "N. Guinea" (Leiden) and "N. New Guinea" (Lei-
den).
Nerthra macrostyla Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37(Pt. 1) 428, 1955.
Number of specimens examined. — 1 (BMNH).
Distrihutionol data. — The specimen is labeled as follow^s: "Jack
Harbour, Lady Leever Est., Kolombangara, Solomon Islands, April 11,
1934, H. T. Pagden."
Remarks. — This male is larger than the holotype. The measurements
are : Length 12.0 mm, width of pronotum 8.0 mm., and width of
abdomen 8.0 mm.
Nerthra robusta Todd
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1):429, 1955.
Number of specimens examined. — 1 (Chandler Coll.).
Distributional data. — This specimen is from the type locality,
Nadzab, Markham River Valley, New Guinea.
Nerthra hamata ii. sp.
(Fig. 7)
Si^e. — Male: Length 111. 7 nini., width of pronotum 8.7 mm., width of abdomen
8.9 mm.
Color. — Uniformly dark reddish-brown both above and l)elow.
Structural charade ri.stic.s. — Head with five large, pointed tubercles, four on
anterior margin and one at apex, the latter ventrad and slightly caudad of the
other tubercles; ocelli present, on rounded elevations. Pronotum moderately ex-
panded, widest at the level of the transverse furrow, but only very slightly wider
than at the anterolateral angle, not so wide as abdomen ; anterior and posterior
portions of lateral margin converging toward the eye and base of emliolium
respectively; median portion of lateral margin nearly straight, slightly convergent
anteriorly, the two sides subparallel; disc strongly elevated and rugose; posterior
third of pronotum crossed by three strong and two weak longitudinal carinae;
posterior margin of pronotum concave before scutellum. Scutelluin strongly
elevated laterally, slightly elevated apically. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen ;
membrane well-developed; embolium nairow at base, lateral margin slightly con-
cave basally, broadly convex for apical three-fourths. Connexivum not visible
from above. Body covered with short, black, elavate setae, some of which are
in clumps on elevations of the scutellum and pronotum, near the anterolateral
angle of pronotum, on the hemelytra at medial angle of embolial suture and
another between that and the claval suture. Abdominal sternites asymmetrical,
ninth sternite wider than long, moderately large, slightly shorter than eighth
steruite, twice as long as seventh sternite, the latter only slightly wider than the
iiintli sternite, posterior margin of sixth sternite less than one-half width of pos-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 159
teiior margin of fourth sternite. Clasper distinctive, very similar to that of N.
robusta Todd except for the large median thornlike projection of the swollen apical
portion of the clasper.
Distributional data. — Ilolotype, male, Milne Bay, New Guinea,
December, 1948. (). H. Graham.
Location of ti/pr. — In the collections of the United States National
Museum, \Vashinj>ton, D. C.
Remarks. — This species will key to .Y. rohusta Todd, but may easily
be separated by the presence of the thorn-like projection of the median
margin of the clasper.
Nerthra grandis (Montandon)
Bui. Soc. des Sei. de Bucharest-Koumanie 8(6) :6, 1900.
Nuniher of specimens examined. — 2 (Wien).
Distrihntional data. — The specimens are labeled "Plason, Aus-
tralien. ' ' I have not been able to find this locality in the sources avail-
able to me.
Remarks. — These specimens appear to have a vestige of a membrane
and therefore agree Avith the statement in the original description that
the membrane is reduced. The two specimens I had previously exam-
ined appeared to have the hemelytra entirely coriaceous.
Nerthra femoralis (Montandon)
Bui. Soc. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(4/5 ): 407, 1899.
Number of specimens examined. — 12 (BMNH).
Distributionat data. — The specimens are all from Western Australia.
The localities are: Yanchep, 32 mi. N. of Perth; Mundaring Weir;
and Banbury.
Nerthra luteovaria (Distant)
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 14:63, 1904.
X umber of specimens examined. — 1 (BMNH).
Distributional data. — The specimen is from Redlynch, N. Queens-
land, Australia.
Nerthra sinuosa Todd
(Fig. 8)
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 37(Pt. 1):440, 1955.
Number of specimens examined. — 1 (Stockholm).
Distributional data. — This specimen, a male, is from Tolga, Queens-
land, Australia.
Remarks. — I am tentatively identifying this specimen as N. sinuosa
Todd, to which it will run in my key to the species of Nerthra. It
agrees with the females previously described in the nature of the
tubercles of the head, the reduction of the membranes of the hemelytra,
and the shape of the lateral margin of the embolium, which is straight
160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
or slijihtly concave basally, the width of the embolium reduced basally.
The median portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum is not so
strong'ly concave as in the females. The measurements of the specimen
are as follows : Length 7.6 mm. ; width of pronotum 5.0 mm., width of
abdomen 5.2 mm. The abdominal sternites are asymmetrical, the
ninth sternite rather large, wider than long, but nearly as long as the
seventh and eighth sternites combined, width distinctly greater than
one-half the width of the posterior margin of the right side of the
fourth sternite. The clasper is simjile, sickle-shaped, the apex some-
what produced, curving mesad.
Nerthra annulipes (Hoivath).
(Fig. 4)
Termesz. Fuzetek 25:611, 1902.
Numher of specimens exami)ied. — 2 (Budapest and Drake Coll.).
Dist rib uti anal data. — The specimen from the Musee d'Historie
Naturelle de la Ilongrie, Budapest, Hungary, is the type. It is a
female from Clarence River, New South Wales, Australia. The other
specimen, a male, is from Stanthorpe. Queensland, a locality near the
headwaters of the Clarence River.
Remarks. — Through the cooperation of Doctor Eva Halaszfy, I have
been permitted to examine the type of this species. Unfortunately,
the head and pronotum are missing, but the size and the characters of
those parts remaining, especially the embolia, the greatly reduced
membranes of the hemelytra, and the dark annulations of the inter-
mediate and hind legs are sui¥icient to identify the species. The male
from Stanthorpe, Queensland, which I now place as this species, agrees
with the type in the characters mentioned above. It is smaller than
the type, the measurements being as follows. Length 6.9 mm., width
of pronotum 4.7 mm., width of abdomen 4.7 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical, the ninth sternite oval, wider than long,
slightly longer than eighth sternite, not so long as length of seventh
and eighth combined, width about equal to one-half the width of the
posterior margin of the right side of the fourth sternite. The clasper
is simple, apex not produced as in N. .nniiosa Todd. This species w'ill
key to N. .nnuo.w Todd, but may be separated by the embolium which
is broader basally, the lateral margin being convex. And if T have
correctly identified the males of the two species also by the wider
pronotum (as wide as abdomen), simjile clasper of male (apex not
produced mesad) and by the smaller ninth sternite of the male.
Nerthra niidata Tmld
Univ. Kansas Rei. Bui. 37 (Pt. 1) 42.1, W",.
Numher of specimens examiued. — 6 (Drake Coll.)
Distrihnfional data. — The specimens are from Brisbane, North Pine
River, and Ashgrove, all of which are in Queensland, Australia.
Bnnarl's.- — The figure number under this name in the oriuinal
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 19.57 161
description has been reversed with that nnder A^. omani Todd (loc.
eit., p. 422) ; however, the correct names are assigned to the figure
numbers on the "Explanation of Plate XI." The elaspers of the
specimens now before me (two of the specimens are males) do not
agree with my statement in the original description to the effect that
a portion of the aedeagal furrow is visible (ventral view) near the
apex of the clasper. These specimens do not show any indication of
the aedeagal furrow in that area ; however, there is a difference in the
pigmentation and sclerotization which nnder low magnification resem-
bles a furrow. Since I do not now have any of the males of the type
series available for restudy, 1 cannot state whether the apparent
difference is real or whether I was originally in error. This species
is obviously related to N. annuUpes (Horvath) and N. sinuosa Todd,
but it may be readily distinguished from those species by its larger
size, the almost complete absence of tubercles of the front of the head,
and by the well-developed membranes of the hemelytra.
Nerthra tixberculata (Montandon).
Bui. Soc. des Sci. de Biu-arest-Roumanie 8(4/5) :403, 1S99.
NuDiher of specimens examined. — 9 (BMNIT).
Distnln(tio)toJ data. — From Flinders Bay, AVestern Australia.
Nerthra alaticollis (Stal).
Ofversi. Kongl. Yetensk.-Ak;id. Forhandl. Arg. 11: 239, 19.")4.
Number of specimeus examined. — 13 (BMNH, 4, Leiden 1, and
Drake Coll. 8).
Distrihntional data. — The specimens in the Drake Collection are
from Mt. Mee, Brisbane. Stanthorpe, and Caloundra, all in Queens-
land, Australia. The other specimens are just labeled "Australia."
Remarks. — Some of the specimens have the postero-lateral angle of
the pronotum less rounded than others and in this respect resemble
N. siali (Montandon), but the presence of posterior projections at the
caudo-lateral angle of the last visible abdominal sternite of the female
and the acuminate clasper of the male will permit its separation from
the latter species.
Nerthra stall (Montandon').
(Fig. 6)
Bui. See. des Sci. de Bucarest-Roumanie 8(6) :5, 1900.
Numher of specimens examined. — 2 (BMNH).
Disfrihntional data. — The specimens are from Yanchep, 32 miles
north of Perth, Western Australia, and "N. H. Swan River."
Remarks. — The specimens, both males, resemble the females but
are more elongate. The measurements are as follows : Length 8.4 mm,
width of pronotum 6.2 mm., wid+h of abdomen 6.5 mm. The abdominal
sternites are asymmetrical. The terminal steriiites are small, the ninth
sternite snbeqnal to the eighth sternite in length, longer than the
162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 195V
.seventh sternite. The clasper, stout basally, recurved, and bluntly
knobbed apieally.
Nerthra adspersa (Stal).
Berliner Ent. Ztschr. 7:407, 1863.
Numher of specimens examined. — 2 (BMNH).
Distrihufional data. — From Quindilup and Yanehep, 32 miles north
of Perth, in AVestern Australia.
Remarks. — These specimens differ considerably in color from the
specimen previously studied. One is mostly white with small black
maculations, disc of pronotum yellowish-browai ; below much darker.
The other specimen is more yellowish and with larger maculations.
This species will probably prove to be as variable in color as N. alati-
collis (Stal). The specimens, both females, are also slig-htly larger
than the one previously studied. The measurements are as follows :
Length, 6.3 nnn, widtli of pronotum, 5.4 mm, width of abdomen,
5.2 mm.
PERILLUS LUNATUS KNIGHT (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) IN
MONTANA
Richard C. Froesohner, Montana State College
The discovery of three Montana specimens of Perillus liDiatiis while
organizing the insect collection at Montana State College marks a sig-
nificant northward extension of range for this species. Although P.
lunatiis was first named from Colorado by Knight in 1952 (Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 45:230-231). it was first described by Van Duzee in 1904
(Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:65-66) as "var. b" of PeriJIus craptus
(Say). Van Duzee there reported this "gaudily marked" form from
Colorado and Wyoming. These localities, coupled with the western
Montana records listed below and Knight's note "near 7,000 ft.," in-
dicate that this is a mountain form of the northwestern states.
Montana records: Bridger Mts., Gallatin County, July 10, 1926,
G. M. Kohls; Bridger Mts., Sacajawea Peak, 7,200 feet, Gallatin
Countv, July 2, 1954, C. V. Davis; Lakeview, Beaverhead County,
May 13, 1931.
BOOK NOTICE
Bohart, R. M., and R. C. Beehtel. The Social Wasps of California. Bull. Calif.
Insect Survey 4(3): 73-102, 1957. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 75c.
This latest contribution to our knowledge of the California insect fauna
treats the 17 species and subspecies of social wasps (Vespinae and Polistinae)
known from that state. As is customary in this useful series, there are keys
to the genera and species, numerous figures and maps, and an abundance of
distributional records. — Karl V. Krombein, Entomology Research Division, U. S.
Department of Agriculture.
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 163
A NEW SPECIES OF CULISETA (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) FROM
NORTH AMERICAi
A. Ealph Barb
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas
111 identifying mosquitoes in Minnesota the author became aware
that Culiscta Corsiians (Theobald) was being taken abundantlj- in
light traps in the early spring. Since only overwintered mosquitoes
were being taken at this time the appearance of morsitans seemed
odd ; this species is reported to overwinter in the larval and not in
the adult stage. AVheii these female mosquitoes were compared with
specimens of morsitans, it was apparent that the females were of a
different species. The author's wife Sylvia first separated the males
of tlie two species. A description of the female follows :
Culiseta minnesotae new species
Adult feninle. Head. — Auteiiiui with about 15 segments including torus and
ringlike proximal segment; somewhat longer than proboscis; torus light reddish
brown with small dorso-medial patch of elongate, dark scales; flagellum dark with
light pubescence and a whorl of a half dozen or so dark bristles at base of each
segment; basal segment of flagellum with the whorl at middle and with an extra
group of bristles proximally. Palps about a quarter the length of the proboscis,
clotlied with darkish brown scales, appearing somewhat paler at the tip. Proboscis
about as long as tibia of fore leg, with dark scaling (about the color of that of
the palps) but with a sprinkling of pale ones medially and particularly ventrally
so that the proboscis is definitely lighter in the middle but lacks a distinct pale
band. Vertex with dark, erect scales and narrow, silvery, appressed ones, the
latter becoming more abundant on the sides of the head ; there is a group of dark
bristles bordering the eyes from one side of the head to the other, the bristles being
more numerous dorsally betw'een the eyes.
Thorax. — Mesonotum. Integument dark brown with a pair of lighter, reddish-
brown stripes in the middle, the two stripes rather narrowly separated by a darker
brown stripe. Vestiture of tiny, narrow, recumbent, coppery brown scales, and
with lines of dark bristles anteriorly, laterally, and medially, which become much
larger posteriorly. Somewhat posterior of the middle of the mesonotum and lying
lateral of the two mesonotal lines are a pair of patches of silvery scales; posterior
of each of these is a line of silvery scales extending to the antescutellar space.
There are additional silvery scales in a patch between these two lines and on the
sides of the posterior third of the mesonotum. Scutellum with many large, dark
bristles, and a few narrow, pale scales. Anterior pronotal lobe with dark bristles
and a few long, narrow, pale scales. Posterior pronotum with small, narrow,
recumbent, dark scales, a few pale ones on the ventral margin and a row of dark
bristles posteriorly. Propleuron with many bristles and clothed with pale scales.
The sclerite ventral of the post-pronotum is bare except for a patch of pale
^Contribution No. 931 from the Department of Entomology, University of
Kansas.
164 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
scales posteriorly. Spirjicuhtr bristles present. Dorsal part of sternopleuron well
bristled dorsally (pre-alars ) and with a patch of bristles (upper sternopleurals)
and pale scales ventrally. Ventral portion of sternopleuron with a patch of nar-
row, elongate, pale scales and a line of bristles (lower sternopleurals) posteriorly.
Mesepimeron witli a patch of pale scales medially and a patch of bristles in its
upper part (upper aiesepimerals), as well as a line of about three larger l)ristles
(lower mesepimerals) anteriorly in the lower portion.
Wing. — Wing scales brownish for the most part; a few lighter ones on the basal
half of the costa. The apical half or third of the costa has a fringe of distinctly
pale or yellowLsh scales. There is a slight concentration of scales at the base of
the third longitudinal vein (Ri + r,). Halteres brownish; knobs somewhat darker
than the stems and densely clothed with pale scales.
L((/.s. — Coxa of fore leg well bristled and scaled, the scales being dark Init
becoming pale dorso posteriorly. Coxae of mid and hind legs also with bristles
and pale scales. Femora dark scaled above (or anteriorly) and pale scaled below
(or posteriorly), with definite white knee spots; dark portions with a light siirin-
kliiig of pa'e scales. Tibiae with dark and pale scales, more in lines than being
intermingled ; in general with pale scales posteriorly and dark ones anteriorly but
with a line of pale scales down tlie middle of the dark anterior portion. Tarsi in
general dark scaled but with lines of i)ale ones particularly on the posterior surface
of the basitarsi, and with lings of pale scales l)asally on the segments as well as
at the tips of the immediately preceding segments. These rings occur principally
between the first and second, and the second and third segments of the tarsi, but
one or two smaller ones may also l)e evident on the hind tarsi.
Abdomen. — Medial portions of the tergites with brown scales, liasal and apical
margins largely pale sealed. The pale scales are not white but are of a dingy
yellowish or light brownish color. First tergite with apical medial patch of pale
scales. Tergite of second segment with apical liand of pale scales interrupted
medially, and with scattered pale scales on the rest of the sclerite. Tergites of
segments 3 to 7 with broad bands of pale scales liasally and apically, tending to
be interrupted on the median line, particularly on the apical l)and. The pale bands
do not have distinct edg-s but r;it]ier grade into the darker, median, transverse
portions of the tergites. Tergites of eighth segment extensively pale scaled.
Venter of abdomen largely but unevenly pale sealed.
Holotype. Female taken May 4, 1953, by the author in a light trap
near the greenhouKe at Oleott Park, City of Virginia, St. Louis
County, Minnesota (U. S. Natl. Mus. Type No. 62409).
The author has designated a series of 62 females as paratypes, 11
of which have been deposited in the T"^. S. National Museum under
the same number as the holotype. The remainder are in the eolleetion
of the University of Minnesota and in the personal eolleetion of the
author. The paratypes are from Virginia, St. Louis Co., Minn. : Itasca
State Park, Clearwater Co.. Minn., and Hennepin Co. (Crystal Bay
area), Minn. The dates on the'e specimens are April 19 and 28; Mav
4 to 7, 9, 10, 23 to 26, and 28; June 29; Sept. 13. 15, 17, 18; and
October 1. Most, if not all. appear to have been taken in light traps
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AT'GUST, 1957 165
and appear to be females which were either eiiteriiip' or leaving
hibernation.
The female of minnesotae appears to be unicjue among North Amer-
ican Culisetas by virtue of the peculiar banding of the abdomen, the
bands covering the apical portion of one segment and the basal portion
of the next. Other interesting characters are the pale scales of the
proboscis which are occasionally so conspicuous that the proboscis
appears to be ringed ; the pale markings of the mesonotum ; the pale
scaling on the anterior edge of the costa which is sometimes seen only
on the outer part of the wing but often is found on the entire costa ;
the rather indefinite concentration of scales at the base of R4 + .5; and
the pale tarsal bands which cover the apex of one segment and the
base of the next. The clump of scales at the base of R4 + .5 is sometimes
distinct but often not so. There occasionally appear to be similar
aggregations at the base of the radial sector, at the branching of
R2+3, and at the branching of the medial vein, but these spots are even
less distinct than the one at the base of R4 + 5. These concentrations of
scales should be further studied in perfect specimens. The two reddish
brown mesonotal stripes of the holotype are usually evident only when
the specimen is slightly rubbed.
All of the females of ""Ciilisefa niorsifaiis" from Minnesota in the
University of Minnesota collection pertain to iniituesotae, including a
series identified by Owen (1937) ; there are no females of mor:^itaiis
from Minnesota in the collection. It would appear that most previous
records of morsitans from Minnesota pertain to minnesotae .
Thompson (1953) mentions a form resembling morsitans that he
took in Nebraska (and has been taken in Boston). This form has
apical but not ba>-al bands on the tergites. In a letter to the author
(June 1953) Thompson stated that it is not the same as the presently
described species.
The description of morsitans females by Stage ct al. (1952) pertains
at least in part to minnesotae (". . .Abdomen brown-scaled with scat-
tered yellowish-white scales, most heavily concentrated along the
apices and bases of segments, or these may occasionally form basal
pale bands only . . ."). These authors illustrate the male genitalia of
mi)inry(/tae under the name nirjrsita)is.
Male. — Males of both minnesotae and morsitans are commonly taken
in liiht traps in Minnesota. The author can separate them only by
the male terminalia. The terminalia of nwrsita/ns (illustrated on next
page) are as figured from eastern specimens by many authors (e.g.,
Carpenter and LaCasse 1955). The terminalia of minnesotae (illus-
trated on next page) have been figured by Stage et al. (1952) from
western specimens. It appears likely that minnesotae is a western re-
placement of morsitans.
The appearance of the adult male is as follows: Antenna plumose on basal two
thirds, apical third with short hairs. Palps dark brown with about 4 pale ot
definitely white rings, the penultimate and antepenultimate segments with many
166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
long hairs; about one-third again as long as the proboscis. Proboscis dark but
with a sprinkling of pale scales. Abdominal tergites with definite, basal, white
bands covering the anterior third to half of the tergite. Eighth segment with
dorsal selerite (sternite) extensively covered with white scales. Sternites for the
most part pale scaled basally and dark scaled apically but with posterior sternites
(including tergite of eighth segment) largely pale-scaled. Wings with little or
no pale scaling on costal margin; concentration of scales at base of R4+,-.^ usually
not evident. Legs with fewer pale scales than in the female.
Terminalia. — The terminalia of minnesota are similar to those of
niorsitans but differ in the shape of the aedeagus, as can be seen in
the illustrations below.
Systematic Position
It would appear that minncsotac is closely related to niorsitans but
the species cannot be assigned to a subgenus wath certainty until
larvae have been examined. The author has not yet collected immature
.stages^ of this species.
Left: Ciiliseta minnesotae. Right: C. morsitaiis.
Biology
The larvlae would be expected to occur in semi-permanent marshes.
Females, but no males, were taken in a light trap at Virginia, Minn.,
from May 2 to 7, 1953, along- with females of Anopheles earlei, Culiseta
inornata, and Culex territaMS {^apicalis auct.). All appeared to be
^Currently being described by Dr. Roger Price at tlie University of Minnesota.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 167
old, overwintered females. This would suggest that minnesotae hiber-
nates as an adult female and not as a larva, as has been suggested for
morsitans. In these light-trap collections, Aedes adults first appeared
on May 9, which was consistent with the larval survey. No males of
Anopheles, Culex, or Culiseta were taken until June 10, when an
inornata male was captured. Adults have not been taken in hand
catches.
Distributio)L — In Minnesota females have been tentatively identi-
fied from Lake, St. Louis, Beltrami, Clearwater, Polk, and Hennepin
Counties. Males have thus far been identified from Blue Earth (Man-
kato) as well as Beltrami (Bemidji), Clearwater, and Hennepin Coun-
ties. The species appears to be present also in the Pacific northwest.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to express his thanks to Dr. Alan Stone, of
the V. S. National Museum, for comparing females of minnesotae with
those of morsitans and paroelites and for his many helpful suggestions,
and to Sylvia Barr for preparing the illustrations and for her advice
and criticism.
References
Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America. Univ.
Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles, vi -f 360 -f 127 pi.
Owen, W. B. 1937. The mosquitoes of Minnesota, with special reference to their
biologies. Minn Univ., Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. 126, 75 pp.
Stage, H. H., Gjullin, C. M., and Yates, W. W. 1952. Mosquitoes of the North-
western States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Hndbk. 146, 95 pp.
Thompson, G. A. 1953. Cherchez I'homme. Mosq. News, 13:3.
A MAYFLY GYNANDROMORPH
Lewis Berner, Department of Biology, Univeraity of Florida, Gainesville.
While working through a large series of Hexagenia adults collected
at the Pearl River, Lawrence County, Miss., on August 16, 1954, I
was attracted to one with a most unusual color pattern. Closer ex-
amination revealed that the specimen was a gynandromorph. As
there are only two species, Hexagenia hilineata (Say) and H. munda
elegans Traver, present in the collection, I am referring the gynan-
dromorph to elegans. This reference is justified on the basis of the
^\ing pattern and the structure of the genitalia.
This odd individual represents the first gynandromorph reported in
the family Ephemeridae. As there are relatively few mayfly abbera-
tions known, I felt that this additional find should be brought to the
attention of entomologists.
The specimen (Figs. 1-4) is predominantly female. The wings have
the tj-pical maculation of this sex, lacking the dark coloration of the
1()8
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Hexar/enia munda elegans gynandromorph.— Fig. 1, Right side; fig. 2, left
side; tig. 3, dorsal aspect; fig. 4, ventral aspect.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 169
coastal border found in the male. The eyes are small and widely-
separated, as is true of females of this genus, and the fore legs are
relatively short as in a normal female. The color pattern of the legs
and the abdomen is a mixture of the male and female patterns, with
the right side being predominantly male and the left mostly female,
although on neither side is the coloration typiral. The distribution of
pigment on the legs and on the abdomen is shown in the figures. In
a normal male the color of the thoracic venter is uniform and on both
dorsum and venter of the abdomen it is much darker and more heavily
emphasized than in the female. Here there is a mixture.
The genitalia are incomplete. There is a perfectly formed penis
and clasper on the right side, whereas on the left side the male organs
are completely lacking. Tails are malelike. No study of the internal
anatomy has been made, although the specimen is still virtually in-
tact. It is hoped that a histological examination can be made in the
future.
AN UNDESCRIBED APTEROUS ARADID FROM THE PHILIPPINES
(Hemiptera)
Carl J. Drake, Smiflisonian Institution, Washington, 1). C.
This paper characterizes a new species of apterous aradid from the
Philippine Islands. .Singularly enough, the specimens were found in
the mouth and stomach of a preserved frog {Rana m. leyensis)
collected on Julo Island in the Sulu Islands. As the specimens (1 male
and 2 females') are in almost perfect state of preservation, it seems
fairly certain that the aradids must have been snapped up by the
frog shortly before the frog itself was caught, killed, and preserved.
Apterous aradids, both adults and nymphs, have been collected on
several occasions in the ground litter of natural forest growth by
means of a Berlese funnel. Although these insects generally live
beneath the loose bark of trunks and branches of dead and decaying
trees, biotic conditions oftentimes are quite favorable for them to
breed and multiply in the decaying surface litter on the forest floor.
As the new species of aradid falls into the Genus Acaricoris Harris
& Drake, our present conception of the zoogeography of the range
and distribution of genera is thus disrupted and will need to be modi-
fied as more forms are discovered. Up to the present writing, the
genus Acaricoris has been represented solely by the genotype from
the Gulf States, though I have another undescribed species from the
West Indies.
In addition to the above material from the Philippines, Dr. H. S.
Dybas, of the Chicago Natural Histoiy Musenm. has also kindly per-
mitted me to study several specimens of an undescribed species
170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
which he had recently sorted out of ground litter from the palm and
oak forest of Highlands Hammond State Pai'k, Fla. April 15, 1955,
with the aid of a Berlese funnel. The species was breeding in the
ground litter, as nymphs (four different instars) outnumbered the
imagroes. Specimens of A. ignotus have been taken in the states of
Louisiana, Mississippi, and Georgia.
In all the measurements given in the following description, 80 units
equals 1 millimeter.
Acaricorls dybasi, n. sp.
Body ol)Ov;ite, reddish fuscous, widest near middle of al)donien, narrowed
anteriorly, often coated with an incru.station, without lateral lobes or other modifi-
cations. Head with median longitudinal length nearly equal to width across eyes
(50:.56), strongly narrowed posteriorly behind eyes, with a prominent granulosa
swelling just behind each eye, each granule of which bears a short, recumbent,
setalike, white hair; juga extending a little in front of tylus, there divergent;
eyes small, pale, granular ; labium short, not reaching to base of cliannel ; channel
wide, not reaching to base of head ; antenniferous tubercles sharply conical,
divergent anteriorly. Antennae dark brown, with segment I swollen and terminal
segment pubescent on apical third; segment I, 3n ; II, 18; III, 30; IV, 25. Legs
short, dark brown.
Thorax slowly widened posteriorly, with broad median logitudinal part behind
pronotum depressed, flattened, smooth, shining, and raised behind, with outer
third of all thoracic divisions longitudinally roughened and ridged; lateral margins
a little granulate; mesonotum and metanotum fused, without any sign of trans-
verse suture on smooth median part; first two abdominal tergites also fused with
metanotum, the transverse ridge behind metanotum interrupted at middle. Abdo-
men above with tergites III, IV, and V fused and ridged on median longitudinal
line, with the usual impressions and ridges ; tergite VI separated from V by a
transverse suture ; connexival segments distinct, separated from abdominal tergites
and each other by sutures, except tlie first three segments fused. Body beneath
with meso- and metasternum and first two ventrites fused, ventrites III, IV,
and V distinguishable and sutured off from each other. Spiracles lateral, all
plainly visible from dorsal aspect, II to VI (inclusive) situated on top of tiny
lateral swellings, VII on a larger lateral swelling, VIII on the apical end of a
short, posterior, fingerlike projection of genital segment.
Type (male) and allotype (female) : Jola Island, Sulu Islands,
Philippine Islands, both removed from the mouth and stomach of a
preserved frog {Rana m. leytensis), in the collection of the Chicago
Museum of Natural History. Paratype: one specimen, found in the
stomach of the same frog as the type. The aradids were found during
the process of studying the contents of the stomach after the frogs
were shipped to Chicago. The allotype and paratype both have the
last two antennal segments missing.
This apterous aradid is similar in form, size, and general aspect
to the American Acaricoris ignotus, but can be easily separated from
PBGC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 171
it by the longer antennae, grandular swelling just back of each eye,
feebly elevated lateral spiracles, and the smooth, depressed, median,
longitudinal part of the fused mesometanotum, which is without any
trace of a transverse suture. In ignotus the fused part of the meso-
metanotum bears several low% narrow, longitudinal ridges.
TWO OVERLOOKED SOURCES OF TYPE DESIGNATIONS FOR GENERA
Curtis W. yABKOSKY, Entoinologi/ Ilc.siarch Diii.sion, U. S. Depart ineiit of
Agriculture, Wasliington, D. C.
Two recently noted sources of type-species designations are called
to the attention of taxonomists. The designations appear to have been
generally overlooked, although possibly known to some workers but
antedated by other designations and hence left unrecorded. At least
the books have not been mentioned in a sample that I have examined
of comprehensive papers dealing- with type species of a large number
of genera, including Blackwelder (1952) on the beetle family Staphy-
linidae, Hemming (1934) on the Holarctic butterflies, Muesebeck and
Walkley (1956) on the hymenopterous sui^erfamily Proctotrupoidea,
Sandhouse (1943) on the bees, and Stone (1941) on tlie dipterous
genera of Meigeu (1800 and 1803).
(1) Blancharcl, Emile. 1845. Histoire des Insectes, traitant de leurs
moeurs et de leurs metamorphoses en general, et comprenant une
nouvelle classification fondee sur leurs rapports naturels. 2 vols. Paris,
Didot, 398 and 524 pp. The two volumes, bound as 1 and 2 on insects,
form numbers 8 and 9 of Comte's "Traite complet d 'histoire natur-
elle" (13 vols.). The first volume on insects contains Ilymenoptera
and Coleoptera (part), the second the remainder of the Coleoptera
plus ten other' orders. In point of time, this work comes between tw^o
other publications by Blanehard, in 1840 and 1849, which are often
cited as original sources for type designations.
(2) Chenu, J. C, and collaborators. 1851-61. Encyclopedie d 'his-
toire naturelle. Paris, Marescq et Co. Insects are treated in 3 volumes
on Coleoptera (1851-60, with E. Desmarest), 2 on Lepidoptera (1853-
57, wdth H. Lucas), and 1 on "Anneles" (annulate animals) (1859,
with E. Desmarest). The last volume (312 pp.) contains 12 orders
of insects, as well as myriapods, arachnids, and some uon-arthropods.
I am not sure that the volumes on Lepidoptera contain any type
designations, but many were quickly noticed in the 3 volumes on
Coleoptera and that on "Anneles." The wording of the introductions
signed by Desmarest leads me to believe that the authorship of these
4 volumes should be credited to Desmarest, rather than to Chenu, or
to Chenu and Desmarest. For each of the insect volumes there is a
"Table alphabeticiue" prepared by Desmarest, giving all vernacular
names used and their equivalent scientific names.
The designations, although often buried in the text, are clear and
unequivocal, in such expressions as "le type du genre," "ayant pour
type le. . . ," "le type est. . . ," and "comme type, nous nommerons
172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
le. . . ." Types are not eited for all iiu-luded generic names, bnt a
considerable number are involved. For example, in the order Diptera,
type species are cited for 22 genera by Blanchard (1845) and for 27
genera by Desmacest ( 1859 ) .
In the dipterous genera, there is fortunately little to disturb
existing nomenclature, and it is to be hoped that this will also be
true for other groups. Because many of the genera were common
and well known, their types had usually been designated earlier
by Latreille, Curtis, or Westwood, and almost always the same species
was cited by Blanchard or Desmarest, or else the genera were mono-
basic. In two eases in Desmarest, the designations long antedate
those presently accepted, but they are invalid because the species were
not originally included. In two other instances, however, valid type
designations in Desmarest antedate by fifty years those now recog-
nized. The most prominent genus involved is Cuterehra, whose type
was designated by Desmarest as "C. cuniculi Fabr." {=Oestriis
cuniculi Clark), luckily the same species designated by Coquillett in
1910, a half century later. A possibly troublesome problem in another
family is being studied further.
NOTES ON THE ANYSTIDAE WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS
AND SPECIES, ADAMYSTIS DONNAE. AND A NEW SUBFAMILY,
ADAMYSTINAE (ACARINA) '
By Frederick Cunliffe, Kdtisas H'l.sh nan Uinrer.sifi/, SaJina, Kansas
The family Anystidae has been characterized as having a palpal
thumb-claw con)plex, chelicerae hinged posteriorly so that they are
free to move laterally, and movable chelae hooked, distal, and not
opposed to the fixed che^a'\ The long, prominent palpal thumb or
tarsus and the hooklike distal movable chela have been used as key
characters to distinguish the Anystidae from the other members of the
Anystoidea (Teneriffiidae, vl'seudocheylidae, and Pterygosomidae).
Also, such characters as the setation of the legs and the body, the coxal
arrangements, and the structure of the tarsi and tarsal claws and
pulvilli, the peritremes, and genitalia ditferentiate the Anystidae from
the others. Baker and Wharton (1952) state that no genital discs
are present, but examination by tlie phase microscope revealed two
pairs of discs in both sexes.
Two undescribed species of mites have been found which apparently
belong to the Anystidae. They constitute a new genus, the Adamystis.
This genus is differentiated from all others in having a simple palpus
without the thumb-claw complex. The body and leg setal patterns are
also more simplified. Perhcips the genus may eventually form the
basis for another family, but until more groups are found and studied
it is thought best to leave it in the Anystidae, but in a separate sub-
family. Oudemans (1936) divided the Anystidae into two subfamilies,
lA eonh-ibution of the Pinellas Biological Lal)oratory, Inc.
PROC. ENT. SOG. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. -i, AUGUST, 1957 173
the Anystinae with the coxae contiguous and the leys radiating, and
the Erythracarinae with coxae I-II and III-IV in separate groups and.
with the first two pairs of legs pointing anteriorly and the last two
pairs pointing posteriorly. The palps of both subfamilies have a thumb-
claw complex. This new genus is here considered to constitute a new
subfamily, the Adamystinae, distinguished from the others in having
simple palpi without the thumb-claw complex and in having contigu-
ous coxae and an elongate body. The simplified palpal arrangement
(fig. 3) is not a sudden transition from a strong thumb-claw complex
as found in the genus Bechsteinia (fig. 9), as a weak but definite one
is to be found in the genera Anystis and Walzia (fig. 8). It might be
appropriate here to mention that much work remains to be done at the
generic and specific levels in the Anystidae. Descriptions are vague
and synonyms appear to be inevitable.
ADAMYSTINAE, new subfamily
Witli the tartsal flaws, eiiipudia, c-lielieerae, peritremes, and genitalia of the
Anystidae. With simple palpi, contiguous coxae and radiating legs, and elongate
body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield ; striae found only later-
ally and ventrally.
ADAMYSTIS, new genus
Palpus without thumb-claw complex, the tarsus terminal to til.)ia, thus differ-
ing from all other genera in the family. Chelicerae with single dorsal seta, mov-
able chela distal, hook-like. Peritreme external, but lying under anterior fold
of body. Dorsum of body with two pairs of eyes; entire dorsum covered by a
smooth shield, with short setae. Genital opening posterior, lying in a genital plate
or non-striated area, surrounded l)y striae. Coxae contiguous, legs radiating, body
elongate.
Adamystis donnae, new species
Palpus -i-segmented, the basal segment without setae, the others as figured
(fig. 3). Chelicerae typical for the family (fig. 7). Peritremes and anterior lobe
lying beneath fold of body. Dorsum of body entirely covered by smooth shield
with short stout setae (fig. 1 ) ; with 2 ])airs of eyes present anteriorly and dor-
sally. Ventrally, the genital opening lies in a smooth plate surrounded by fine
striations; the number of genital setae appears to vary between 12 and 14 pairs
hetw-een individuals and sexes; the para-anals vary between 7 and 8 pairs. The
ventral body and leg setae are arranged as figured (fig. 2). The coxae are con-
tiguous; tarsal claws are rayed and the empodium claw-like; leg setae are fewer
and weaker than in the known genera, and rodlike sensory setae are 2iumerous
on both tarsus I and II (figs. 4 and 6). The male holotype (figured) is 574/ci long
and 'M9fji wide. The female is 700/^ long and 434,u wide. Both sexes are similar.
The holotype, U. S. National Museum No. 2326, and 13 paratj^pes
(3 males and 10 females) are deposited in the U. S. National Museum.
They were collected from lodgepole pine cones, Tahoe City, California,
July 23, 1948, by E. Cott and S. F. Bailey, of the laiiversity of Cali-
fornia at Davis.
174
ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Adamystis dmmae, new species.— Fig. 1, dorsum of male; fig. I, venter ot male,
fig 3 palpus; fig. 4, tarsus and tibia I; Adamystis sp.— Fig. 5, palpus; fig- ^^
tarsus and tibia I; detail of tarsus I; fig. 7, chelicera; Walzia sp.— Fig. 8, palpus;
Bechsteinia sp. — Fig. 9, palpus.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 175
A sinyle specimen of a related mite was collected at Duke Univer-
sity from pine needle duff June 22, 1953, by Andrew Spielman, now
with the U. S. Navy. The condition of the mount is such that detailed
description and figures are difficult to give. The mite is similar to
the California species, differing principally in having a seta on the
basal segment of the palpus (fig. 5) and in possessing lens-like organs
on the lateral and posterior margins of the body — 6 pairs surround
the anal opening. No name is given to this species but it is mentioned
here to strengthen the erection of the new genus.
Beferences
Baker, E. W., and G. W. Wharton. 19.52. An introduction to acarology. Mac-
millan. New York.
Cunliffe, F. 1955. A proposed classification of tlie tronil>idiforme mites (Acarina").
Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 209-218.
Oudemans, A. C. 1936. Neues iiber Anystidae (Acari). Arcliiv. f. Naturgesch.
(n. s.) 5: 364-446.
A NEW GARGAPHIA FROM FLORIDA
(Hemiptera: Tingidae )
EoLAND F. HrssEY, Biology Depariment, University of Florida, Gainesville
Through the courtesy of Mr. Harold A. Denmark, of the Department
of Entomology, State Plant Board of Florida, I have been privileged
to exaiinne some collections of Hemiptera from various parts of the
state. Among these were two specimens of the new species described
here. The locality from which they come is in northwestern Florida,
less than a mile from the southwestern corner of the State of Georgia.
Gargaphia sororia, new species
Length 4.05 nun., maximum width across hemelytra 1.76 mm., across discoidal
area 1.66 mm., across paranoia 1.17 mm.
Cephalic spines nearly as in G. amorphae (Walsh), basal spines more nearly
horizontal and very slightly longer than the median one, median spine oblique,
not surpassing tips of the rather short frontal spines which are contiguous at tips
and do not reach middle of first antennal segment. Lengths of antennal segments
I-IV = 31:14:163:45, first two segments heavily infuscated, nearly black, third
segment brow'n, fourth segment black, first segment one-fourth longer than verti-
cal height of an eye (31:25),! third segment much longer than transverse width
of pronotum across paranoia (163:117). Hood about as long as its height above
dorsal margin of eye (31:33).
Paranoia more nearlj' vertical than in G. amorphae but formed much as in that
species, rather evenly rounded at sides, with four rows of cells at widest part, the
veinlets mostly brown or brownish piceous, cells hyaline. Median carina of pro-
notum scarcely higher than lateral carinae, these not extending forward quite
as far as posterior end of hood.
^All comiDarative measurements are expressed in hundredths of a millimeter.
17G PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, .\UGUST, 19.57
Costal area of heiueh tra with four rows of fairly large erils at its widest
part, and with four rows of smaller cells opposite discoidal area ; veinlets piceous
to black opposite apical half of discoidal area and enclosing lightly embrowned
cells, so as to form a fairly distinct transverse fascia which attains costal mar-
gin; veinlets of apical third or more of hemelytra less heavily embrowned, their
cells entirely hyaline; veinlets on short basal part of costal area and on its
middle portion largely pale. Subcostal area l)iseriate from base to middle of
hemelytron, uniseriate beyond that point, but with an occasional extra interpo-
lated cell in region of transverse fascia. Discoidal area two fifths as long as
hemelytra (112:280), its apical angle strongly displaced outwardly, as in G.
amorphae, its widest part with four rows of cells about equal in size to those
of adjacent subcostal area. Pronotum (except apical part of posterior process),
subcostal area in part, discoidal area (except middle portion), and body be-
2ieath, black or piceous. Legs brown, apical segment of tarsi Ijlack.
Apparently nearest allied to G. amorphae (Walsh, 1864), but of
somewhat more slender form and distinctly darker coloration, with
the first two antennal segments brownish black to black, and with the
transverse fascia on the costal area more distinct. In (i. amorphae the
more obliqne position of the paranota makes the transverse width
across then nearly equal to the length of the third antennal segment
(140:159), the subcostal area is triseriate over that portion Avhich is
biseriate in the present species, and the discoidal area is nearl.y half as
long as the hemelytra (127:271).
The black first antennal segment causes this new species to run to
a. solam Held, in the keys of Drake (1917, Ent. News 28: 227) and
Blatchley (1926, Heter. E. N. Amer. 473). It is very distinct from
that species, which has the paranota much more widely expanded,
with subangularly rounded lateral margins, so that the transverse
width across them is distinctly greater than the length of the third
antennal segment (174: 152).
In Gibson's key (1919, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 45: 190) G. sororia,
n. sp. runs to couplet 6, but does not fit either alternative there since
the discoidal area is plainly less than half as long as the hemelytra
but is much wider than the subcostal area.
Holotype S : Gadsden County, Florida, 1 August 1956 (P. W.
Mead), in University of Florida collections. Paratype S -. Same data
as type, in collection of State Plant Board of Florida. Mr. Mead
informs me that these two specimens were collected by sweeping mis-
cellaneous vegetation on the narrow flood plain of the Apalachicola
River at Cliattahoochee, Florida. The host plant was not identified.
THE SPREAD OF CATORHINTHA MENDICA STAL
(CoRKiDAE, Hem iptbra)
W. V. BALDur, University of Illinois, Urbana.
Caiorhintha mendica Stal (1870) is of interest here first for the
manner in which it has extended its range within its native North
America, and second because the study of its spread indicates the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. i, AIGUS. 19 37 !77
kinds of evidences that may be applicable in investigations of intra-
eontineiital distribution of other insects also.
Evidences are given below which show that G. uiendica was indi-
genous to the Great Plains of North America but has now spread
eastward almost, or possibly quite, to the Atlantic Coast.
This bug is more than ordinarily fa^, orable for a consideration of the
time, direction, and means of spread than some others, because it
appears to be monophagous, at least from Illinois eastward, where
most of my observations were made. Therefore, information about
the source and subsequent spread of its food plant affords data that
apply to the dispersal of the bug itself. The indicated food plant is
a species of Nycfaginaceae, — MirahiJis nycfaginea (Michx.) (Syn-
onyms: OxyhapJius n., Allionia n.) .
The basic questions involved in this investigation of the intra-
continental spread of Caforhintha mcndica are: (1) What were the
borderlines of its original or native geographical range, (2) the
agencies that implemented its dispersal, and (3) the j^eriod of time
of the dispersal?
MirabilLs nyctaginea
Center of Disirihniinn. Whereas M. nycfaginea now occurs more
or less generally from the Rocky Mountains to the Atlantic Coast, it
was confined to much narrower limits until white settlers occupied
the western part of the Mississippi drainage basin. The data from
correspondence and the literature leave little doubt that the plant
Avas originally restricted to the Great Plains. Typical of evidences
on this point are the following instances. The Major S. H. Long
expedition up the Missouri found it in Nebraska in the first decade
of the 19th century (James, 1825). Nuttall (1818) reported it as
common "on the Alluvions of the Missouri," and it was discovered
by botanists associated with Lewis and Clark in 1806 on their explora-
tions up the Missouri river into and beyond the Dakotas (Pursh.
1807; Thwaites, 1904).
Researches by Gilmore (1911, 1918), Densmore, (1918) and other
ethnologists provided the information that M. nycfaginea was well
known and widely used for medicinal and other purposes by the
Indians of Teton Dakota, Oglala Dakota, and the Omaha, Ponca, and
Pawnee of Nebraska. This fact indicates that this plant lived for
centuries in the areas of these tribes, and also constitutes a type of
evidence that it was native in the Great Plains.
Not only have contemporary botanists of the Plains declared
-¥. nycfaginea to be native there, but also the nature of the habitats
described in the literature of that area strongly indicate it is indi-
genous: such as "rocky riverbank," "waste hillsides," "grassy
slopes," "virgin prairie," "grassy butte," "banks of sloughs," and
"wooded bluffs."
There is evidence that M. nycfaginea was native also in the western
178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
parts of Illinois, or even so far eastward as the Illinois River valley.
Mead (1846) fonnd it along- the banks of the Mississippi River, and
Patterson (1876) had it from the sandy river banks and barrens at
Oquawka, in adjacent Henderson county. Gleason (1910) reported
its occurrence in sandy areas at Havana, Quincy, and Dixon. The
Missouri Botanical Gardens has specimens taken before 1843 by
Charles Geyer at Beardstown on the Illinois, and Brendel (1887)
found it on banks and in fence rows at Peoria.
In addition to the above positive indications that 3/. nyctaginea is
native from western Illinois westward, there is even more convincing
evidence of a negative sort that shows it originated in the Great
Plains. The earliest botanical surveys made in America show* the food
plant of Caiorhiniha mendica was lacking in eastern Illinois and the
states to the east. This is clear from the publications of Pursh (1807),
Xuttall (1818), Barton (1818), Brace (1822), Torrev (1824, 1943)
andBigelow (1824). Kellerman (1900) and Sehaft'ner (1914) reported
the plant as infrequent in Ohio and introduced from the west.
In a personal communication, Dr. C. C. Deani, veteran botanist of
Indiana, informed me that none of the local floras of his state listed
M. n^'ctaginea before 1900. Likewise, the botanical reports of Short
(1845), Lapham (1857), Bebb (1858, 1860), and Babcock (1872)
concerning eastern Illinois do not include it.
Prom the above positive and negative indications, it is more than
probable that M. nyctaginea was indigenous to the vast territory
bounded on the south by Texas, the west by the Rocky Mountains,
the north by Manitoba, and the east by the Mississippi, or perhaps
the Illinois River.
Agencies of Dispersal. However, M. nyctaginea now occurs widely
in eastern Illinois, in Indiana and Ohio, and in states east of Ohio.
What then were the means whereby it was enabled to spread beyond
its original borders? Annotated herbarial specimens, published floral
lists, and personal field notes combine to show that this species occurs
predominantly on the rights-of-way of railroads, in freight yards, and
about feeding stations. This fact identifies freight cars loaded wdth
surplus agricultural products from the west as the obvious and
principal vehicles of dispersal. Moreover, I have observed that it is
very largely the east-west roads that link the agricultural midwest
and the large populational centers of the east, which have transported
the plant eastward.
The nature of the evidence that involves railroads as the agencies
of dispersal is illustrated herewith. Pepoon (1927) reported M. nycta-
ginea as then being very common about Chicago in the sand and gravel
ballast of railroads, and added that it ' ' does not seem to grow in other
habitats." For Indiana, Deam (1940) described it as "infrequent
to frequent in railroad ballast throughout the state — more frequent
before the right-of-ways were kept clean." Also correspondence with
curators of herbaria in eastern universities showed that their samples
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 179
of nyctaginea originated chiefly along railroads. In eastern Illinois,
Dr. A. G. Vestal, University of Illinois, found it only along railroads
in 25 years of field work. In 1945 it was present on all northern
Illinois railroads where I searched for it, and in 1942 I discovered it
in several widely separated counties in Indiana and Ohio.
Dates of Introduction. Two prerecjuisites were necessary to the
outward movement of M. nyctaginea from the Great Plains to the
older, more densely populated centers east of Ohio — the prairies had
to be subjected to the plow for the production of crops, and man-
made means of transporting the agricultural surpluses had to be
developed. These two conditions began to coexist in the decade of
1850-1860 when, according to Petersen (1937), the ferries over the
Mississippi River from Illinois to Iowa were busy day and night
transporting farmers from the east. Likewise, steamers on the river
were jammed between 1850 and 1871 with future settlers for
Minnesota.
The Illinois-Michigan canal opened in 1848 and was the first
artificial means of east-west transportation in the Illinois-Iowa area.
It linked the Great Plains with the Great Lakes, and thereby estab-
lished a continuous waterway to the Erie canal, the Hudson, and the
Atlantic. The volume of goods carried on the canal increased until
1882 (Coard, 1941). Before that year, some excess farm produce was
being moved eastward from Iowa and adjacent areas, hence the canal
may have performed an early minor role in the spread of M. nycta-
ginea.
But railroads were the main means of spread. The Michigan
Southern, later a component of the New York Central from New York
to Chicago, entered the breezy city in 1850. At the same time the
Chicago and Rock Island line pushed west parallel to the I-M canal,
and was the first railroad to bridge the Mississippi River, an event
of 1855. However, railroads permeated the new agricultural region
of the Mississippi basin largely after 1860. The decade following
1880 was the era of great railroad construction in America (Conger,
1932). This, with the fact that seven-eighths of the agricultural
surpluses produced in 1879 north of Arkansas crossed the river on
rails between St. Louis and St. Paul (Dixon, 1909), indicates that
the dispersal of M. nyctaginea was then approaching its peak rate.
The Great Plains were being rapidly transformed from a vast prairie
to an enormous farm.
Since large parts of the surplus agricultural products from Iowa,
iMinnesota, ancl the Dakotas were carried eastward by freight trains
through Chicago, the early records of occurrence of M. nyctaginea for
this city give additional indication of the time the plant moved out of
the Plains. In their flora of Cook County, 111., and adjacent Lake
County, Ind., Higley and Raddin (1902) reported their discovery of
a few specimens of this species in 1885 and 1887. Its scarcity at that
time compared with its present abundance in the vicinity of Chicago
180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. -i, AUGUST, 1957
indicates its iiitrodiR-tion had just be<>iin. Also the report from Deam
(personal corresi)ondeiR'e) that none of the loeal floras of Indiana
contained the species before 1900, and the information given by the
Kellermans (1900) and Schaffner (1914) that it was then infrequent
and "non-indigenous" in Ohio, supplement the records of Higley
and Raddin to show that the spread of nyctagmea eastward from the
Plains M^as in progress about 1880 to 1900. However, its earliest
escape can have been effected as early as 1870. Moreover, the early
establishments along the tracks are doubtlessly being intensified at
the present time. Obviously, also, the plant has been aided to spread
eastward by many other railroads than those passing through Chicago.
How RailroacU Transport the Plant. It is easy to determine how
M. nyctaginea came to be included in the farm surpluses shipped
from its native area. There the plant grew spontaneously among the
wild and cultivated forage crops. The forage was either placed as
food in cars loaded with cattle and sheep destined for eastern markets,
or shipped in large quantities to feeding stations or markets along
the railroads. Such feeding stations, numerous along the main
railroads, were established in response to a Federal law, which requires
that live stock be unloaded at intervals for rest and food. Some stations
also house stock to fatten it for later sale in the east. I have informa-
tion from some managers of feeding stations in northern Illinois that
bulk wild hay has been, and is still being, imported from Nebraska
for such purposes. In harvesting the hay, some M. nyctaginea bearing
more or less ripened seeds is included.
In a similar manner, the seeds may gain entrance into grains in
the threshing process where the plant grows in or bordering fields
of wheat or similar crops. Reports from State and Federal seed-testing
laboratories show that seeds of M. nyctaginea sometimes are present
in samples of grain originating in the Plains.
Whether in grain or hay, the seeds obviously have fallen from
railroad cars as the trains bearing farm crops or live stock roll and
jolt along hundreds of miles of trackway, or as the materials are
unloaded at their destinations, or even as the stock cars lie temporarily
on side tracks. Falling here and there, through the years, upon the
shoulders and slopes of the roadbeds, some seeds drop to favorable
soil to develop and establish the species. The present degree of
continuity of its distribution along the tracks depends on the char-
acter of the soil medium, the age of the railroad, and the kind of
treatment the roadbeds have received since their construction. The
stands of the plant are found to be more dense and contiiuious where
vegetation has been allowed to grow somewhat spontaneously, on the
right-of-way, but patchy and infrequent where the roadbeds have been
modified from time to time by the addition of sundry ballast that
tends to suppress the plant, or eradicate it locally. Sprays, fires, and
mowing also are common means of retarding the local establishment
and intensification of M. nyctaginea.
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. i, AIGUST, 1957 181
Catorhintha mendica Stal
Its Xatire Area. The stroiig-est support for 1113' belief that Cator-
hintha mendica was originally indigenous to the Great Plains eonies
trom the faet, established above, that its food plant, Mirabilis nycta-
(jinea, is native to that area. Certainly it is now nionophagous in
Illinois and in Wisconsin, Indiana, and Ohio for, in all eases, I
obtained it by sweeping only this four o'clock. Three other species
of Nyctaginaeeae are listed by Pepoon (1927) for the Chicago area,
and by Deani (1940) for Indiana, but they are rarely seen and not to
be regarded as established sp)ecies of the flora, hence are not likely
to serve as food plants of the bug.
Also the character of its present distribution in the Plains States
gives confirmation to its native occurrence there. Not only does
C. mendica appear to be more frequent there than eastward, but it
inhabits the area generally, including the spacious landscapes lying
lietween raihvays. This may be deduced from the wide and relatively
intensive appearance of its food plant. Also the records of the
collections of the bug in those states show it is more plentiful and
uniformly distributed than in Illinois and eastward. I am indebted
largely to the entomologists of the Plains States, who sent me records
on which my view is based. These records indicate that C. mendica
was native at least in Texas, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa, South
Dakota, and Minnesota. To illustrate how such records bear positively
on the question of nativity, I cite, in general terms, the facts for
Iowa. Through the cooperation of Professor H. E. Jaques, Iowa
Wesleyan College, Mt. Pleasant, who conducted the "Iowa Insect
Survey" in recent years, I have data that show C. mendica Avas taken
in 25 counties that represent all sections of the state from north to
south and west to east. Additional records supplied by Doctors C. J.
Drake and H. M. Harris from the collections of the Iowa State College,
Ames, show the bug occurs in still other counties of Iowa. Accord-
ingly it may be presumed to occur all over Iowa, where M. nyctaginea
also is indigenous and generally distributed.
My visit of June 1945 to Oquawka, 111., along the Mississippi River,
disclosed that C. mendica is present on M. nyctaejinea growing among
native prairie plants in the sandy areas remote from railroads. In
the same month, I obtained the bug from this plant at woodland roads
through the sandy areas at Havana. Hart (1907) recorded it from
the sa ne type of habitat at Havana, and at Camp Point, near Quincy,
in Adams County, and at Dixon, Lee County, 111. In these areas of
Illinois, C . mendica therefore has, like M. nyctaginea, the appearance
of being native.
However, the presence of both M. nyctaginea and C mendica only
along railroads at Savanna, Hanover, Fulton, and Cordova, in w^estern
Illinois, and their absence in sandy areas adjacent to the trackways
indicate the bug w^as not native to these places, but migrated down
the right-of-ways from the west after Mirahilis had established itself
182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
here. Moreover, they were not found in parts of sand tracts remote
from railroads at Atkinson and Wiehert, 111. AA^ere they native, they
would certainly have occurred here where the extensive acreage of
undisturbed sandy soil is favorable to the food plant.
Other explorations of June 1945 produced data which show that
the bug and its food plant were adventive in the more easterly parts
of northern Illinois. In all the following instances, the insect was
netted from M. nyctagiyiea growing- only along railroads. The localities
are g-iven in the order of their position in the state, from north to
south ; Huntley, Des Plaines, Bristol, AA'enona, Sparland, LaSalle,
Peoria, Minonk, Crescent City, Hudson, Carthage, Quincy, Mt. Ster-
ling, Harris, Oakwood, and many stations along railroads in Cham-
paign Co. Records from AA^. J. Gerhard, Chicago Museum of Natural
History, others from the Illinois State Natural History Survey, and
some from individuals, show that C. mendica was present also in Rock
Island, Mercer, Fulton, Morgan, and Union Counties. The latter is
the only county in the southern half of the state.
M}^ records for AS^isconsin also were obtained by sweeping the
insect from M. nifctaginea, along or near railroads. In the 1940 's, 1
took it west of Madison ; at Millston, in Jackson County, and at Fall
Creek, Eau Claire County. It occurred also on nyctaginea g-rowing
on the berm along U.S. route 53 near Solon Springs in Douglas
County. Here the plant probably originated on a nearby railroad
property.
Since, as Deam (1940) states, M. ujicfaghiea probably occurs in
every county of Indiana, and is confined almost entirely to railroads,
it is logical to assume that this monophagous bug, C. mendica, is
e(iually limited to railroads, although it may not yet have pervaded
to all possible locations. Entomologists have found C. mendica in
Indiana as follows : Miller, Lake Co. ; Monticello, AA^hite Co., on
M. nyctaginea, at rairoad; Roanoke, Huntington Co., on M. nycta-
ginea, at railroad ; Lafayette, Tippecanoe Co. ; Marion Co. and
Knox Co.
For Ohio, I have the following records : Cedar Point, Erie Co.
(H. M. Parshley), and Columbus, Franklin Co. (C. J. Drake). In
June 1942 I swept C. mendica from M. nyctaginea growing along
east-west railroads at Antwerp, Paulding Co. ; Oak Harbor, Ottawa
Co. ; Fitchville, Huron Co. ; and AA^est Lafayette, Coshocton Co.
Through the cooperation of Dr. T. L. Guyton, State Department of
Agriculture, Harrisburg, I received specimens of C. mendica taken
by him along a railw^ay at Lickdale, Lebanon Co., Pa. This is the
easternmost point of its occurrence known to me, but it probably has
radiated north, east, and south in Pennsylvania and neighboring
states. However, considering its innate mode of dispersal as compared
with the human lifts given the plant, it may not even today have
spread to the extent it may eventually attain.
Mode of Dispersed. I regard C. mendica as dependent on M. nycta-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 183
giriea for food and habitat from Illinois eastward. Therefore, its
spread in this direction depends on the previous establishment of the
plant. Again, since the plant rarely occurs there anywhere but on
railroads, and the bug has been found only along railways, these
man-made means of transport constituted the main avenues down
which the insect made its way.
Whereas M. nyctaginea Avas carried by fast-moving freight trains
and therefore became spread and established along the entire courses
from the midwest to New York, probably in a few years, the bug,
C. mendica, probably migrated eastward very largely on its own
locomotor powers.
C. niendica is quick on foot and also flies well. When the food plant
is growing and succulent in ]May to June and again in August to
October, there would appear to be no inducement to migrate. How-
ever, in midsummer, and again in late October and November, most
plants have become woody, hard, and leafless, and the bug population
either reaches a veiy low level, or appears so owing to migration from
the trackway (Balduf, 1942). These migrations are more or less
random, hence involve some degree of hazard, for there is little reason
to suppose that the bug flies strictly along the railroad, keeping
between the line fences. When stands of the plant are as much as a
half mile, and often more, apart, as I have observed them, the bug
may be imagined sometimes taking oif across the adjacent farmlaiul
and perishing for lack of the one essential food plant that occurs only
on railways.
The rate of spread was probably slow in the early years after 1880.
The food plant was at first scarce, spotty, and occurred at long spatial
intervals. As trains dropped more and more seeds year after year, and
more intense stands developed locally also from seeds of the original
clumps, the growths of M. Hifctaginea approached greater degrees
of continuity, which facilitated the successive hops of the insect down
the narrow rail paths that stretched long miles eastw^ard.
Although this favorable condition of the plant was sometimes
attained, as is evidenced by its common and somewhat continuous
occurrence along some roads I have visited since 1940, the establish-
ment of the plant and its bug was, in many cases, hindered by
modifications of the roadways since tlie railroads were first con-
structed. The roadbeds needed to be strengthened as larger locomotives
and heavier car loads came into vogue, single track lines were en-
larged to two-way tracks, the banks were reinforced with ballast, and
the vegetation often destroyed by section crews.
Summary
Inasmuch as it is monophagous on Mirahilis nyctaginea, Cator-
hintha niendica can have established itself east of the Great Plains
only when and to the extent that the food plant had previously
invaded that eastern area. Records at hand show that C. mendica
184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
has HOW moved eastward down the nijciaginea trails on railroads so
far as about three-fourths across the state of Pennsylvania.
Eeperences
Babcock, H. H. 1872, 1873. Tlu- flora of Chieago and vicinity. The Lens, v. 1,
1872; V. 2, 1873.
Balduf, W. V. 1942. Bionomics of CatorlihiiJta mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip-
tera). Bui. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: ir)8-l(i6.
Barton, W. P. C. 1818. Compendium florae Philadelphicae, v. 1, 2.')1 pp.; v. 2,
234 pp.
Bebb, M. S. 1858. List of plants occurring in the northern counties of the state
of Illinois, in addition to the catalogue given by Dr. I. A. Lapham. 111. State
Agr. Soc. v. 3 (1857-1858), pp. 586-587.
. 1860. The floi'a of Ogle and Winneljago counties. Prairie Farmer, 22:
182-183.
Bigelow, J. 1824. Florula Bostoniensis, a collection of i)lants of Boston and its
vicinity, 422 pp.
Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America, pp.
246-247.
Brace, J. P. 1822. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield (Conn.) and
in its vicinity. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts 4:69-87.
Brendel, F. 1887. Flora Peoriana, the vegetation in the climate of middle Illinois,
Peoria, 89 pp.
Goard, Helen C. 1941. The Illinois and Michigan canal as an influence on westward
migration. Urbana, 111.
Conger, J. L. 1932. History of the Illinois River Valley, v. 1, 496 pp. Chieago.
Deam, C. C. 1940. Flora of Indiana, 1236 pp., Indianapolis.
Densmore, Frances. 1918. Teton Sioux Music, Bur. Amer. Ethnology, Bui. 61, 561
pp.
Dixon, F. H. 1909. A traffic history of the Mississippi Eiver system, Document
No. 11, National Waterways Commission, pp. 1-110. Washington, D. C.
Gilmore, M. E. 1911. Uses of plants of the Indians of the Missouri Eiver region,
33rd. Ann. Ept. Bur. Amer. Ethnology, 1911-1912 (1919), p. 78.
. 1913a. A study in the ethnobotany of the Omaha Indians. Nebr. State
Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:314-347.
. 1913b. Some native Nebraska plants with their uses by the Dakota.
Nebr. State Hist. Soc. Colls. 17:358-370.
Gleason, H. A. 1910. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois, Bui.
111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Surv. v. 9 (art. Ill), 174 pp.
Hart, C. A. 1907. Zoological studies in the sand regions of the Illinois and Mis-
sissippi River valleys. Bui. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 7:195-272.
Higley, W. K., and Raddin, C. S. 1902. The flora of Cook County, Illinois and a
part of Lake County, Indiana. Bui. Chicago Acad. Sci. 2(1), xiii and 166 pp.
PROr. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. -1, AUGUST, 1957 185
James, E. 1825. Catalogue of plants collected during a journey to and from the
Eocky Mountains during the summer of 1820. (James was botanist on the
Major S. H. Long expedition of the U. S. Engineers). Trans. Amer. Phil.
Soc. (n.s.) 2:172-190.
Kellermaii, W. A., and Mrs. 1900. The non-indigenous flora of Ohio. Ohio State
Univ. Bui. (ser. -4), No. 27, pp. 1-28. Reprinted from Jour. Columbus Hort.
Soc, March 1900.
Lapham, I. A. 1857. Catalogue of the plants of the state of Illinois.
Mead, S. B. 1846. Catalogue of plants growing spontaneously in the state of
Illinois, the principal part near Augusta, Hancock County. Prairie Farmer 6:
35-36, 60, 93, 119-122.
Nuttall, T. 1818. The genera of North American plants, and a catalogue of the
species to the year 1817. Philadelphia.
Patterson, H. N. 1S76. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of Illinois, native and introduced. Oquawka, 111., pp. 1-54.
Pepoon, H. S. 1927. An annotated flora, of the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci.
Bui. Nat. Hist. Surv. 8, 554 pp. (p. 294).
Petersen, W. J. 1937. Steaml)oating on the Upper Mississippi, the waterway to
Iowa. 575 pp. Iowa City.
Pursh, F. 1807. Journal of a botanical expedition in the northeastern parts of the
states of Pennsylvania and New York during the year 1807. (Reprinted,
1823).
Schaffner, J. 1914. Catalog of Ohio vascular plants.
Short, C. W. 1845. 01)servations on the botany of Illinois, more especially in ref-
erence to the autumnal flora of the prairies. Western Jour. Med. and Surgery,
Mar., pp. 185-198.
Stal, C. 1870. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., p. 187.
Thwaites, A. G. 1904. Early Western Travels, 1748-1846. 8 vols.
Torrey, J. 1824. A flora of the northern and middle sections of the United States,
V. 1, 518 pp. Albany.
. 1843. A flora of the state of New York. 2 vols., 1056 pp. Albany.
NEW SPECIES OF RALLICOLA (Philopteridae: Mallophaga)
By K. C. EiiERSON, Stillwater, Oklahoma
Since reviewing the genus Rallicola (Emerson 1955), additional
material has been examined. The status of two subspecies can now be
clarified, and two new forms are described.
186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus (Kellogg and Chapman)
The original description was based on material eollected from RaUus
ohsoIetus^Rallus longirostris obsolcfus Ridgway, and RaMus vir-
gmia7ms=^Rallus liniicola limicula Vieillot. For my review, specimens
from Rallus limicola liniicola Vieillot were not available. From mate-
rial now available, it is established that the tw'O hosts harbor different
forms of the genus Rallicola. I designate Rallus longirostris obsoletus
Ridgway as the type host of Rallicola oriygometrae californicus (Kel-
log-g and Chapman, 1899). This host is the first one listed by the
authors in their original description. The redescription and figures
given in my review are based on material from Rallus longirostris
subspecies. The specimens found on Rallus elegans elegans Audubon
also appear to be this subspecies.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami Carriker
Through the courtesy of Dr. Ronald Ward, material from the type
host of this species has been examined. The series consisted of : Six
females and four males from Rallus owstoni (Rothschild), collected
Aug'ust 22, 1931, on Guam by W. F. Coultas. The form is properly
a subspecies of Rallicola ortygometrae. In my key, it can be separated
from Rallicola' ortygometrae affinis (Piaget) by tergite III in the
male; which in guami is continuous, and in affinis is interrupted.
These specimens differ slightly from the description given by Carriker
(1949), so the following notes prepared by Dr. Ward and the author
are presented.
In the male, abdominal tergite II interrupted medianly, III interrupted medi-
anly for about one-third of the segment length, and the remainder are entire.
Male genitalia as shown in figure 1. In the female, abdominal tergites II-VI in-
terrupted medianly, VII-VIII transversely continuous. Sternites III-VT, in both
sexes, with four long setae on posterior margins.
Measurements :
Length of head
Width of head
Width of prothorax
Width of pterothorax
Width of abdomen
Total length
gites II-III with large anterior median indentation ; but posterior one-third of
these two tergites continuous. Abdominal tergites and sternites, in both sexes,
each with four long setae. Male genitalia as shown in figure 2.
Male
Female
0.47mm
0.49mm
.36
.38
.23
.24
.30
.33
.38
.35
1.55
1.66
1 subporzanae
n.
sp.
ransversel;
y continuous
. Abdominal ter-
Measurements :
Male
Female
Length of head
0.48mm
0.44mm
Width of head
.38
.36
Width of prothorax
.22
.21
Width of pterothorax
.32
.32
Width of abdomen
.48
.21
Total length
1.43
1.51
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
187
Type host. — Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus), Sora rail.
Type material: Holotype male, allotype female, and paratype
female collected in Douglas County, Kansas, during May 1909, are
in the Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas. Para-
type female collected at Mattituck, Long Island, New York, on Sep-
tember 10, 1936, by B. Latham, is in the collection of Cornell Univer-
sity.
This subspecies is closest to RaUicola ortygometrae ortygoinetrae;
but can be separated from it in that tergite IV is continuous in the
new form, and interrupted medianly in Ballicola ortygometrae orty-
gometrae ( Schrank ) .
RaUicola mystax (Giebel)
The type host of this species is Porzana porzana (Linnaeus), which
is found in Europe. Two collections have been examined that indicate
, 0.1 m m ^
Male genitalia of Ballicola sp., drawn to the same scale: — Fig. 1, R. ortygomet-
rae guami Carrilcer ; fig. 2, R. ortygometrae subporzanae n. spp. ; fig. 3, R. kelloggi
n. sp.
188 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the species is also found on Par zona Carolina (Linnaeus) in North
America. Two males collected at Moscow, Idaho, on May 2, 1952
by T. D. Bnrleii>h, and one male eolleeted at Tlacotalpam, Vera Crnz,
Mexico, on February 19, 1940, by M. A. Carriker, apparently agree in
all details with specimens from the type host. These records tend to
confuse the situation, as heretofore it has been thought that each
species of host was parasitized by only one species of Rallicola.
Further collections will be necessary to determine if this exists for
other hosts.
Rallicola kelloggi n. sp.
Male: Head slender, with ii wide hyaline margin. First segments of antennae
enlarged and elongated, eacdi with an appendage. Third segments of antennae
prolonged distally beyond the junction with segment IV. Posterior margin of
[)terothorax with four pairs of long setae. Second abdominal tergite interrupted
medianly, the remainder transversely continuous ; each tergite with a pair of
setae located medianly on posterior margin. Abdominal sternites III-VI with
four setae on posterioi- margins; and sternites VII-VTII with two setae on pos-
terior margins. Male genitalia as shown in figure 3.
Female: Antennae filiform. Al)domiual tergites II-III interrupted medianly,
IV indented medianly, and the remainder transversely continuous. Chaetotaxy,
except for the terminal abdominal segments, as in the male. Lateral margins of
abdominal sternite IX, each with a fringe of ten medium length setae.
Measurements: Male Female
Length of head 0.42nmi 0.45mm
Width of head .35 .36
Width of prothorax .21 .23
Width of pterothorax .28 .30
Width of abdomen .38 .45
Total length 1.26 1.42
Type host. — Rallus limicola limicola Vieillot, Virginia Rail.
Tyi)e material. — Holotype male, paratype male, and five paratype
females in the U. S. National Museum, were collected at Vienna, Mary-
land, March 6, 1951. Allotype female, two paratype females, and one
paratype male in the collection of Ohio State University were col-
lected at Bu-'keye T^ake, Ohio, on May, 15, 1925. Two paratype males
in the collection of Dr. G. J. Spencer were collected at Haney, British
Columbia, on June 14, 1951, by A. Peake. Three paratype males are
in the collection of Cornell University; these specimens are without
data except for the host. A paratype male and female in the U. S.
National Museum were collected at Leon la. New Jersev, on September
6, 1929, by J. A. AA^eber.
This form is near R. sarothurae Clay, B. hoogstraali Emerson, and
R. cusjndatu.s (Scopoli). The mesosome of the male genitalia is not
elongated and pointed as in R. sarothurae, or broadly rounded as in
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 189
R. hoogsiraali. Tergite V of the female is interrupted mediauly in
R. cuspidatHs, and transversely continuous in R. kelloggi n. sp.
Host List
The following list includes all species of the genus Rallicola found
in the United States. Canada, and Alaska, together with their norma]
hosts.
BaUicola advenus (Kellogg), 1896. Fulica amcricana amcricana Gnielin, Ameri
can coot.
BaUicola ellioiti Emerson, 1955. Porphyrula marfinica (Linnaeus), Purple gal
linule.
Ballwola fulieae (Denny), 18-42. Fulica afra aira Linnaeus, European coot.
BaUicola funehris (Nitzsch), 1866. Aramus scolopaceiis pictiis (Meyer), Florida
limpkin.
BaUicola Icelloggi n. sp. Balhis liinicola limicola Vieillot, Virginia rail.
BaUicola minutus (Nitzsch), 1866. GaJlinula chloropiis cachinnans Bangs, Flor-
ida gallinula.
BaUicola myatax (Giebel), 1874. Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus), 8ora rail.
BaUicola ortygometrae calif amicus (Kellogg and Chapman), 1899. Ballus
longirostris subspecies, Clapper rails, and Balhis elegans elegans Audubon, King
rail.
BaUicola orl ygometrae ortygometrae (Schrank), 1781. Crex crex (Linnaeus),
Corncrake.
BaUicola ortygometrae .siibporzanae n. ssp. Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus), 8ora
rail.
BaUicola porzanae (Piaget), 1880. Cotnrnicops novehoracensis novehoracensis
(Gmeliii), Yellow rail.
The black rails. LatferaUus jainaicensis subspecies, are the only
hosts from this area likely to harbor a form of Rallicola that have
not been examined to date.
References
Carriker, 'SI. A. 1949. On a collection of Mallophaga from Guam, Marianas
Islands. Proc. U. S. Xatl. Mus. 100 (3254): 1-24.
Emerson, K. C. 1955. A review of the genus BaUicola (Philopteridae, Mallo-
phaga) found on Aramidae, Psophiidae, and Rallidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
48: 284-299.
Kellogg, Y. L. and Chapman, B. L. 1899. Mallophaga from birds of California.
Occas. Papers. Calif. Acad. Sci. C: 53-143.
NOTICE
Memoir No. 5, A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by
Phyllis Truth Johnson, is now available. Price $10.00. Send orders to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian. Entomological Society of Washington, Plant
Quarantine Branch, ARS, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGTTST, 1957
NOTES ON BIONOMICS AND ECOLOGY OF MOSS-MITES I.
(ACAEI: ORIBATEI)
Josef R. Winkler, Museum sluko Olomouc, Czechoslovakia
(Communicated to Tyler A. Woolley, Colorado A & M College)
Migration on Large Plants
Studies of mierocavernieoloiis life histories demonstrate the occur-
rence of certain oribatid mites in soil layers, decaying leaves, under
stones, beneath the bark of trees, and in similar biotopes. The mites
are often very abundant also on small plants growing in the immedi-
ate neighborhood of the earth (mosses, lichens, etc.), but their pres-
ence on larger plants is rather exceptional and only a small number
of migrant species is known. Some oribatid species, for instance Cym-
haeremacns cymha (Nic), Neoliodes theleproctus (Herm.), and N.
farinosns (Koch) are often mentioned in the literature as arboricolous
mites. Collections on forest-steppes in the Karlstejn area (Central
Bohemia) help to revise these data. On oaklets of this locality Neo-
liodes farinosus was procured in great numbers together with Phaulop-
pia lucorum in sweepings of the area. Both of these also occurred in
sweepings from the serpentine-steppes of Mohelno (SAV Moravia)
made by the writer in May 1955.
On localities in the lower parts of the Sumava Mts., (Bohmerwald),
Phauloppia lucorum and Cymhaeremaeus cymha were collected to-
gether. The former was distributed rather individually ; the latter
occurred in great abundance in overgrowths of Cladonia and on the
trunks of firs. P. lucorum was not found in any of the samples of
litter from beneath these trees. Specimens of C cymha were rather
rare in the litter and those found were usuallv dead and defective.
(Schwarzbach in Bohmenwalde, 18.9.1953, J. R. Winkler)
The writer also studied the migration of Camisia lapponica (Tragh.)
on leaves of bilberry {Vaccinium vitis) in the locality of Pestrice
(Stogenwald) not far from Bohmenwalde. Clu.sters of Vaccinium
were infested by the scale Chionaspis salicis and the aleurodid Aleuro-
tuherculatus similis Tahahashi (Det. Dr. J. Zahradnik). In this in-
stance the author observed slow, distinct migrations of C. lapponica
in spite of low temperatures of —1° to —20° C. These observations
are unique, for data concerninig migrations of this species on plants
are not found in the literature.
The occurrence of Trichorihates incisellus (Krammer) on culti-
vated lucerne {Medicago sativa) was observed July 7, 1955, near
Karlstejn (Central Bohemia). No data concerning migration of this
species on plants of a greater size are known.
Occurrence of cerotegument on Xenillus tegeocranus (Herm.)
For some species of mites the presence of cerotegument covering
the body is characteristic. In certain instances it may be a valid and
prominent taxonomic feature. The carabodid species (Xenillus tegeo-
cranus (Herm.) usually has no cerotegument and there are no cases
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 191
described in the literature. The writer obtained this rather common
species in a number of Bohemian localities. All collected specimens
were of normal appearance. In one Bohemian (Liehkov, 3.9.1954)
and three Moravian localities (Vlaske 29.8.1954 and Hanusovice,
15.8.1954), however, the author found specimens covered by a thick,
dirty amorphous, yellowish-brown cerotegument. The layer covered
both propodosoma and hysterosoma and made peneric and specific
identification impossible. The lamellae were of fantastic form and
size. The cerotegument layer was suppressed by boiling specimens in
chloralphenol and washing them in carboxylol. They were then
mounted in Canada balsam and all characters became visible. The
cerotegument, if present, is very adhesive, which necessitates a drastic
method of removal. Although the writer boiled specimens in lactic
acid and cleared them mechanically, he had better success with the
former technique. Factors influencing the production and adhesion
of cerotegument are unknown to the writer ; he is also at a loss to
explain the lack of cerotegument in some mites of the same species,
as described above.
THE LARVA OF SIMOPELTA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
George C. Wheeler and .Jeanette Wheeler
Department of Biology, University of North Dalota
The larva of Simopelta deserves to be ranked with those of Lepta-
nilla and Proccraiium as the most aberrant and bizarre among the
ants. In fact, when we first looked at Borgmeier's (1950) sketch, we
doubted that it could be a formicid larva. It had a somewhat dipter-
ous habitus and there are myrmecophilous larvae among the Diptera.
So we a^ked Dr. Borgmeier if he would send us some material for
study. His response was most generous — 70 larvae.
A detailed study of this material revealed the presence of most for-
micid larval characters, but since we still had doubts, we sent some
to Dr. Willis AV. Wirth at the United States National Museum. Dr.
Wirth^ has written us that ' ' the complete series of abdominal spiracles
indicate that they are not dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher
than the Fungivoridae-Itonididae series which have a complete series
of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair of apical spiracles
and the lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles are practi-
cally always to be found in the higher Diptera."^
Genus SIMOPELTA Mann
Body rather stout and nearly straight. Diameter greatest at abdominal somite
IV, decreasing to the anterior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the meso-
thorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited extent
into the mesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) aliruptly offset from
iQbiter dictum: Dr. Wirth showed the larvae to a colleague, who said that if
they were ant larvae, he was ready to believe anything.
192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
the anterior end of the niesothorax. Terminal abdominal segment forming a
small knob directed postero-ventrally. Tubercles sparse (72) ; fungiform, door-
knob-shaped or irregu'ar. Body and head hairs lacking. Antennae very small and
situated high on the head, each with two sensilla. Mandibles falcate; base not
dilated; without spinules or medial teeth; apex directed posteriorly, simulating
the mouthhooks of maggots. Labial palps lateral.
Simopelta belonos to the .section Eupoiieriiiae of the subfamily
Poiierinae ; the larvae of this section are characterized by havinu' body
tubercles. Tlie tubercles of Simopelta appear somewhat similar to the
glutinous dorsal tubercles of Povera and Eupoyiera, but otherwise
there is little resemblance to other members of the tribe Ponerini.
Head shape, hi<:h antennae, and the lack of hairs on the head suggest
Leptogenys in the tribe Leptogenyini. On the other hand, Simopelta
is unique among known ant larvae in (1) the general shape of the
body and the shape of the thorax in particular; (2) the partial re-
tractability of the prothorax; (8) complete absence of hairs; and (4)
the shajie and position of the mandibles. The lateral position of the
labial palps is unusual but not unique.
Simopelta pergandei (Forel)
Young larva — Straight length l.(i mm; length through spiracles 1.7 mm. Body
rather stout and nearly straight. Dianu^er greatest at abdominal somite IV, de-
creasing gradually to the posterior end, which would be In'oadly rounded were
it not for the terminal somite that forms a small knob directed posteroventrally ;
decreasing anteriorly to the an':erior end of the abdomen, then increasing to the
niesothorax. Prothorax conoidal and capable of being retracted to a limited ex-
tent into the niesothorax; basal diameter (in preserved material) abruptly re-
duced from the diameter of the anterior end of the niesothorax, giving an offset
appearance. Head on the anterior end. Anus posteroventral. Leg and gonopod
vestiges present. Segmentation indistinct. Body beset with 72 tubercles which
are fungiform, doorknob-.shaped, or irregular (in preserved material). Tubercles
arranged in 8 longitudinal rows ; the mesothoraeic through the seventh abdomi-
nal somite each bearing 8 tubercles. Segmentation indistinct. Integument thickly
beset with minute papillae (about 0.0012 mm in diameter). No body hairs. Cra-
nium longer than broad; widest at the liases of the mandibles; dorsal outline
rounded. Head with 10 small sensilla but no hairs. Antennae very small ami
high on the cranium; each with 2 sensilla, each of which bears a minute spinule.
Labruni narrow, slightly longer than broad, thick ; the blunt ventral surface with
8 sensilla; each lateral surface with 1 sensillum; posterior surface spinulose, the
spinules rather long (about 0.009 mm) and arranged in subtransverse rows, the
rows so close together that their spinules overlap. Mandibles heavily sclerotized;
falcate; ''ase not dilated; without medial teeth; surfaces smooth; apex directed
posteriorly. Maxillae not distinctly marked off from the head; the apex bearing
a few long slender spinules; palp a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing a spinule)
and 3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsulated) sen-
silla; galea a tall frustum bearing 2 apical sensilla. Anterior surface of labium
spinulose, the spinules long and in sulitransverse rows, the rows so close together
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
193
o o o
Fig. 1.^ — Simopelta pergandei (Forel), A, head in anterior view, X205 ; B, larva
in side view, X44 ; C, larva in ventral view, X44 ; D, surface view of cuticular
spines, X635; E, left mandible in lateral view, X282; F, mouth parts in sagittal
section, X625 ; G, tubercle and adjacent bulb in section, X635. Bh, bulb; Cm,
cuticle; Ed, hypodermis; Hp, hypopharynx; Li, labium; Lr, labrum; S, duct of
sericteries; Tu. tubercle.
194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
that their spinules overlap; palps lateral, each a low knob with 1 lateral (bearing
a spinule) and .3 terminal (2 small with a spinule each and 1 large and encapsu-
lated) sensilla; opening of serieteries a long transverse slit on the ventral surface
of the labium. Hypopharynx densely spinulose, the spinules long and in numerous
transverse rows, the rows so close together that their spinules overlap. (Material
studied: numerous larvae from San Jose, Costa Eica, collected by H. Schmidt.)
Borgmeier 1950 (p. 376) states (translation from Portuguese): "I was able
to examine more than 70 larvae of this species. None of them appears to have
attained complete development, but at most scarcely 2 mm. in total length (the
worker is 3 mm.). Some specimens were treated with lactic acid, and the form
and structure were perfectly visible under liigh magnification. The color is cream.
The thoracic segments are sharply marked off from the abdominal segments. There
is a slight constriction in the height of abdominal segments 2-3 and they are
enlarged in the posterior half of the abdomen. In specimens preserved in alcohol
the form is more flattened and more enlarged posteriorly, and thoracic segments
2-3 are usually retracted. Abdominal segments 1-9 bear on the dorsal and ven-
tral surface transverse rows of 4 circular papillae. The integument is naked,
without hairs." (Fig. 12 on p. 375, larva in dorsal view.)
Reference
Borgmeier, T. 1950. A femea dichthadiiforme e os estadios evolutivos de Simopelta
pergandei (Forel), e a descrigao de »S. hicolor, n. sp. Rev. de Ent. 21: 369-
380, ilhis.
A NOTE ON THTLAKOTHRIPS BABULI RAMAKRISHNA
J. Douglas Hood
The deseriptioii of Thilakothrips hahiili Kamakrishna (Mem. Dept.
Agr. India, 10(7) :276-277, 1928) was evidently based in large part
upon material crushed in the process of mounting and examined with
no great care. To the species were attributed several nonexistent char-
acters. I have a paratype which was collected with the holotype ; i.e.,
it was taken at the same place, on the same day, in the same kind of
galls, on the same plant, and labeled by the original describer in his
own handwriting. This specimen, after treatment with potassium
hydroxide, was manipulated into what appears to be a close approxi-
mation of its original form, and then remounted. It is the basis for
the notes and drawings given below.
Little resemblance is to be seen between the present illustrations
(Figs. 1-3) and those accompanying the text of the original descrip-
tion ; and several statements made in the description itself need also
to be corrected.
Thus, the head is not "dome shaped, converging toward the eyes
and widening toward base, where there is a slight lateral expansion
like a lappet on each side." Rather, it is nearly parallel-sided, nar-
rowed basally, and not at all out of the ordinary in general form.
Nor do the cheeks have "distinct crenulations, which appear more or
less like warts, but have no spines or tubercles"; instead, they are
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
IU5
Thllakothrips babiiU Ramahrishna. Head and protliorax, $, para type; right
fore leg omitted.
196
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
TMlaTcothrips hahuli: Metanotum, ?, paratype (upper); tergum of abdomen,
9,paratype (lower).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 197
well covered with distinct, though not large, tubercles, and each tuber-
cle, with few exceptions, bears a large, curved, and somewhat tinger-
like seta. The prothorax is nearly smooth on the disc and without
reticulation of any sort. It is set with numerous, heavy, tapering setae
— fashioned much like the cephalic ones — and has the conventional six
pairs of major setae, in their usual positions : four on the pronotum,
one on the epimera, and one on the fore coxae. All of these last have
conspicuously dilated tips. In the original description, this part of the
body is said to be "not so distinctly reticulate" as the head, and
"fringed with numerous curved hyaline bristles which are dilated
at the tip, the postero-lateral bristle long, curved . . . other bristles
comparatively small."
Following are measurenients, in iiiii-roiis exfei)t as otherwise noted, of the
single specimen, a de-alated niacropterous female: Length al)0ut 1.6 mm. (dis-
tended, 1.86 mm). Head, total length 24.5, width across eyes 148, least width
just behind eyes 129, greatest width across cheeks 151, least width near base 123,
width across basal collar 129, greatest width in front of eyes 93, width of frontal
costa 19. Eyes, dorsal length 64, dorsal width 40, dorsal interval 68. Median
ocellus, diameter 15. Postocular setae, length 63, interval 107, distance from eyes
20. Mouth-cone, length beyond posterior dorsal margin of head 146. Prothorax,
median length of pronotum 16(i, width across coxae 290, length of antero-marginal
setae 50, antero-angulars 54, mi<l'nt;'rals 55, epimerals 82, postero-marginals 67,
eoxals 50. Mesothorax, width across anterior angles 302. Metathorax, greatest
width posteriorly 315. Abdomen, greatest width (at segment III) 343; tube
(segment X, only), length 163, width across basal collar 62, greatest subbasal
width 57, least apical width 29, terminal setae 94; segment IX, seta T 92, II 80.
Lengths of antennal segments: I 50 (dorsal, exposed length only 29), II 60,
III 60, IV 56, V 54, VI 53, VII 53, VIII 27; total length of antennae 413.
A NEW SPECIES OF DENDROCORIS AND A NEW COMBINATION OF
ATIZIES
(Hemiptera, Pentatomidae)
Gr. H. Nelson, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, California.
Since the author's recent revision of the genus Dendrocoris (Proc.
Eut. Soc. Wash. 57 : 49-67, 1955), a new species of Dendrocoris, herein
described, and a new combination of Atizies have been recognized. In
the revision Atizifs was placed as a synonym of Dendrocoris on the
basis of A. snffultus Distant. Another species of Atizies, called to the
author's attention by Mr. D. Leston, of London, England, was de-
scribed by L. Ancona N. in "Los jumiles de Taxco (Gro.) Atizies
taxcoensis spec, nov." (An. del Inst, de Biol. 3:149-162, 19 ) As
the reference was not available to the author. Dr. R. I. Sailer, of the
IT. S. National Museum, kindly checked the original description and
drawings. He states that the drawing of the underside shows the
bifurcate metasternal plate or metaxyphus that is so characteristic of
the Edessini and that A. taxcoensis belongs to the genus Edessa and is
possibly a synonym of E. conspersa Stal.
198
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Dendrocoris parapini, new species
This species resembles J), pini Montaiidon closely but has a relatively narrower
head (especially noticeable in that part anterior to the eyes) and concave antero-
lateral pronotal margins, which are straight or slightly convex in pini (see figs.
1 and 2).
Color. — Pale yellow ochraceous above and beneath, with ferruginous tints on
head above. Punctures concolorous with body except for dark brown to black
punctures along lateral margins of juga, anterolateral margins of pronotum, and
a few along lateral margins of hemelytra. Antennae rufo-ferruginous, paler to-
ward base. Rostrum colored as body with dark markings typical of this genus.
Legs colored as body, tarsi rufo-ferruginous. Abdominal segments with dark
antero- and posterolateral angles as seen from a lateral view. Spiracles colored
as body.
Structure. — General form oval. Head width to length a ratio of 1.05 to 1,
obliquely narrowed to rounded front; vertex and base of tylus convex; juga con-
tiguous in front. Disk of pronotum with a few irregular raised smooth areas
laterally and anteriorly ; humeri not prominent, lateral margins before humeri
slightly concave. Scutellum with impunetate areas along lateral margins and on
disk. Hemelytra with impunetate areas located irregularly on their surface.
Length: $ , 6-7 mm. Width: $, 3.4-3.8 mm.
Fem,ale genitalia. — Essentially as in pini except that the genital plates are
largely or completely hidden by sixth abdominal segment.
Variation. — Dark punctures occur on the posterior margin of pronotum in one
specimen. Coloration and structure ciuite constant in the specimens available.
Type Material. — Described from seven females.
Holotype : New Mexico : Las Vegas, August 12, H. S. Barber and
Schwarz. U. S. National Museum Type Cat. No. 63453.
Paratypes : New Mexico : 1 Las Vegas, August 16, Barber and
Schwarz; 1 Santa Fe, July 21, 1926, E. C. Van Dyke; 1 Jemez
Fig. 1, Dendrocoris parapini Nelson, outline of head and pronotum; fig. 2, D. pini
Montandon, outline of head and pronotum.
Springs, July 1, 1916, J. Woodgate; Texas: 3 Jeff Davis Co., June
20, 1952, July 4, 1953, and July 6, 1953, D. J. and J. N. Knull. These
paratypes are distributed in the following collections : 2, U. S. Na-
tional Museum; 3, Ohio State University Collection; 1, California
Academy of Sciences.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 199
It is possible that additional specimens of parapini are present in
some collections under the name pini Montandon: Specimens identi-
fied as pini are especially suspect if they were collected in New Mexico
or Texas.
HOST FEEDING OF CULISETA MORSITANS
Robert C. Wallis, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven
The ecology and bionomics of mosquitoes feeding- on avian hosts have
recently become important, as epidemiolog'ical studies involve wild
birds and domestic pheasants as hosts of eastern equine encephalitis.
However, knowledge of many mosquito species, particularly of the
host-feeding- preference, is not available. This article reports observa-
tions on the biology of one of these little known species, Culiseta
morsitans.
The biology of the larvae of this species was published by Horsfall
in 1955, but little has been reported on the feeding- habits of the adult.
Carpenter and LaCasse (1955) say the females of the species rarely,
if ever, feed on man. They indicate that C. morsitans probably feeds
on bii'ds and cite an account of a female feeding upon the blood of a
breenfinch (Natvig 1948). However, there is little evidence concern-
ing the source of the blood meal of this species. There is no indica-
tion that this mosquito even requires blood, since engorged specimens
have not been reported. Wesenberg-Lund ( 1921 ) examined thousands
of wild females and found none with blood in the alimentary tract.
E.rperiniental. — Biweekly collections of mmsitans adults were ob-
tained from diurnal resting places in the vicinity of a domestic pheas-
ant pen at Shade Swamp, Connecticut, throughout the early summer
of 1956. During two 4-week periods, prior to and after 6-week-old
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. inorsitans
containing fresh blood were counted and recorded. Blood smears from
specimens containing fresh blood meals were prepared for microscopic
examination.
Results. — Within a 4-week period, from June 16 to July 14, 1956,
pheasants were placed in the pen, the number of female C. morsitans
contained fresh blood meals out of a total of 115 females of this spe-
cies collected. However, the collection taken during the first week
after the pheasants were in the pen, July 14 to July 21, contained 18
blooded specimens out of 27. The incidence of blooded specimens in
collections during the next 2 wrecks remained high and then dropped
in the fourth week. In the second week, July 21 to July 28, 6 were
blooded out of 14 collected. In the third week, July 28 to August 4,
6 were blooded out of 23 specimens. During the fourth week, August
4 to August 11, 1 out of 14 had engorged with blood. In this 4-week
period after the young pheasants were placed in the pen, a total of
31 blooded specimens out of 88 C. morsitans were collected. The per-
centage incidence of blooded specimens for this 4-week period was
35.2 percent as compared with 2.6 percent for the previous 4-week
200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
period. Blood smears prepared for microscopic examination revealed
that 6 out of 6 blood-engorged specimens contained nucleated red
blood cells.
Discussion — During the past 3 years this laboratory has been con-
i-erned with the ecology of mosquitoes feeding on pheasants, because
of the repeated occurrence in Connecticut of eastern equine encepha-
lomyelitis in domestic pheasants. Particular observations have been
made of Culiseta (Wallis 1953) since Chamberlain et al. (1951) re-
ported isolation of the virus from C. mclanura and Holden et al.
(1954) reported isolation of three strains of virus from pools of the
same species collected near a pheasant ]ien in Ncm^ Jersey.
During the early summer months, adult C. morsitons were routinely
■collected in diurnal resting places in past years, but it was not until
1956 that careful observation of blood-engorged specimens could be
t^orrelated with the stocking of the pheasant pen. The sharp increase
in the number of specimens containing blood was startling, and could
not be connected with any other change in the environment. AVild bird
and other potential host populations within the area were apparently
constant during the two periods. It may be postulated that since a
smaller total number of adults was in the cave collections in the lat-
ter 4-week period, the percentage of fed specimens would naturally
increase. Also, the females in the population may not have been ready
to feed earlier in the season. However, the proportion of blood-en-
gorged specimens during the first week the pheasants were available
was considerably higher than for subsequent weeks. From this, it ap-
pears that a backlog of females ready to feed was built up in the popu-
lation and the young pheasants provided a suitable host population.
References
-Carpenter, S. J., and LaCasse, W. J. 1955. Mosquitoes of North America, Berke-
ley, Calif. Univ. Calif. Press. 6, 386 pp.
Chamberlain, R. W., Rubin, H., Kissling, R. E., and Edison, M. E. 1951. Recovery
of virus of Eastern equine encephalitis from a mosquito, C)iliseta melanura
(Coquillett). Proe. Soc. Expt. Biol, and Med. 77: 396-397.
Holden, P., Miller, J. B., and Tobbins, D. M. 1954. Isolations of eastern equine
encephalomyelitis virus from mosquitoes (Culiseta melanura) collected in
New Jersey 1953. Proe. Soc. Expt. Biol, and Med. 87: 457-459.
Horsfall, W. R. 1955. Mosquitoes. Their Bionomics and Relations to Disease.
Ronald Press Co., New York. 723 pp.
Natvig, L. R. 1948. Contributions to the knowledge of the Danish and Fennoscan-
dian Mosquitoes: Culeini. Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr., Sup. 1, 567 pp.
Wallis, R. C. 1953. Notes on the Biology of Culiseta melanura (Coquillett).
Mosquito News. 14: 33-34.
Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1920-1921. Contributions to the biology of the Danish Culi-
cidae. Host and Son, Copenhagen. 210 pp.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. i, AUGUST, 1957 201
SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1956
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY
Membership as of January 1, 1956 (adjusted figure) 506
Reductions :
Resigned 1
Dropped 21
Deceased 1
Total 23
Elected to membership 26
Net gain in membership i 3
Total membership, on Dec. 31, 1956 509
Classes of Membership
Active dues paying — . 486
Life 5
Retired 14
Honorary ___ ___ 4
509
The membership is distributed among 41 States, the District of Columbia, and
21 foreign countries.
Circulation of the Proceedings (October 1956 issue) :
Unstamped, poundage rate
States 396
District of Columbia — . 34
U. S. Possessions 15 445
Stamped, foreign countries . 153
Chain mail - 118
Total 716
Distribution :
To members 473
To subscribers 243
Total 716
The Proceedings go to members and subscribers in 47 States, the District of
Columbia, 4 Territories, and 46 foreign countries.
Respectfully submitted, Kelvin Dorward, Corresponding Secretary.
202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
TREASURER
General Fund
Cash on liand— January 1, 1956 - - - I 535.17
Receipts during 1956 - - - -- 3,599.75
Total $4,134.92
Cash on hand— December 31, 1956 268.20
Expenditures during 1956 ._.. 3,866.72
Total $4,134.92
Publication Fund
Cash and securities on hand — January 1, 1956 — _. $6,044.28
Receipts and Earnings during 1956 1,296.10
Total $7,340.38
Cash and Securities on hand — December 31, 1956 6,724.98
Expenditures during 1956 615.40
Total $7,340.38
Copies of the Treasurer's report, approved by the Auditing Committee, are
on file with the Corresponding Secretary and the Treasurer.
Respectfully submitted, P. X. Peltier, Treasurer
CUSTODIAN
During the calendar year 1956 the office of the Custodian sold 53 Memoirs for
$288.10; Proceedings, including one complete set, for $384.40; and reprints and
miscellaneous papers amounting to $15.10. The total value of sales amounted to
$684.60.
Memoirs on hand December 31, 1956 were as follows: No. 1, 108; No. 2, 47;
No. 3, 253 ; and No. 4, 984. Orders have been indicated or actually received for
about 20 of the new Memoir No. 5.
It might be interesting to note that in 1953 items sold amounted to $1,918;
1954, $544; 1955, $554; 1956, $690.
We have already received one order for a complete set of the Proceedings this
year [1957]. This brings up again the problem of providing complete sets after
the present supply of about 15 complete sets is exhausted. A few numbers are
in very short supply and one number is completely exhausted. The Executive
Committee is giving consideration to this matter.
Respectfully submitted, H. J. Conkle, Custodian.
EDITOR
Six numbers of Volume 58 of the Proceedings, a total of 368 pages, have been
published in 1956. Eighteen pages were devoted to advertising (exclusive of
back covers) and 350 pages to scientific papers, notes, book reviews, obituaries,
and minutes of meetings. This is in contrast to 304 pages published in 1955,
294 of which were devoted to scientific papers and notes, obituaries, book reviews.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 203
and minutes of meetings. During 19.56, 8 published pages were paid for by their
authors; in 1955, 8^/^ were so paid. Volume 5S contains 55 original contributions
averaging 6^/^ pages in length. Volume 57 contained 50 original contributions
averaging 5% pages in length.
Memoir No. 5, entitled "A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South Amer-
ica," by Dr. Phyllis Johnson, is in preparation. The manuscript has been
edited, set in galley, and proofread by the author, and the dummy has been
prepared.
Eespectfully submitted, Richard H. Foote, Editor.
SOCIETY MEETING
The 65Sth regular meeting of the Society was held in room 4.3 of the U. S.
National Museum, Thursday, January .3, 1957. President Frank L. Campbell
called the meeting to order at 8 p.m., and there were 35 members and 20 visitors
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read, corrected, and approved.
President Campbell announced the following committees for 1957. Advertising :
Price G. Piquett, chairman, A. H. Bender, John H. Fales, and George S. Langf ord ;
Auditing: Harold Morrison, chairman, and L. B. Reed; Membership : William E.
Bickley, chairman, Engel L. R. Gilbert, Jack C. Jones, M. P. Jones, Robert T.
Mitchell, Edgar A. Taylor, and Rose E. Warner; Memoirs: Reece I. Sailer,
chairman, Richard H. Foote, Alice V. Renk (ex officio), Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.,
and G. W. Wharton; Notes and Exliibition of Specimens: R. H. Nelson, chairman,
Louis G. Davis, Elizabeth E. Haviland, and W. N. Sullivan, Jr.; Program: J. F.
Gates Clarke, chairman (elected), Theodore R. Gardner, Karl V. Krombein, How-
ard B. Owens; Seserve Stock: H. J. Conkle, chairman (elected), Paul X. Peltier,
and Helen Sollers.
H. M. Armitage, President of the Entomological Society of America, brought
greetings from the Pacific Coast Entomological Society and the Entomological
Societies of Northern and Southern California. In a few lively remarks in be-
half of the Entomological Society of America, he said that he would not remind
Society members they should join the E. S. A., as he was sure they already be-
longed. President Campbell observed that the E. S. A. was also represented at the
meeting by its immediate past president, B. A. Porter, but gave Dr. Porter a well-
earned rest by calling on R-. H. Nelson for a report on the recent meetings. The
E. S. A. has about 3,700 members and hopes that the number may grow to 4,000
in 1957.
R. I. Sailer exhibited third and fourth instars of the wheel bug, Arilits cristatus
(L.). These wheel bug nymphs had hatched in early December from eggs laid in
late September. The nymphs had fed exclusively on nymphs of the stink bug
Eu^chistus servus Say. Specimens of adult wheel bugs mounted with various spe-
cies of prey were also shown. The prey included a honey bee, wasp, mantispid,
scarab, mantid, and a walking stick. T. J. Spilman asked how the bug managed
to pierce the armorlike exoskeleton of an insect such as a scarab. Dr. Sailer re-
plied that in the case of stink bugs he had seen the wheel bug insert its stylets
through the intersegmental membranes of the abdomen and legs. In one instance a
stink bug was killed by a thrust through the basal articulation of its rostrum.
[Author's abstract.]
204 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
B. A. Porter exhibited a can of "maguey Avorms," lepidopterous larvae used
as food in Mexico. The cans are widely offered for sale in Mexican grocery stores.
Dr. Armitage commented that he had sampled the fried grasshoppers, and that
."0,000 cans from Tokyo were placed on the U. S. market this year; he did not
recommend them.
The principal paper of the evening Avas ' ' The Development of Commercial En-
tomology in the United States," by Mortimer D. Leonard, of the Shell Chemical
Corporation. [The paper as read will l)e published in the Proceedings of the Tenth
international Congress of Entomology.] "Commercial Entomology" refers to
activities of entomologists, and "Oflficial Entomology" to their activities in Fed-
eral, State, and other nonprofit agencies. The first commercial entomologist started
in 1904. The growth in numbers of entomologists employed by business and indus-
try was indicated and some of the reasons for the increase were analyzed. The
continually widening field of activities was traced and the present more important
kinds of business which employ graduate entomologists were briefly described.
Although it is estimated tliat only about 15 percent of all professional en-
tomologists are presently connected with profit-making activities, an increasing
number of trained entomologists will undoubtedly enter the commercial field as
time goes on. The rate of increase will depend to a considerable extent on the
imagination and aggressiveness of entomologists themselves, in pointing out how
business can profit by a greater use of their specialized knowledge and services.
The development of more adequate curricula in our colleges and universities can
contribute greatly to better enable students to enter the commercial field and
attention should be given toward this end. [Author's abstract.] The paper was
discussed by President Campbell and by members Porter, Nelson, Bishopp, and
Armitage.
The Shell Chemical Corporation furnished the second part of the scheduled pro-
gram, a new film, "The Rival World," on the insect menace. The film was
exhibited by Robert E. Hamman, Washington representative of the Agricultural
Chemicals Division of the Corporation. Dr. Bishopp commented on the improve-
ment in the migratory locust problem. He remarked "This film is splendid in its
coverage and technical qualities. I feel, however, that it overstresses the migratory
locust problem although that is a spectacular example of the destructiveness of
insects. Unfortunately it conveys the impression that no headway has been made
in conquering the migratory locust. The impression I have gained from contacts
in Egypt and the Middle East is that the systematic scouting and timely use of
insecticides by the various countries has greatly reduced the losses and terror
chargeable to the locusts. In this the good Avork of Bill Mabee, of the U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, and his associates have played an important part."
The visitors introduced were Mrs. Bishopp ; F. D. Butcher, entomologist with
the U. S. Army Forces in the Far East, stationed in Camp Zana, Japan, and his
wife and son Frederick ; Dr. Keizo Yasumatsu, who will shortly return to his home
in Japan; and G. W. Dekle, of the Florida State Plant Board. Honorary Member
H. G. Barber was also presented.
The meeting ad.iourncd at 10 p.m. — Kellie O'Neill, Becording Secretary.
PBGC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 205
THE PUBLICATION FUND
Now that Memoir No. 5 has been published, the Executive Commit-
tee of the Entomological Society of Washington wishes to call atten-
tion to the Publication Fund of the Society. Our Constitution, as
amended in December 1956, states,
"The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special
Publication Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted
portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs,
handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding
the previous five years' income from interest on the Special Publication Fund
monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the
Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the
discretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be
derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of Memoirs, Hand-
books, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining members,
and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member."
The Publication Fund was started by a bequest of $1,400 by the
late Frederick Knab in 1918. In 1927 a "donation of $1,000 by the late
E. A. Schwarz was added to it. Since that time no bequests or gifts
have been added to this fund. The Executive Committee wishes to
arouse the interest of members and friends of the Society in obtain-
ing additional funds for the publication of Memoirs by the Society.
Further contributions of any amount will be welcome. At present
the publication of each additional Memoir is mainly dependent upon
funds derived from the sales of those already published.
Contributions to charitable, or educational institutions up to 20
percent of gross income may be deducted in computinu' Federal in-
come taxes. The form printed below is suggested for the use of those
who desire to leave the Society any personal property, such as money,
stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value.
FORM OF BEQUEST
Know All Men by These Presents, That I ........
of the city of , county of ,
and state of , do hereby give, grant, and convey unto
The Entomological Society of Washington, at Washington, in the District of
Columbia, an organization to promote the study of entomology in all of its
bearings, the sum of dollars (I )
to have and to hold the same unto itself and its successors forever for the
promotion of the purposes thereof.
(Place and date)
WITNESSES: SEAL
Date of publication. Vol. 59, No. 3, was June 21, 1957.
206
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaches
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog: and cat fleas
bed bugs
codlings moth.
leafhoppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll -weevil
body lice
lygus bug^s
cotton leaf worm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
C YA. iV A J%T X X»
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20. N. Y.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
207
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants. Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug. Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot. Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice. Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms. Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths. Lygus Bugs. Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils. Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles. Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips. Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle. Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
EN DR I N ; Budworms. Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil. Cotton Bollworm. Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Ei
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, II
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
^
KtfntSCNlATIVfi
f n I N c I r A L
C I T I f S
208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957
Pyrenone*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
Jtyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
^^ BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
White gniba {left) and wirewormt (right) magnified 20 timti.
WHEN PESTS SEE
eye -to -eye
Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub
and a -wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de-
structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars
worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others — each season.
Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor ... to
develop newer and better controls ... to hold their crop-destruction to a
minimum.
That's why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the
co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching
and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides.
Shell's contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos-
drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and aUyl alcohol
weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage wiU be avail-
able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to
a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in
chemistry today.
*Shell Chemical Trademark
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Agricultural Chemical Sales Division
460 Park Avenue. New York 22, New York
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulfs carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor,
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59
OCTOBER 1957
No. 5
PHOCEEDIIVBS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
., WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASfflNGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BELL, B. T. — Carabus auratus L. (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in North
America _ _ 254
DAVIS, H. G., and JAMES, M, T. — Black flies attracted to meat bait
(Diptera : Simuliidae ) - - 243
EDMUNDS, G. F. — The Systematic Relationships of the Paleantarctic
Siphlonuridae (including Isonychidae) (Ephemeroptera) 245
EMERSON, K. C, and ELBEL, R. E. — New Species and Records of Mallo-
phaga from Gallinaceous Birds of Thailand _ 232
KROMBEIN, K. V., and SCHUSTER, R. M.— A Review of the Typhoc-
tinae (Hjrmenoptera: Mutillidae) ^ - 209
LANE, J., and CERQUEIRA, N. L. — The Validity and Change of Name
of Two Species of Wyeomyia. (Diptera: Culicidae) 244
TOWNES, H. — A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of B. A.
Cushman _ ._ - 248
OBITUARY
(Date of publieation, Vol. 59, No. 4, was Sept. 18, 1957)
247
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Oboanizeo March 12, 1884
Eegular meetings of the Society are held in Boom 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedinffs.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is
$1.00 (U, S. currency).
PROCEEDINaS OF THE ENTOMOLOaiCAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D, C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. S.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.*
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6"
(26 X 36 picas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Beprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs :
Spp.
50 copies $2.00
100 copies 2.50
Additional copies per 100 1.00
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
iMisa Alice V. Benk, Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS, U. S. Dept. Agri-
culture, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.
4 pp.
8 pp.
12 pp.
16 pp.
Covers
$3.00
$5.00
$5.60
$6.25
$4.00
3.80
6.00
7.20
8.25
4.75
1.15
2.00
2.60
3.15
1.50
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
VOL. 59 OCTOBER 1957 NO. 5
A REVIEW OF THE TYPHOCTINAE
( H Y M ENOPTERA : MlTILLlDAE )
Karl V. KROiruEiNi and Eudolf M. Schuster-'-^
The yenus Typhoctcs, since its recognition by Ashmead in 1899,
has been repeatedly transferred, assigned first to one group and then
another, depending on the personal views or concepts of the various
workers on the aculeate Hyinenoptera. The genus has been included
in the Mvrmosidae by Ashmead and Bradley (1917), in the Chypho-
tinae of the family Mutillidae by Andre (1903), and in the Brachy-
cistidinae of the family Tiphiidae by Malloch (1926). More recently
it has been set otf, by Reid (1941), as a group by itself without com-
mitment as to its taxonomic status. The genus has most commonly
been considered as closely related to CJn/phofcs Blake. Fox (1899),
for instance, stated that the Typhoctcs might well be separated sub-
generically from Chyphofes proper, though he did not do so. When
Ashmead (1899) established the genus TypJioctcs for Mutilla peculi-
(iris Cresson, he gave characters for the male sex, but without citing
the species on which they were based. Tlie only known species that
could fit his diagnosis of the male sex was Chyphotes attenuatna
(Blake), which correlation was accepted, with more or less reserva-
tion by Andre (1908) and Bradley (1917). Buzicky (1941) again
removed Typhoctcs from near Chypliotcs, and returned the male
(liyphofcs attenuatus to its correct position within the latter genus.
The junior author (Schuster 1949) has alread.y commented on the
recent return bv Pate (1947) to Ashmead 's discredited conception
^Entomology Eese;trcli Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. 8. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
-Department of Botany, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass.
"^Material in the collections of the following individuals and institutions has
l.een studied: U. S. National Museum (USNM) ; B. M. Bohart (RMB) ; H. E.
Evans, Cornell University (HEE) ; P. D. Hurd. California Insect Survey (CIS) ;
K. V. Kroml)ein (KVK)'; C. D. Michener, University of Kansas (KU) ; W. R. M.
Mason, Canadian Department of Agriculture (CNC) ; C. E. Mickel, University
of Minnesota (UM) ; J. A. G. Rehn, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia (ANSP); E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences (CAS); R. M.
Schuster (RMS); and P. H. Timberlake, Citrus Experiment Station (PHT). We
Avish to express our appreciation for the valuable material that has been loaned
to us. We are indebted to Dr. I. H. H. Yarrow, British Museum (Natural His-
tory) for some valuable notes on the type of Typhocfes guafcmalenfiis Turner.
210 PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
of (\ attenuatus as the male sex oJ:' Typhoctcs. In a brief tentative
arrangement of the nearctic Mutillidae, the junior author, (Schuster
1946), adherino> to tradition for want of proof that the genus belonged
elsewhere, placed TypJiocfe.*:, questionably, in the Chyphotini, of the
subfamily Apterogyninae.
Later Schuster (1949) recognized that Chyphotes and TypJwctes
were more distantly related, and the latter genus was placed in a
separate subfamily, the Typhoctinae, while Chyphotes was main-.
tained as a distinct tribe in the Apterogyninae. Four essential char-
acters serve to make any close connection between Chyphotes and
Typhoctes highly improbable. They are :
1. The petiole form of the two genera is fundamentally different
— that of Typhoctes is unmodified, with the tergite reaching the pro-
podeum, while in Chyphotes the first tergite is abbreviated anteriorly,
rather or very suddenly, and fails to reach the propodeum.
2. The eye form is fundamentally different — in Typhoctes it is
elongate-ovate, in Chyphotes short ovate to subcircular.
3. The thoracic shape of the females is fundamentally different —
the prothorax is large in Typhoctes, with the alitrunk eaudad of the
prothorax differentiated into a distinct mesothoracic region, virtually
obliterated dorsally, but separated by a distinct suture from the
fused metathoracic-propodeal region, while the distinct mesopleuron
is separated by a complete suture from the fused metapleural-pro-
podeal region ; in Chyphotes the small prothorax is much narrower,
strongly transverse, and set off from the subglobose, fused meso-
metathoracic-propodeal region that lacks all traces of dorsal or pleural
sutures separating the meso-and metathorax.
4. There are no antennal "tubercles'' in Typhoctes, but they are
well developed in Chyphotes.
In the same paper Schuster based his conception of the male of
the Typhoctinae on Anommutilla Mickel and that of the female on
Typhoctes Ashmead. His reasons for considering that Anommutilla
represents the male sex of Typhoctes were so convincing that the
senior author (Krombein, 1951) published this synonymy. The char-
acters validating such an association are :
1. Anoiiunutilla and Typhoctes are the only nearctic genera of
Mutillidae with the vertexal expansions of the upper and inner mar-
gins of the antennal fossae undeveloped; i.e., antennal "tubercles"
are absent,
2. They are the only two nearctic genera in which the pronotum is
exceedingly strongly developed — in the male sex of all other known
nearctic genera the pronotum is very short, at most less than half
as long along midline as the mesoscutum, while in the female sex,
as indicated by the position of the spiracles, the pronotum is always
very strongly transverse with a large mesonotum,
3. The tarsal claws are similarly armed among the nearctic genera
only in Chyphotes which is known in both sexes,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 211
4. The formula of the tibial calcaria is identical, 1-2-2 (not 1-1-2
in the male as stated erroneously by Miekel, 1936),
5. The petiole is unique, consistiuij' of a basal, slender, terete, stalk-
like anterior portion, and a somewhat flattened, transverse, nodose,
posterior portion,
6. The position of the short felt lines of second terffum is sug-
gestively similar,
7. The rather short and stout scape, contrasted to the long, slender
flagellum occurs elsewhere only in Chyphoies among nearctic genera,
8. The similarity in shape of the metasternal process.
In addition to the foregoing, there is the important corroboratory
evidence aiforded by the facts that Anoinmutilla males and TypJioetes
females are now known to have an identical range in America north
of Mexico, and that both sexes of a new species have been taken
together, though Jiot in copula, in the Borego Desert of southern
California.
Subfamily TYPHOCTINAE Schuster, 194St
The North and Central American Typhoctinae apparently has its
closest relative in the South American Eotillinae. The relationships
between the two subfamilies were discussed at length by the junior
author (Schuster, 1949). Reexamination of the males of Typhoctinae
shows that some of the alleged characters separating that sex from
males of Eotillinae are based on errors. For example, according to
Miekel (1936) the males we refer to the Typhoctinae were supposed
to have only one calcarium on the mid tibia and to have entirely
simple pubescence. Actually, Typhoctes males have most of the erect
vcstiture inconspicuously but definitely subplumose, and the mid tibia
has two apical calcaria. Therefore, the chief differences between males
of the two subfamilies are that the Typhoctinae have reniform eyes,
marginal cell longer than stigma, third discoidal cell longer than high,
and hind wing lacking anal lobe or preaxillary incision, while the
Eotillinae have ovate-elliptical eyes, marginal cell shorter than stigma,
third discoidal cell higher than long, and hind wing with well-devel-
oped anal lobe and preaxillary incision. The characters of the fore-
wing cited above are quite possibly of less than subfamilial sig-
nificance. Also, the presence of an anal lobe is a primitive character,
and apparently that structure has been independently lost several
times in the Mutillidae, so its presence or absence here also may not be
of cardinal importance by itself. However, we consider that the
difference in eye shape is of fundamental importance, and we are
maintaining the Typhoctinae and Eotillinae as separate subfamilies,
at least until the eventual discovery of females of Eotillinae may
demonstrate that this separation is untenable.
A comparative study of the genitalia of Eotilla and Typhoctes
considerably strengthens the assumption of a close relationship be-
tween the two groups. The digitus and cuspis in the two genera are
strikingly similar (compare Figs. 1 and 3 with Fig. 7). The parameres
212 PROC. ENT. sue. WASH., VOL. 59, .\0. 5, OCTOBEK, 1957
also ar(' nearly identical in form. However, in Eofilla the parameres
bear simple, scattered fine hairs both on their outer and inner marjiins
(Fi<i'. 7). while Typhoeics has similar, scattered, nnec^nally long- hairs
only on the onter faces of the parameres, while the inner faces of the
parameres bear a comb-like line of short, equal, rigid, approximated
bristles (Figs. 1, 2, 8b). The two groups, however, differ considerably
in the form of the aedeagus. In Eotillinae and in the Apterogyninae
it is essentially tiphioid in form and may be presumed to be primitive,
as has been previously assumed by the junior author (Schuster, 1949).
The two halves of the aedeagus are closely united in an essentially
terete shaft, which does not appear bilobed at the summit. In contrast,
in Tjjphoctes the aedeag-us consists of two obviously disci-ete plates,
only loosely united, and, in sit it, is clearly, distinctly bilobed. In spite
of this latter difference, we still assume as did one of us (Schuster.
1949) that "the correct position of Tifphoctfs is undoubtedly close
to the Eotillinae."
The diagnosis which follows will serve as both a subfamilial and
generic diagnosis, since the subfamily Typhoctinae includes only a
single genus.
Male. Head ti'aiisvfrse, witli lai<;i\ i-loiifjatc, suldeiiiforni i-yes that aro slightly
emarg'inatc on tlu'ir iriuT orbits, ami tliat huvv distiiu-t facets; aiiteiiiial ' ' tiilier-
eles ' ' aliscnt, the aiiteiuial iiiseitious ojieiiins directly froutally, not ol)li(|Uely
downward and lateiad; scape short, l)icarinate, eciual in length to pedicel and first
tiagellar segment comhineil ; mandihle edentate at tij) ami with a small, sid)apical
inner tooth (thus hidentate), \('ntrally neither excised nor armed; maxillary
palpi 6-segmented, labial palpi 4-segmented.
Alitrunk with ])rothorax well developed, dorsally nearly truncate at apex, and
virtually as long mediall\- as laterally-; mesoscutum distinctly transverse; endo-
pliragnial pit approximated to the meso-metaplural suture, the metapleuron wide
above, narrowed below to the endophragmal jiit, wheit' the metapleuron appears
to disappear (the metapleural-propodeal suture distinct aljove endophragmal pit,
but comi)letely lost below', the propodeum and metapleuron thus indistinguishably
fused l)elow) ; tilnal calcaria l-"_'-2^; taisal (daws with a small tooth at middle on
their inner margins.
Petiole of abdomen with a basal, slender, ti'rete ])ortion, and a distal, dilated,
rather transverse' portion, which is again stidngly constricted at its juncture
\vith second tergum ; the tirst sternum slightly convex, the distal part nearly flat,
smooth, nitid, imjiunctate, lacking a nu'dian keel; b;isal, terete portion of petiole
clearly formed by botli tergum and stt'inum ; second segment with distinct sub-
lateral felt line on each side of tergum, limited to basal half of tergum, no felt
lines on second sternum ; hypoi)ygium simple, unmodified.
Wings with venation relatively well ]ireserved, a distinct, elongate sclerotized
stigma, a large marginal cell, longi'i- on costa than stigma, three submarginal
^Mickel (1936) gave the fornuda as 1-1-2 for the type of Anommutilla difficilis.
The more easily visible right mid tibia of Mickol's type has only one calcarium,
the second presumably having been broken off, but the less easily visible apex
of the left tibia has two calcaria.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., Vl)l.. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 213
cells, tlio third (cell Ei) tnnieatc on its outer (-'dgt', with the vein Ri not anj^ulate,
not giving rise to a spurious vein ; third discodial cell truncate on outer side,
elongate; hind wings lacking all trace of anal lobe and preaxillary excision, the
subbasal hamuli present; cubitus arising on vein M considerably distad of the
transverse median vein, the sul)niedian cell thus nuicli shorter than median cell.
Vestiture moderately coai-se, sinii)le except most of erect hairs on head, thorax
and abdomen fineh' and very inconspicuously sultplumose.
Female. Head rather similar to that of male, the eyes separated from base of
nmndibles by a distinct malar space; antennae equally elongate, scape not carinate
below; liypostomal carina less strongly developed, not developed outward to
posterior mandibular condyles as distinct ridges; maxillary palpi 5-segmented,
lal)ial palpi i-segmented ; ocelli absent; mandil)les as in male; eyes weakly
convex, narrowly ovate, facetted, large; antennal "tultercles" very iioorly
developed; clypeus as in male.
Alitrunk highly moditied, but distinctly tripartite dorsally; pronotum very
large, truncate behind, the dorsal face subcpiadrate to obtrapezoidal, separated
by a distinct suture dorsally from mesonotum ; mesonotum short, strongly trans-
verse, reduced virtually to a semi invaginated, transverse sclerite, separated by a
distinct suture from the elongate, fused metathoracic-propodeal part of the
alitrunk; mesopleuron evenly swollen, devoid of an oblique sulcus, and continuous
with the metapleuron from which it is separated by a distinct, quite obliciue
suture; metapleuron and propodeum completely fused, endophragmal pit al)sent;
metasternum well developed, lying between the middle coxae; posterior coxae
armed dorsally with a vestigial tooth; trochanters small, obliquely terminated;
tibial calcaria 1-2-2; tarsal claws slender and armed, distad of middle, with a
sharp inner tooth.
Gaster with petiole as in male, but distal two-thirds slightly more strongly
dilated, the basal portion virtually terete, very slender, formed by both tergum
and sternum (though the tergal element, as in the male, appears to be reduced) ;
sternum much as in male; second segment very strongly constricted from the
nodose first segment, both dorsally and ventrally, quite elongate, relatively
slightly convex (tlie gaster oval, rather than circular in cross-section), with sub
lateral felt lines exactly corresponding to those of the male as regards length
and position; pygidium and liypopj'gium simple, neither defined by lateral carinae.
Vestiture simple throughout.
This subfamily includes only one genus, Typlioctes Asliniead
{^AnommuiUhi Miekel), which is known from western North America
south to Guatemala. Nothing is known as to the host relationships
of this group.
Genotype: Miitilla pcciiliaris Cresson. Monotypic and by designa-
tion of Ashmead, 1899.
Key to Females
1. Pronotal dorsum suljquadrate, scarcely narrowed behind, the length including
neck subequal to greatest width ; integument almost entirely black except
legs, fused metanotum-propodeum and first abdominal tergum red in part;
Guatemala. fivatemalensis Turner
214 PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Pioiiotal dorssuin obviously nariowod behind, ubtrapezoidal; integument in
large part reddish - - 2
2. Neither pronotum nor vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence;
thorax highly polished and very sparsely punctate 3
Pronotum always, and vertex occasionally, with dense, appressed. pale serice-
ous pubescence; thorax not so shining, more densely punctate. (Least trans-
facial distance 1.25-1.3 times the eye height; head width 1.6-1.7 times the
least transfacial distance; pronotum stout, the length including neck 0.9 1.0
times the greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeuni stouter, rather abruptly
declivous posteriorly; longer calcar of hind tibia 0.55 times as long as hind
basitarsus") 4
3. Legs entirely and venter of thorax in part with scattered, erect black setae;
fused metanotum-propodeum feel)ly rugose anteriorly and laterally; disk of
first tergum shallowly rugosopunctate; first two terga witli somewhat sinuate,
apical l)ands of appressed silvery hairs, the bands broader at sides and nar-
rowed in middle; Mexico — - glabcr Andre
Legs and venter of thorax with only pale erect hair; fused metanotum
propodeum with only fine, scattered punctures; disk of first tergum with fine,
separated punctures; first two terga each with an even, narrow apical band
of appressed silvery vestiture. (Tibial calcaria entirely white, the longer one
on hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus, the tibial spines rather
weak; third tergum without appressed pubescence discally or on apical Ijand;
malar space long, 0.43 times the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15
times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the least transfacial distance;
pronotum slender, rather elongate, the length including neck 1.1 times the
greatest width; fused metanotum-propodeum slender and elongate, gradually
sloping posteriorly; metasternal process Aveakly sulcate along midline, virtually
impunctate, the apical margin emarginatc but not bilobate.) Southern Cali
fornia williamsi, new species-"'
4. Third tergum without appressed discal pubescence or an apical band; tibial
calcaria entirely white; lower front and sides of propodemn closely striate,
impunctate or virtually so; metasternal process keeled along midline and
weakly i)unctate, the apical margin emarginate but not bilobate; malar space
one-third the eye-height. (Tibial spines stronger than in williamsi but less
than in xtecHliaris; vertex with dense, appressed, pale sericeous pubescence;
first tergum with an even, narrow, apical band of appressed silvery vestiture.)
Southwest Texas to southern Arizona striolatus, new species
Third tergum with moderately abundant, appressed discal pubescence and
with a narrow apical band of appressed setae; tibial calcaria white with black
tips; lower front without striae, the propodeal sides punctate and occasionally
apparently striate when punctures are dense and confluent in rows; meta-
sternal process not or only very weakly keeled, the apical margin moderately
^Atypically colored specimens of guatemalensis Turner may run here. See notes
in specific discussion of guatemalensis.
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, XO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 215
to strongly emaigiuate and bilobate; malar space one fourth the eye-height.
- peculiaris (Cresson) - 5
5. Vertex without dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band of
appressed silvery vestiture on first tergum greatly broadened at sides; apical
band on third tergum dark; metasternal process nearly smooth or with coarse
punctures posteriorly only; mid and hind tibiae with somewhat fewer spines;
Washington, Idaho, Utah, California and western Arizona...
_.. ..peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson)
Vertex with a band of dense, appressed, pale sericeous vestiture; apical band
on first tergum narrow and even; apical band on third tergum silvery at least
in middle; metasternal process coarsely and contiguously punctate; mid and
hind tibiae with more numerous spines; central Arizona and southeastern
Colorado east to western Kansas and Texas pecnliaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
Key to Males
(Males of p. mirabilis, glaber and gitatcmaleyisis are unknown.)
1. Ocelli smaller, the postocellar line slightly shorter (0.94) than ocellocular line;
tibial calcaria white, narrowly tipped with black; genitalia (Fig. 3) stouter.
(Dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen partly or entirely with erect, black
hairs, those on abdomen relatively slender and barely subplumose, the decum-
bent vestiture sparser; inner eye margins less divergent above, the least
transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through anterior
ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.80 times as long as second; legs entirely dark,
longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.64 times as long as hind basitarsus; apex of
hypopygium slightly retuse.) peculiaris peculiaris (Cresson)
Ocelli somewhat larger, the diameter half again as large as in p. peculiaris,
the postocellar line 1.1-1.5 times as long as ocellocular line; tibial calcaria
entirely white; genitalia (Figs. 1, 2) more slender 2
2. Vestiture sparser, the erect hairs on dorsum of head, thorax and abdomen
partly or entirely dark, those on gaster stouter and more noticeably sub-
plumose; decumbent vestiture sparser; legs black, longer calcarium of hind
tibia 0.60 times as long as hind tarsus; inner eye-margins less divergent
above, the least transfacial distance 0.75 times the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.67 times as long as second; post-
ocellar line 1.1 times as long as ocellocular line; apex of hypopygium slightly
retuse; genitalia (Fig. 2) as figured striolatus, new species
Vestiture denser, the erect hairs entirely glittering- white except on last two
terga, those on gaster more slender and l)arely subplumose; decumbent vesti-
ture denser, obscuring sculptural details on pronotum and mesopleuron; legs
red, longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as hind basitarsus; inner
eye-margins more divergent above, the least transfacial distance 0.67 times
the transfacial distance through anterior ocellus; first flagellar segment 0.75
times as long as second; postocellar line 1.5 times as long as ocellocular line;
apex of hypopygium broadly rounded; genitalia (Fig. 1) as figured
,- williainsi, new species
21 (i PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASII., VOf,. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Typhoctes guatemalensis Turner ,
TyphocUs guatemalensis Turner, 1909. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 3: 485 ($;
San Geroninio, Guatemala; type in British Museum). — Reicl, 1941. Trans.
Roy. Ent. Soc. London 91: 385, figs. 15, IG.
We have not seen material of this rather distinctive speeies. It
differs from the other Icnown females by a combination of the almost
quadrate pronotal disk (as figured by Keid) which lacks dense ap-
pressed vestiture, the almost entirely black integument, the more
densely punctate head with punctures tending to become longitudi-
nally confluent, the longitudinally striate pronotum, and the finely,
horizontally striate "pleurae." Turner's description is quoted below.
Dr. Yarrow has furnished some notes on Turner's type. He says
that it agrees with the first half of couplet 1 in the foregoing key,
but that the pronotal length including the neck is 1.1 times its great-
est width (the neck is hidden beneath the head on the card mount,
but the ratio is not less than 1.1). Additional material of guate-
malensis may possibly differ from the t.ype in some details of colora-
tion, in which case specimens would trace to the second half of couplet
3 in our key. Dr. Yarrow indicates the following characters for
guatenuih iisis as compared with u'illkiiusi: Legs and venter of thorax
with pale hair ; fused metanotum-propodeum longitudinally rugose
except on sides where the rugosity is more or less diagonally transverse,
the anterolateral areas in front of spiracles smooth as is the basal
declivous dorsal area ; disk of first tergum rugosopunctate ; first four
terga (and possibly the fifth) with even, apical pale bands becoming
progressively narrower. (Tibial calcaria pale, the longer one on hind
tibia 0.61 times as long as hind basitarsus; hind tibia with spines only
apically, three ventral and one dorsal, not very stout ; third tergum
with apical pale band, appressed liair on all terga reddish brown ;
malar space short, 0.29 times the eye-height ; ventral characters not
visible.)
" 9. Head sulxiuadrate, a little broader tlian long, broader tlian the pronotum,
punctured closely, the punctures tending to become confluent longitudinally, very
thinly clothed with black pubescence; eyes extending rather nearer to the base of
the mandibles than to the posterior margin of the head, elongate ovate; ocelli
absent. Antennae filiform, nearly as long as the thorax, the second .joint of the
flagellum half as long again as the first and a little longer than the third, the
apical .joints slender but short. Pronotum a little narrower than the head, as
Fig. 1, Ti/phoctes ivilliainsi, n. sp., male genitalia, left half ventral view, right
half dorsal view (Borego paratype) ; fig. la, the same, left paramere, digitus and
cuspis, mesal view (Fish Creek Mts. paratype) ; fig. lb, the same, aedeagus,
unflattened, ventral view. Fig. 2, T. striolatiis, n. sp., male genitalia, left half
ventral view, right half dorsal view. Fig. 3, T. p. pecnliaris (Cr.), male genitalia,
left half ventral view, right half dorsal view (Turlock, Calif.); fig. 3a, the same,
aedeagus, flattened, ventral vieAV (Mt. Diablo, Calif.) ; fig. 3b, the same, left
paramere, digitus and cuspis, mesal view. Fig. 4, T. ivilliamsi, n. sp., lateral
outline view of male (Borego paratype). (Drawings ])y A. D. Cushman).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 5, OCTOBER, 195/
217
218
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Fiff 5 TvphocUs prcnliaris mirabilis (Ckll.), lateral outline view ot temale.
Fig 6 the same, ventral view of alitrunk. Fig. 7, Eotilla mickeli Schus., male
genitalia, ventral view (Hiile). (Drawings by junior author, from Ent. Amer.
29 (n.s.), pi. 14).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 219
broad as the metaiiotuni, from wliicli it is separated by a deep transverse suture;
longitudinally striated and sparsely clothed with long, greyish pubescence. Pleurae
finely horizontally striate. Metanotum longer than the pronotum, longer than
broad, obliquely sloped posteriorly, not truncate, longitudinally striated in the
middle and at the base, obscurely punctured at the sides and apex. Abdomen
shining, very finely and closely punctured, very sparsely clothed with long cinere-
ous pubescence on the sides and apex, a transverse band of short whitish pubes-
cence at the apex of each segment ; first segment triangular, attached to the
thorax by a short petiole, the second segment large, twice as long as the third,
with a strong constriction between the first and second segments. Intermediate
tibiae with two apical spines.
"Black; the two basal joints of the fiageilum testaceous; the metathorax
(except a large black spot at the base), the first abdominal segment (except a
triangular black spot at the apex), the base of the posterior tibiae, and the
intermediate and posterior trochanters and coxae ferruginous; calcaria white.
' ' Length 7 mm. ' '
Male. T^nknown.
Typhoctes glaber Andre
TyphucUs glaher Andre, 1903. Ann. See. i]nt. France 72: 4-48 (9, Mexico; type
in Paris Museum?)
This species is known to lis from the original description only.
Apparently it is rather similar to the female of wiJIiamsi in havin^!: a
shining- integument with rather sparse, erect vestitnre and no dense,
appressed pubescence on pronotum or head. It is noticeably larger
than williamsi and differs in having black hairs on the legs, apical
bands of silvery appressed hair on first and second terga which are
sinuate and broader at sides than in middle, and in having a more
coarsely punctate first tergum.
A tran.slation of the original description is given below. The char-
acters which we have set in italics separate glaher from ivilliamsi.
Length 11 mm. Entirely deep ferruginous, somewhat shining, apices of antennae
and mandibles blackish; the first two abdominal segments each margined apically
by a border of long, silvery hairs which is somewhat sinuate, toider laterally than
medialhi where it disappears in part. Pubescence of body somewhat sparse;
dorsum covered with long, pilose, sjiarse l)lackish pubescence, which is also evident
ventrally, where it is mixed with white hairs. Legs sparsely covered with blaclcish
hairs; calcaria white; tibial and tarsal spines black.
Head rounded, subquadrangular, as wide as thorax, finely and sparsely punc-
tate; eyes large, elongate oval, slightly convex, nearer to occiput than to articula-
tion of mandibles; frontal ridges indistinct; mandible rather narrow, terminating
in a sharp point; antennae very slender, scape rather short, all the segments of
flagellum elongate, the second segment much longer than the first, scarcely longer
than the third. Thorax visibly contracted between pronotum and mesonotum ;
pronotum an inverted trapezoid, narrower behind than in front, somewhat flat-
tened dorsally, finely and very sparsely punctate; the rest of thorax oval, not
divided, rounded in back, feebh/ nif/ose in front and on the sides, sparsely punc-
220 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOF-. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
tate on tlic disk. AIxIoiik'h cloiigatt', fusiform; first scgnieut joined to thorax by
a slender, eylindrical petiole wliieli is mucli shorter than the rest of segment; the
hind |)art of first segment triangidar as seen from above, visibly contracted at
apex, rrri/ .sliallowl// nif/o.sopiDicldtf (iiid Ixdritig some tridelfi separated coarse
piuictiires in achlition ; second segment very finely and rather densely punctate;
apical segments almost smooth and won- shining.
Male. Unknown.
Typhoctes williamsi,'' new species
(Figs. 1 and 4)
Females of this speeies differ from those of strioIafKs and pecullaris
ill a large number of features, ehief among them being the much more
elongate and slender alitrunk with the fused metathorax-])ropodeum
appearing somewhat obpyriform and constricted anteriorly (in lateral
profile most inflated jii.st anterior to the insertion of mid coxae), the
very reduced sculpture with the integument in general highly pol-
ished, and the virtual absence of glittering appressed pubescence on
head and ]n"onotuin.
In the latter feature, willia))i.si closely approaches ylabcr Andre
from Mexico. It differs from that species in the entirely white, glit-
tering hairs on the legs and in the narrow, complete and even bands
of silvery hairs at the apices of the first two abdominal terga. T.
irilJiaiiisi also has the punctation of the first abdominal tergum fine
throughout, while in (jlaher it is described as coarse distally.
The male of williainsi is the most distinctive of the three species
known in that sex, being distinguished at once by the red legs, ex-
tremely dense, almost entirely white, glittering vestiture, and broadly
rounded apical margin of the hypopygium. Other differences are as
noted in the key.
There is a possibility that williai)i.si may prove to be only sub-
specifically distinct from glaher, but the original description of that
species fails to mention characters which might enable us to reach a
definite conclusion on this point. Certainly, the two are at least sub-
specifically distinct.
Dr. Williams states (iiersonal communication to senior author)
that most of the males taken by him at Borego were visiting two or
three mats of Euphorhia poly car pa Benth. on the desert sands. The
single female was caught while it was running over the sand in the
late morning. Dr. Bohart states that the single female taken by him
was ca])tured near a nest of PogonomijtDicx and was superficially
very similar to the ants in appearance.
Type. — <5 ; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California; May 12,
1955 (F. X. Williams; on mat Euphorhia) (California Academy of
Sciences).
'•For Francis X. Williams, collector of most of tlie type series.
PUOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, XO. .3, OCTOBER, 1957 221
Male. — Length 6.5 mm., foiewiiig including tegula 4.5 mm. Shining, Ijlack, legs
ontirely light red except most of tarsi which are infuscated, mandible except tip
<larker red, antenna beneath reddish, brown above, tibial calcaria entirely ■white.
Wings very pale hyaline, forewing slightly infumated toward apex; veins basally
testaceous, brown apically. Yestiture long, rather coarse, almost entirely glittering
white, the last two terga with erect black hair, and mid and hind tibiae externally
with a few scattered, erect dark hairs; erect hairs on head, thorax and abdomen
slender as in peciiliaris, only very slightly subplumose.
Clypeus with very dense, decumbent liair, surface sculpture not visible; front
and temples with similar, but somewhat sparser decumbent vestiture and long,
scattered erect linirs; vertex with much sparser decumbent vestiture and some
erect hairs; occiput with moderately dense, erect hair; first flagellar segment
three fourths as long as second; least transfacial distance two-thirds the trans-
facial distance through middle of anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-
length; ocelli larger than in p. peciilaris, the diameter half again as large:
distance between anterior and posterior ocelli half as great as postocellar distance,
the latter distance half again as great as ocellocular distance; entire head cor-
respondingly more densely punctate than in typical peculiaris.
Tlioracic dorsum with aljundant appressed pubescence which is densest on
pronotum, and also with erect hairs which are about as long and as dense as
on occiput; thoiacic ilorsum with small i)unctures which are correspondingly
denser than in /*. peculiaris, the mesonotum more sparsely punctate on disk than
at sides; lateral surface of pronotum and niesopleuron with appressed pubescence
which is very dense on latter, and also with erect, scattered hairs on latter; up])er
part of metapleuron with vestiture similar to that of niesopleuron; propodeum
with most of jnibescence appressed, rather dense on dorsum, si>arser on sides,
and very sparse posteriorly.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse sul)appressed pubescence; femoi'.-i, tibiae and
tarsi with fine, dense, short appressed pubescence; femora beneath with long,
scattered, erect white hairs; longer calcarium of hind tibia 0.67 times as long as
hind basitarsus.
Aljdomen with abundant erect pubescence, that on first tergum longer and
somewhat sparser than on succeeding terga ; first and second terga with nai-row
apical bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth terga with similar but mueii
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae; second to sixth sterna each
with a row of appressed simple setae at apex; second to fifth tei'ga with punc-
tures of two distinct sizes, a series of somewhat larger and more scattered ones.
and others which are smaller and more abundant; first sternum smooth ; seconc
sternum with discal punctures noticeably larger than elsewhere on abdomen and
sparser than on succeeding sterna; punctures of tliird to sixth sterna moderately
dense, uniform in size; hyjiopygium with .-iijical margin broadly rounded; genitalia
(of paraty|)e ) as figured (Fig. 1).
The male p.'iratypes vary in length from 5.0 to 7.0 mm. The Borego Desert
series agrees very well in all essentials with the type, but the three specimens
from San Bernardino County have the forelegs castaneous rather than light red,
and the punctation of first and second terga of the specimen from Boron is
sparser than normal.
222 PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Allotype.— 9 ; same data as type but April 23, 1955 (CAS).
Female. — Length 6.5 mm. Shining, uniformly light orange-red except tarsi
very slightly infuseated, tibial calcaria entirely vvliite. Long erect hairs of head
and thoracic dor.suni black or dark brown, on venter of head and thorax, legs and
abdomen glittering white; appressed pubescence on thoracic dorsum and disk of
second tergum very sparse, pale golden, the disk of third tergum with a very few,
inconspicuous, similar, appressed hairs; sides of thorax (except absent on pro-
notum), legs and abdomen except disk of second tergum silvery pubescent.
Head lacking appressed pubescence except for a very few hairs between eyes
and on antennae, lower half of front with scattered small punctures; upper half
of front and vertex virtually impunctate except along inner eye margins, highly
polished; occiput with j^unctures more concentrated; malar space long, 0.43 times
the eye-height; least transfacial distance 1.15 times the eye-height; head width
1.7 times the least interocular distance; tirst and second flagellar segments sub-
equal in longtli.
Pronotum obtrapezoidal, more elongate than in pecnliaris and .strioJatiis. dor-
sally highly polished and only remotely and finely punctate, the length including
neck 1.1 times greatest width, some sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly on
disk, the long erect setae denser anteriorly than posteriorly, the virtually im-
punctate, i)olished lateral surfaces with only a few weak, short setae; dorsal
surface of fused metanotum-propodeum more elongate than in striolatits, polished,
with sparse decumbent pubescence anteriorly, and scattered, erect, long setae ;
punctures fine and scattered ; posterior slope of propodeum gradual, with sparse,
appressed silvery vestiture; mesopleuron with close punctures and moderately
abundant, appressed silvery pubescence; fused metapleuron-propodeum punctate
anteriorly only, no traces of striae; metasternal process smooth, nitid, virtually
impunctate, ecarinate, slightly sulcate along midline, emarginate at apex but not
bilobate.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, dense, short silvery hair; coxae beneath,
femora and tibiae with scattered, long, erect silvery setae ; mid and hind tibiae
with a preapical row of two short, weak spines on outer surface and a second row
bearing only a single preapical spine; longer calcirium of hind tibia two-thirds
as long as hind basitarsus.
First and second terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with scattered, decumbent, silvery sericeous
hairs on rest of disk and moderately abundant, long, erect white setae; second
tergum with scattered, decumbent pale golden setae on disk and scattered, erect,
partly fuscous setae which are more concentrated anteriorly; succeeding terga
with only scattered, erect, largely fuscous setae.
The single female paratype is 5.6 mm. long, and is very similar to the tyi)e in
coloration, vestiture and punctation.
Paratypes. — 13 S S ; Borego Desert, San Diego Co., California;
April 23 (3 £ S), April 29 (4 S S), Mav 12 (6 $ £), all 1955
(F. X. William.s; mostly on mat Euphorhia) (CAS, USNM, BM,
RMS, HEE, KVK). 1 $ ; Bore«.o Valley, San Diego Co., California;
April 18, 1957 (R. M. Bohart) [USx^M]. 1 S ; Fish Creek Mts.,
Imperial Co., California; April 20, 1955 (W. R. M. Mason) (CNC).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 223
1 c? ; 10 mi. s. of Mecca, Riverside Co., California; April 4, 1937
(P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 1 <? ; 14 mi. w. of Boron, San Bernardino
Co., California; April 25, 1953 (P. D. Hurd) (CIS). 1 S ; Needles,
San Bernardino Co., California; April 3, 1951 (J. W. MacSwain)
(CIS). 1 6 ; Kramer Hills, San Bernardino Co., California; May 1,
1953 (P. D. Hnrd) (USNM).
In addition to the type series, three othei- individuals have been
seen which are apparently referable to T. irilliaiusi, bnt may represent
a separate race : 1 9,6 S S ; Thousand Palms, Riverside Co., Cali-
fornia ; April 1 CS 6 6 ), 12 ( <? ), 16 {S ), 25 ( 9 ), 26 {$), all
lf)55 ( W. R. M. Mason) (CXC). The males are essentially inseparable
from the male described above, bnt the sin<ile female differs in three
features, as follows : the gaster, except for the petiole, is piceons to
black ; the third abdominal ter<>um has a rather conspicuous median
patch of appressed, silvery hairs; the mesopleuron tends to have the
setigerous punctation longitudinally confluent to the point where it
appears obscurely longitudinally striolate, rather than distinctly
punctate. Although tlie differences in pigmentation and vestiture
^ive this latter female a wholly deviant aspect, we believe that recog-
nition of it as a separate taxon to be premature. The fact that it
occurred in the same locality with males inseparable from "normal"
T. urilliamsi males appears to indicate that it represents an extreme
individual of T. irilliani.si. The critical cephalic indices of this female
are essentially identical with the allotype of T. wiJlifniisi: least trans-
facial distance 1.17 times the eye-height; head width 1.7 times the
least interocular distaiice. lentil and unless it can be shown that this
female is incorrectly associated with T. irillidinsl males, it ap]iears
preferable to refer it to this species.
Typhoctes striolatus, new species
(Fig. 2)
Tlie female of strioJatiis is most closely similar to that of }>cc}(liaris
iiiirahilis with which it agrees in general aspect, particularly in the
presence, on all but worn individuals, of a glittering vestiture of
appressed, pale golden hairs on the vertex and pronotum. However,
it differs from this, as well as typical pcculiaris, in several noteworthy
structural characters that prohibit considering these forms as specifi-
callj' identical, such as : the lateral faces of the propodenm are con-
spicuously striolate ; the metasternal process is weakly punctate
throughout, distinctly keeled along midline, and merely weakly emar-
ginate at the apex, with the process on each side of the emargination
not elaborated as a distinct rounded lobe; third abdominal tergum
with only sparse, long, erect hairs, lacking appressed silky vestiture.
The male associated with these females is also certainly specifically
distinct from males of typical pcculiaris (males of p. mirahilis are
unknown). It differs at once from males of both pcculiaris and wil-
Jiamsi in the somewhat stouter, more definitely subplumose. erec^^^
--4 PKOC. KXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBKR, 1957
hairs on the gaster, and the comparatively sparser pnnetation and
vestiture. Some noteworthy characters separating' it from males of
peculiaris are the somewhat enlar<>ed ocelli, entirely pale tibial cal-
caria, distance between anterior and posterior ocelli three-fonrths
the postocellar line, the latter 1.1 times the ocellocular distance, and
the more slender genitalia. It is separated from males of williamsi by
having the eyes less strongly divergent above, comparatively longer
postocellar line, entirely black legs, the longer calcarinm of hind tibia
relatively shorter, and minor genitalic dilferences.
Tij}j( . 9 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co.. Arizona; October 15, 1988 (R. II.
Crandall ) (U. S. National Mnsenm, Type No. 68261, donated by
K. V. Krombein).
Female. — Leiigtli (!.(• iiiiii. Shining; head, thorax, legs and first abdominal
tergum red, a slijidi' darker than in wiUiamsi; sides and base of second terguni
red shading into deep castnneous on rest of disk, and terminal segments all black;
tibial calcaria entirely white. Vestiture partly of long, scattered, erect setae
vvliich are mostly black, but i)aU' on head beneath, pronotum in part, legs beneath,
and second and third stt-rna ; head aliove, temples and pronotum with conspicuous,
very dense, apjiressed, ]iale golden sericeous ])ul)esceuce.
Lower lialf of front with several weak, oblique striae just above antenna! in-
sertions, running outward and slightly upward to lower inner eye margin; vertex
adjacent to inner eye margins similarly striolate with striae parallel to eyes;
lower two-thirds of front with scattered punctures bearing long erect setae; upper
part of front, temples, ci'iitral |)ortions of vertex and occiput with dense, small
punctures bearing the decumbent vestiture; malar spaci' shoi-t, one third the
eye height ; head width 1.7 times the le.ast interocuhir distance; front between
eyes 1.25 times the eye-height; first and second flagellai' segnu'nts subefpial in
length.
I'ronotum obtrapezoidal, shorter and stouter than in wilUanisi, the length in
eluding neck 0.9 times the greatest width, the disk and sides closely and delicately
wrinkled to rugulose-striolate, l)earing dense, silky decumbent vestiture, disk with
erect setae denser on anteiior half; dorsum of fused metanotum-propodeum with
close, fine, irregular, sinuous, transverse wrinkles ;ind scattered, erect, long setae
and fine, sparse, inconspicuous decund)ent setae; posterior slope of propodeum
abruptly declivous as compared to villiamsi, smooth except for a few, straight,
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; fused metapleuron-propodeuin
obliquely and closely striate, with few interspersed punctures, except for a small,
smooth triangular area beloAV propodeal sjjiracle; jnetasternal plate strongly shin-
ing, virtually devoid of i)unctation, with a sharp median keel, the apex merely
emarginate but not hiloli.-ite.
Coxae laterally with subappressed, rather dense, slioi-t, silvery hair; coxae
beneath, femora .-ind tibiae with scattered, long, erect setae, partly blackish,
partly silvery; mid tibia with two ])reai)ical rows of three short, rather stout
black spines, posterior tibia with the two preapical rows bearing only 1-2 such
spines each; longer calciriuin of liiml tibia 0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First and second terga each with an even, narrow apical band of appressed
silvery vestiture; first tergum also with a few, scattered, decundaent .silvery setae
PKOC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOI,. 59, XO. O, OCTOBER, 1957
lUU
on rt'st cif disk jiikI iiiodcratoly .•iiiiiii(l:iiit, loJig, crcrt, dark sftac; second torg
witli iiuiilc'iattdy dt'iisi", iiiconsiiiciious, short, (U'c-iiiiil)eiit hiowii vcstitiux' except
liurrowly at base and on sides, and with moderately abundant, tnect. long 1)lack
setae; suceeedirg terga with only scattered, erect, black setae.
Female i)aratyi)es vary in length from 4.8 to 6.8 mm, and the lirst flagellar
segment is dai'ki'r on liasal half. The sj^ecimens from Ai'izona ari' extremely
similar to the iy\n\ The threi' from Texas show some variation in that two speci-
mens la(d\ tlu' frontal striae, all three have the irregular wriid<les on doisal surface
of fused metanotum-propodeum mainly oblique instead of tians\erse, and in two
specimens the terminal alxlominal segments are not castaneous but cdncolorous
with the lirst ami second terga.
Allotype. — S ; The Basin, Big- Bend National Park, C'liisos Mts.,
Brewster Co., Texas, 5400 ft. elev. ; July 8-14, 1948 (II. E. Evans;
visiting' honeydew on oak) (T^. S. Xational ^Insenin. donated by
ir. E. Evans).
Mull . — Length (>.8 mm. , forewing iniduding tegula 4.(1 mm. Shining, ld;ick,
mandible except tip reddish, flagelhun and tarsi brown, tibial calcaria entirely
white. Wings almost hyaline though slightly darker than in wiUiain.'ii, the forewing
slightly iiifumate(l l)eyond veins; veins light brown, stigma and costa darker.
Vestiturc long, rather coarse, corresiiondingly nuudi spai-ser than in irilliamsi;
most of \('stiture glittering white, but many of erect hairs of head ;ind dorsum
of thorax and abdomen light brown, those on last two abdominal terga almost
entirely light brown; erect hairs of gaster stouter than in prciiJinris and irilliam.ii^
and more plainly subplumose.
Clypcus with moderately large, contiguous punctuies, vestiture silvery exce[)t
for a few fuscous hairs medially, appressed and rather dense; temples and lower
front with e(|ually large but mort- se])arated punctures bearing mostly decumbent
vestiture but with some erect hairs; upper front with finer, closer [lunctures, most
of vestiture denuded but what is left mostly appressed; vertex with quite scat-
tered, larger punctures; occiput with punctation again more dense: tirst flagellar
segment two-thirds as long as second; least transfacial distance three-fourths the
transfacial distance through anterior ocellus and thrce-fouiths the eye-length;
ocelli enlarged as in ivilliaiuNi : distance between antei'ior and posterior ocelli
three-fourths the postocellar line, the latter distance 1.1 times the ocellocular line.
Anterioi- declivity of pronotum with contiguous jiunctures and erect vestiture,
disk with sparse punctation and mixed dccundyent and erect hairs, lateral surface
contiguously punctate, and with appressed hairs; nu-sonotum with sparse pubes-
cence, the disk largely impunctate, laterally and anteriorly with closer punctures;
scutelluni and postscutellum with vestiture denser, mostly decunil)ent, punctures
subcontiguous ; mesopleuron with coarse, subcontiguous punctuies, and rather
abundant appressed and erect vestiture; upper part of metapleurou similarly
punctate and hairy, though somewhat more sparsely so; propodeum with large
round punctures and mostly appressed vestiture, punctures on dorsum subcontigu-
ous anteriorly and becoming sparser posteriorly until most intervals are about
half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter surface with several
transverse wrinkles above abdominal insertion; lateral surface of propodeum
aljout as closely ]iunctate as posterior surface.
22C PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, subappressed pubescence ; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with dense, fine, short
appressed puliesceiu-c ; lonjicr ealcarinni of hind tihiii (l.ti(( times as long as hind
basitarsus.
Abdominal vestiture sparse as compared to williaithsi ; first and second terga
with narrow apical bands of appressed hair, the third to fifth with similar but
narrower bands consisting of a single row of setae, the apical decumbent fringes
of setae of first five terga all silvery (in peciiliaris those of terga 3-5 fuscous and
much less conspicuous) ; second to sixth sterna each witli a row of appressed
simple setae at apex ; second to fifth terga with punctures of two distinct sizes
as in williamsi though comparatively sparser, a series of somewhat larger and
more scattered ones, and others which are smaller and moie abundant; first
sternum smooth; second sternum with discal punctures noticeal)ly larger than
elsewhere on alxlomen though sparser than in wilUatnsi; punctures of tliird to
sixth sterna finer, sparser than in icilUa))isi ; hypopygiuni with apical margin very
slightly retuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 2), noticealdv more slender than in
typical peciiliaris.
Paratypes. 2 $ $ ; .same data a.s tvpe but April 24 and April 26,
1933 (KVK). 1 9 ; Presidio, Presidio Co., Texas; June 26, 1930
(E. R. Tinkhani) (UM). 2 9?; northwest Wilson Co., Texas;
Mareh-May 11)45 (II. B. Parks) (RMS, USNM).
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson)
This polytypic species is represented by two races, the nominate
subspecies which occurs in Washington, Idaho, Utah, California and
western Arizona, and peculiaris mirahUis from central Arizona and
southeastern Colorado eastward to western KauNas and Texas. The
females are larger than the females of the other two species occurring
in America north of Mexico, but this size distinction is not apparent
in the males, perhaps because of too limited a series in that sex. Both
sexes of peculiaris are distinguished from the other V . S. species by
the dark-tipped tibial calcaria.
The females are separated from those of willianisi and striolatus
by the presence of moderately abundant appressed, fuscous, sericeous
vestiture on the third abdominal tergum, the shorter malar space,
and the more strongly spinose mid and hind tibiae. In addition,
females of peculiaris are quite distinct from those of willianisi by the
presence of dense, appressed sericeous vestiture on pronotum, the
comparatively dense punctation, and different proportions of head
and thorax. The females of peculiaris, j)articularly those of p. inira-
hilis, are superficially more similar to those of striolatus, but in addi-
tion to the characters listed at the beginning of this paragraph,
females of peculiaris differ from those of striolatus in the absence
of a median keel on metasternal process, and usually in lacking striae
on the lateral surface of propodeum, any apparent striation on this
area due to the punctures being confluent in rows, forming rugae,
rather than to a basic grooving of the integument without punctures.
PROO. i<:nt. soc. wash., vol. 59, no. .5, October, 1957 227
The males (those of p. iinr<ibilis mikiiowii ) differ from the other
known males in the stouter g-enitalia and the somewhat smaller oeelli.
In addition, they differ from males of willianisi in having entirely
black legs, relatively sparser punetation and vestiture, some erect
black hairs on head and thorax, the inner eye margins less strongly
divergent above, the postoeellar distance less than oeellocnlar distance,
and the slightly retnse apical margin of hypopygium. They differ
from males of .striolatiis in having the erect hairs on gaster thinner
and barely subphimose, the relatively longer first flagellar segment
and longer calcarium of hind tibia.
Typhoctes peculiaris peciiliaris (Crossoji), new st.itus
(Fig. 3)
Miifilla peculiaris C'roHSOii, 1875. Trans. Anier. Ent. Soc. 5: 119 ($ ; California;
type in Academy of Natural Sciences, Plnladelphi;i ). — Blake, 1886. Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc. 13: 203.— Dalla Torre, 1897. Cat. Hyni. 8: 71.
Typhoctes peculiaris (Cresson), Aslmiead, 1899. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 7:53. —
Ashmead, 1903. Canad. Ent. 35: 202.— Andre, 1903. Gen. Ins., Ease. 11,
p. 11.— Bradley, 1917. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 43: 288.— Schuster, 1949. Ent.
Amer. 29 (n.s.) : 82 et seq. — Kroml)ein, 1951. U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr.
2: 751 (synonymizes Anommutilla difficilis Mickel under peculiaris).
Cyphotes peculiaris (Cresson), Fox, 1899. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 25: 278 (.syn-
onymizes Chyphotes mirabilis Cockerell under peculiaris). — Melander, 1903.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 29: 327.
Anommutilla difficilis Mickel, 1936. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 295 (S ; Oakley,
Idaho; type in U. S. National Museum). — Schuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29
(n.s. ) : 1 17 r/ si (/.
The females of typical licculiari.'i are distinguished at once from
those of j). mirahilis by the lack of dense, appressed, pale sericeous
]iubescence on vertex, the somewhat finer sculpture of fused meta-
notum-propodeum and raetasternal process, the much broader apical
silvery band on first abdominal tergum, and the dark apical band
of hairs of the third tergum.
Female. — ^Length 6.5-11.3 mm. Rather dull because of dense punetation, the
legs, terminal abdominal terga and all sterna shining; integument red, a darker
shade than in williamsi, the apex of mandible, a narrow annulus at base of first
flagellar segment, the terminal flagellar segments and tarsi darker; tibial calcaria
white except extreme tips dark brown or black. Long, erect black setae on head,
sides of pronotal disk, fused metanotum-propodeum, legs and abdominal terga;
shorter, erect white setae on pronotal disk, sides and venter of thorax, legs, fir.st
and second terga and all sterna except apical three; pronotum entirely covered
(and often occipital area, in part) with dense, appressed, pale, glittering sericeous
vestiture.
Front and vertex with close, moderately large punctures, no striae, rather dense
erect setae and some scattered, decumbent golden to fuscous setae; temples and
adjacent occipital regions less closely punctured and with decumbent silvery
setae; malar space one-fourth as long as eye-height; front between eyes 1.3 times
228 PROC. ENT. SOf. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
the eye-lieight ; he.'ul width 1.6 times the h'Mst iiitcrot'iilar distance; tirst and
second flagellar segments suhequal in length.
Pronotum shorter th;in in willi(im.si, similar to th.at of .st rioldlii.s, the length
including neck suhequal to gre.-iti'st \\i(lt]i, with dense small jiunctures hearing
the decumbent vestiture; fused metanotum-]iroi)odeum dorsally with rather dense,
decumbent, golden to fulvous pubescence which becomes si)arser and silvery on
posterior and lateral surfaces, the dorsal surface with close, small punctures
which are sparser on posterior surface, and lateral surface rugosopunctate or
locally with striolation weak and interrupted by irregular punetation ; proi)odeum
more abruptly declivous and stout as compared to williamsi; metasternal plate
not or only weakly keeled :ilong midline, surface smooth and nearly impunctate,
except sometimes coarsely ;ni(l contiguously punctate posteriorly, apical margin
dee])]y emarginate and usually rathei- strongly bilobate.
Coxae laterally witli suhnppressed, rather dense, silvery, short hair; coxae
beneath, femora and libiae with scattered, long erect setae; mid and hind tibiae
more strongly spinosi- tlian in iriUidDisi or sfriolafus, but with fewer spines than
in /*. mirnhilis, the mid tihia usually with one or two preapical rows composed of
one or two spines, and hind tilii;i with a single postei'ior row of two or three
and one or occasionally two of the antei'ior row; longer calcarium of hind tibia
'0.55 times as long as hind basitarsus.
First tergum with a broad apical band of appressed silvery pubescence which
is quite narrow at midline and very much broadened toward sides, the surface
basad of this liand with a])pressed fulvous to fuscous jnibescence and compara-
tively abundant erect setae; second tergum also with a broad apical band of
appressed silvery pubescence (broader than in u-illiani,si) which is usually nar-
rower at midline, the rest of disk with rather dense fulvous to fuscous appressed
pubescence, obscuring the sculpture, and scattered, erect setae; third tergum with
sparser, appressed, fulvous to fuscous jmbescence and a very narrow, darker,
apical band and scattered erect b!:ick setae; succeeding two terga with scattered
lerect black setae.
Male. — Length <i to 7.5 nnn., forewing including tegula 4 to 4.5 mm. Black,
shining; antennae and tarsi dark brown; mandible red except apex; til)ial cal-
caria white except extreme tips dark brown. Wings moderately infunuited, the
apices beyond veins daiker. Vestiture long, moderately coarse, corresjiondingly
sparser than in ifillidiii.si, glittering white except for some black erect hairs on
the following — head in i)art, thoracic dorsum in part, second tergum in part, and
■succeeding terga excejit laterally; erect hairs of gaster slender, less ])lumose in
appearance than in fitriolaliifi.
Clypeus with moderately large, contiguous punctures, vestiture decumbent and
rather dense; temples and front with smaller, slightly .sparser punctures, the
temples with ai)i)i'essed pubescence, the front with both erect and appressed hair;
vertex with sp.arser punctures and luith types of vestiture; occiput more closely
punctate and with denser setae; first flagellar segment four-fifths as long as
secoiul ; least tiansfacial distance three-fourths the transfacial distance through
anterior ocellus and three-fourths the eye-height; ocelli .smaller than in unlliamsi,
the diameter two-thirds as great; distance between anterior and posterior ocelli
slightly more than half tlie posfocellar distance, the latter distance 0.94 times the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WA8H., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 229
ocelloculiir tlistiiiu-c ; piuietatioii i>f licnd conL'spoiidiiigly sparser than in wilUaniKi.
Proiiotal punc'tation and vestiture int(.'rmo<liate in density between tliat of
vilUdnisi and strioJattis, decumbent vestiture all i>ale, the erect hairs pale on
declivity and sides of disk, black elsewhere on disk; rest of thoracic dorsum
intermediate between that of williamsi and striolatus in density of punctation
and v.'stiture, the erect hair mostly black with some white hairs laterally; lateral
surface of pronotum and mesopleuron Avith i-ather coarse, contiguous punctures
bearing moderately dense, pale, mostly decumbent and suberect vestiture; upper
part of metapleuron with somewhat finer and more separated punctures; pro-
podeum with large round punctures and mostly appressed, pale vestiture, punc-
tures on dorsum contiguous anteriorly, becoming sparser posteriorly until most
interspaces are at least half as wide as punctures on posterior surface, the latter
surface with several transverse wrinkles a])ove abdominal insertion.
Coxae laterally with dense, coarse, sul)appressed pubescence; femora beneath
with long, scattered white hairs; femora, tibiae and tarsi with tine, dense, short
ai)pressed vestiture; longer ealc;irium of hind tibia 0.(U times as long as hind
basitarsus.
Abdominal vestiture intermediate in density l)etween that of williamsi and
striolatus, the erect setae slender as compared to striolatus and very slightly sub-
l)lumose; first and second terga with very narrow apical Viands of appressed
vestiture, the third to fifth with similar but narrower bands consisting of a single
row of setae, quite inconspicuous and fuscous except occasionally partly pale in
middle on third; second to sixth sterna each with a row of ajipi'essed simple setae
at apex; second to fifth terga usually with punctures of two distinct sizes as
described for williamsi but occasional specimens with sjjarser punctation and the
minute punctures mostly or entirely lacking; erect vestiture of first tergum all
pale, of second occasionally all white but usually black except laterally and at
apex, of succeeding terga mostly black except occasionally along sides; that of
sterna mostly pale with occasional interspersed black setae; liypopj'gium with
apical margin slightly refuse; genitalia as figured (Fig. 3), stouter than in
striolatus or williamsi.
WASHINGTON: 1 $ ; Grand Coulee, Steamboat Koek. (h-ant Co.;
Julv 10, 1902 (A. L. Melander) (MCZ).
IDAHO': 1 $,1 S ; Oaklev, Cassia Co.; July 7, 1927 ( 6 . type of
difliciUs) and July 23, 1930 ($) (USNM).
CTAII: 1 $ ; U. A. C. Farm No. 2. Looan, Cache Co.; Aujiust 16,
1925 (A. C. Burriin (RMS).
ARIZONA: 1 ? ; Gila Bend, Marieupa Co.; Mareh 2(3, 1940 (R. H.
Crandall) (KVK).
CALIFORNIA : 2 9 9.2 $ $ ■ Boreoo Desert, San Die<io Co. ;
April 23, 1955 (1 <? ), April 17, 1956 (1 $ on Enphorhia poly-
carpa, 1 9 runnino- on sand nearby), April 30, 1957 ( 9 ) (F. X.
Williams) (CAS, KVK). 1 9 ; San Felipe Creek, San Dieg-o
Co.; September 9, 1938 (P. H. Timberlake) (PUT). 1 9 ; Ban-
ning, Riverside Co.; July 16, 1950 (J. W. MaeSwain) (CIS).
1 9 ; Crystal Lake, Los Angeles Co.; June 29, 1950 (J. W.
MaeSwain) (CIS). ">« ©9,1 <? ; Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles
230 PROC. ENT. SOr. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Co.; June 19 (2 9 $ , J. W. MacSwam),Juiie 22 (2 9 $ , F. X.
Williams), June 23 (2 9 $ , F. X. Williams), June 24 (2 9 9,
P. D. Kurd), June 25, (4 9 9, 15, F. X. Williams, H. F.
Robinson, P. D. Hurd), June 27 (1 9 , P. D. Hurd), July 7
(1 9, F. X. Williams), Julv 8 (3 9 9 , F. X. Williams), Julv
10 (1 9, F. X. Williams), all 1950 (CIS, RMB). 1 $, Kramer
Hills, San Bernardino Co.; May 1, 1953 (P. D. Hurd) (CIS).
1 S ; Oro Grande Wash, 11 mi. s. of Adelanto, San Bernardino
Co.; May 26, 1941 (P. H. Timberlake) (PHT). 2 9 9; Yermo,
San Bernardino Co.; April 28, 1949 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. Mac-
Swain, R. F. Smith) (CIS). 1 S ; x\pple Valley, San Bernardino
Co.; May 19, 1955 (W .R. M. Mason) (CNC). 1 9 ; Victorville,
San Bernardino Co.; September 13, 1936 (J. Hansen) (RMS).
1 S ; Lebec, Kern Co.; June 8, 1952 (E. I. Selilinoer) (USNM).
2 9 9; Big Pine, Inyo Co.; September 4, 1956 (R. M. Bohart)
(RMB). 1 9 ; 3 mi. s. of Olanelia, Inyo Co.; August 6, 1948
(P. D. Hurd, J. W. MaeSwain) (CIS). 4 9 9; Bishop Creek,
Inyo Co., 8400 ft. elev. ; August 2, 1936 (G. E. Bohart) (CIS).
1 9,1 S ; Arrovo Seco Camp, Monterey Co. ; June 6, 1956 ( $ )
and June 5, 1957 (9) (R. M. Bohart) (RMB). 1 9 ; Little
Binoche Valley, Fresno Co.; May 11, 1920 (E. 0. Essig) (CIS).
1 9 ; Bass Lake, Madera Co.; July, 1946 (CIS). 2 S $ ; Tur-
loek, Stanislaus Co.; September 28, 1953 (R. R. Snelling)
(USNM). 1 9,1 S ; Tuolumne City, Tuolumne Co.; June 3
( £ ) and June 14 ( 9 ), 1953 (J. G. Rozen) (CIS). 1 9 ; Hot
Creek,, Mono Co.; August 1, 1936 (CIS). 1 9 ; Mokelumne Hill
Calaveras Co. (USNM). 2 $ $ ; Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co.,
2000 ft. elev.; July 26, 1949 and July 17, 1950 (F. X. Williams)
(CIS). 3 9 9; Antioch, Contra Costa Co.; July, 1937 (E. S.
Ross) (CIS), August 8, 1952 (W. E. Ferguson) (CIS) and
September 10, 1947 (J. W. MaeSwain) (USNM). 1 5 ; 13 mi.
NE of Chico, Butte Co.; May 23, 1956 (R. M. Bohart) (RMB).
1 9 ; Hat Creek P. 0., Shasta Co.; July 12, 1955 (J. AV. Mae-
Swain) (CIS). 1 9 ; Norval Flats, Lassen Co., 5500 ft. elev.;
August 22, 1950 (J. 0. Martin) (USNM). 1 9 ; "Cal."
(USNM). 1 9 ; "California" (ANSP; type of peciiUaris).
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell)
(Figs. 5 and 6)
Cyphotes mirabilis Cockerell, 1896. Canad. Eiit. 28: 285 (9; Mesilla Valley,
New Mexico; type in U. S. National Museum).
Typhoctes mirahilis (Cockerell), Mallocli, 1926. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 68, Art.
3, p. 3, fig. 14.
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis (Cockerell), Sdiuster, 1949. Ent. Amer. 29 (n.s.") :
134, figs. 15, 16.
Females of this subspecies are separated from those of typical
peculiaris by the characters cited in the description below. Superficial-
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 231
ly, females of p. mirahilis are very similar to those of striolatus
because of the dense, appressed, pale pubeseeiiee on both vertex and
pronotiim, but differ at once as noted in the discussion of pcculiaris
sens. lat.
Males of p. uiirahilis are unknown. Presumably they will be very
similar to those of typical peculiaris in most details, perhaps differing
most notably only in certain minor details of the vestiture.
Female. — Length 7 to 11 nun. Similnr to typical peculiaris except in the fol-
lowing details: vertex with dense, appressed, pale golden sericeous vestiture as on
pronotum ; sculpture of fused nietanotuni-propodeuin coarser, punctures of dorsal
,'ind posterior surfaces larger, and lateral surface with larger, subcontiguous
punctures occasionally confluent in rows; metasternal plate entirely coarsely and
contiguously to confluently ]>unctate; mid and hind tibiae with more numerous
spines, usually with two preapical rows of three spines each, occasionally four;
apical silvery band of first tergum much narrower on sides, essentially equally
wide throughout; and third tergum with apical band silvery, at least medially.
ARIZONA: 1 9 ; Heiser Spring-, Wupatki Natl. Mon., Coconino Co.;
Julv 23, 1949 (L. C. Wvman) (USNM). 1 9 ; Joseph City,
Navajo Co.; August 6, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) (CIS). 1 9 ;
Prescott, Yavapai Co.; June 29, 1932 (P. H. Timberlake)
(PHT). 2 9 9; Tucson, Pima Co.; June 1, 1933 (Bryant)
(UM) and August 6, 1946 (H. E. Evans) (HEE). 1 9 ; Babo-
quivari Mts., Pima Co.; May 7, 1938 (F. H. Parker) (UM).
1 9 ; Patagonia, Santa Cruz Co.; July 20, 1940 (D. J. and J. N.
Knull) (OSU). 1 9 ; Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa
Cruz Co.; July 26, 1955 (F. X. Williams; at light) (CAS).
1 9 ; Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz Co. ; September 30, 1939
(Bryant) (UM). 1 9 ; Iluachuca Mts., Cochise Co. (USNM).
NEW MEXICO: 2 9 9; Jemez Springs, Sandoval Co.; August 1,
1914 (UM) and July 10, 1954 (Cazier and Gertsch) (AMNH).
1 9 ; College Campus, Mesilla Vallev, Dona Ana Co. ; Julv 1896
(T. D. A. Cockerell) (USNM, tvpe'of mirahilis).
TEXAS : 2 9 9 ; 6-10 mi. w. of Fort Davis, Jeff Davis Co., 5000 ft.
elev. ; Julv 15-23, 1948 (H. E. Evans; 1 9 on Sphacralcea
(nigustifolia) (HEE). 2 9 9; Abilene, Tavlor Co.; October 10,
1943 (C. L. Remington) (USNM, RMS).
KANSAS: 1 9 ; Norton Co., 2270 ft. elev.; August 24, 1912 (P. X.
Williams) (KU). 1 9 ; Graham Co. (KU). 1 9 ; Seward Co.,
2600 ft. elev.; August 18, 1911 (F. X. Williams) (KU). 1 9 ;
Stanton Co., 3000 ft. elev. ; Julv 30, 1911 (F. X. Williams) (KU).
1 9 ; Stanton Co., 3000 ft. elev. (S. J. Hunter) (KU). 2
9 9 ; Morton Co., 2800 ft. elev.; August 5, 1911 (F. X. AVil-
liams) (KU).
COLORADO: 1 9 ; Limon, Lincoln Co.; August 20, 1937 (G. P.
Englehardt) (KVK). 1 9 ; San Luis, Costilla Co.; July 21, 1929
(H. G. Rodeck) (I'M). 1 9 ; Antonito, Conejos Co.; August 5,
1900 (UM).
232 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
MEXICO: CHIHUAHUA: :5 9 9 ; SainalayiK-a ; June 24. 1!)47
(Crazier, Mieheiier and P.radt ) (AMNH).
References
Andre, E. 1903. F;ini. :Mutillidae. Gen. Ins., Fjisc. 11, 77 pp., 3 pi.
Ashniea, W. H. 1899. Super-families in the Hymenoptera and Generic- Synopses
of tlie Families Thynnidae, Myrmosidae and Mntillidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soe. 7: -±5-60.
P.radley, J. C. 1917. Contributions toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae and
Their Allies of America North of Mexico. IV. A Review of the Myrmosidae.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 43: 247-290, (i pi.
Buzicky, A. W. 1941. A Monograph of the Genus Clti/pJiulcs of North America
Ent. Amer. 21 (n.s. ): 201-243, 4 pi.
Fox, W. J. 1S99. Tlie North American Mutillidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 25:
219-292.
Krombein, K. V. 1951. In Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes. Typhoctes in
Hynu'noptera of America North of Mexico — Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept.
Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 751.
Malloch, J. R. 192(i. Systematic No'es on and Descriptions of North American
Wasps of the Subfamily Brnchycistiinae. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. (58, Art. 3,
28 pp., 4 pi.
Mickel, C. E. 193(). Two New Genera and Five New Species of Mutillidae. Ami.
Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 289-297, 5 figs.
Pate, V. S. L., 1947. A Conspectus of the Tiphiidae, witli Particular Reference
to tlie Nearctic Forms. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 55: 115-145, 2 pi.
R^'id, J. A., 1941. The Thorax of the Wingless and Short-winged Hymenoptera.
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 91 : ;!(;7-44(i, 81 fig.
Scliuster, R. M. 194(i. A Revision of the Sphaerophthalmine Mutillidae of
America North of Mexico. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 692-703, 2 fig.
1949. Contributions Toward a Monograph of the Mutillidae of the
Neotropical Region. III. A key to the Subfamilies Represented and Descrip-
tions of Several New Genera. Ent. Amer. 29 (n.s.): 59-140, 5 pi.
NEW SPECIES AND RECORDS OF MALLOPHAGA FROM
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS OF THAILAND'
K. C. Emekson, Slilliriihr, OlUilioiiKi
and
Robert E. Eebei,, Drpartnunl of Zoology,
ZInivrrsifii of Ollahomn, Xormdn, Ollalioinn
The Mallophaoa described and identified in the followino' notes, ex-
cept for one small series in the British ^Museum (XH), were collected
in Thailand by K. E. Elbel, H. C Die<>nan, and Boonsong Lekagul
during the period April lOoH to April li).");"). Host identifications were
1 This investigation was supported by research grant El 722 from the National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Institutes of Health,
Public Health Service.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. ott, XO. 5, OCTOBER, 19.57 233
furnished by Mr. Deignaii, and are in accordance with tlie classifica-
tion to be discussed in his forthcoming- "Check-list of the Birds of
Thailand." Skins of the birds from which the lice were collected are
now in the U. S. National Museum. Collections were made possible
by a.ssistance from the T". S. National Museum and the United States
Operations Mission to Thailand. The holotype and allotype of the
new species described herein have been deposited in the U. S. National
Museum. Dr. Theresa Clay, British Museum (NH), loaned consider-
able material for comparison, and offered many helpful sugfgestions.
The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance given by Dr. Clay,
Dr. Phyllis T. Johnson, and Mr. Deig-nan during the preparation of
this i'(']iort.
AMBLYCERA
Amyrsidea monostoecha (Kellogg).
Menopon monosioeclinm Kellogg, 189(5. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (i2), (i: .jl'o, pi.
72, fig. 4. Type host: Phasianiix u i/clithemenis^Lophiira ni/cflii mi ra niicthc
mera (Liiuiaeii.s).
Specimois collected. — 4 males and -t females at Ban Na Miumg, Na
Ilaeo, Dan Sai, Loei ; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi (Oates). The
species was described from specimens taken off a Silver Pheasant in
San Francisco, Calif. The specimens taken agree with Kellog-g's de-
scriptions and illustrations, but have not been compared with the
types or with matei'ial from type host.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma (Nitz.sch).
'Miitopon ii]i(ir<).sfoinin)i Xitzsch, 18(5(). Z. ges. Xat. Wiss. 28: 391. Type Lost:
Pavo cristafiis (Linnaeus).
Specimens colleciecl. — i males and 3 females on Phu Kho ^Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom ; off Pavo muiicus iinperator
Delacour. Two species of Amyrsidea are found on Pavo crisfatus, this
being the larger of the two forms. The specimens collected appear to
be conspecific with material from the type host. They agree with
specimens which Dr. Clay has compared with the figures in the
Nitzsch Manuscript presently in the British Museum (NH). The
smaller species of A)iiijrsielea, which is more common on domestic pea
fowls, was not collected. The male genitalia are illustrated in fig'ure 15.
Amyrsidea uniseriata (Piaget).
Menopon iini.scriatum Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines : 464, pi. 37, fig. 4. Type
host: Pha.siatins praelatits=:Loph nra diardi (Bonaparte).
Spccimevs collected. — 29 males and 15 females on Phu Lorn Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 1 male and 2 females at Ban Sang
Kho. Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon ; 3 males and 2 females on Phu Phak
Khi Nak :\Iountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 4 males and 2 females
on Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei ; and 1 male and 4 females at
Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
This species apparently has not been reported since the original de-
234 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
scription. Hpecimeiis have been compared with the Piaget types in
the British Miisenni (NH), and they appear to be conspeeifie. The
male genitalia are illustrated in figure 14.
Colpocephalum echinatum Ewiug.
Colpocephaliim echinatum Ewing, 1930. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 32: 118. Type
host: Pavo mutlcus viuticus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected. — 8 males and 8 females on Pliu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom; oi¥ PaAw muticus imperator
Delaeour. Specimens have been compared by Dr. Johnson with Ew-
ing 's types in the IT. S. National Museum, and they appear to be
conspeeifie.
Menopon gallinae (Linnaeus).
Pediculus (/allinae Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10: 613. Type host: Phasi-
a7ius gallus {" domesticus")^Gallus gallus " domcsticiis."
Specimens collected. — 6 males and 3 females at Ban Sang Kho, Khok
Phu, Sakon Nakhon ; 2 males and 2 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 2 males and 3 females at Ban Mu-
ang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; and 11 males and 12 females on Khao Sawan
Mountain, Sieo, Loei; off Lophnra diardi (Bonaparte). This species
is rather common on both domestic and wild chickens. We are un-
able to distinguish between the specimens taken off Lophnra diardi
and those collected off chickens.
ISOCHNOCERA
Cuclotogaster phayrei n. sp.
Male. — General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 5. Abdominal tergites
on segments II and III, divided medianly. Accessory dorsal plates, not divided
medianly, on abdominal segments III-VI. Genitalia as shown in figure 16.
Female. — Similar to the male in general shape, but slightly larger; being 1.68
mm in total length. Antennae filiform. Abdominal tergites divided medianly in
segments II-VII. Posterior margin of vulva bilobed; with 16 to 18 short setae
evenly spaced on the margin, and 16 to 18 minute setae scattered on the surface.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster gedgii (Clay), 1938,
found on Fra/ncolinns clappertoni gedgii Ogilvie-Grant. The male of
C. gedgii has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments II-VII,
and they are divided medianly on segments II, III, VI, and VII. The
male of C. phayrei has accessory dorsal plates on abdominal segments
III-VI, none of which are divided. The male genitalia of the two
form>s differ greatly. The female of C. phayrei possesses more setae
on the margin of the vulva than does C. gedgii. The undivided ter-
gite on abdominal segment VIII is also distinctive.
Type host. — Francolinus pintadeanns phayrei (Blyth).
Type material. — Holotype male, allotype female, 2 paratype males
and 1 paratype female were collected at Ban Una Thanon, Khlong
Khlung, Kamphaeng Phet.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 195? 235
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.
Male. — General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 6. Posterior ptero-
thoracic setae arranged: 1, 2, 2, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergite on segment II
is divided medianly, the remainder being transversly continuous. Accessory dorsal
plates, on abdominal segments IV-VII ; none of which are divided medianly.
Genitalia as shown in figure 17.
Female. — ^Similar to the male in general shape, but larger; being 2.02 mm in
total length. Antennae filiform. Dorsal posterior pterothoracic setae arranged:
1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1. Abdominal tergites on segments II-VII, divided medianly. Ex-
cept for terminal segments, abdominal chaetotaxy same as in the male. Chaetotaxy
and structure of genital region same as that given by Clay (1938) for C. inso-
littis.
This species is closely related to Cuclotogaster insolitus (Clay),
1938, found on ArhoropliUa rufogularis tickelli (Hume). The form
is distinguished from C. insolitus by the more rounded anterior mar-
gin of the head and by being considerably larger. In the male of C.
insolitus, the tergal plates on abdominal segments IT-VI are divided
medianly; in C. suhinsolitus, only the tergal plate on abdominal seg-
ment II is divided medianly. The male genitalia of the two forms
appear to be very similar. The female of G. suhinsolitus does not
have the tergal plate on abdominal segment VIII divided medianly.
Ty^Je Jiost. — Arhorophila hrnnneopectus hrunneopectus (Blyth).
Type material. — Holotype male, allotype female, 9 paratype males,
and 10 paratype females collected on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok
Sathon. Dan Sai, Loei.
Goniocotes parviceps (Piaget).
Goniodes parviceps Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 277, pi. 23, fig. 2. Type host:
Pavo cristatus Linnaeus.
Specimens collected. — 8 males and 6 females on Phu Kho Mountain,
Kan Luang, Na Kae, Nakhon Phanom ; off Pavo muticus imperator
Delacour. Goniocotes parinceps (Piaget) and Goniocotes rectangu-
latus Nitzsch are two closely related forms found on Pavo cristatus.
Both are atypical, and are occasionall.y included in the genus Gonio-
des. The females possess characters typical of those found in other
species of Goniocotes. The sexual dimorphism exhibited in the head
of the male and the male genitalia indicate an affinity to the genus
Goniodes; these are illustrated in figures 9, 10, and 11. We believe
that both species should be retained in Goniocotes until a more com-
plete study can be made of the genus. Goniocotes yngarejsnf Eiehle^,
1950, was described and illustrated from female specimens taken off
Pavo cristatus. The descriptions and illustrations agree completely
with females of Goniocotes parviceps taken from that host. Speci-
mens collected off Pavo muticus imperator have been compared with
material from the type host and they appear to be conspecific. The
male genitalia are complex and there are minor differences, but these
appear to be no greater than the differences between individuals col-
lected off the same host.
236 PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
Goniodes cervinicornis (lichel
Goniodes cervinicornis Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 199. Type host: Flinsianas
nycthemcrus^LoTphura nyefhemera iiycihemera (Linnaeus).
Spemmens collected. — 1 male at Ban Na Muanof, Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; 1 female on Phu Lorn Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei;
and 10 males and 19 females on Phak Khi Xak Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nijcfhenicra joiusi (Gates). Clay rede-
scribed and illustrated this species from material taken off museum
skins of the type host. These specimens agree with Clay's descri]itions
and illustrations.
Goniodes chloropus ii. sp.
Male. — General shape and chaetotaxv as sliown in figure 7. Temples not ex-
panded beyond Avidth of preantennal region of forehead. Membraneous portion
■of clavi well developed. First antennal segment enlarged and bearing a thickened
process. Lateral margins of i)rothorax each with three short setae. Genitalia as
shown in figure 12.
Female. — General shape and chaetotaxv as shown in figure 8. Temples ex-
panded to a width greater than that of the preantennal region of forehead. Olavi
only slightly developed. Antennae filiform. Ventrally, n row of short stout setae
in the lateral lobes of the terminal abdominal segment.
While this species belongs to Clay's (1940) "species group I," it
does not particularly resemble any of the known species. The wide
marginal carnia of the forehead, the male genitalia, and the structure
and chaetotaxy of the female genital region distinguish it from all
known species of the genus.
Type host. — Arhorophila charltonii chloropus (Blyth).
Type material. — Holotype male, allotype female, 3 paratype males,
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Hua Thanon, Khlong Khlung,
Kamphaeng Phet.
Goniodes coronatus (Giebel).
Goniocote.s coronatus Giebel, 1874. Insecta Epizoa: 302. Type liost : Crypt iinis
coronatuszizBolliiJiis roulroul (Scojioli).
Specimens ce/llected. — 12 males and 5 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na, Phattalung; off the type host. These specimens
agree Avith Clay's (1940) descriptions and illustrations.
Goniodes diardi Clay.
Goniodes diardi Clay, 1940. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (B), 110: 70, figs. 2a and 48c.
Type host: Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Specimens collected. — 1 male and 1 female at Ban Na Muang, Na
Ilaeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 4 males and 2 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 1 male and 3 females at Ban
Sang Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon ; 2 males and 5 females on Phu
Lorn Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; and 1 male and 2
females at Ban Muang Khai, Tha Li, Loei; off Lophura diardi (Bona-
parte). All specimens agree with Clay's descriptions and illustrations.
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBEK, 1957 237
Goniodcs pavonis (Linnaeus).
Pedicdliis pdronl.s Linnneus, 1758. Syst. Nat., od. Id: (ilM. 'J\vpo liost: P<iio
crlstai us Linnaeus.
Specimens collected. — 7 males and 9 females on Phu Kho Monntain,
Kan Lnanji', Xa Kae, Xakhon Phanom off Povo )iiuficus iniperator
Delac'Oiir. These specimens aeree ^vith Clay's (1940) descriptions and
ilhistrations.
Goniodes processus Kellogg and Paine.
Gonlodt's processus Kelhigg and Paine, 1914. Rec. Indian Mus., 10: 22(), jd. 15,
fig. 9. Type host: Arborophila rufogidaris rnfogularis (Blytli).
Specimens ceAlecied. — 7 males and 6 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Arhorophila hrunneopictus hrini-
neopictus (Blyth). Clay (1940) redeseribed and illustrated this spe-
cies from specimens taken off museum skins of Arhorophila rufoeju-
laris fiekeJli (Hume), and reported collections from skins of five other
species and subspecies of Arhorophila. She also noted (p. 25) : ''Speci-
mens from skins of ^4. h. hrnnneopicius (Blyth), .4. h. henrici (Ousta-
let), and A. erythrophrys (Sharpe) from Borneo do not appear quite
typical, and may prove to be a new subspecies." The specimens col-
lected ao-ree with the illustrations and descriptions piven by C4ay, but
have not been compared with specimens from the type host.
Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp.
Male. — General shai)e and cliaetotaxy as shown in figure 4. Postantennal con-
striction not pronounced, breadth at temples almost equal to that of the praenten-
nal region. Four dorsal setae on jirothorax. Two short and thiee long setae in
each posterior lateral angle of pterothorax. Al)dominal tergal plates narrow and
transversely continuous. Eight medium-length setae on margin of genital ojn'n
iiig. Genitalia as shown in figure 18.
Female. — Slightly larger* than male; total length being 'J.lo mm. Head without
postantennal constriction, temples slightly expanded. Antennae filiform. Pro-
thorax with two dorsal setae. Pterothorax as in the male. Abdominal tergal plates
wide and transversely continuous. Eight medium length and twelve short setae
on margin of genital opening.
This species is closest to Lipeurus fimhriatus Clay, 1988, found on
Melanoperdix nigra nigra (Vio'ors). It can be separated from that
species by the shape of the head, male oenitalia, and the chaetotaxy of
the terminal abdominal segments.
Type host. — Francolinus pintadvanus phayrei (Blyth).
Type material. — Ilolotype male, allotype female. 2 i)araty])e males
and 2 paratype females collected at Ban Una Thanon, Khlong Khlung,
Kamphaeng- Phet. Three male paratypes and six female paratypes
collected in Burma are in the British ^luseum (NH).
Lipeurus deignani n. sp.
Male. — General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 3. Marked postanten-
nal constriction, lireadth at teiu]des almost equal to that of ]iri'antennal region.
238 PKOC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
First aiitemuil .sounit'i't cnhtrgi'd and bearing a short liliint appendage. Four
ilorsal setae on prothorax. Two short and five long setae in each posterior lateral
angle of pterothorax. Wide abdominal tergal plates. Chaetotaxy of genital re-
gion as in Lippurus brimneipictus (Giebel). Male genitalia as shown in figure 19.
Female. — Similar to L. hrunneipictus, except for the chaetotaxy on the margin
of the vulva. This form has twenty-eight long and medium-length setae on the
margin of the vulva, as compared with twenty setae of the same sizes on the
vulva of L. hrunneipictus. Total length is 2.96 mm.
This species is closest to Lipenrus hrunneipicfus (Giebel), 1877,
found on Lnphnra ignita rufa (Raffles). It can be separated from
that species by the shape of the first antenna! segment of the male,
the wide abdominal terjj-al plates of the male, the male genitalia, and
the chaetotaxy of the genital region of the female.
Type host. — Lophnra diardi (Bonaparte).
Type material. — Holotype male, allotype female, :} ])aratype males,
and 5 paratype females collected at Khao Sawan Mountain, Sieo, Loei.
( )ther paratypes are : 25 males and 26 females collected on Phu Lorn
Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 7 males and 4 females col-
lected at Siracha, Clion Buri; 6 males and 7 females collected at Ban
Sang- Kho, Khok Phu, Sakon Nakhon ; 11 males and 16 females col-
lected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ;
2 males and 1 female collected at Ban Na Muang', Na Haeo, Dan Sai,
Loei; and 1 mah» and 1 female collected at Ban Muang Khai, Tha
Li, Loei.
Lipeurus introductiis Kellogg
LilMiirus infroductiis Kellogg, 1896. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2), 6: 500, pi. 68,
figs. 1 and 5. Type host: Pha,'<ianii.<i nycfhemerus^Lophura nycfhemern ny-
cthemera (Linnaeus).
Specimens collected. — 1 male and 8 females at Ban Na Muang, Na
Ilaeo, Dan Sai, Loei; 1 female on Phu Lom Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon,
Dan Sai, Loei ; and 9 males and 18 females on Phu Phak Khi Nak
Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off Lophura nycthemera jonesi
(Oates). The species was described from specimens taken off a Silver
Pheasant in San Francisco, California. Clay (1938) redescribed and
illustrated the form as Lipeurus suhsellatus Harrison, 1916, a. syno-
nym, from specimens taken off museum skins of the type host. The
specimens collected agree with Cla.y's descriptions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp.
Male. — General shape and chaetotaxy as shown in figure 2. Posterior margin
of the modified chitin of the forehead with six prominent serrations. First antennal
segment enlarged and elongated, with a circular-shaped clear area. Abdominal ter-
gites, except for terminal segment, divided medianly. Posterior sternal plate
Fig. 1. Oxylipeurus formosanus (Uchida), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 2.
Oxylipeurus annamensis n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 3. Lipenrus deig-
nani n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 4. Lipeurus hoonsongi n. sp., dorsal-
ventral view of male; fig. 5. Cu,clotoga.ster phayrei n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of
male; fig. 6. Cuclotogastcr subinsolitus n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. 5it, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
239
240 I'KOC. KNT. S(1C. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. O. OCTOBKR, 1957
prolonged into ;i short, tliiekeiu'd niodificd })r()cc'ss. On (■••icli side of tliis {jroccss,
a row of c'iglit setae. Gt'iiitJilin ;is sIkiwu in figure IM.
Female. — Sliglitly larger tliaii the malt', l)eing ?>A- inni in total U'ngth. Fore-
head as in the inah'. Antennae filifoim. Chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen
similar to the male, except for terminal segment. Terminal altdominal segment
deeply bicleft. Margin of vulva bi(deft, with a row of i24 to 2G setae.
This species is closely related to O.rjflipeurus piagciinus Hopkins.
1950, found on Lophuro igiiifa Ujnifo (Shaw). In 0.. piagvtinus, the
posterior niariiin of the modified ehitin of the forehead is strai<iht ;
whereas in I). (iiuKniiensis, this marijin is prominently sei'rated.
T!ip< host. — Lophura diardi (Bonaparte).
Tijpc iiiaf(rial. — Ilolotype male, allotype female, 4 paratype males
and 4 paratype femah^s were collected at Ban Sano' Kho, Khok Phn.
Sakon Xakhon. Othei- paratypes are: 8 males and 10 females collected
on Phu Lorn Lo Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei ; 5 males and
1 female collected on Phu Phak Khi Nak Mountain, Kok Sathon, Dan
Sai, Loei ; 9 males and 10 females collected on Khao Sawan Mountain,
Sieo, Loei; 1 female collected at Ban Na Mnan.ii', Xa Ilaeo. Dan Sai.
Loei; and 7 males and '■) fcMualcs collected at Ban Muanu Khai, Tha
Li, Loei.
Oxylipeurus formcsanus (Tchida).
Liprin-us forniosaiiiis Uehida, 1917. J. Coll. Agrie. Tokyo, 'A: 179, fig. 1. Type
host: Arhorophila cnidif/iilnris (Swinhoe).
Spcciineus collected. — 2!) males and 15 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Ijoei ; off ArborophUn hrui\neopect\is
hrnnneopectns (Blyth). These specimens have been compared with
material from the type host collected in Formosa. We are unable to
find any sig-nificant differences between the two populations. The male
is illustrated in figure 1. The male genitalia are of the same tyj^e
as found in Ori/tipi iinis annamejhn.s.
Oxylipeurus megalops (Piaget).
Lipeurtis megalops Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 675, jd. Ki, fig. 8. Tyjie host:
Cryptonyx coronatus=Rolluhis rotiJroid (Seopoli).
Sipeci)iiev,s collected. — 7 males and 11 females on Khao Phap Pha
Mountain, Ban Na. Phattalung; off the ty])e host. These specimens
agree with Clay's (108S) descrijitions and illustrations.
Oxylipeurus unicolor (Piaget).
Lipeurii.s unieolor Piaget, 1880. Les Pediculines: 35-4, pi. 28, fig. 6. Type host:
Arhorophila hrunncopectus javanica (Gmelin).
Specimens collected. — 11 males and 10 females on Phu Lom Lo Moun-
tain, Kok Sathon, Dan Sai, Loei; off ArhoropJiild hrttiineopectus hrun-
iieopectus (Blyth). Clay (1988) redescribed and illustrated the spe-
cies from material taken off' mnse\im skins of the type host, and re-
Fig. 7. Goniodes chloropii.s n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 8. Gon.iodes
chloropns n. sp., dorsal-ventral view of female; fig. 9. Gonioeotes parvicrps (Pia-
get), dorsal-ventral view of male; fig. 10. Gonioeotes parviceps (Piaget), male
genitalia; fig. 11. Gonioeotes reetangnlatus Nitzsch, male genitalia.
PROC. ENT. SOO. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 19")^
241
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
13
U
15
16
17
18
Fig. 12. Goniodcs c]iloropii.s u. sp., male genitalia; fig. 18. O.rylipevrus anna-
mensis n. sp., male genitalia; fig. l-i. Ami/rtiidea uniseriata (Piaget), male geni-
talia; fig. 15. Amyrsidea phaecosioma (Nitzscli), male geniialia; fig. 16. Citcloto-
fiaster phayrei n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 17. Cuclotogaster subinsolitus n. sp.,
male genitalia; fig. 18. Lipeurus boonsongi n. sp., male genitalia; fig. 19. Lipeu-
ni.s deigvani n. sp., male genitalia.
ported collections from skins of 15 other species and subspecies of
Arhorophila. The specimens collected agree with Clay's descriptions
and illustrations.
References
Clay, T. 1938. A revision of the genera and species of Mallophaga occurring on
Gallinaceous hosts. — Part I. Lipeurus and related genera. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, Ser. B 108: 109-204.
PROr. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. .19, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 243
■ . 1940. Genera and species of Mallophaga occurring- on Gallinaceous
hosts. — Part II. Goniodes. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Ser. B 110: 1-120.
Eichler, W. 1950. Notulae Mallopliagologicae. XII. Neue Goniodidac Doriana
I: 1-8.
Ewing, H. E. 1930. Six new species of Mallophaga. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash.
32: 117-121.
Oiebel, C. G. 1874. Insecta Epizoa. Leipiz.
Hopkins, G. H. E. 1950. Stray notes on Mallophaga— X. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(ser. 12) 3: 230-242.
Kellogg, V. L. 189(5. New Mallojjhaga, II, from land birds, together with an
account of the Mallophagous mouth-parts. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 6: 431-552.
, and J. H. Paine. 1914. Mallophaga from birds (mostly Corvidae and
Phasianidae) of India and neighboring countries. Rec. Indian Mus. 10: 217-
243.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae (Ed. 10). Stockholm.
Piaget, E. 1880. Les Pediculines, Essai Monographique. Leyden.
Nitzsch, C. L. 1866. (In Giebel) Zoologischen Museum der Universitat Halle
Aufgestellten Epizoen, nebst Beobachtungen iiber dieselben. Z. ges. NatWiss.
28: 353-397.
Uchida, S. 1917. Mallophaga from lurds of Formosa. J. Coll. Agr. Tokyo 3:
171-188.
BLACK FLIES ATTRACTED TO MEAT BAITi
(Dii'TERA: Si.>[rLni)AE )
Bait traps with ground beef as the attractant, set during the suni-
raer months of 1954-55 at 'Sullivan Dam, Grant County, Wash.,
yielded considerable numbers of black flies, Simitliitui vittatum Zett.
A preliminary investio-ation of the literature and personal corre-
spondence with Dr. Alan Stone and Dr. Herbert Dalmat have failed
to show any records of black flies having been attracted to meat bait
traps.
The traps were placed in the field at six stations, each representing
a somewhat different ecological habitat ; some were located in dry
sage and sand types of environment, whereas others were established
along the grassy margins of seepage ponds. The traps were placed
in the field at approximately 7 a.m. and allowed to remain until 7 p.m.
The bait traps were of the old-fashioned fly trap variety, that is, a
common cylindrical screen with an inverted cone, a white cloth used
as a tie at the top, and the entire trap suppoi-ted by an unpainted
plywood frame.
The bait was ground beef with ami)le quantities of tallow, placed
on a piece of white paper towel (which also helps to attract insects)
and anchored to the ground with small sticks or nails. The advantage
of using ground beef in this area is its moisture-retaining qualities.
Freshness of the bait also appeared to be an important factor. Un-
1 This study was supported in part by United States Public Health Grant
E-579 and in part by the State of Washington Initiative Measure No. 171 for
medical and biological research.
244 PKOC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
rpfrioprated meat tluit was allowed to aj^e and putrefy seemed to be
superior to fi-eshly })repared meat.
Black tiies were col^H-ted in small, thou<ih constant numbers, in all
traps from July 12 to October 11, 1954, and from July 9 to August
22, 1955. Altogether, 881 males and 512 females were collected in
1954 and 42 males and 62 females in 1955. The large number for
1954 was due chiefly to a peak of capture on August 17, when a trap
left out accidentally for 3 days yielded 766 males and 347 females.
This peak was probably not wholly due to the unusually long time
of exposure, since a similar, though much smaller peak occurred in
1955 ; it may have been due to mass emcrgcMice of adults. — Harry G.
Davis and Maurice T. James, Depf. of ZooJogn, State Col lege of
Wnshinqtou, Pullman, Wash.
THE VALIDITY AND CHANGE OF NAME OF TWO SPECIES OF
WYEOMYIA. (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE)
\n 1939, when Lane and Certpieira were working on the "(>s
Sabetineos da America" (1942), Del Ponte made available to them a
draft description and specimens of a l^cn<lro)n]i\a which he considered
a new species and was about to publish under the name of rooti. Con-
sidering inade(|uate tlie material on which the description was based,
and, deeming insut^icient the characters that were being given to
separate this species, Lane and Cerqueira did not include it in their
study. Later, when suitable specimens were obtained, they described
the species as Wyeomyia {Dendromyia) delpontei (1942).
Dr. Alan Stone has now called our attention to the fact that Del
Ponte mentioned in his paper (1939) sufficient characters for his
species, thus making rooti a valid name. 8uch being the case, Wyeo-
myia, (Dendromyia) elelpontei Lane & Cer(|ueira, 1942 becomes a
synonym of Wyeomyia {Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte, 1939. Conse-
quently, Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) rooti Lane & Cerqueira 1942
becomes an homonym; but, as this species remains valid, we are here
changing its name to alani, new name, based on the given name of our
informant.
The situation of the s]iecies under discussion stands therefore as
follows :
Wyeomyia (Antunesmyia) alani, new name
1942 Wyeomyia {Aniiim smyia) rooti Lane »!c Cerqueira, Arq. Zool. Sao Paulo
?>: .587 nee Wiifomyia (Deiulromnia) rooti Del Ponte, 19.39, Physis 17:
535-541.
1953 W jiromyia {Autiiuismjiia) rooti Lane, Neotropical ('ulicidae 2: 941.
Wyeomjria (Dendromyia) rooti Del Ponte 1939.
1939 Dendromyia rooli Del Ponte, Pliysis 17: 535-541.
1942 syn. Myiowiyia {T)< ndromyia) delpontei Lane & Cerqueira, Art). Zool. Sao
Paulo 3: <)13.
1953 Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) delpontei Lane, Neotropical Culieidae 2: 988.
John Lane and
Nelson L. Cerqueira.
I'ROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. '^*^, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 245
THE SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PALEANTARCTIC
SIPHLONURIDAE (INCLUDING ISONYCHIIDAE) (EPHEMEROPTERA) •
George F. Edmunds, Jr., Univcr.sity of I'lali
The primitive mayflies of the family Siphlonuridae (iiieluding*
Isonyehiiclae) of Australia, New Zealand, and southern South Ameriea
are of great interest to ephemeropterists, but their interrelationships
never have been elearlv understood. Keeent works b.y Demoulin (1955,
Bull. Inst. Rov. 8ci. Nat. Belg. 31(22) : 1-15; (58) : 1-16) and Riek
(1955, Austral. Jour. Zool. 3: 266-280, 2 pis.) have helped to clarify
the systematies of the group.
On the basis of the morphology of the nymphs there are four re-
markably distinct groups, each represented by one genus in eaeh of
the three land masses, except that one of the groups has two repre-
sentatives in South America. Altho\igh the groups are easily charac-
terized in the nymphal stage, the definition of these groups in the
adult stage is difficult, primarily, it is hoped, because of inadeipiate
knowledge of the family.
The Siphlonurinae are represented by three genera which have very
similar nymphs, Nesameletus in New Zealand, Ameletoides in Aus-
tralia, and Mctamonius in South America. The Oniscigastrinae are
represented by the remarkable Oniscigostcr in New Zealand, Tasmano-
phlcbia {^Tasiuanophh'biodcs) in Australia, and Siphlondla in
South America.
A third group is represented by mayflies with peculiar carnivorous
nymphs having threadlike multi-segmented labial and maxillary palpi.
This group is represented by Anielefopsis in New Zealand, Mirawara
in Australia, and Chiloporter and probably Chaquihua in South
America. The relationship between Amelcfopsis and Chiloporter is
quite obvious. Demoulin (1952, Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 88: 170-
172) at one time considered these genera synonymous, but they were
restored to generic status by Edmunds and Traver (1954, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 56: 236-240). The genus Mirawara of Australia was
included by Edmunds and Traver {op. cit.) in the family Isonychii-
dae without critical study because of the statement by Ilarker (1954.
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 105: 251) that the genus was related
to Colohiiriscus. Riek {op. cit.) has since described the nymjih of
Mirawara and revealed the relationship to Anwletopsis. The nymph
of Mirawara is almost certainly the one which Tillyard (1933, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 58: 5) reported as Ameletopsis in Australia.
More recently Demoulin (1955, Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg. 31:
11) has described a new genus, Chaquihua, which is apparently re-
lated to Mirawara and is therefore placed in the Isonychiidae. The
nymph of Chaquihua is unknown, but some AnicJcfopsi.s-Vike nymphs
in the California Academy of Sciences Collection, collected west of
1 This research Avas supported bv grants from the National Science Foundation
(NSF-G2514) and the University of Utah Researcli Fund.
246 PROC. ENT. SOC. "WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBKR, 19.57
Angol, Chile by Ross and Michelbacher are probably the nymphs
of Chaquihiia. The wing pads have Chaquihua type venation, but
reveal no angular costal projection at the base of the hind
wing. In Denionlin's {op. cit. :15) summary of the genera of the
Siphlonuridae and Isonyehiidae, he places CJiiloportcr and Amele-
t()j)sis in the Siphlonuridae and Mirawara and Chaquihua in the
Isonyehiidae. I propose that the four genera form a new subfamily,
Ameletopsinae, in the family Siphlonuridae.
The isonychiine mayflies are represented by Colohuriscus in New
Zealand, Colohuriscoides in Australia, and by Murphy cUa in South
America. These nymphs have such common features as maxillary and
coxal gills, the forelegs with long setae, and similar mouthparts. The
abdominal gills have a fibrilliform tuft in Colohuriscoides;, but not in
Colohuriscus; Murphy ella nymphs have no abdominal gills.
The isonychiine mayflies are still not adequately characterized in
the adult stage, and from a practical standi)oint it is probably best
to regard them as a subfamily of the Siphlonuridae. Burks (1953,
Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26(1) : 108) originally proposed the group
as a subfamily of Baetidae, but Edmunds and Traver {loc. cit.) raised
the group to family level. The isonychiine branch most certainly
originated from the Siphlonuridae, but after branching from this
group has apparently been ancestral to two distinct families, the
Heptageniidae and Oligoneuriidae. Because the isonychiine branch
was the probable ancestor of these families, Edmunds and Traver
(loc. cit.) felt that the group should be regarded as a full family.
Although this still appeals to me from the theoretical standpoint, it
is not a regular practice in classification. For example, the reptilian
stem which was ancestral to the mammals is not placed as a separate
class from the reptiles because it was ancestral to another class, the
Mammalia. For this reason I am inclined to now regard the Isony-
chiinae as only a subfamily of Siphlonuridae.
In \aew of the clarification of relationships of the paleantaretic
Siphlonuridae, the following table summarizes the systematic and
geographical relationships of the genera. A similar table published
by Demoulin {loc. cit.) summarizes his impression of the relationships
as viewed prior to the publication of Riek's {op. cit.) paper on the
Australian Siphlonuridae.
Groups of South New
Siphlonuridae America Australia Zealand
Siphlonurinae Metamonius Ameletoides Nesameletus
Ameletopsinae Chaquihua Mirawara Ameletopsis
Chiloporter
Oniscigastrinae Siphlonella Tasmanophlebia Oniscigaster
( = Tasmanophle-
bioides)
Isonychiinae Murphyella Colohuriscoides
( =:Dictyosiphlon Colohuriscus
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 247
ROBERT ASA CUSHMAN
1880-1957
Robert Asa Cushman, recognized abroad as well as in this eonntry
as an outstanding- authority on the classification of those parasitic
Hymenoptera that comprise the family Ichneumonidae, died at his
home in Altadena, Calif, on March 28, 1957. He and Mrs. Cushman
had moved there from Washington in 1944, when he retired from
active service in the Department of Agriculture on account of poor
health.
Mr. Cushman was born in Taunton, Mass., on November 6, 1880.
After completing his early education he studied at the University of
New Hampshire and at Cornell University, and in 1906 he was ap-
248 PKOC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
pointed a field ajieiit in the V. S. Bureau of Entonioloyy. His first
assignments involved studies of the cotton boll weevil and its para-
sites, -with headquarters at Tallulah, La., and Dallas, Tex. ; but in
1911 he was transferred to the Division of Fruit Inseet Investigations
and stationed at Vienna, Va. Witli this move he began part-time duty
with the Department of Agrieulture staff of inseet taxonomists at
the National Museum. This arrangement was continued when his field
station assignment was shifted a few years later to North East, Penn-
sylvania, where he was engaged on studies of grape pests and their
parasites. Finally, in 1920 he was transferred to Washington and
stationed at the National Museum for full-time duty in. the field he
loved best and for which he was so admirably fitted, the taxonomy
of the ichneumon flies.
Although not an especially prolific writer Mr. Cushman, neverthe-
less, published a large number of papers (which are cited in an ac-
companying article by Dr. Henry Townes). Many of these represent
signifieant contributions to a sound knowledge of the classifi;^'ation
of the Tchneumonidae, made the more useful by Cushman 's possession
of a gift for clear expression and nice use of the English language.
Late in 1927 he was sent to the Philippines to arrange for the pack-
ing and transfer to the U. S. National Museum of the C. F. Baker
collection of insects, which had been bequeathed to the Museum on
the condition that the Museum send someone to the Philippines to
attend to its packing and shipment. It contained approximately 300,-
000 pinned insects and was one of the largest single accessions to tlie
National ^luseum's insect collections.
Mr. Cushman was elected to membership in the Entomological So-
ciety of Washington in 1911, and during his many years at the Na-
tional Museum he attended the Society's meetings very regularly and
contributed importantly to their programs and discussions. He was
recording secretary of the Society from 1919 to 1921, second vice-
president in 1923, first vice president in 1924, and president in 1925.
Cushman was an extremely friendly person who liked people, and
who, in turn, Mas liked by all who were acquainted with him. His
passing leaves those who worked with him and who knew him best
with a deep sense of loss. He is survived by his widow and by a son,
Arthur D., who is a scientific illustrator in the U. S. Department of
Agriculture. C. F. W. MricsEBECK
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OF
R. A. CUSHMAN
Henry Townes
Mr. Cushman 's list of published titles includes 113 items. In se-
quence, they are a good mirror of his scientific career, beginning with
papers on the biologies of various insects, then turning more and
more to their hymenopterous parasites. Shortly, he started contribu-
tions on the taxonomy of the parasitic Hymenoptera, at first on Bra-
PROC. ENT. SOf. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 249
-oiiidae, Chalcidoidea, and Ichiieuniunidae, but soon concentrated his
interests on the lehneumonidae to the exelnsion of the others, and
also to the exclusion of papers on biologies. His earlier work on biolo-
gies had its effect on his taxonomy, as he became impressed with the
importance of biological characteristics, larval morphology, and the
morphology of the ovipositor tip. These characters led him to an
understanding of ichneumonid classification in advance of others of
his day. Though he published no comparative studies on ichneumonid
larvae, his unusual knowledge of them was a foundation for his opin-
ions on the phylogeny of the family.
Mr. Cushman's taxonomic papers reflect his duties and opportuni-
ties at the U. S. National Museum. Descriptions of new species reared
from hosts of economic importance fill many of them. He had access
to a fine library and many important types, which resulted in nomen-
clatorial work in which he tried to bring some order out of the chaos
of names left by his predecessors. An interesting fact is that among
Cushman's tools were Foerster's original manuscript notebooks on the
classification of the Ichneumonidae, from w^hich Foerster published
in 1868 a synopsis of all the genera, describing 509 genera as new.
Foerster's published synopsis is very brief, but his notebooks include
fuller treatments and in . many cases keys to the species under the
genera. Cushman's comments on the application of many of Foers-
ter's generic names stem from a study of these manuscripts. The
notebooks were acquired from Dr. 0. Schmiedeknecht in the early
1920 's. Schmiedeknecht had also made use of them in his publications.
Mr. Cushman's best known contributions are the series of papers
on the subfamily Pimnlinae, published in 1920, quite early in his ca-
reer. His best work, however, is in his later revisions, like those on
the Nearctic Mesostenini (1929) the genus Exenterus (1940), and the
revision of the genera of Ophionini (his last paper). The high (luality
of these later revisions reflects a long devotion to the subject, high in-
tellectual standards, and the use of good collections.
List of Titles
1911 Studies on the hiologj- of the boll weevil in the Mississijipi Delta Region
of Louisiana. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 432-44S.
Notes on the peach and plum slug. U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui.
97: 91-102.
Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North American
Bruchidae. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4: 489-510.
1912 Pierce, Cushman, and Hood: The insect enemies of the cotton boll
weevil. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 100, 99 pp.
[Note on the biology of Aseof/asfrr carpocapsae and of Cratoteclius sp.]
Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 14: 90-91.
1913 Biological notes on a few rare or little known parasitic Hymenoptera.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. L5: 153-160.
The Calliephialtes parasite of the codling moth. Jour. Agr. Res. 1: 211-
238. PI. 20.
250 PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOI-. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
1914 A new species of the lnjiconid genus Phanrrotoma Wesuiael. Pioc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 16: 78-79.
A revision of the North American species of the l)raconid genus
Kabrohracon Johnson (Ashmead). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 99-108.
1915 Descriptions of six new species of ichneumon flies. Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 48: 507-513.
Descriptions of new Ichneumonidae and t;ixonomic notes. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 17: 132-142.
Eoliwer, Galuin, and Cushman: Some generic corrections in the
Ophioninae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 149-150.
Pierce and Cushman. A few notes on the habits of parasitic Hymenop-
tera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 164-168.
1916 The cherry leaf -beetle, a periodically im])ortant enemy of cherries.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 352, 28 pages.
The native food-plants of the apple red-l)ugs. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
18: 196.
Thersilochus coiiofrarhcli, a parasite of the plum curculio. .Tour. Agr.
Res. 6: 847-856.
Syntomaspis drtiparnm, the apple-seed chalcid. Jour. Agr. Res. 7: 487-
506.
1917 Two new chalcids from the seeds of Amelavchicr. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 19: 79-86.
Rohwer and Cushman. Idiogastra, a new suborder of Hymenoptera
with notes on the immature stages of On/.s'.s>/.s. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
19: 89-98.
Notes on the biology of Schizonofiis sieholdii Ratz. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 19: 128-129.
A much described ichneumonid and its systematic position. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 19: 162-165.
Eight new species of reared ichneumon-flies with notes on some other
species. Proc. IT. S. Natl. Mus. 53: 457-469.
A revision of the hymenopterous insects of the tribe Cremastini of
America north of Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 53: 503-551.
1918 The correct names for some of our common ichneumonid parasites.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 9-12.
A convenient method of handling large numbers of individuals in life-
history studies of insects. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 112-114.
Notes on the cocoon spinning habits of two species of braconids (Hym.).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 133-136.
Cushman and Rohwer: The genus Ephialtcs first proposed l)y Schrank.
(Hym.). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 20: 186-188.
1919 New genera and species of ichneumon flies (Hym.). Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 21: 112-120.
Descriptions of new North American ichneumon-flies. Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 55: 517-543.
Notes on certain genera of ichneumon-flies, with descriptions of a new
genus and four new species. Proc. IT. S. Natl. Mus. 56: 373-382.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. .5, OCTOBER, 1957 251
1920 Viereek's family Labenidae with the desoiiptioii of a new species of
Apechoneura (Hym., Ichneumonidae.) Proc. Eiit. Soe. Wash. 22: 76-80.
Cushmau and Rohwer: Holarctic tribes of the ichneumon-flies of the
subfamily Ichneumoninae (Pimplinae). Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57:
379-396.
Cushman and Rohuer: The North American ichneumon-flies of the
tribe Acoenitini. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 503-523.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribes Lycorini, Poly-
sphinctini, and Theroniini. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 7-48. PI. 2.
North American ichneumon-flies, neAV and described, with taxonomic
and nomenclatorial notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 251-292.
The North American ichneumon-flies of the tribe Ephialtini. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 58: 327-362. PI. 21.
Cushman and Rohwer: Notes on Hellen's "Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
Ichneumonidcn Finlands: Subfamilie Pimplinae.'' Insecutor Inscitiae
Menstruus. 8: 161-164.
1921 The males of the ichneumonid genera Mycrsia and Tliauniatotypidea,
with descriptions of new species. (Hym.). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
23: 109-112.
Cushman and Gahan: The Thomas Say species of Ichneumonidae. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 23: 153-171.
1922 North American ichneumon-flies of the genera Clistopyga and Sehizopnga.
Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 60, art. 4, 14 pp.
The identitj' of a hj'menopterous parasite of the alfalfa leaf weevil.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 64.
New species of ichneumon-flies with taxonomic notes. Proc. IT. S.
Natl. Mus. 60, art. 21, 28 pp.
The identity of Habrobracon brevicornis (Wesmael), (Hym., Braconidae).
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 24: 122-123.
New Oriental and Australian Ichneumonidae. Philippine Jour. Sci.
20: 543-597.
On the Ashmead manuscript species of Ichneumonidae of Mrs. Slosson's
Mount Washington lists. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 61, art. 8, 30 pp.
The identity of Ichneumon coccinellae Schrank (Hym.). Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 24: 241-242.
1923 A new subfamily of Braconidae (Hym.) from termite nests. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash. 25: 54-56.
1924 New genera and species of ichneumon-flies. Proc. IT. S. Natl. Mus. 64,
art. 4, 16 pp.
On the genera of the ichneumon-flies of the tribe Paniseini Ashmead,
with descriptions and discussion of related genera and species. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 64, art. 20, 48 pp.
Change of name (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 26: 221.
On the systematic position of the genera Collyria Schiodte and
Ischnoceros Gravenhorst (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 26:
229-231.
252 PKOC. KNT. SOC. WASH., V(lL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
li>-'> 11. Sauter's Formosa (V)Ilec-ti()ii : Xoitthopl niphi (Iclnieuni. : Hyiii.). Eiit.
Mitteil. 14: 41 -.")().
Some generic transfers and synonomy in Ichneunionidae. (Hyni.). Jour.
Wasli. Acad. Sci 15: 388-392.
The s> iHnnymy and generic position of two North American Tcdmenmon-
tiies. I'loc. Knt. Soc. Wash. 27: I(i4-1(H).
I9l'(i Location of individual hosts versus sy.stematic relation of host species
as a determining factor in parasitic attack. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
28: 5-(i.
Addiess of the retiring president. [Some types of parasitism in the
Ichneunionidae]. Proc. P]nt. Soc. Wash. 28: 25-51.
A new Uromfialphus parasitic on Eulechriops gossypii Barber (llymenop-
tera: Bvaconidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 28: 63.
Ten new North American icdineumon-tlies. Pi-oc. T^. S. Natl. Mus. 67,
art. 23, 13 ]ip.
1927 New species and new forms of Ichneunionidae jiarasitic upon the
gipsy-moth parasite. Apaiifdrs iDcldiiosfrJiis (Ratzelinrg). Jour. Agr.
Ees. 34: 453-45,s.
The parasites of the i>ine tiji moth, Rhjiacionia fnixt raiia (Comstock).
Jour. Agr. Ees. 34: 615-622.
Thice new hymenopterous parasites of the pine tip moth, Ilhiiacioitin
fnislrntia (Comstock). Jour. Agr. Res. 34: 739-741.
Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of ichneumon-tlies. Proc. U. S.
Natl. Mas. 72, art. 13, 22 pp.
New Indian Ichneunionidae. Eec. Indian Mus. 29: 241-247.
1928 Family Ichneunionidae. In Leonard, A list of the insects of New
York . . . Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. 101: 920-960.
1929 Bringing to America the Baker collection of ^Malayan insects. Explora-
tions and field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1928, pp. 91-100.
A revision of the North American iclineumon-flies of the genus
Mesosteniis and related genera. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 74, art. 16, 58 pp.
[The synonymy of Bassu.s sUgmaterus (Braconidae)]. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 22: 633.
Baker's Entoniologica Malayana. The liraconid genera Fornicia Brulle
and Odoiitofonucia Enderlein. Philippine Jour. Sci. 40: 233-237.
Three new ichneunionoid parasites of the rice-borer Chilo simplex-
(Butler). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 7: 243-245.
1930 New species of ichneumon-tiies and taxononiic notes. Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 76, art. 25, 18 pp.
A revision of the North American ichneumon-flies of the genus
OdontomeruK. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 77, art. 3, 15 pp.
1931 Notes on ichneumon-flies of the genus Poli/ci/rtii.s with descriptions of
new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 78, art. 14, 62 pp.
Descriptions of thirteen new American and Asiatic ichneumon-flies,
with taxonomic notes. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 79, art. 14, 16 pp.
Three new Braconidae parasitic on bark beetles. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
21: 301-304.
PROC. ENT. sue. WASFI., VOL. '>9, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957 '25?}
1932 The Ijinnaeaii types of Ii-hiieumoii Flies: l)y A. Rom;ni. [Review].
Proe. Ent. Soe. Wash. 34: In.").
Baker's entomologica malayana: The Ichneuinonid genus Diapetvs
Cameron. Philippine Jour. Sci. 49: 277>93.
1933 Notes on the oviposition habit of (liclonii.s sericeiis (Say) (Ilymenop-
tera). Proe. Eut. See. Wash. 3.'): 7-8.
Notes on Sphecopliaga hurra (Cresson), an iehneunioiiid parasite of
Tespnla macnlata (L.) (Hymenoptera). Proe. Ent. i~^oc. Wash. 3."): 10-11.
Aquatic ichneumon-flies. Canad. Ent. (i-"): 24.
The identity and synonymy of three Oriental species of Cremasfn.s
(Hyni., Ichneumonidae). Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 35: 73-75.
Descriptions of new iclineuuion-flies, with taxononiic notes. Proe. V. S.
Natl. Mus. 84, art. 14, Ki pp.
H. Sauter's Formosa-collection: Subfan)ily Ichneunioninae (I'implinae
of Ashmead). Ins. iMatsumurana 8: 1-50.
1934 A new species of CrmKistiis from an African ".juniijing- bean." Arli.
niori.h. Tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 103-104.
Two new species of the genus Labium BruUe. (Hyni.: Ichneumonidae).
Arb. niorph. tax. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem. 1: 205-208.
New Ichneumonidae from India and China. Indian For. Rec. 20: 1-8.
1935 A study of tlie lar\a of Land (tiidlis Fabricius. Proe. Eut. Soc. Wash.
37: 82-87.
New ichneumon-flies. ,U)Ui-. Wash. Acad. Sci. 25: 547-5()4.
1936 The ichneumon-tlies of the genus Brach)iciir1 us Kriechbaumer. Proe
U. S. Natl. Mus. 84: 17-24.
Poecilocryptxs and Poecilopiiiipla (Hymenoptera, Ichiu'umonidae ». Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sc-i. 26: 464-4(i(;.
1937 Revision of the North American species of ichneumon-flies of the genus
Exeiastt's Craveuhorst. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. S4: 243-312, pi. 16-21.
The genus L)/sio;i)iatha Ashmead. Jour. Wash. Acail. Sci. 27: 438-444.
H. Sauter's Formosa Collection: Ichenumonidae. Aili. nu)ri)h. tax. Ent.
Berlin-Dahlem. 4: 283-311.
Four new Indian Ichneumonidae. Indian Forest Rec. 3: 141-147.
New Japanese Ichneumonidae parasite on pine sawflies. Ins. Matsumu-
rana 11: 32-38.
1938 A new European species of Epinrus, jiarasitic on a leaf-mining sawfly
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae). .lour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 28: 27-28.
A new species of Echihromorpha from Samoa. Proe. Roy. Ent. Soc.
London 7: 40.
Two new species of Barichncumon (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae)
fi-om tlie Society Islands. Bui. Bishop Mus. 142: 169-170.
A new species of Echihromorpha (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) from
the Marquesas Islands. Bui. Bishop Mus. 142: 171.
A new species of Callicpliialtcs from Brazil, with a key to the Neo-
tropical species (Hymenoptera: Tclineumonidae). Rev. de Ent. (Rio de
Janeiro) 9: 11-13.
254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. f), OCTOBER, 1957
1939 New ichneumon-flies parasitic on the hemlock sawfly {Neodiprion
Isiigac Middleton). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 29: 391-402.
A new Angitla, parasitic on the artichoke plume-nioth (Hymenoptera,
lehneumonidae). Pan-Pacific Ent. 15: 183-185.
1940 The Nearctic sjiecies of Iseropus (Hymenoptera: lehneumonidae). Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 42: 51-58.
New genera and species of ichneumon-flies, with taxonomic notes.
Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88: 355-372.
The ichneumon-flies of the subfamily Neorhacodinae, with descriptions
of a new genus and three new species. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 88:
523-527.
A review of the parasitic wasps of the ichneumon] d genus Exenierus
Hartig. U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Pub. 354, 14 pp.
A new species of Lissonota (Hym., lehneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 42: 156-158.
1942 The synonymy of IiUogrnmiua Foerster (Hymenoptera: lehneumonidae).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 44: 54.
The genotypes of some of Ashinead's genera of ichneumon-flies. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-289.
A new name for Odontomerus Gravenhorst, a new species and taxonomic
notes (Hymenoptera: lehneumonidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 44:
179-183.
1943 Further notes on Exentcni.'i (Hymenoptera, lehneumonidae). Canad.
Ent. 75: l(i9-174.
1944 The Hawaiian species of Enico,spiU(s and Ahanchogantra (Hymenoptera:
lehneumonidae). Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 12: 39-5(5.
1945 The ichneumon-flies of the genus Cryptanura Brulle, mainly tropical
American. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 139-176.
1947 A generic revision of the ichneumon-flies of the trilie Ophionini. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 96: 417-842, pi. 49-56.
CARABUS AURATUS L. (COLEOPTERA, CARABIDAE) IN
NORTH AMERICA
Fifteen specimens in tlie collection of the University of Vermont,
Department of Zoology, apparently represent the first record of the
common European carabid, Carahus auratus L., from North America.
Twelve of the specimens were taken by Dr. Floyd Werner at South
Barre, Vt., on May 7, 1952. Three others were collected by C. Parsons
at Plainfield, Vt., on June 12, 1950. Presumably the species was
accidentally introduced in a manner similar to that postulated for
C. ncmoralis Miill. and C. granulatus L. (Van Dyke, 1944). Whether
the colony has persisted has not as yet been ascertained. Carahvs
auratus can easily be distinguished from other North American mem-
bers of the genus, both native and introduced, by its coloring, bright
metallic green above with orange legs ; and by the sculpture of the
elytra, each with three carinae, but without striae. Reference : Van
Dyke, E. C, 1944, Ent. Amer. 24:87-187.— Ross T. Bell, Depart-
ment of ZooJofjfi, I^))ii'ei:sity of Vcriuotif, Burlingion. Vt.
PROC. ENT. SOC. -VVASn.. VOL. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 1957
255
Pyrenone
*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
JTyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains eflfective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.. F M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
In Canada: Natural Products Corpoiation, Toronto and Montreal
^
w
256
I'KOC. ENT. SOC. "WASH., vol;. 59, NO. 5, OCTOBER, 195^
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms. Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot. Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange. Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm. Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
E N D R I N : Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
i^A^n.Al4.^m^\uy\lJf^m4.^^J,^:9\^t.^f
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y,
o#
29
KEPRBSENTATIVES
P R I N C > R A L
C ; T ; £ S
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaches
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog: and cat fleas
bed bug^s
codling; motb
leafhoppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll weevil
body lice
lyg"us bugs
cotton leaf worm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
c'r^j%.»rAj%<rxi9
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
Information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
Vol. 59
DECEMBER 1957
No. 6
PRDCEEDIIVGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
WASHIIVGTOIV
of
. ^^ ^^^^S. ^' ^' NATIONAL MUSEUM
/;0^ 'A/^ ^V\ WASfflNGTON 25, D. C.
dj |'^"'^^'^'jj|pA^^'™"'''^'| Jh^i published bimonthly
CONTENTS
BLAKE, DORIS H.— A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera) 278
BURKS, B. D. — A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a
Host Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera; Eurytomidae) 273
EDMUNDS, LAPE R. — Observations on the Biology and Life History of
the Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Bunneister 283
EVANS, HOWARD E. — The North and Central American Species of
Propistocera (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae).... , 289
GALINDO, PEDRO — A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes
(Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt ^ 287
KOHLS, GLEN M. — Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick from a Cave in
Trinidad, British West Indies (Acarina, Ixodidae) 257
MELANDER, A. L. — A new Tachyempis (Diptera: Empididae) 296
SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.— On Some Microtine-
Inf esting Polyplax (Anoplura) 279
STEYSKAL, GEORGE C. — A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Asso-
ciated with Snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) 271
TIBBETTS, TED and STRANDTMANN, R. W.— The Snake Mite Para-
sites of the Family Ixodorhynchidae (Mesostigmata), with Description
of a New Species, Ixodorhynchus gordoni 265
CORRECTION. Wheeler, G. C, and Wheeler, Jeanette.-.- 270
INDEX— Volume 59, 1957 297
■IIV. TUS.
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Oeganized March 12, 1884
Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National
Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at
8 P.M.
MEMBERSHIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age vrho have an interest in the
science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00 j initiation fee is
$1.00 (U. S, currency).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington,
D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge.
Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. S.
currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The
Entomological Society of Washington,
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.!
Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received
and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica-
tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page,
plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive
and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should
indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational afBlliation,
if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should
be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in
which author, year, title, name of publication, volume, and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in
parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16" x 6"
(26 X 36 picas) ; this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same
page. Cost of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be
borne by the author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus
postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac-
companies the returned proofs:
2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. Covers
50 copies $2.00 $3.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00
100 copies 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies per 100 - 1.00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization
or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price.
^ U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
vol. 59 december, 1957 no. 6
IXODES DOWNSI, A NEW SPECIES OF TICK FROM A CAVE IN
TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST INDIES (ACARINA-IXODIDAE)
GLEX M. KOHL>il
The new species of Ixodes here described was fonud among numer-
ous lots of ticks collected from various hosts in Trinidad by personnel
of the Trinidad Reg'ional Virus Laboratory and sent to me by Dr.
Thomas H. G. Aitken for identification. The species is based on 1
male, 1 female, and 3 nymphs found crawling on the wall of Aripo
Cave, and 1 larva from a bat captured in the same cave. All measure-
ments are in millimeters.
Ixodes downsi n. sp.
(Figs. 1 to 4)
Holotypc. — Male, from wall of Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G.
Downs, coll. Deposited in the Eocky Mountain Laboratory, EML No. 3.3481.
Allotj/pe. — Female, data as for holotype.
Parati/pcs. — 3 nymphs, data as for holotype; 1 larva from a bat, Anoura g.
geoffroyi, from Aripo Cave, Trinidad, March 20, 1955, W. G. Downs, coll. EML
33590. All deposited in the Eocky Mountain Laboratory.
Description
Male: Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 3.07, maximum
width, 2.15. Body suboval, wider anteriorly. Color yellow brown, legs paler.
CapiUtlum. — Length, tips of palpi to posterior margin of basis capituli, 0.58.
Greatest width 0.38, at level of insertion of palpi. Basis small, posterior margin
a little concave, elevated, and continuing into a tapering neck. Surface of basis
with a few punctations. Cornua absent. Palpi rather long and thick, tumescent
dorsally and with numerous stout hairs; segments 2 and 3 without sutural line
separating them, their combined length about 0.37. An expanse of membraneous
tissue posterior to palpal segment 1 dorsally, laterally, and ventrally. In ventral
view, the basis is long, lateral margins nearly straight and diverging to base of
palpi, posterior margin merging into a neck. Auriculae absent. Hypostome shorter
than the palpi, broad, notched apically; shape and dentition as figured. Length
of toothed portion about 0.190.
iIT. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service,
National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, Eocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana.
258 PROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Scutum. — ^Surface smooth and shining and with a few very small punctations.
Scapulae short, blunt. Cervical grooves divergent, rather deep anteriorly, becom-
ing shallower posteriorly and attaining the margin of the faintly indicated
pseudoseutum. Lateral carinae absent. Hairs few, short and scattered, more
numerous peripherally and on the prominent marginal body fold.
Ventral plates. — Pregenital plate ill-defined. Median plate about one and one-
half times as long as the anal plate. Adanal plates broader anteriorly. Short fine
hairs on all plates, more numeious on the epimerals. Punctations few, fine, and
inconspicuous. Genital and anal grooves well marked. Anal groove rounded in
front of the anus, a little convergent posteriorly. Hairs short and fine except
those on trochanters and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi
are heavier and forked.
Legs. — ^Moderate in length and size. All coxae with a short external spur; a
minute internal spur on coxa I. Trochantal spurs absent. Tarsi I, II, and III
tapered abruptly ; tarsus IV tapered gradually. Length of tarsus I, 0.66 ; meta-
tarsus, 0.56. Length of tarsus IV, 0.72; metatarsus, 0.56.
Spiracniar plate. — Subcireular, greatest dimension about 0.30. Goblets nu-
merous and small.
Genital aperture. Situated botAveen coxae III.
Female: Unfed. Length, tips of scapulae to posterior margin of body, 2.53;
width, 1.87. Suboval, Avider ])Osteriorly. Capitulum, scutum, and legs yellow
brown, other paitn pale yellow. Body with numerous fine pale hairs dorsally
and ventrally.
Capitulum. — Length, tips of palpi to tips of cornua, 0.64; greatest width of
basis, 0.47. Basis capituli broad, lateral margins posterior to insertion of palpi
short and convex, posterior margin concave and somewhat sinuous ; cornua short,
blunt. An expanse of membraneous tissue posterior to the base of palpal segment
1 as in the male. Palpi moderate in length, stout, and rounded apically. Porose
areas large, broader than long, shallow, aiul occupying much of the dorsal surface
of the basis. Palpal segment 1 a simple ring visible dorsally, laterally, and ven-
trally. Segments 2 and 3 fused leaving no visible suture, their combined length
0.31. Ventrally the basis is constricted behind the short blunt auriculae ; surface
smooth, mildly convex, broadly rounded posteriorly. Transverse sutural line faint.
Hypostome shorter than the palpi, slightly indented apically. Median denticles a
little smaller than the laterals. Denticles arranged 3/3 apically, then 2/2. Length
of toothed portion, 0.26.
Scutum-. — Lengtli, 1.21; width, 1.00. Shape as figured. Scapulae short, blunt.
Emargination Itroad, shallow. Anterolateral areas slightly rugose. No lateral
carinae. Cervical grooves broad, shallow, first converging then diverging, and
extending to the posterolateral margins of the scutum. Punctations few, small,
and scattered. An irregular row of fine, pale liairs extends across the scutum
anteriorly and into the anterolateral fields as figured.
Lcg.s. — Similar to those of the male in size and lengtli. Hairs on troehautevs
and on ventral surfaces of all segments except the tarsi not as stout as in the
male. A broad, blunt external spur on coxa I ; a similar but shorter spur on
coxae II, III, and IV. Internal spurs absent. No trochantal spurs. Length of
tarsus I, 0.87; metatarsus, 0.54. Length of tarsus IV, 0.75; metatarsus, 0.5(5.
Tarsus TV tapers a little more abruptly than in the male.
PROC. EXT. 80C. WASH.. VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 259
SpiracitJar plate. — Suboval, greatest diameter 0.44. Goblets numerous and
small.
Genital aperture. — Situated between coxae III.
Anal groove. — As in the male.
Nymph. Capitulum. — Length, 0.35; widtli of basis, 0.25. Basis much as in
the female. Cornua directed posterolaterally and widely separated; posterior mar-
gin of basis between them straight or slightly convex. Palpi similar to those of
the female; combined length of segments 2 and 3 about 0.22. Ventrally, basis
as in the female but no transverse sutural line. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
dentition as in the female. Length of toothed portion about 0.19.
Scutum. — Length 0.57 to 0.59; wddth 0.52 to 0.57. Shape as figured. Scapulae
very short and blunt. Lateral earinae absent. Cervical grooves as in the female.
Plairs few and scattered.
Legs. — Similar to those of the female.
Spiracular plate. — Subelliptical, greatest diameter al)Out O.IS. (iohlets fewer
and larger than in the female.
Larva. Capitulum. — Length, 0.10; width of basis 0.15. Basis broad and nar-
row, rounded posterolaterally, posterior margin straight. Tlie palpi resemble
those of the nymph; comljined length of segments 2 and 3 about (1.12. Ventrally,
the basis is elongate, lateral margins convergent, posterior margin truncate.
Auriculae as mild elongate lateral saliences. Hypostome as long as the palpi;
principal dentition 2/2.
Scutum. — Shape as figured, cervical grooves distinct, shallow, divergent and
reaching the posterolateral margins. Scapulae and lateral earinae absent.
Coxae. — Short triangular external spurs on all coxae. No internal spurs.
Little information is available as to the hosts of I. downsi n. sp.,
bnt the finding of a larva on a bat taken in a cave, and the presence
of adults and nymphs on the walls of the same cave suggest that it
may be a bat tick. If so, /. downsi is the first bat tick of this genus
to be recorded from the New World. Dr. Aitken informed me that
Dr. Downs and other members of the party who visited the cave saw
at least four species of bats, including Anoura g. geoffroyi on which
the larva was found. Oil birds, Steatornis caripcnsis, were nesting
in the cave and a large rat was also seen, but Avhether any of these
serve as hosts is unknown.
The new species, named for the collector, Dr. W. G. Downs, Director
of the Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory, is readily distinguished
from the few^ known bat-infesting species of Ixodes (reviewed by
Arthur, 1956) and all New World species of the genus by characters
of the capitulum, scutum, and legs. It bears little resemblance to
Ixodes luciae Senevet. 1940 (=7. loricatus vogelsangi Santo Dias,
1954, new^ synonymy), the only other species known from Trinidad.
Adults of the latter, a widely distributed Latin American species but
here first reported from Trinidad, infest opossums (Diddphis spp.)
primarily; the immature stages infest various species of rats as
evidenced by several collections received from Dr. Aitken. The only
species of Ixodes that have been recorded from nearby Venezuela are
260
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Fig. 1. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Male. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome; D,
spiracular plate (A ^ anterior; D = dorsal) ; E, capitulum, dorsal; F, capitiilum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
TROC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
261
Fig. 2. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Female. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, hypostome; D,
spiracular plate (A = anterior; D = dorsal) ; E, capitulum, dorsal; F, capitiilum,
ventral; G, tarsus I; H, tarsus IV.
262
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1951
Fig. 3. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Nymph. A, dorsum; B, venter; C, spiraeular plate
(A = anterior; D = dorsal); D, capitulum, dorsal; E, capitulum, ventral; F,
tarsus I ; G, tarsus IV.
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER. 3 95/
263
Fig. 4. Ixodes downsi n.sp. Larva. A, dorsum; B, venter.
264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
1. loricatus Neumann, 1899, whose adults occur almost exclusively on
Didelphis (Cooley and Kohls, 1945) and 7. venezuelensis Kohls, 1953,
known from a few murid hosts and from an opossum, Monodelphis
1). hrevicaudata (Vogelsang and Santos Dias, 1953). None of these
have been recorded from bats nor have they been found in caves.
Summary
Ixodes doivnsi n. sp. is described from a male (holotype), female,
and three nymplis found crawling on the wall of Aripo Cave, Trini-
dad, British West Indies, and from a larva off a bat, Anoura g. geof-
froyi, taken in the same cave. The specimens are deposited in the
Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. I. loricatus vogel-
sangi fSantos Dias is reduced to a synonym of I. liiciae Senevet, the
only other species of the genus known from Trinidad.
ACKNOAVLEDGMENTS
It is a pleasure to express appreciation to Major Hugh L. Keegan,
406th Medical General Laboratory, for the accompanying illustrations
prepared under his direction by artists Saburo Shibata, Kinuyo
Kamei, Hideko Shinoda, and Kakuzo Yamazaki assigned to the Taxo-
nomic Section, Department of Entomology, and to Colonel Joe M.
Blumberg, Commanding Officer of the Laboratory, for his cooperation.
Eeferences
Arthur, Don E. 1956. The Ixodes ticks of Chiroptera (Ixodoidea, Ixodidae).
J. Parasit. 42:180-196.
Cooley, E. A. and Kohls, Glen M. 1945. The genus Ixodes in North America.
National Instit. Health Bull. No. 184, U. S. Public Health Service, 246 pp.
Kohls, Glen M. 1953. Ixodes venezuelensis, a new species of tick from Venezuela.
with notes on Ixodes minor Neumann, 1902 (Acarina: Ixodidae). J. Parasit.
39:300.303.
Neumann, L. G. 1899. Eevision de la famille des Ixodides. Mem. Soc. Zool.
France 12:107-294.
Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1954. Um novo nome para o "Ixodes loricatus
spinosits" Nuttall, 1910 (Nomen bis lectum). Docum. Mogambique 79:79-81.
Senevet, G. 1940. Quelques Ixodides de la Guyane franqaise. Especes nouvelles
d'lxodes et d'Amblyomma. VI Congreso Internacional de Entomol. 1935
Madrid, pp. 891-898.
Vogelsang, E. G. and Santos Dias, J. A. Travassos. 1953. Nueva contribueion al
estudio de la fauna Ixodologica en Venezuela. Eev. Med. Vet. y. Parasit.
Caracas 12:63-89.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 265
THE SNAKE MITE PARASITES OF THE FAMILY IXODORHYNCHIDAE
(MESOSTIGMATA), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES,
IXODORHYNCHUS GORDONIi
Ted Tibbetts and E. W. Strandtmann, Texas Technological College, Luiboc'k
Ewing- (1922) described and figured an ectoparasitic mite of snakes
which was so peculiar morphologically that he created a new sub-
family, Ixodorhynchinae, for it. As the name implies, the mite had
certain features characteristic of the ixodids (ticks). Specifically,
these are harpoon-shaped eorniculi, presumably used as holdfast
organs. Ewing considered the mite closely related to Dermanyssidae
and placed the new subfamily in that family. Later Fonseca (1934)
found a related species he thought differed sufficiently from Ewing 's
(Ixodorhynchus) to warrant separate generic status and proposed
the name Ixohioides, again indicating the ticklike holdfast organ.
Fonseca however recognized the great dissimilarity between these mites
and the dermanyssids and consequently raised them to separate fam-
ily status, Ixodorhynchidae. The authority for the family name, how-
ever, remains "Ewing," as according to Article 4 (35) of the Inter-
national Kules of Zoological Nomenclature, names of the Family
Group Categories, despite the form of the ending, are coordinate with
each other. The family was characterized as follows : Chela with only
one digit, which in the female is clearly toothed; eorniculi of the
female serving as holdfast organs.
In 1933 Ewing found two more ectoparasitic mesostigmatic mites
on snakes and created the genus Hemilaelaps for their reception.
These mites had distinctly shearlike chelae but otherwise were similar
in facies to Ixodorhynchus. The genus however, was kept in the
family Dermanyssidae by subsequent authors.
In 1947 Radford described another mite of this complex and with-
out comment on Ewing 's or Fonseca 's species, created the genus
Ophidilaelaps for it. Radford was apparently the first to note that
Laelaps piger Berlese (1918), also an ectoparasite of snakes, was of
this same complex and accordingly moved it to his new genus, Ophidi-
laelaps. Although almost identical with Hemilaelaps Ewing, Ophidi-
laelaps was placed by catalogers in the family Laelaptidae. Subse-
quentlv, two more species were added to Ophidilaelaps by Tibbetts
(1954).
A study of all the species described thus far in this complex reveals
several characters in common. The eorniculi are long and apically
barbed, although the barb may be very small ; the epipharynx is long
and very slender ; the ventral shields are poorly sclerotized ; at least
coxae II, generally coxae I and II, and sometimes coxae I, II, and III,
iThis investigation was supported, in part by research grant E-616(C3) from
the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National Insti-
tutes of Health, Public Health Service.
266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
have the ventral seta transformed into a spnr ; and the male (where
known) has a divided ventral plate. Ixodorhynchus and Ixohioides
diflPer from Hemilaelaps and OphidiJaelaps only on the eliela ; the
former have only one digit, the latter, two.
Ixohioides Fonseca, 1934 is a synonym of Ixodorhynchus Ewing,
1922. Dr. Fonseca was aware of Ewing- 's genus, in fact compared his
own with it, but a misinterpretation of Ewing 's brief description and
incomplete illustration caused Fonseca to believe his mite showed real
differences. Actually there are no real differences and the two names
have long been considered svnonvmous {See Baker and Wharton,
1952:60).
Hemilaelaps Ewing, 193'3 was considered invalid by Turk (1945:
141) because the name had been used, in error, by Hull, 1918 for
another group of mites. As Dr. Turk clearly stated that Hull had
intended to write Haemolaelaps but misspelled it Hemilaelaps, we
consider this an erroneous subsequent spelling which according to
Article 19(112) of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature
has no separate status in nomenclature. Therefore, Hemilaelaps Ewing,
1933, is valid and Ellsworthia Turk, 1945, which had been proposed
as a replacement name, is a synonym.
Radford (1947: 237) did not distinguish his Ophidilaelaps from
Hemilaelaps Ewing although the two are very similar indeed. Actually
there are no differences of generic value and we consider Ophidi-
laelaps Radford a synonym of Hemilaelaps Ewing. Up to this point,
then, we may speak of two genera; Ixodorhynchus Ewing in which
the female chela is unidigitate, and Hemilaelaps Ewing in w^hich the
female chela is bidigitate. But the discovery of the new species de-
scribed below b.y Tibbetts indicates that the above difference may not
be so real. This new species has the immovable arm of the chela so
small that it is a toss-up whether to put it with Ixodorhynchus or with
Hemilaelaps. It would seem superfluous and somewhat foolish to
create a third genus based on an intermediate size of the immovable
finger of the chela and yet that would have to be the case because other
characters, such as size and shape of ventral plates, chaetotaxy, etc.,
vary just as subtly.
We therefore propose that all the species are congeneric, and rele-
gate all the generic names so far proposed to the synonymy of Ixodo-
rhynclmis.
Genus Ixodorhynchus Ewing, 1922:5
Type. — Ixodorhynchus liponyssoides Ewing, 1922:9 (Monotypic). Synonyms —
Hemilaelaps Ewing, 1933:7 ( New synonymy).
Type. — Hemilaelaps americanus Ewing, 1933:8 (Original designation). Ixohioides
Fonseca, 1934:512.
Type. — Ixohioides butantanensis Fonseca, 1934 (Monotypic). (Ellsworthia Turk,
1945. Proposed by Turk as a new name for Hemilaelaps Ewing). Ophidilae-
laps Eadford, 1947:237 (New synonymy).
Type. — Ophidilaelaps imphalensis Eadford, 1947:238. (By original designation).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 267
Description of the genus. — Chelicera with one or two digits; when one is
present it is the movable digit, which is provided with recurved hooks. Corniculi
long and apically barbed, although the barb may be very small; epipharynx long
and slender; ventral shields poorly selerotized. Coxae I and II, or II, or I, II,
and III have the ventral seta transformed into a spur. Male, when known, has
a divided ventral plate. Dorsal shield entire, partially divided, or completely
divided; dorsal side of body partially or completely covered with dorsal plate.
Legs short, stout, spined. The sternal plate may bear one, two, or three pairs of
setae, genital plate with one pair of setae although occasionally it bears two pairs
and sometimes none, the genital setae having moved off the plate.
The name, description, and ilhistrations of the new species given
below were prepared entirely by Ted Tibbetts, and the species is to
be credited to him.
Ixodorhynchus gordoni Til)l)etts, n. sp.
Female (Fig. 1). — Body length, excluding gnathosoma, 744 fj., and body width
628 M-
Venter. — The anterolateral angles of the sternal plate rounded, and not project-
ing between coxae I and II ; anterior margin convex ; lateral margin straight,
extending laterally at a slight angle from the anterior to posterior end; posterior
margin slightly concave. The first pair of sternal setae are located on the sternal
plate ; second pair of setae even with coxal spur on coxae II ; third pair of setae
level with middle of coxae III ; fourth pair of setae even with posterior margin
of coxae IV. Genito-ventral plate flask-shaped, genital setae not on genito-ventral
plate but lateral to it. Anal plate ovoid, 139/n wide and 163ya long; anal opening
slightly posterior to the center of anal plate. The paired anal setae slightly
anterior to the anal opening ; unpaired seta at the posterior end of anal plate.
Posterior to the genito-ventral plate and anterior to the anal plate in the soft
integument of the opisthosoma are three pairs of setae. In the area on each side
of the anal plate are four pairs of setae and posterior to the anal plate is one
pair of short setae. Peritremes extending from the middle of coxae IV to the
middle of coxae II. Metapodal and peritremal plates fused.
Dorsum (Fig. 2). — The dorsal plate is entire with 34 pairs of setae. On the
dorsal plate near the anterior-lateral margin is one pair of short setae and on the
posterior lateral margin two pairs of short setae. A heavy selerotized area is
present on the posterior margin of the dorsal plate.
Legs. — Legs short and stout. All setae on legs spinelike. Femur and genu
have two or three unusually long, stout, dorsal setae. Coxae I and II are each
provided with a stout rounded spur and a seta. Spur on coxae I 13,^ wide and
15/A long; spur on coxae II 11^ wide and 9/n long. Coxae III each with two
setae and coxae IV each with a simple seta. Chaetotaxy of ventral side of legs
as figured. Claws well developed.
Gnathosoma (Fig. 3). — Palps 5-segmented, 20lV long from base of fused
coxae to tip; hypostome extends to the posterior margin of palp tibia. Three pairs
of setae on hypostome as figured. Deutosternal teeth 11 in munber, arranged
consecutively along deutosternum.
268
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ixodorhynchus gordoni, ii. sp., female: Fig. 1, venter; fig. 2, dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum ; fig. 6, chelicera.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 269
Tritosternum (Fig. 5). — Tritosternum with two lacinae densely pilose, 122;ii
long. The lacinae rising separately from the basal segment. Chelicerae chelate
(Fig. 4) ; movable finger has three teeth and the immovable finger greatly
reduced. Chelicerae (Fig. 6) 137yu. long and 30/u, wide.
Male. — Unknown; Nymphs unknoAvn.
Host. — Natrix tigrina lateralis (Berthold). (Snake).
Location. — Seoul, Korea, May 15, 1953.
Material. — Four female specimens. The holotype female and one
paratvpe female deposited in the U. S. National Museum. One para-
type female deposited in the collection of Dr. R. W. Strandtmann,
Texas Technological College, and one paratype retained in the au-
thor's collection.
Remarks — The four specimens were found near the head, under
the lateral scales of the host. This mite differs from other Ixodor-
hynchus in that the genital setae are not located on the genito-ventral
plate, and the immovable chela is greatly reduced but not absent.
Also the sternal plate is much more drastically reduced than in any
other species. One of the paratype females contained a hexapod larva
measuring 380/* by 265/a.
This mite has been named after Mr. W. E. Gordon of Moab, Utah,
who has accompanied the senior author on many collecting trips.
Key to the Females of the Species in the Family Ixodorhynchidae
1. Sternal plate with 3 pairs of setae 2
Sternal plate with 1 or 2 pairs of setae 5
2. Coxae I and II with heavy spur 3
Coxa II only, with a heavy spur butantanesis (Fonseca)
3. Genito-ventral plate with 1 pair of setae 4
Genito ventral plate with 2 pairs of setae; immovable chela with a single
tooth distinctus (Ewing)
4. Chela with only 1 arm liponyssoides Ewing
Chela with 2 arms, shearlike ; immovable arm with 2 teeth
americanus (Ewing)
5. Sternal plate with 2 pairs of setae 6
Sternal plate with 1 pair of setae 7
6. Dorsal plate entire implialensis (Radford)
Dorsal plate partially divided - piger (Berlese)
7. Coxa I with a heavy spur and a spinelike seta. __ .tanneri (Tibbetts)
Coxa I with a heavy spur and normal setae 8
8. Genito-ventral plate with genital setae farrieri (Tibbetts)
Genito-ventral plate without genital setae gordoni Tibbetts, n. sp.
Biology and Distribution. — So far as is now known, these mites are
found in association with snakes only. They are never abundant,
although Tibbetts (unpublished observation) found about a dozen
specimens on a snake in Korea. With one exception, piger, all species
have been found under the lateral or ventral scales of snakes on or
near the head region. The species liponyssoides was reported as taken
"from the eye of a snake" but presumably that meant from the scales
270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
around the eye. The exception above noted {piger), was found in the
hole or den of a snake along with large numbers of Ophionyssus
natricis.-^ Unlike 0. natricis, the Ixodorhynehids are rare on captive
snakes. All species reported to date have been taken from wild
reptiles.
Although not common, they are widely distributed, having- been
reported from every major continent except Australia. From Europe
is piger, collected in Florence, Italy ; hutantensis was found in Brazil,
in the States of Sao Paulo, Matto Grosso, Goyas, and Minas Geraes;
i))iphalensis comes from Manipur State in India; the United States
has three records, liponyssoides from Iowa, americanus from the
southern tip of Texas, and distinct us from Kentucky; and three
species, farrieri, tanneri, and gordoni, are reported from Korea.
References
Baker, E. "W. and Wharton, G. W., 1952. An introduction to acarology. Macmillan
Co., New York.
Berlese, A. 1918. Sul Liponyssus Natricis (Gerv.) e su altri dermanissida die
Rettili. Redia 13: 55-71.
Ewing, H. E. 1922. The dermanyssid mites of North America. Proc. Natl. Mus.
62(13): 1-26, illus.
1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily
Parasitoidea. Proc. Natl. Mus. 82(30): 1-14, illus.
Fonseca, F. da. 1934. Der schlangenparasit IxoMoides ButanianensiSf novi
generis, n. s]). (Acarina, Ixodorhynchidae Nov. Fam) Zeit. Parasitenke
6: 508-527.
Radford, C. D. 1946. Parasitic mites from snakes and rodents (Acarina: Cheyle-
tidae, Listrophoridae and Laelaptidae). Proc. Zool. Soc. 117(1): 228-240.
Tanner, V. M. 1953. Pacific Islands Herpetology No. VIII, Korea. Great Basin
Naturalist 13(3-4): 67-73.
Tibbetts, T. 1954. Two new laelaptid snake mites from Korea. Great Basin Nat-
uralist 14(3-4) : 67-72.
Turk, P. A. 1945. Studies of Acari. Second Series: Description of a new species
and notes on established forms of Parasitic mites. Parasitology 36(3-4):
133-141.
CORRECTION
Wheeler, G. C, and Wheeler, Jeanette. The larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). Volume 59, No. 4, pp. 191-194. October, 1957.
In the second paragraph, p. 191, lines 4 to 9 should read as follows: . . .
Wirth has written us that "the complete series of abdominal spiracles and the
lack of a posterior differentiated pair of spiracles indicate that they are not
dipterous. I know of no Diptera higher than tlie Fungivoridae-Itonididae series
which have a complete series of abdominal spiracles. Traces of the usual pair
of apical spiracles are practically always to be found in the higher Diptera. ' ' ^
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 271
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS PTEROMICRA ASSOCIATED
WITH SNAILS
(DiPTERA, SCIOMYZIDAE)
George C. Steyskal, Grosse He, Michigan
Since the publication of my revision of Pteromicra (Steyskal, 1954)
and later notes (Steyskal, 1956), the new species described below has
come to hand as well as a few bits of data on other .species of Ptero-
micra.
Pteromicra perissa Steyskal, new species
(Figures 1-3)
Male. — Length of wing, 3.4 mm.
Head and antennae brownish, cheeks and palpi yellowish. Arista brownish with
short brownish hairs. Fronto-orbital bristles two, the anterior one slightly smaller
than the posterior.
Thorax brownish, most areas apparently slightly grayish pruinose ; pteroplenra
with three bristly hairs.
Legs with coxae whitish, fore coxae with two exterior bristles ; fore femora
wholly blackish, lacking pecten, but with many coarse bristly hairs; middle and
hind femora yellowish basally, brown apically, the hind pair with one strong
dorsal bristle at apical third ; fore tibiae blackish, others dark brown to blackish ;
fore tarsi with first and most of second segment whitish, third and fourth seg-
ments blackish, fifth segment whitish; middle and hind tarsi whitish basally,
brownish apically.
Wings uniformly pale brownisli, with brown veins. Halteres and squamae
whitish.
Abdomen brownish, andrium yellowish brown. Terminalia as figured; no
spiracles discernible; sixth and seventh sternites moderately narrow; sixth ter-
gite represented by a very slender sclerotized strip; posterior surstylus hook-
shaped, directed posteriorly at base and turning meso-anterad, clothed with many
strong posteriorly-directed hairs; anterior siirstylus well developed, apically acute,
with notch and strong tooth on posterior margin.
Holotype. — Male, Buffalo Peaks Area, Chaffee and Parks Counties, Colorado,
summer, 1955, associated with land snails, predominantly Pupilla (Eichard Pill-
more), in University of Colorado Museum. The single specimen was removed from
alcohol and the terminalia macerated in NaOH; color and pruinosity characters
were therefore difficult to ascertain surely.
Bemarks. — This species belons's in the group lacking fore femoral
pecten, ineludmg Pteromicra anopla and P. inermis, from which species
it may be distinguished by wholly blackish fore femora, basally pale
fore tarsi, yellowish palpi, and distinctive terminalia. According to
Clifford Berg's summary of the snail-feeding habits of the Sciomy-
zidae (Berg, 1953), this is the first time a fly of the family has been
associated with snails of the genus Pupilla.
Pteromicra pectorosa (Hendel)
A third American specimen, a male from Mecosta County, Michigan,
May 15, 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach), has been examined recently. The
species is therefore apparently widespread but rare in North America,
272 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
being known also from Churchill, Manitoba, and the extreme north-
western corner of California.
Pteromicra similis Steyskal
In the specimens examined when drawing up the description of P.
similis, no sixth tergite could be discerned; however, a specimen from
Midland, Michigan, has a narrow but distinct sixth tergite. Also in
disagreement with my description, the eyes of specimens collected by
myself and Stuart Neft' on He Perrot, Quebec, August 23, 1956, were
plain olive-green, although the specimens otherwise were typical.
References
Berg, C. O. 1953. Sciomyzid larvae (Diptera) that feed on snails. Jour. Para-
sitol. 39:630-636.
Steyskal, G. C. 1954. The genus Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) with
especial reference to the North American species. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters 39:257-269.
- — — ■ — 1956. New species and taxononiic notes in the family Sciomyzidae
(Diptera, Acalyptratae). Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 41:73-87.
Pteromicra perissa, new species: Fig. 1, sinistral profile of male terminalia; fig.
2, ventral view of same; fig. 3, diagram of protandrium as if split along mid-
ventral line and laid flat, D — mid-dorsal line.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 273
A NEW BRUCHOPHAGUS FROM A LILIACEOUS PLANT
WITH A HOST PLANT LIST FOR THE GENUS
(Hymenoptera, Eurytomidae)
B. D. Burks, Entomology Besearch Division, Agricultural Research Service,
United States Department of Agriculture
The genus BruchopJiagus Ashmead was originally described with-
out included species (1888, Ent. Amer. 4 : 42) . Six years later Ashmead
(1894, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 21: 328) referred three species to it.
Two of these, horealis Ashmead and mexicanus Ashmead, were said to
have been bred from Bruchus and the third, funehris (Howard), from
the clover-seed midge. Shortly thereafter Hopkins (1896, U. S. Dept.
Agr., Div. Ent. Bui. 6(n.s.), p. 73) studied funehris carefully and
showed that it was not a parasite of the clover-seed midge, as stated
by Howard when he described it, but developed by feeding in the clo-
ver seeds themselves.
Ashmead was unwilling to accept the judgment of either Howard or
Hopkins about the host relationships of funehris. His final remarks
on the subject (1904, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 1 : 260) were that he thought
"that both Drs. Howard and Hopkins are w'rong and that Brucho-
phagus funehris is a parasite upon some Bruchus, or the larva of a
small rhvnchophorus beetle living in the clover seed." The same year
Titus (1904, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Bui. 44, pp. 77-80) published
his observations on the life history and habits of funehris, and these
left no doubt that it was a phytophagous species. He concluded that
''the clover-seed chalcis-fly, if ever a coleopterous parasite, has changed
its diet." Since that time no one has seriously questioned the fact
that this species is phytophagous, and it has been reared from the
seeds of a large number of different leguminous plants.
During the 53 years since 1904, additional species of Bruchopliagus
have been described from the seeds of leguminous plants, so that now
there are 15 species which are known to develop in leguminous seeds.
Also, rearings have shown that B. mexicauus, thought by Ashmead to
be parasitic on species of Bruchus, actually develops in the seeds of
Astragalus, another legume. The generic name Bruchophagus (des-
pite its unfortunate derivation) has thus come to be associated by
entomologists with the phvtophagous habit in the seeds of legumes.
In 1952, however, Nikolskaja (Fauna U. S. S. R. 44, p. 174) des-
cribed a species of Bruchophagus which infests the seeds of a Primula,
in the Primulaceae. The present paper describes a species from the
seeds of Aloe, in the Ljliaceae, and further extends the range of plant
families known to be attacked by members of the genus Bruchophagus.
A host-plant list for the species of Bruchophagus is given at the end of
this paper.
Bruchophagus aloineae, new species
Female. — Length 1.2-2.0 mm. Head and body black, anterior face of pronotum
with a white spot on either side; antennae black; wings hyaline with tan or
yellow venation; legs black or very dark brovoi with inner snrface of fore tibia,
274 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
apices of all femora, bases and apices of tibiae, and basal 4 segments of each
tarsus tan. Setae of head, body, and appendages silvery, inconspicuous.
Head, fig. 1, with a very vaguely defined transverse depression extending across
frons just dorsal to level of ventral margins of compound eyes, area below this
depression with strong striae converging toward mouth opening, dorsad of this
depression the surface area of fronto-vertex with umbilicate punctation; malar
furrow wanting; width of malar space two-thirds as great as height of compound
eye; length of ocellar line one-third as great as postocellar line; antenna, fig. 2,
with scape three times as long as pedicel, first funicle segment one-fourth longer
than pedicel, second to fifth funicle segments equal in length and each as long as
pedicel, club three and one-half times as long as fifth funicle segment.
Dorsal surface of pronotum, mesoscutum, and mesoscutellum with umbilicate
punctation made up of well-marked, closely set, shallow pits, interstices between
punctures narrow — always much less than width of punctures themselves — and
almost or quite smooth; anterior face of fore coxa smooth, a broad groove extend-
ing from inner apical angle to outer basal angle ; depression on anterior face of
mesepisternum, into which the anterior coxa fits when at rest, with its surface
closely shagreened, lateral margin carinate; prepectus relatively narrow, usually
with a large, triangular pit anteriorly, this pit occasionally divided by a septum;
tegula inflated, its dorsal surface very obscurely sculptured; submarginal vein of
forewing five times as long as marginal vein; stigmal, postmarginal, and marginal
veins equal in length; dorsal area of mesepimeron posterior to femoral furrow
with niimerous, closely set, longitudinal ridges, these sometimes rather irregular,
but usually almost or quite parallel ; outer, dorsal surface of hind coxa shagreened.
Propodeum with its surface flat and lying at a 90° angle with longitudinal axis
of thorax ; median area of propodeum uniformly shagreened, laterally and dorsally
coarsely rugulose. Petiole as broad as long. Gaster one and one-fourth times as
long as thorax; basal four gastral tergites subequal in length dorsally when
gaster is in normal position; fifth gastral tergite usually completely retracted
beneath fourth, sixth gastral tergite half as long as third ; gastral tergites one
to four smooth and asetose, fifth setose ventrally, sixth and epipygium densely
setose; ovipositor sheaths directed obliquely dorsad, their apices normally ex-
serted for a distance equal to length of sixth tergite.
Male. — Length 1.1-2.0 mm.. Apical two-thirds of fore femur, entire fore tibia,
and apical third of mid femur tan. Antenna, fig. 3, with scape enlarged and
three and one-half times as long as pedicel, first and second funicle segments
equal in length and each twice as long as pedicel, third and fourth funicle seg-
ments equal in length and each half as long as scape, fifth segment seven-eighths
as long as fourth, club three-fourths as long as scape. Petiole three times as long
as wide. Gaster one-half to two-thirds as long as thorax.
Type locality. — Port Elizabeth, South Africa.
Types.— V. S. N. M. No. 63412.
Described from 21 female and 18 male specimens, all intercepted
in quarantine at Washington, D. C. The specimens were taken from
sealed packages of seeds being- shipped into the United States for pro-
pagation purposes; the dates given are those of the interceptions. Fe-
male holotype, male allotype, and 1 male paratype, Port Elizabeth,
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
275
S. Africa, Oct. 24, 1934, with seeds of Aloe ferox, B. P. Q. No. 030955;
8 female and 7 male paratypes, same data, but with seeds of Aloe
lineata, B. P. Q. No. 030956 ; 2 female and 1 male paratypes, same data,
but with seeds of Aloe africana, B. P. Q. No. 030953; 1 female and 2
male paratypes, Kimberley, S. Africa, Nov. 27, 1934, with seeds of
Aloe glohuligemma, B. P. Q. No. 032536 ; 1 female paratype, S. Africa,
Jan. 10, 1936, reared from seeds of Aloe (Haivorihia) ferox, E. Q.
Washing-ton No. A33710 ; 1 female paratype, S. Africa, June 4, 1935,
with seeds of Aloe glohuligemma, B. P. Q. Washin^on No. 036379;
4 female and 1 male paratypes, Germany, Nov. 6, 1934, in Aloe sp.
seeds, B. P. Q. No. A28173 ; 3 female paratypes, Germany, Oct. 8,
1934, with seeds of Aloe variegata, P. Q. No. A27779 ; 3 male paratypes,
Potsdam, Germanv, Mav 8, 1933. with seeds of Aloe variegata, B. P.
Q. No. A22270.
Bruchophagus aloineae, n. sp. : Fig. 1, Anterior aspect of head of female; fig.
2, antenna of female ; fig. 3, antenna of male.
In addition there are more or less fragmentary specimens of this
species, not included in the type series, in the U. S. N. M. collection
from the following localities and hosts: Port Elizabeth, S. Africa,
seeds of Aloe striata, Aloe (Raworthia) ferox, Aloe africana, Aloe
microstigma, and Aloe lineata; Ethiopia, seeds of Aloe sp. ; Germany,
seeds of Aloe variegata and Aloe sp.
Bruchophagus aloineae differs from B. gihhus (Boheman) in hav-
ing the dorsal pronotal punctures uniformly close together, with
narrow, unsculptured interstices; in gihhus these punctures are rather
haphazardly arranged, with some of the interstices as wide as the
punctures themselves, and the surfaces of the interstices are sha-
greened. B. aloineae differs from B. mexicanus Ashmead in possessing
strong striae on the lower face ; this area is umbilicately punctate in
mexicanus. The black antennal scape and mostly black anterior and
mid legs of the female of aloineae distinguish it from B. ho7^ealis
276
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ashmead, as the antennal scape and two anterior pairs of legs in
horealis are almost entirely yellow.
Host-plant list for Bruchophagus
The following- list has been compiled from data associated with
identified specimens of Bruchophagus in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum and from the literature reference files maintained
there by the Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Labora-
tories, U. S. Department of Agriculture. The plant names were kindly
checked by Dr. Velva E. Rudd, Division of Botany, U. S. National
Museum.
LEGUMINOSAE
Astragalus macronyx
Astragalus mollissimus, loco weed
Astragalus sp.
Cajanus cajan, pigeon pea
Caragana arhorescens, pea tree
Caragana frutescens
Caragana pygmaea
Colutea arborescens, bladder senna
Colutea media
GlycyrrMza glabra, licorice
Hedysarum sibiricum
Indigofera sp., indigo
Lespedeza sp., bush clover
Lotus cornlcidatus, birds-foot trefoil
Lotus decumbens
Medicago arabica, spotted bur clover
Medicago falcata
Medicago lilspida, toothed bur clover
Medicago ruthemia
Medicago sativa, alfalfa
Medicago tornata
Medicago tubercvlata
Medicago tunetana
Melilotus sp., sweetclover
OnobrycMs caputgalli
Onobrychis viciaefolia (= sativa), Sainfoin
Ononis sp., rest harrow
Oxytropis lambertii, loco weed
Species of Bruchophagus
macronycis Fedoseeva
mexicanus Ashmead
gibbus (Boheman)
astragali Pedoseeva^
mellipes Gahan
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
caraganae (Nikolskaja)
coluteae (Boucek)
coluteae Fedoseeva^
glycyrrhizae Nikolskaja
hedysari Fedoseeva
indigoferae (Risbec)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
Tcolobovae Fedoseeva
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbrts (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
roddi Gussakovsky
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
gibbets (Boheman)
onobrycliidis (Nikolskaja)
onobrychidis (Nikolskaja)
ononis (Mayr)
gibbus (Boheman)
ll am indebted to Dr. 0. Peck, Canadian Department of Agriculture, for the
reference to the original description of this species — Fedoseeva, 1954, Vestnik,
Moscow Univ., 9, No. 5, p. 115.
^This species is a homonym, and probably also a synonym, of B. coluteae
(Boucek).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
277
Sesiania sesban
Sesbania grandiflora
S mirnovia turlcestana
Sophora japonica, Japanese pagoda tree
Trifolium incarnatum, crimson clover
Trifolitnn pratense, red clover
Trigonella sp.
PEIMULACEAE
Primula sp., primrose
LILIACEAE
Aloe africana
Aloe ferox
Aloe glohuUgemma
Aloe lineata
Aloe microstigma
Aloe striata
Aloe variegata
mellipes Galian
melUpes Galian
smirnoviae Nikolskaja
sophorae Crosby
gihbus (Boheman)
gibhus (Boheman)
gibbus (Boheman)
inutabilis Nikolskaja
aloineae
aloineae
aloineae
aloineae
aloineae
aloineae
aloineae
Burks
Burks
Burks
Burks
Burks
Burks
Burks
A total of 32 species have been referred to the genus Briichopliagus.
In addition to those listed above as phytophagous, the following- spe-
cies have been reared from cynipid galls: B. cynipseus (Boheman),
jaceae (Mayr), phanacidis (Mayr), setigeriis (Mayr), and timaspidis
(Mayr). There are six species of unknown habits: B. cylindricus
(Thomson), inconspicuus Girault, maurus (Boheman), niger Girault,
noctiia Girault, and sculpta (Ashmead). Three others still are said
to parasitize Bruehidae : B. horealis Ashmead, hruchocida (Risbec),
and sayeli (Risbec).
Bruchophagus safivae Ashmead, Tschorbadjiev (1936, Mitt. Bulgar.
Ent. Ges. 9: 169) evidently is a nomen nudum. Although this author
credits the specific name to Ashmead, there is no record that Ashmead
described such a species. If sativae were taken to have been validated
by the very meager information given by Tschorbadjiev, the name
should be attributed to him.
Eurytoma aoaciae Cameron (1910, The Ent. 43: 114) [not E. aca-
ciae Girault, 1914 nor E. acaciae Risbec, 1951], reared from the seeds
of Acacia decurrens in New Zealand, possibly is a Bruchophagus. I
have been unable to locate the type.
278
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
A NOTE ON TWO CHRYSOMELID BEETLES
(Coleoptera)
A species of ehrysomelid beetle, Ophraea arizo7iica Fall, hitherto
not represented in the collection of the United States National Mu-
seum, has recently been added in the shape of 25 specimens collected
by Jack M. Kaiser on the leaves of Beloperone sp. at Peiia Blanca,
Arizona (near Tucson). Fall (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 36, 1910, p.
147) described this apparently rare beetle from one specimen sent
him by F. H. Snow from the Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona.
D. M. Weisman has recently collected a new species of Disonycha
in Harnett County, North Carolina. The host plant is unknown as the
beetle was taken by sweeping.
Disonycha weismani n. sp.
About 7.5 mm. in length, oblong oval, feebly shining, alutaceous, very finely
and indistinctly punctate, pale yellow with dark antennae and tarsal joints and
two small spots anteriorly on the prothorax and moderately Avide dark sutural,
median and lateral vittae not joined at the apex of the elytra.
Head with interocular space more than half its width, with occiput having a few
punctures besides the large fovea near eye, the interantennal area wide and bulg-
ing forward in a broadly rounded carina; pale with a very narrow darkening over
occiput at edge of prothorax. Antennae Avith the two basal joints pale edged, re-
mainder dark. Prothorax approximately twice as wide as long with rounded sides,
not very convex ; faintly shining, alutaceous, very finely punctate ; pale yellow with
two sniall spots anteriorly. Scutellum dark. Elytra alutaceous, faintly punctate
and somewhat shiny ; pale yellow with moderately wide sutural, median and lateral
vittae, none joined at the apex. Body beneath entirely pale. Legs pale with the
tarsal joints dark. Length 7.7 mm.; width 3.6 mm.
Type.— Male, U.S.N.M. Type No. 63507, collected by Donald M.
Weisman, in sweeping- at Spout Springs, Harnett Co., North Carolina,
on Aug. 30, 1952.
Remarks. — This species has the same coloration as D. caroliniana
(Fab.) and D. latifrons Schaeffer, but differs from either in the head
the aedeagus, which is unlike that of any other DisonycJia. — Doris
H. Blake.
Ophraea ar'izonica Fcil
Di'sonycha weiSfMonl n.;
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59', NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 279
ON SOME MICROTINE-INrE STING POLYPLAX
(Anoplura)
By John E. ScanlonI and Phyllis T. Johnson^
For some years the relationship of Polyplax horealis Ferris, 1933,
(from Clefkrionomys riifocanus, Fiiimark, Norway) to P. alaskensis
Ewing", 1927, (from Microtus sp., Alaska) has been in doubt. The
original description of P. alaskensis contains no figures and is vague
in many details. Ferris noted in his original description of horealis
that this name might prove to be synonymous with alaskensis Ewing,
since he had not seen specimens of alaskensis and could not be sure
of his interpretation of the latter. Ewing (1935) synonymized hore-
alis Ferris under alaskensis Ewing, without seeing specimens of hore-
alis. Quay (1949) published a redescription and figures of alaskensis
from Microtus operarius, Seward Peninsula, Alaska, but did not men-
tion horealis. Finally, in 1951, Brinck published a note asserting that
horealis is a valid name, basing his conclusions on a comparison of
Quay's drawings and description of alaskensis and Ferris' original
description and figures of horealis.
A re-examination of P. alaskensis holotype proves Brinck to be
correct, and further shows that Polyplax ahscisa Fahrenholz, 1938,
(from California off " Arviaola," which according to Ferris (1951)
probably means Microtus), is a synonym of P. alaskensis (new syn-
onymy). Dr. G. F. Ferris of Stanford University has kindly compared
specimens of horealis from Alaska and Labrador with his paratype
male of horealis and also has compared the holotype of alaskensis with
horealis and California ''ahscisa," coming to the same conclusion.
Specimens of Polyplax from California Microtus agree with Fahren-
holz 's original description and figures of ahscisa as well as with holo-
typic alaskensis. A figure of alaskensis holotype is included in this
paper (fig. 3).
P. ala.skensis is easily separated from horealis in the male by the
shape of the pseudopenis (fig. 8), which is strongly curved apically
and relatively much narrower than it is in horealis (fig. 7). Both
sexes of horealis have an arcuate first abdominal sternum (figs. 9, 10),
and the third abdominal sternite is triangulate, more than half as
high (in the longitudinal axis of the body) a,s it is broad (in the
transverse axis of the body). P. alaskensis (fig. 11) may have the
first sternite weakly arcuate, but usually not approaching the condi-
tion found in horealis and the third sternite is less than half as high
as broad and not markedly triangulate. There are small discrepan-
cies between Quay's redescription of alaskensis and the actual form
of the holotype, although the lone specimen from his series we exam-
ined agrees well with the holotype. This single male, from Microtus
iMedical Service Corps, U. S. Army, Fort Sam Houston, Texas.
^Entomology Eeseareh Division, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department
of Agriculture.
280 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
operarius, does not have the first sternite as strongly arcuate as he
draws and describes it. He also states that the first sternite of the
female is broader than the second and concave posteriorly, but his
figure does not show this to be the case. The thoracic sternal plate in
alaskensis is normally quite broad anteriorly and with the sides
angled and subsequently slightly concave to the apex, as in figure 6,
whereas horealis has the sides almost evenly convex to the apex (figs.
4, 5). In other respects alaskensis and horealis are very similar
morphologically. Brinek (1951) mentions that in horealis the para-
tergal plates (fig. 2) are not as markedly toothed as in alaskensis,
but this character is quite variable.
Both sexes of alaskensis and horealis may be separated from the
very similar P. spinulosa (Burmeister) by the shape of the para-
tergites 3-5. In alaskensis and horealis both dorsal and ventral apical
lobes are acute, while in spinulosa the ventral apical lobes of these
paratergites are rounded. Ewiiig (1935) used this character to sepa-
rate alaskensis from spitnilosa.
Since Ferris' (1951) publication "The Sucking Lice" will be the
standard reference on Anoplura for many years to come, we append
here a revision of couplets 21 and 22, page 205, of the key to Polypi ax
species. It should be noted that as Ferris' key now reads, horealis
will key to alaskensis and alaskensis will key to ahscisa.
21(20) First abdominal sternite strongly arcuate and with its lateral angles
somewhat prolonged; third abdominal sternite more than half as
high (in longitudinal axis of body) as broad (in transverse axis
ofbody); occurring on Clethrionomys and Phenacomys BOREALIS
First abdominal sternite in both sexes not thus, its posterior margin
almost straight and the lateral angles not produced ; third abdomi-
nal sternite considerably less than half as high as broad _ 22
22(21) In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with only the dorsal apical angle
produced into a point; dorsal lobe of the pseudopenis very short,
scarcely one-fourth the length of the ventral lobe ; parameres well
developed, extending forward between the posterior arms of the
basal plate; occurring especially on species of Battus throughout
the world _ .- SPINULOSA
In both sexes, paratergal plates 3-5 with both apical angles produced
into points ; parameres quite weakly developed and extending for-
ward only slightly past the apex of the arms of the basal plate;
normally occurring on species of Microtus ALASKENSIS
The normal hosts of Polyplax alaskensis are members of the genus
Microtus. Specimens have been examined as follows: Alaska (Golo-
vin, Takotna and the Seward Peninsula, and the holotype) from
Microtns sp. and M. operarius ; Oregon from M. monfanus ; California
from M. cMifornicus sanctidiegi; Virginia, Pennsylvania, Delaware,
New York, Massachusetts and Maine from Microtus pennsylvanicus \
Massachusetts from M. hreweri (this species of Microtus is found
only on Muskeget Isl.) ; Canada, ''from an island in the St. Lawrence
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 19.57 28i
River" from M. pennsylvanicus and at Toronto, Ontario from "mead-
ow mouse." Ferris (1951) also reported alaskensis (as ahscisa) from
Nevada. Seanlon (1954) reported alaskensis (as ahscisa) from Mi-
crotus monicheUi, Mt. Fuji, Japan. A re-examination of some of
Sasa's material from Microtus monfehelU, Mt. Fuji, reported as Poly-
plax spinulosa (Burmeister) (Sasa, 1950) establishes that these speci-
mens are alaskensis, not spinulosa. One female with the sides of the
thoracic sternal plate somewhat less angled than is usually the case,
from a species of Synaptomys (bog lemming, tribe Lemmini), Nor-
way House, Northwest Territories, Canada, is also here referred to
alaskensis.^
P. horealis has as its normal hosts species of Clethrionomys and
Phenacomys. Its distribution is eireumpolar, as is probably true of
alaskensis, but horealis is more northern, although there is some over-
lapping. Specimens of horealis have been examined as follows:
Alaska (Ladd Air Force Base) from Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni;
Canada, Northwest Territories, S. W. Keewatin from Phenacomys sp.
and Clethrionomys sp., and Quebec and Labrador from Clethrionomys
sp. Specimens from Clethrionomys rufocanus (the type host) from
Korea, were reported as alaskensis by Seanlon (1955). The latter
specimens and a Korean series from "Apodemus speciosus" differ
slightly from the North American specimens in that the sternal plate
of the thorax is somewhat broader anteriorly, but this series still fits
well within the limits of horealis. " Apodemus speciosus" is prob-
ably a lapsus for a species of Clethrionomys.
Literature Cited
Brinck, Per, 1951. Polyplax alasl-e7isis Ewing oeh P. horealis Ferris (Anoplura).
Opusc. Ent. (Lund) 16:31.
Ewing, H. E., 1927. Descriptions of three new species of sucking lice, together
with a key to some related species of the genus PohjpIa.x. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 29:118-121.
, 1935. The taxonomy of the anopluran genera Polyplax and Eremo-
phtJiirius, including the description of new species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
48:201-210, figs. 1, 2.
Pahrenholz, H., 1938. Die Anoplurengattung Polyplax. Ztschr. f. Parasitenk.
10:239-279, figs. 1-23.
Ferris, G. F., 1922. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
IV. Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 2(4) : 183-270.
, 1933. A new species of Polyplax (Anoplura). Parasitol. 25:127-129,
figs. 1, 2.
, 1942. Some North American rodent-infesting lice (Insecta, Anoplura).
Micro-ent. 7:84-90, fig. 42.
, 1951. The Sucking Lice. Mem. Pacific Coast Ent. Soc. 1:1-320, figs.
1-124.
^This specimen was referred to by Ferris (1922) and Hopkins (1947) as Poly-
plax spinulosa.
282
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
8 O
Fig. 1, Polyplax alaskensis Ewirig, 1927: paratergal plates, liolotype; fig. 2, P.
borealis Ferris, 1933 : paratergal plates, male (Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska) ;
fig. 3, P. alaskensis: holotype; fig. 4, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male
(Ladd AFB) ; fig. 5, P. borealis: thoracic sternal plate, male (Lake Marymac,
Quebec) ; fig. 6, P. alaslcensis: thoracic sternal plate, holotype; fig. 7, P. borealis:
aedagus (Lake Marymac); fig. 8, P. alaslcensis: aedeagus, holotype; fig. 9, P.
borealis: first abdominal sternite, male (Ladd AFB); fig. 10, P. borealis: first
abdominal sternite, male (Lake Marymac) ; fig. 11, P. alaskensis: first abdominal
sternite, holotype.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 283
Hopkins, G. H. E., 1949. The host-associations of the lice of mammals. Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. 119(2) :387-640.
Quay, W. B., 1949. Further description of Polyplax alaslcensis E^\-ing (Anoplura).
Psyche 56:180-183, figs. 1, 2.
Sasa, M., 1950. Note on the blood-sucking lice (Anoplura) of rodents in Japan
(Part I). Jap. Jour. Exper. Med. 20:715-717.
Scanlon, J. E., 1954. Anoplura from some Japanese small mammal hosts. Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 49(2): 29-35, fig. 1.
, 1955. Anoplura from some Korean small mammal hosts. Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 50(4; : 85-91, fig. 1.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY
OF THE BROWN COCKROACH PERIPLANETA BRUNNEA BURMEISTER
Lafe E. Edmunds, Sanitary Engineering Branch, Engineer Research and
Development Lahoraiories, Fort Belvoir, Virginia
The brown cockroach, Periplaneta hrunnea Burmeister, is a common
species in the southern and southeastern United States, from the
Carolinas to Florida and west to Texas. It has been found indoors
as far north as Philadelphia and was collected by the writer in
Columbus, Ohio. In some areas of the south it is more common than
the American cockroach which it closely resembles.
This insect, typical of all roaches, is an obnoxious household pest.
It has been collected in such places as army camps, outbuildings, city
dumps, grocery stores, at lights, under bark, and in sewers.
Little is known about the biology of P. hrunnea because only in
recent years have entomologists become generally aware of the dis-
tinction between this species and the other three species of Periplaneta
found in the United States. P. brimnea very closely resembles the
American cockroach Periplaneta amerioana Linn., and there are some
marked similarities and differences in biology.
The determination of P. hrunnea was made through the courtesy
of Dr. P. W. Oman and Dr. A. B. Gurney, of the Insect Identification
and Parasite Introduction Laboratories, Entomology Research Divi-
sion, United States Department of Agriculture. The writer is in-
debted to Dr. Ross Hutchins, of the Department of Zoology and
Entomology, Mississippi State College, for the use of the controlled
temperature equipment.
Methods
Cultures of P. hrunnea were started with adults and nymphs col-
lected in March 1952, from the basement of the biology greenhouse
on the campus of the Ohio State University. These cultures were
transported by automobile to Mississippi State College where biological
studies of P. hrunnea were made from 1954 through 1956.
The cockroaches were reared in 1-gallon battery jars, the tops of
which were covered with cheese cloth held in place by a rubber band.
284 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Water was supplied bj' using' a glass vial 1-ineli in diameter and 2^4
inches long. This vial was filled with water, plugged with cotton, and
placed in a horizontal position on the floor of the jar. The cockroaches
were fed a diet of commercial dog food, Purina Kibbled Meal, supple-
mented by wheat germ.
The life history studies were made at approximately 75° F., using
controlled temperature cabinets. Examinations were made once daily
at the same time each day, consequently, the durations given for
stages and other periods are accurate to one calendar day.
Observations
The period between extrusion and deposition of the egg capsule
by P. hrumiea ranged from 20 to 24 hours, with an average time of
21 hours. The ootheca was glued to the substrate, generally near a
food supply. When first deposited the egg capsule was light brown
in color, changing within a few hours to dark brown. One hundred
oothecae were removed from the cultures and measured ; they varied
in length from 1.2 to 1.6 mm. The number of eggs contained in an
ootheca were found to range from 21 to 28, with an average of 24.
In ovipositing, the female roach secreted from her mouthparts a
frothy white substance which she smeared over the spot on which
she w^as going to deposit the egg capsule. Some females spent from
30 to 40 minutes preparing this frothy bed. The egg capsule was
then deposited in the froth and covered with additional froth secreted
by the female. Some cockroaches were observed spending as much
as 2 hours coating the egg capsule after it was deposited. This sub-
stance hardened to become a very strong cementing material. It was
so strong that it was difficult to pry the capsule loose without causing
it to rupture. For several hours after a capsule was deposited the
female rested with her body over the capsule and drove away any
other roaches which approached.
Ten egg capsules were removed from the cultures just as they were
deposited. These were placed singly in 1-pint jars in a controlled
temperature cabinet, and incubated at approximately 75°F. Nymphal
cockroaches emerged from 8 of the capsules, the developmental period
in the capsule ranging from 61 to 63 days.
On October 23, 1955, 25 newly emerged nymphs of P. hrunnea were
placed together in a quart battery jar provisioned with food and
water. These roaches were kept in a controlled temperature cabinet
at 75 °F. Daily examinations were made to determine the progress
of development. The number of nymphal instars was not ascertained
because the cockroaches consumed the cast exuviae. The first adult
male completed development in 263 days, and the first female in 268
days. All of the nymphs had completed development by 277 days.
Pope (1951) found that the nymphal period of P. hrunnea varied
from 110 to 327 days and that all stages were greatly influenced by
temperature.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 285
The newly emerged first-instar nymph of P. hrunnea is dark brown
in color, with yellowish leg-s and mouth parts. The first 8 and last
4 antennal segments are white, the median antennal segments are
brown. A median translucent area allows light to pass completely
through the mesothorax. Faint cream-colored spots occur on the
dorso-lateral margins of the first and second abdominal segments.
The body is 8 to 10 mm. in length. The first instar ranged from 16
to 21 days in length, with an average of 17 days.
The nymphal instars between the first and last instars generally
resembled the last. During development there was an increase in
size, and the appearance of larger and more distinct cream-colored
spots on the dorso-lateral margins of the abdomen.
The last nymphal instar, just prior to completing development, was
chestnut to dark-brown in color and 25 to 30 mm. in length. Distinct
cream-colored spots occurred on the dorso-lateral margins of the sec-
ond to sixth abdominal segments. The thorax was chestnut colored
with posterior dark brown margins. The first 29 to 30 segments of
the antenna were chestnut-colored, distal segments darker.
Copulation occurred within a few hours after the female of P.
hrunnea completed development. Egg deposition started in from 16
to 20 da.ys after the adult female emerged and continued throughout
life. A female was capable of forming and dropping an oothecae at
5- to 6-day intervals, but the time period between capsules was highly
variable. Pope (1951) found that the maximum number of oviposi-
tions was 30 but usually less. The maximum longevity of an adult
roaches life Avas not determined, but some were kept for 20 months
and were still living and reproducing. The adults of P. hrunnea
usually shunned light and were nocturnal in habit. They were capa-
ble of flight, which is generally of a gliding type. Cannabalism was
common in captivity. Cockroaches that had been injured or weakened
in some way are often eaten by others. Egg capsules after being
deposited and left by the mother were often found and consumed by
other cockroaches.
Discussion
The brown cockroach P. hrunnea and the American cockroach P.
americana are often confused because they frequent similar habitats
and are very much alike in appearance. Both species as adults are
reddish-browai in color and have yellowish markings on the pronotum.
They can be readilv distinouished bv using the following informa-
tion (Table 1) : ^
a. The egg capsule of P. hrunnea is nearly 50 per cent longer
than the American cockroach. It is less rounded laterally and much
darker in color. The brown roach glues the egg capsule more securely
when it is deposited. Lawson (1951) in studying the egg capsule of
P. hrunnea found 22 to 28 eggs with an average of 24. The American
roach has 16 eggs per ootheca.
b. The first stage nymph of P. hrunnea has white antennae tips
286 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
and a translucent area through the mesothorax. The first stage nymph
of P. americana has entirely dark antennae. The intermediate and
last nymphal instars of the brown roach have cream-colored spots on
the dorso-lateral margins of the second and sixth abdominal segments.
The intermediate and last nymphal instar of the American roach have
entirely brown abdomens.
c. Pratt (1955) states that adult brown and American cock-
roaches can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the cercus, a
jointed appendage on each side of the tip of the abdomen. The cercus
of the brown cockroach is stout, more evenly spindle-shaped, with the
last segment somewhat triangular and less than twice as long as its
basal W'idth. The cercus of the American cockroach is stout basally
and tapers markedly toward the tip, and the last segment is more
or less parallel-sided and two or more times as long as its basal width.
Summary
The brown eockroach, P. hrimnea, is a common noxious household
pest in the southern United States, and closely resembles the Ameri-
can cockroach. The ootheca of P. hrunnea contains an average of 24
eggs, and is deposited in frothy material secreted from the female's
mouth parts. At 75 °F. there is an egg-to-egg cycle of 339 to 351
days. Nymphs hatch from the ootheca 61 to 63 days after oviposition.
The first male to complete development required 263 days and the
first female, 268 days. Egg deposition starts 15 to 20 days after the
females become adults.
Table 1. A comparison
of the various
and Periplaiu
life stages
eta hrunnea
of Periplaneta americana Linn.
Burm.
Avg. no.
eggs
Species per capsule
Incubation
period
(days)
Nymphal
period
(days)
Adult forms
First ootheca
(days)
Total egg-to-
egg cycle
(days)
P. brunnea 24
P. americana* 16
62-63
42-63
263-277
98-200
15-20
10
340-360
150 ......
*Data taken from Piquett & Fales (1952).
References
Lawson, F. A. 1951. Structural features of the oothecae of certain cockroaches.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 44(2) :269-285.
Piquett, P. G., and Fales, J. H. 1952. Rearing cockroaches for experimental pur-
poses. U. S. Dept. Agr. ET-301, 12 p.
Pope, Pauline. 1951 (1953). Studies on the life histories of some Queensland
Blattidae. I. The domestic species; II, some native species. Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland 63:23-59.
Pratt, H. D. 1955. Cockroach identification. Pest Control 23(5):9-12.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 287
A NOTE ON THE OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOR OF
SABETHES (SABETHOIDES) CHLOROPTEEUS HUMBOLDTl
Pedro Galindo
Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, B. de P.
The author has maintained a laboratory colony of the mosquito
Sahethes (Sabethoides) chloropterus Humboldt for nearly 2 years
and a paper discussing in detail the bionomics of this species under
laboratory conditions is now in preparation. However, considering
that published information on the egg-laying activities of members of
the tribe Sabethini is very scant and in view of the unique oviposition
behavior observed by the author in S. cMoropterus, it was deemed of
interest to publish these observations as the subject of a separate note.
Galindo, Carpenter, and Trapido (1951) found that S. cMoropterus
a forest mosquito, breeds primarily in a specialized type of tree-hole
which possesses a large inner cavity and a relatively small opening
and holds water continuously even during the dry season months. In
attempting to simulate natural conditions in the laboratory colony,
the author used as a receptacle for oviposition a well-ripened bamboo
internode. The open top was fitted with a cover and a 1-inch hole
drilled in the side near the top to give access to the central cavity,
which was half-filled with water. Using this type of artificial tree-
hole, large numbers of eggs have been obtained, making it possible
to maintain a thriving colony. Statistical data on the number of eggs
laid per female, time of oviposition, length of time spent in the egg
stage, etc., will be presented in the bionomics paper in preparation.
The present note will deal exclusively with a description of the man-
ner in which the eggs are deposited.
The female, when ready to lay, approaches the bamboo in the char-
acteristic slow flight peculiar to the genus and usually flies around
it two or three times probing here and there until the entrance hole
is found. Once this is accomplished, the female hovers outside and
in front of the opening at a distance from it which varies from a few
millimeters to as much as 5 centimeters, with the fore and hind tarsi
almost locked together above the thorax and the mid-legs extended
downward and outward. After hovering for a variable length of time,
and Avhile still in flight, the mosquito suddenly jerks the head and
thorax back and thrusts the abdomen forward, forcibly ejecting at the
same time 1 or 2 eggs which shoot through the entrance hole and into
the water in the cavity. Almost in the same movement the female
darts back rapidly a few centimeters and then resumes normal flight.
The entire process takes place with incredible speed and is completed
in but fractions of a second. A female which has just laid many come
back immediately and go through the same motions for as many as
iThis investigation was supported by the Research and Development Division,
Office of the Surgeon General, Department of the Army, under Contract No.
DA-49-007-MD-655.
288 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
18 consecutive times, or it may alight on the bamboo or some other
surface nearby, only to resume egg-laying after a few minutes rest.
A number of experiments were performed in order to determine
the force with which the eggs are ejected and the accuracy displayed
by the female in shooting the eggs through the entrance and into the
bamboo. In one set of experiments, a black leather disk smeared with
castor oil was hung inside the bamboo directly in back of the entrance
hole and at distances of 2, 4 and 6 centimeters from the outer surface
of the container. At 2 centimeters, out of 25 eggs released by the
female 24 were caught on the disk ; at 4 centimeters, out of 40 eggs
shot into the bamboo 18 were trapped in the castor oil, and at a dis-
tance of 6 centimeters 4 out of 28 eggs were trapped. From these
experiments we may conclude that eggs are released with such force
that they travel in a straight horizontal line from a minimum of 2i/^
cms. to a possible maximum of 10 cms. In a second series of experi-
ments, bamboo internodes with smaller entrance holes having diame-
ters of 10/16, 8/16, 6/16 and 4/16 inch, respectively, were tried as ovi-
position receptacles. It was found in these experiments that eggs are
shot with unerring precision even through the smallest aperture tried,
but here oviposition is somewhat inhibited perhaps due to failure of
some females to detect the opening.
The process described above may possibly explain how oviposition
takes place in the many sabethine species which possess eggs of the
same type as S. chloropterus and whose immature stages are found
in uncut bamboo internodes with small holes in the side drilled by
boring insects. Examples of these species occuring in Panama are :
S. undosus, S. aurescens, S. intermedins, S. fahricii, Wyeomyia codio-
campa, and W . hosmitos.
References
Galindo, P., Carpenter, S. J., and Trapido, H. 1951. Ecological observations on
forest mosquitoes of an endemic yelloAv fever area in Panama. Amer. Jour.
Trop. Med. 31:98-137.
Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type-
written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive
prompt publication. References to literature should be included in
the text.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, Dp:CEMBER, 1957 289
THE NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SPECIES OF PROPRISTOCERA
(Hymenoptera: Bethylidae)
Howard E. Evans, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
The genus Propristocera was described by Kieffer (1905, In Andre,
Species des Hymenopteres d 'Europe, p. 247) to include 2 species
from the Oriental region which differed from Pseudisohrachium in
having glabrous eyes and simple, edentate mandibles. Later (1914,
Das Tierreich, 41 : 484-488) Kieff'er expanded his concept of the genus
to include certain other species which he had previously included in
Prisfocera and in PseudisohrachiKm; these species possessed essen-
tially "normal" 3- to 5-toothed mandibles. As thus defined, the genus
included 9 known species, 3 Oriental, 2 Ethiopian (Seychelles), 1
Australian, and 3 Neotropical (including one Mexican). To the best
of my knowledge, the genus has received no attention since 1914,
and no Nearctic species have ever been assigned to it.
I have not seen specimens of the type species of Propristocera, P.
interrupta Kieffer from Ceylon, or for that matter of any of the
other species which Kieffer included in the genus. But there are sev-
eral North and Central American species, all undescribed, which key
to this genus in Kieffer 's generic keys and agree well with his generic
diagnosis of 1914. These species cannot be placed in any other genus,
and for the present, at least, I see no reason for not assigning them
to Proprisfocera. One of the species occurs in eastern United States
and three others in Mexico and Central America.
Propristocera is a particularly interesting group because in many
ways it links the other genera of Pristocerini. The resemblance to
Pseudisohrachium is strong, but the eyes are weakly or not at all
hairy and the genitalia are very different. The antennae, eyes, and
genitalia are similar to Pristocera, and some species approach this
genus in venation, but the claws are simple or have but a single
weak tooth (as in Pseudisohrachium) and the structure of the clypeus
is different. The complex aedoeagus of some species suggests Bissom-
phahis, and in fact the genitalia of one species, tridentata, are nearly
identical with those of certain species of BissomphaJus, and the cly-
peus also resembles this genus. In fact tridentata (which I assign to
Propristocera with somewhat more doubt than the other species) is
virtually a BissomphaJus without the tergal pits and the transverse
propodeal carina. In another species, laevigata, the spiracles of the
first and second abdominal tergites are enlarged, suggesting the con-
dition in BissomphaJus, with which the species otherwise has little
in common. All in all, Propristocera is a nearly perfect mixture of
the characters of these three genera.
This fact, combined with the fact that the species are very distinct
and separable by many more characters than is usual in the Bethyli-
dae, suggsts that the genus may be primitive and somewhat ancestral
to the other Pristocerini. This seems to be supported by geographic
290 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
evidence, for the known species are widely and discontinuously scat-
tered throughout the warmer parts of the globe. I would hesitate to
say that Propristocera is more primitive than Prist ocera, which is the
most tiphiid-like of all the Bethylidae, but certainly it provides a
likely ancestral stock for the more specialized genera Dissomphalus
and PseudisohracJi i}( III , tying these genera to a Prist ocera-\\ke bethylid
prototype.
Unfortunately the females of Propristocera are completely un-
known, and nothing whatever is known about the ethology of the
genus. The only specimen I have ever collected was taken inside a
window of my home. Other specimens have been taken at light (as
the males of Pseudisohrachium and Dissomphahrs commonly are).
The type series of angustata M'as taken on Ipomoea tiliacea (a morn-
ing glory). Presumably the females are apterous and hypogaeie like
other Pristocerini.
Generic cliaraciers (males) — Mandibles with from tliree to five teeth, in certain
exotic species with a single apical tooth. Clypeus strongly developed, the apex
rounded or subtruncate, sometimes weakly notched, sometimes dentate, but never
with a strong median truncate lolie as in Fseudisohraclimm. Antennae long, the
outer antennal segments (9-11) at least 1.5 times as long as thick; segments of
flagellum separated by constrictions and clothed with dense erect pubescence.
Eyes bare or with very minute hairs (but in tridentata somewhat more evidently
hairy). Ocelli of moderate size, forming an acute angle in front. Occipital carina
distinct for its entire length, including dorsally. Mesonotum with well developed
para.psidal furrows and notauli. Propodeum rather short, with well developed
lateral carinae, with or without a median carina, and without a transverse carina
bordering the declivity. None of the femora notably incrassate ; claws simple or
with a very weak tooth. Fore wing with the radial vein very long, much more
than twice the length of the stigma ; discoidal vein absent or present, the dis-
coidal cell absent or incompletely formed (said to be complete in oriplana).
Abdomen sessile or petiolate; second tergite without setigerous pits as in Bissom-
phalvfi, but the spiracles of the first two tergites somewhat enlarged in laevigata.
Subgenital plate simple, truncate apically. Genitalia with the lateral elements
rather widely separated from the complex aedoeagus ; parameres of variable form
but never deeply divided into two separate appendages ; basis volsellaris without
a plate along the mesal margin which bears radiating grooves; aedoeagus not
strongly depressed, consisting of several closely consolidated elements.
Key to North and Central American Species
1. Basal vein ending almost in the distal end of the subcosta, close to the
stigma; discoidal cell complete; length 5-6 mm oriplana (Kieffer)
Basal vein ending basad of the stigma by at least one third its length;
discoidal cell incomplete or absent ; length under 4 mm. 2
2. Clypeus tridentate apically ; mandibles with four teeth ; aedoeagus rela-
tively short and broad, with well-developed ventral rami, fig. 5 _...
tridentata, new species
Clypeus simple or with a weak median tooth ; mandibles with five teeth ;
aedoeagus relatively more elongate and without distinct ventral rami 3
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 195/
291
Figs. 1-4, fore wing of various species of Propristocera ; fig. 1, P. tridentata,
n. sp. ; fig. 2, P. polita, n. sp. ; fig. 3, P. angustaia, n. sp. ; fig. 4, P. laevigata, n.
sp. Figs. 5-8, male genitalia, ventral aspect on left side, dorsal on right; fig. 5,
P. tridentata, n. sp. ; fig. 6, P. polita, n. sp. ; fig. 7, P. angustata, n. sp. ; fig. 8,
P. laevigata n. sp.
292 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
3. Abdomen petiolate; spiracles of tlie first two abdominal segments en-
larged ; transverse median vein strongly oblique, the diseoidal vein aris-
ing well down on it, fig. 4; parameres of genitalia very long and slender,
fig. 8- laevigata, new species
Abdomen subsessile ; spiracles of the first two abdominal segments not
enlarged; diseoidal vein either absent or interstitial or nearly so with
the media 4
4. Front moderately shining, alutaceous ; diseoidal vein strong, fig. 3 ; geni-
talia with the parameres short, with a lateral process, fig. 7
angustata, new species
Front strongly shining, very weakly alutaceous ; diseoidal vein completely
absent, fig. 2 ; parameres rather long, their apices deflected mesad, fig.
6 poJita, new species
Propristocera tridentata, new species
(Figs. 1, 5")
Eoloiijpe: $, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Fenyes) [U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This minute but remarkable species has a tridentate clypeus as in
many Dissom])hali<s, but the propodeum lacks a transverse carina and
the second abdominal tergite is simple. The genitalia are very Dis-
sotiip]ia])is-Vike, and remarkably similar to those of D. harheri Evans.
The antennae agree with Propristocera, but the eyes are slightly
hairy, so the species is assigned here somewhat tentatively. Perhaps
it represents a stock of the genus from which Dissomphalus evolved.
Description. — Length about 2 mm. Body rich browm ; legs wholly straw-yellow,
the coxae somewhat suffused with brown ; mandibles and clypeus mostly light
bxown; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder of the antenna medium
brown. Wings hyaline, clothed with light brown hairs; veins and stigma browm.
Head and thorax with numerous light l)rown hairs ; eyes weakly hairy.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth plus three smaller teeth in a row. Clypeus
large, well developed in front of the antennal bases; apex with three small teeth,
the median tooth a continuation of the strong median carina. Antennae slender
but not exceptionally long; flagellum with dense erect setae which are half or
more as long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinct constrictions between
the segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 1.8 times as long as thick.
Middle interocular line .5 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height;
ocello-ocular line 2.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples weakly
shining, alutaceous; punctures sparse and weak.
Pronotum smooth and rather fiat. Mesonotum moderately shining, alutaceous,
weakly punctate ; parapsidal furrows weak but complete ; notauli strong on the
anterior two-thirds, absent behind. Propodeum with strong median and lateral
carinae, more or less smooth and shining above, but with some reticulations aris-
ing from the median carina ; spiracles large, circular, opening latero-dorsally.
Fore wing, fig. 1, with the transverse median vein erect, nearly straight; diseoidal
vein unusually long, actually longer than the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen short, smooth and shining, subsessile. Subgenital plate weakly arcu-
ately emarginate apically. Genitalia, fig. 5, very broad and relatively short;
parameres short, curved, apically with small knobs and strong setae; volsellae
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 293
with the digitus slender, curved, the cuspis short, serrate above; aedoeagus com-
plex, with well-developed ventral rami, the dorsal body terminating in two large,
complex lobes.
Propristocera laevigata, new species
(Pigs. 4, 8)
Holotype : S, Cordoba, Mexico, 21 May (A. Tenyes). ParnUipe: 1 $, same data
but 13 May 1908 [both U. S. Natl. Mus.].
This is an elongate, pale, highly polished species which is immedi-
ately separable from all other species of Propristocera by the petiolate
abdomen, the enlarged spiracles of the first two abdominal segments,
the unusual venation, and the highly distinctive genitalia.
Description. — Length about 3.5 mm. Entire body light chestnut-brown, the
ocellar triangle and abdominal petiole suffused with darker ; legs entirely pale
straw-yellow; mandibles straw-yellow, the apices rufous; antennae with the two
basal segments straw-yellow, the remainder light lirown. Wings faintly clouded ;
veins and stigma brown. Body sparsely clothed with pale setae ; eyes with only
very minute hairs.
Mandibles with five sharp teeth in an oljlique series. Clypeus large, rounded
in front and with a very small median notch ; median line with a strong, sharp
elevation. Antennae of moderate length, the flagellum clothed with pale, erect
setae which are about half as long as the width of the flagellum, the setae on
the under side of the last three segments shorter and more dense ; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about 1.5 times as long as thick. Middle interoeular line .58
times the transfacial line, 1.35 times the eye height; eyes bulging; ocello-ocular
line 3.5 times the postocellar line. Front, vertex, and temples strongly shining,
non-alutaceous, the punctures sparse, .shallow, and small.
Pronotum short, sloping evenly, smooth and shining. Mesonotum strongly
polished, the punctures inconspicuous ; parapsidal furrows present except on the
anterior fifth ; notauli complete but weakened both anteriorly and posteriorly.
Lateral f oveae of the scutellum large, deep, sharply defined ; metanotum also with
a series of foveae on each side. Propodeum Avith a median impression and with
lateral carinae, the upper surface smooth and polished except for some sculptur-
ing anteriorly; spiracles circular and opening laterally. Fore wing with the
transverse median vein strongly sloping, the discoidal vein distinct, about as long
as the transverse median vein, arising well down on the latter, fig. 4.
Abdomen with a relatively long petiole which is strongly sculptured and hirsute.
Spiracles of the first two segments large, round. Genitalia, fig. 8, with tlie para-
meres very long and slender, and with two additional short processes arising near
their base; basis volsellaris with a plate along its niesal margin which may be
homologous with a similar plate bearing radiating grooves in Fseudisobrachium ;
aedoeagus complex and \A-ith tAvo small, pincushion-like pads near the apex.
Variation. — The single topotypic paratype is very similar to the type in all
details. The top of the head is somewhat more extensively infuscated.
294 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 0, DECEMBER, 1957
Propristocera polita, new species
(Figs. 2, 6)
Holotype: S, Columbia, South Carolina, 16 Aug. 1951 (L. & G. Townes) [Coll.
H. K. Townes] Paratypes: 1 S, Greenville, S. C, 31 Aug. 1952 (L. & G.
Townes) [Coll. H. K. Townes] ; 1 $ , Dunn Loring, Va., 11 Sept. 1948 (K. V.
Krombein) [Coll. K. V. Krombein] ; 1 S , Butler, N. J., Summer 1955 (E.
Borland; taken from light globe in house) [U. S. Natl. Mus.] ; 1 .^ , Ithaca,
N. Y., 14 Sept. 1956 (H. E. Evans; taken inside window of house) [Cornell
ITniv.].
Tliis highly distinctive species appears to be widely distributed in
eastern United States, althoug-h its closest relative, angustata, occurs
in Costa Rica. In common with angustata, the antennae are extremely
long- and the pronotum is crossed by a carina followed by a depres-
sion. In common with laevigata, the front is very highly polished.
Unicjue characters include the complete lack of a discoidal vein, the
strongly sculptured propodeum, and the unusual genitalia.
Description. — Length about 3.5 mm. Head black, thorax dark brownish-fuscous,
abdomen medium brown ; coxae brown, femora light brown, remainder of legs
straw-colored; mandibles yellowish, rufous at the apex; scape and pedicel straw-
yellow, tlie flagellum gradually darkened to brown at the apex. Wings hyaline,
the setae light brown, the veins pale brown, the stigma medium brown. Head and
thorax clothed with rather short golden-brown setae ; eyes with only very minute,
scarcely noticeable setae.
Mandibles tenninating in five strong, sharp teeth in a row. Clypeus with a
strong median carina which in profile is strongly arched ; margin of clypeus with
a weak median tooth. Antennae very long and slender ; flagellum with dense erect
setae which are over half as long as the width of the flagellum ; antennal seg-
ments 9-11 each about three times as long as thick. Middle interocular line .53
times the trifacial line, 1.05 times the eye-height; ocello-ocular line 2.9 times
the postocellar line ; occipital carina strongly raised, the groove in front of it
somewhat foveolate. Front strongly polished, only very weakly alutaceous, the
punctures small and widely separated ; center of the front with a longitudinal
impression.
Pronotum crossed anteriorly by a somewhat irregular carina behind which is
a foveolate groove; posterior margin of pronotum strongly depressed. Mesonotum
shining, weakly alutaceous, the punctures small and widely separated; parapsidal
furrows strong on the posterior three-fourths, absent in front; notauli very strong
on the posterior three-fourths, tapering off to thin lines in front. Pits on the
sides of the scutellum rather shallow. Propodeum wholly covered with reticulate
ridges, the dorsal surface depressed medially and with a median carina and
several other carinae on each side of it, also with lateral carinae, but these carinae
not set off strongly from the sculpturing; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally.
Fore wing with a transverse median vein slightly arched, the discoidal vein com-
pletely absent, fig. 2.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truncate apically. Genitalia with
the parameres slender, the apical third deflected mesad; volsellae with a group
of spines at the base and another at the apex of the digitus; cuspis complex;
aedoeagus complex, as figured, fig. 6.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957 295
Variation. — The four paratypes vary in size from 2 to 3.2 mm. All but the
specimen from Ithaca, N. Y., agree closely with the type in coloration; in the
Ithaca specimen the entire body is black, the antennae are entirely dark brown,
and the legs vary from dark brown at the coxae to light brown at the tarsi; in
this specimen the wing veins are brown and the stigma dark brown. The para-
types agree well with the type in head characters, but in the Ithaca specimen the
transverse carina on the pronotum is largely obscured by the heavy sculpturing.
In the specimen from Butler, N. J., tlie pronotum and mesonotum are unusually
smooth and polished, and even the propodeum has small latero-dorsal areas de-
void of sculpturing.
Propristocera angustata, new species
(Figs. 3, 7)
Eolotype: 6 , San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Eica, 3 Feb. 1935, on Ipomoea
tiliacea (C. H. Ballon). Paratypes: 4 £ $, same data as type [all U. S.
Natl. Mus. ; one paratype retained at Cornell Univ.].
This species seems to stand fairly close to Pristocera. The antennae
are very lonfj, the cliscoidal vein is strong, and the genitalia are not
very different from those of Pristocera.
Description. — Length about 3.2 mm. Thorax and abdomen medium brown, the
head dark brownish-fuscous; legs entirely straw-yellow, including the coxae; man-
dibles light brown, darker apically; scape and pedicel straw-yellow, the remainder
of the antenna gradually more inf uscated, the apical segments dark brown. Wings
nearly hyaline, with dark setae, the veins medium brown, the stigma dark brown.
Head and thorax with numerous light, golden-brown setae; eyes bare.
Mandibles with a strong apical tooth and an oblique series of four smaller
teeth. Clypeus fairly large, moderately developed in front of the antennal bases,
the apex broadly subtruneate; median line barely elevated. Antennae very long
and slender; flagellum densely clothed with pale setae which are about half as
long as the width of the flagellum, and with distinct constrictions between the
segments; antennal segments 9-11 each about 3.3 times as long as thick. Middle
interocular line .58 times the transfacial line, 1.15 times the eye-height; ocello-
ocular line 3.5 times the postoeellar line; front moderately shining, alutaceous,
punctures sparse, small, barely evident except under high magnification.
Pronotum smooth except for an interior transverse carina which is followed
by a weakly foveolate depression. Mesonotum moderately shining, strongly aluta-
ceous; parapsidal furrows and notauli both rather strong and practically com-
plete. Propodeum with well developed median and lateral carinae, the dorsal
surface alutaceous; spiracles slit-like, opening dorsally. Fore wang, fig. 3, with
the transverse median vein sloping slightly, weakly arcuate below; discoidal vein
rather strong, but scarcely as long as the basal, interstitial with the media.
Abdomen subsessile. Subgenital plate broadly truncate apically. Genitalia, fig.
7, with the parameres oddly shaped, with a short lateral process; volsellae with
the digitus elongate, setose apically, the cuspis complex and difficult to resolve;
aedoeagus terminating in two simple lobes.
Variation. — The four paratypes vary in size from 2.5 to 3.5 mm. In most of
them the head and thorax are dark brownish-fuscous, the head nearly black. In
one of the specimens, perhaps more freshly emerged than the others, there is a
296 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
small median tooth on the clypeus. In one of the paratypes the discoidal vein is
interstitial with the media, as in the type, but in the other three it is slightly
disjointed. In other respects the paratypes agree closely with the type.
Propristocera oriplana (Kieffer)
Pri^stocera oriplana Kieffer, 1911, Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, 35:215.
Propristocera oriplana Kieffer, 1914, Das Tierreich, 41:487.
Kieffer described this species from three localities in Guerrero,
Mexico : Omilteme, Tepetlapra, and Amiila. I have seen no specimens
assignable to it. The species is particularly interesting because it
shares so many characters in common with Pristocera: the size is rela-
tively large (5-6 mm.), the discoidal cell is closed, the head is very
coarsely punctate, and the pronotum is transversely furrowed. Kieffer
presents a rather full description of this species, and it seems un-
necessary to repeat it here.
A NEW TACHYEMPIS (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE)
This fall I received from P. H. Arnaud, of the National Museum,
an interesting tiny Empid fly. It is an undescribed species of the
genus Tachyempis, but is closely related to T. longispina which I de-
scribed in the Genera Insectorum, fascicle 185, p. 289 (1927) from
specimens from Cuba and Jamaica. In the key to species on page
289 it forms a group with lo7igispina distinguished by having a very
long spinous bristle attached to the end of the hind metatarsi, but is
distinct in having longer wings.
This little fly was taken from a nesting site of the bee Lasioglossum
zephyrum (Smith), where it would station itself near the nest en-
trance of the bee and make rapid passes at incoming pollen-laden bees.
Tachyempis longipennis, sp. nov.
Male. — Length 1.2 mm. Body siibshining plumbeous black, legs, palpi, and
halteres yellowish, hind femora darker apieally, wings sub-hyaline, the base of
the veins yellow, remainder of veins blackish, the fifth vein blackish throughout.
The second vein reaches the margin very appreciably beyond the end of the fifth
vein. In longispina the second and fifth veins terminate about opposite to each
other.
Holotype and two paratypes: Riply County, Ind., 14 July, 1955;
Dr. Leland Chandler, collector. The type is deposited in the National
Museum collection (No. 63,497). The two paratypes are placed in the
collections of Purdue University and myself. — A. L. Melander, Riv-
erside, Calif.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
297
INDEX TO VOLUME 59
Aeai'icoris dybasi, 170.
Adaniystinae, 173.
Adamystis donnae, 173.
Ameletopsinae, 246.
Amyrsidea mouostoecha, 233.
Amyrsidea phaeostoma, 233.
Amyrsidea iniiseriata, 233.
Aiiystidae, 172.
Apion spp., 40.
Aplomerus, 22.
Arnaud, Paul. Note ]>y, 92.
Aiitizies, 197.
Bezzia atlantica, 13.
Bickley, W. E., note by, 45.
Black flies, 243.
Brevisterna utahensis, 31.
Bruchophagus aloineae, 273.
Carabus auratus, 254.
Catorhintha meiidica, spread of, 176.
Ceratopogoii yezoensis, 82.
Cnastis, 19.
Colpocephalum echinatum, 234.
Conopistha trigona, 79.
Constitution changes, 90.
Cuclotogaster phayrei, 234.
Cuclotogaster subinsolitus, 235.
Culicoides bermudensis, 13.
Culicoides crepuscularis, 13.
Culicoides floridensis, 12.
Culisetn, 163.
Culiseta minnesotac, 163.
Culiseta niorsitans, 163, 19.
Cushman, Eobert Asa, obituary of, 247.
Cushnian, E. A., bibliography of scien-
tific publications, 248.
Dasylielea atlantis, 11.
Dasyhelea bermudae, 11.
Dasyhelea cincta, 9.
Dasyhelea grisea, 10.
Dasyhelea luteogrisea, 10.
Dasyhelea scissurae, 11.
Day, Max, note by, 91.
Dendrocoris parapini, 198.
Deuteroxorides, 17.
Disonycha weismani, 278.
Epicauta ennsi, 97.
Eugalta, 17.
Euhaenioganiasus ambulans, 32.
Euhaemogamosus barVjeri, 34.
Euhaemogamosus oudeinansi, 34.
Forcipomyia ingrami, 8.
Forciponiyia raleighi, 8.
Forcipomyia varipennis, 8.
Ganodes balteatus, 19.
Gargaphia sororia, 175.
Gasterophilus nasalis, 1.
Gasterophilus veterinus, 1.
Gelastocoridae, 145.
Gelastocoris amazonensis, 148.
Gelastocoris angulatus, 147.
Gelastocoris bufo, 146.
Gelastocoris fuscus, 146.
Gelastocoris hungerfordi, 147.
Gelastocoris major, 147.
Gelastocoris nebulosus, 148.
Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus, 148.
Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus, 148.
Gelastocoris peruensis, 148.
Gelastocoris rotundatus, 146.
Gelastocoris vicinus, 147.
Gelastocoris viridis, 147.
Goniocotes parviceps, 235.
Goniodes cervinicornis, 236.
Goniodes chloropus, 236.
Goniodes coronatus, 236.
Goniodes diardi, 236.
Goniodes pavanis, 237.
Goniodes processus, 237.
Gurney, A. B., note by, 92.
Gynandromorph, Mayfly, 167.
Haemogamasus alaskensis, 36.
Haemagogus spegazzinii faleo, 121.
Heleidae, breeding habits, 61.
Hexagenia munda elegans, 167.
Hirstionyssus bisetosus, 83.
Ichneumonidae, 100.
Isehnoceros clivulus, 21.
298
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Ischyropoda armatus, 36.
Isoiiychiidae, 245.
Ixodes downsi, 257.
Ixodorliynchidae (Mesostigmata), 265.
Ixodoihynchus gordoni, 267.
Ledermuelleria clavata, 51.
Ledermuelleria lacuna, 53.
Ledermuelleria pectiiiata, 52.
Ledermuelleria segiiis, 50.
Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, oi.
Leonard, M. D., talk by, 204.
Lipeurus boonsongi, 237.
Lipeurus deignani, 237.
Lipeurus introductus, 238.
Liposcelis delta-clii, 127.
Liposcelis lacinia, 125.
Liposcelis nasus, 128.
Lygaeidae, wing structure, 67.
Lytta arigonica, 141.
Mayfly, 167.
Mclndoo, N. E., obituary of, 43.
Menopon gallinae, 234.
Meteoridea, compressiventris, 131 ; ja-
ponensis, 133.
Meteorus longiventris, 130.
Microclirysa dichoptiea, 25.
Microclirysa flaviventris, 25.
Mirabilis nyctaginea, 177.
Moss mites, 190.
Neognathus, 55.
Neoxorides, 20.
Nerthra adspersa, 162.
Nerthra alaticollis, 161.
Nerthra amplicollis, 150.
Nerthra annulipes, 160.
Nerthra asiatica, 154.
Nerthra borealis, 150.
Nerthra ecuadorensis, 150.
Nerthra eximia, 155.
Nerthra femoralis, 159.
Nerthra fuscipes, 151.
Nerthra grandicollis, 152.
Nerthra grandis, 159.
Nerthra hamata, 158.
Nerthra hungerfordi, 151.
Nerthra indica, 152.
Nerthra lobata, 154.
Nerthra luteovaria, 159.
Nerthra macrostyla, 158.
Nerthra macrothorax, 157.
Nerthra manni, 151.
Nerthra martini, 149.
Nerthra mexicana, 149.
Nerthra mixta, 157.
Nerthra montandoni, 150.
Nerthra nepaeformis, 149.
Nerthra nieuwenhuisi, 154.
Nerthra nudata, 160.
Nerthra omani, 157.
Nerthra parvula, 149.
Nerthra peruviana, 150.
Nerthra praeeipua, 151.
Nerthra ranina, 149.
Nerthra raptoria, 149.
Nerthra robusta, 158.
Nerthra rudis, 150.
Nerthra rugosa, 156.
Nerthra serrata, 152.
Nerthra sinuosa, 159.
Nerthra stali, 161.
Nerthra stygica, 148.
Nerthra tenebrosa, 150.
Nerthra terrestris, 149.
Nerthra tuberculata, 161
Nerthra unguistyla, 152.
Nerthra unicornis, 150.
Nerthrinae, 148.
Odontocolon, 21.
Oebalus ornatus, 41.
O'Farrell, A. F. L., talk by, 93.
Officers, Summary reports for
201.
Ophraea arizonica, 278.
Opius ottotomoanus, 99.
Oxylipeurus annamensis, 238.
Oxylipeurus formosanus, 240.
Oxylipeurus megalops, 240.
Oxylipeurus unicolor, 240.
Perillus unatus, 162.
Periplaneta brunnea, 283.
Peromyscus, 31.
Podoschistus, 18.
Poemenia, 16.
Polyplax, 279.
litnc.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
299
Porter, B. A., note by, 204.
Propistocera, 289.
Propistocera angustata, 295.
Propistocera laevigata, 293.
Propistocera oriplaiia, 296.
Propistocera polita, 294.
Propistocera trideiitata, 292.
Ptecticus australis, 28.
Ptecticus aurobruiineus, 29.
Ptecticus cingulatus, 28.
Ptecticus cyaneus, 30.
Ptecticus wulpii, 29.
Pterobosca fusicornis, 7.
Pteromicra pectorosa, 271.
Pteroniicra perissa, 271.
Pteromicra similis, 2'72.
Publication fund — Notice, 205.
Pyrota bicurvata, 135 ; trochanterica,
137; t. trochanterica, 138; t. wer-
neri, 141.
Rainwater, C. P., note by, 45.
Rallicola kelloggi, 188.
Rallicola mystax, 187.
Rallicola ortygometrae californicus,
186.
Rallicola ortygometrae guami, 186.
Rallicola ortygometrae subporzanae,
186.
Rugitermes laticollis, 81.
Sabethes (Sabethoides) chloropterus,
287.
Sailer, R. I., note by, 203.
Sargus metallinus, 26.
Simopelta, 191.
Simopelta perganei, 192.
Siphlonuridae, 245.
Snyder, T. E., note by, 92.
Solubea, 41.
Stage, H. H., talk by, 46.
Tachyempis longipennis, 296.
Thilakothrips babuli, 194.
Tubulifera, 80.
Type-species designations. Source of,
171.
Typhoctes glaber, 219.
Typhoctes guatemalensis, 216.
Typhoctes peculiaris, 226.
Typhoctes peculiaris mirabilis, 230.
Typhoctes peculiaris peculiaris, 227.
Typhoctes striolatus, 223.
Typhoctes willianisi, 220.
Typhoetinae, 209.
Wyeoniyia (Antunesmyia) alani, 244.
Wyeomyia (Dendromyia) rooti, 244.
Xorides, 22.
300 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
Volume 59
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957
Honorary President - E. E. Snodgrass
President — -— F. L. Campbell
First Vice President K. I. Sailer
Second Vice President R. H. Nelson
Recording Secretary ^ Kellie 'Neill
Corresponding Secretary —^ Kelvin Dokwasd
Treasurer — - F. P. Harrison
Editor Alice V. Renk
Custodian - .— H. J. Conkle
Program Chairman J. F. G. Clarke
Executive Committee A. B. Gurney, T. L. Bissell, R. A. St. George
Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences.- .— _ C. F. W. Muesebeck
Honorary Members C. F. W. Muesebeck, H. G. Barber
Published by the Society
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1957
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
301
GREAT
INSECTICIDES
CONTROL THESE INSECTS
CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick,
Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets,
Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers,
Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole
Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic
Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern
Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet
Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs,
Wireworms...and many others.
HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army-
worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover
Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil,
Cotton Fleahopper. Cotton Thrips. Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil,
European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web-
worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon
Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid
Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle-
bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag-
got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle. Western
Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms
...and many others.
EN D R I N : Bud worms. Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm. Cot-
ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid
Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips.
WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago IT, Illinois
Foreign Division
350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y.
^31
nerREsenTATives
PRINCIPAL
CITIES
302 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 59, NO. 6, DECEMBER, 1957
Pyrenone*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
iTyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
*Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.. F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
'^^ BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
fff,
w
In Canada: Natural Products Corpoiation, Toronto and Montreal
A Cyanamid Report
Resistance
Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type
insecticides has been proven or suspected in :
cockroaclies
mosquitoes
Colorado potato beetle
dog and cat fleas
bed bugs
codling moth
leafhoppers
house flies
flea beetles
cotton boll weevil
body lice
lygus bugs
cotton leaf worm
dog ticks
Many researchers have found malathion to be
a capable replacement for the chlorinated
hydrocarbons and have made recommendations
for its use. If you have a "resistance" problem
in your area, you might well consider malathion
for your 1957 research schedule.
cvAnrA.J%^j[ J»
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
Write for
particular
technical
information
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
Agricultural Chemicals Division
Insecticide Research
30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y.
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
WASHINGTON
Volume 60
OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1958
Honorary President _— _ E. E. Snodgrass
Fresident — E. I. Sailer
First Vice Fresident ,. -E. H. Nelson
Second Vice Fresident _. P. W. Oman
Becording Secretary .Helen Sollers
Corresponding Secretary Paul Woke
Treasurer ..._ F. P. Harrison
Editor Eichard H. Foote
Custodian — .H. J. Conkle
Frogram Chairmen _„__ — J. G. Eozen, J. H. Fales
Executive Committee — .T. L. Bissell, E. A. St. George, F. L. Campbell
Nominated to re-present the Society as Viae Fresident of the
Washington Academy of Sciences — -H. H. Shepard
Published by the Society
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1958
TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOLUME 60
Al.LRED, I). M.: Eedescription of Ophioptes tropwalis Evving, 1933 (Aearina,
Ophioptidae) 287
Ananthakrishnan. T. N. : Two new species of tubuliferous Thysanoptera
from India (Plilaeothripidae) -- -, 277
Arnaud, p. H., Jr. : A synopsis of the genus Melanderia Aldrich (Diptera,
Dolichopodidae) 179
■ : See Foote, R. H.
Baker, E. W. : The mite Dermafophagoides scheremetewskyi Bogdanov and its
control in Russia (Aearina, Psoroptidae) 125
: Chelacheles strabismus, a new genus and species of mite from
Portugal (Aearina, Cheyletidae) 234
Barber, H. G. : A new species of Nysius from Alaska and Alberta, Canada
(Hemiptera, Lygaeidae) 70
Barnett, H. C: Talk by 140
BoESE, J. L. : See Tipton, V. J.
Bohart, R. M. : A North American species of the genus Prosopigastra (Hy-
menoptera, Sphecidae) — 122
BoviNG, A. G. : Obituary of - 33
Breland, O. p.: Notes on the Aedes muelleri complex (Diptera, Culicidae).— 206
Bridwell, J. C. : Obituary of 27
: Biological notes on AmpuUcomorpha confvsa Ashmead and its
fulgoroid host (Hymenoptera, Dryinidae and Homoptera, Aehilidae) 23
Buchanan, L. L. : Obituary of 292
Carriker, M. a., Jr. : On a small collection of Mallophaga from the United
States, with descriptions of three new species 167
Campbell, F. L.: Talk by 141
Cartwright, O. L. : Another old record of Aphotaenius carolinus (Van Dyke)
(Coleoptera, Searabeidae) 134
Cerqueira, N. L. : See Lane, J.
Clarke, J. F. G. : The correct name for a pest of beans (Lepidoptera, Oleth-
reutidae) 187
Cook, David R. : A new species of Litarachna from the British West Indies
(Aearina, Pontaraehnidae) 19
Crabill, R. E., Jr.: A new Kethops from New Mexico, with a key to its
congeners (Chilopoda, Scolopendromorpha, Cryptopidae) 235
Cunliffe, F. : Pyroglyphus morlani, a new genus and species of mite forming
a new family Pyroglyphidae in the Acaridiae (Aearina, Sarcoptiformes).. 85
Davidson, J. A. : A new species of lizard mite and a generic key to the family
Pterygosomidae (Aearina, Anystoidea) 75
Davis, J. M. : Obituary of 136
DoBROTWORSKY, N. V. : Designation of the type species of the subgenus Neo-
theohaldia (Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire, 1902) (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
Elkins, J. C. : Three new species of Cuernolestes Miller (Hemipera, Reduvii-
dae) - - - 267
Fairchild, G. B. and Hertig, M. : Notes on the Phlebotomn^ of Panama XV.
Four apparently new synonymies (Diptera, Psychodidae) . - 203
Foote, R. H. and Arnaud, P. H., Jr.: Notes on the taxonomy and habits of
Cryptochaetum nipponense (Tokunaga) in Japan (Diptera, Cryptochae-
tidae) ^ — -- 241
Frick, K. E. : Liriomyza dianfhae, n. sp., a new pest of carnations in Cali-
fornia (Diptera, Agromyzidae) 1
Gray, Alice : Talk by --- 191
Gregg, R. E.: Two new species of Mctapone from Madagascar (Hymenoptera,
Formicidae) -- --- HI
Hawes, Ina L. : Obituary of — - - - - 87
Hertig, M. : See Fairchild, G. B.
HiGGiNS, H. G. AND Mllaik, S. : A new Korean mite (Acarina, Caeculidae)-- 17
: Notes on AUodamaeus ewingi Banks (Acarina, Belbidae) 131
Hoffman, R. L. : The subspecies of Typocerus lunatus, a cerambycid beetle
(Coleoptera) 217
: A new milliped of the genus Sigmoria from western North Caro-
lina (Polydesmida, Xystodesmidae) 281
Hood, J. D. : A new Zeugmatothrips from Brazil (Thysanoptera, Phlaeo-
thripidae) — ^ 225
Hoogstraal, H. : The elephant louse, Hacmatomyzus elephantis Piaget, 1869,
on wild African elephants and warthogs (Mallophaga, Haematomyzidae ) 232
HuBER, Ivan : Color as an index to the relative humidity of Plaster of Paris
culture jars 289
Hull, F. M. : Some species and genera of the family Asilidae (Diptera) 251
Hynes, Dennis: A description of the immature stages of Limnophila (Eu-
tonia) marchandi Alex. (Diptera, Tipulidae) 9
Knight, K. L. : See Stone, Alan
: Talk by _. _.._. 190
Kramer, J. P. : New records for the rice delphacid, Sogata orizicola Muir, in
the United States (Homoptera, Delphacidae) 228
Krantz, G. W. : Lohogyniella tragardhi, a new genus and species of diplo-
gyniid mite associated with dampwood termites in Oregon (Acarina,
DiplogjTiiidae) ._ 127
Krombein, K. v.: Additions during 1956 and 1957 to the wasp fauna of Lost
River State Park, West Virginia, with biological notes and descriptions
of new species (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) 49
: Biological notes on some wasps from Kill Devil Hills, North
Carolina, and additions to the faunal list (Hymenoptera, Aculeata) 97
: Date of publication, first supplement, Synoptic Catalog of North
American Hymenoptera 266
KuNS, M. L. : See Maldonado-Capriles, J., et al.
Lamore, D. H. : The jumping spider, Phidippus auda.r Hentz, and the spider
Conopistha trigona Hentz as predators of the basilica spider, AUepeira
lemniscata Walckenaer, in Maryland (Araneida; Salticidae, Theridiidae,
Argiopidae) ._.. ___. 286
Lane, J. and Cerqueira, N. L. : The types of Wyeomyia (Wyeomyia) dyari
Lane and Cerqueira, 1942 (Diptera, Culicidae) 135
LaRivers, Ira: New Ambrysus records for Mexico (Hemiptera, Naucoridae) 71
Leikind, M. C: Talk by .-- _.-- 93
LiPovsKY, L. J.: See Traub, R., et al.
Mackie, R. a. : A new species of Eumysia from southern Idaho (Lepidoptera,
Pyralidae ) __ 5
Maldonado-Capriles, J., Pippin, W. F. and Kuns, M. L. : An annotated check
list of the mosquitoes of Mona Island, Puerto Rico, and the larva and
male of Aedes obturbatar D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) 665
McCoMB, C. W. : New synonymy in the genus Aphaereta, with a redescription
of Aphaereta palllpes (Say) (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) 223
Medler, J. T. : A note on swarming and emergence of ants (Hymenoptera,
Formicidae) — - 258
MiSKiMEN, G. W. : The problem of color variation in Podabrus (Coleoptera,
Cantharidae) -.- _ — 265
MoNROS, F. DE A.: Obituary of -.. - — - 188
Morrow, Mary Lou: See Traub, R. et al.
MuLAiK, S. : See Higgins, H. G.
Pippin, W. F. : See Maldonado-Capriles, J. et al.
Reinhard, H. J. : Notes on Spathimeigenia with descriptions of four new spe-
cies (Diptera, Tachinidae) - 207
Sabrosky, C. W.: Talk by -- 93
: An overlooked name in " Musca" (Diptera) 134
: A Phragmites gall-maker new to North America (Diptera, Chlo-
ropidae — 231
Smit, F. G. a. M. : Differences, in the female sex, between two North Ameri-
can bat fleas (Siphonaptera, Ischnopsyllidae) 175
Snyder, T. E. : Two new Glyptotermes from the Philippines (Isoptera, Kalo-
termitidae) -- 229
SoMMERMAN, Kathryn M. : Two new species of Alaskan Prosimulium, with
notes on closely related species (Diptera, Simuliidae) 193
Spilman, T. J.: The transfer of Anamphidora from the Tenebrionidae to the
Alleculidae (Coleoptera) 288
Stannard, L. J., Jr.: Two new and two rare tubuliferous thrips, recorded
principally from Illinois (Thysanoptera, Phlaeothripidae) 271
Steyskal, G. C. : Notes on North American Piophilidae (Diptera) 246
St. George, K. A.: Talk by -- 43
Stone, Alan: The identity of Culex aestuans Wiedemann (Diptera, Culicidae) 186
and Knight, K. L. : Two new names in mosquitoes (Diptera,
Culicidae) 69
Thurman, Ernestine B.: Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), a new occur-
rence record for northern Thailand (Diptera, Culicidae) — 15
: Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. for Laelaps berlesei Keegan, 1956
(Acarina, Laelaptidae) — - 74
Tipton, V. J. and Boese, J. L. : Steatonyssus furmani, a new Nearctic bat
mite (Acari, Macronyssidae) 80
Todd, E. L. : A note on the identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin) (Hemip-
tera, Gelastoeoridae) — 79
TowNES, Henry: The application of the name Plectiscus (Hymenoptera,
lehneumonidae) 221
Traub, E., Morrow, Mary Lou, and Lipovsky, L. J. : New species of chiggers
from Korea (Acarina, Trombiculidae) 145
VOGT, G. B. : Talk by - 44
Weber, N. A. : Talk by 45
: Some attine synonyms and types (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 259
Werner, F. G. : Some notes on Boheman's Anthicidae from "California"
(Coleoptera) -_.. 213
WiRTH, W. W. : Talk by - 142
: A review of the genus Gastrops Williston, with descriptions of
two new species (Diptera, Ephydridae) 247
VOL. 60
FEBRUARY 1958
NO. 1
PRDCEEDIIVGS
of the
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
., WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASfflNGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
BBIDWEIiL, JOHN C. — Biological Notes on Ampulicomorpha confusa Ash-
mead and its Fulgoroid Host (Hymenoptera: Dryinidae and Homoptera:
Achilidae) ...^...
COOK, DAVID R. — A New Species of Litarachna from the British West
Indies (Acarina: Pontarachnidae) „ _
FRICK, KENNETH E.— Liriomyza dianthae n. sp., a New Pest of Carna-
tions in California (Diptera: Agromyzidae) ^
23
19
HIGGINS, HAROLD G. and MULAIK, STANLEY— A New Korean Mite
(Acarina : Caeculidae) _.._ _ ^ 17
HYNES, DENNIS — A Description of the Immature Stages of Limnophila
(Eutonia) marchandi Alex. (Diptera: Tipulidae) 9
MACKIE, RICHARD A. — A New Species of Eumysia from Southern Idaho
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 5
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.— Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930), A New
Occurrence Record for Northern Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae) 15
CORRECTION .„ ..._ 16
OBITUARY— Adam Giede Boving, 1869-1957 _ 33
OBITTJARY-^ohn Colbum Bridwell, 1877-1957 ^ 27
SOCIETY MEETINGS _ _ ,_... 42
BOOK REVIEWS _ ^I. _. _ 14, 22
ANNOUNCEMENTS .8, 41
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Organized March 12, 1884
OFFICEBS FOS 1958
R. I. Sailer, President
Entomology Research Division, AR.S, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Nelson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. Oman, Second Vice President
EntomoloCT^ Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
Helen SolI/ERS, Recording^ Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
Pat;l Woke, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Beltsville, Maryland
F. P. Harrison. Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. POOTE,. Editor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. J. Oonkle, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
J. G. RozEN, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. Shbpard, Nominated to Represent the
Society as Vice President of
the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
FMR,D-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
Executive Committee
T. L. BiSSBLL, University of Maryland
R. A. St. George, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L. Campbkli/, National Research Council
Honorary President
R. E. Snodgrass, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
C. F. W. Muesebeck, U.S. National Museum
H. G. Barber, U.S. National Museum
A. B. Gahan, Arlington, Virginia
Regular meetings of the Society are held in
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month from October to June,
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub-
lished regularly in the Proceedings.
MSnCBEBSSIF
Members shall be persons over 18 years of age
who have an interest in the science of entomology.
Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee
is $1.00 (U. S. currency).
PBOCEESIKGS
Published bimonthly beginning with February by
the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good
standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of
charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per
year, both domestic and foreign (U. S. currency),
payable in advance. All remittances should be
made payable to The Entomological Society of
Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications
for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should
be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers sub-
mitted by members will be published in the order
received and will be given precedence over those
by non-members. Immediate publication may be
obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00
per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles
of papers should be concise but comprehensive and
should indicate the systematic position of the sub-
ject insect. By-lines should indicate present mail-
ing address of the author and his organizational
affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of pa-
pers longer than one printed page should be by
author and date and should refer to a list of con-
cluding references in which author, year, title,
name of publication, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles, references to litera-
ture should be included in parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6" (26 x 36 picas) ;
this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on
the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of
that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the
author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at
the following costs plus postage and insurance,
provided that a statement of the number desired
accompanies the returned proofs:
Spp.
$5.00
3.80 6.00
2 pp. 4 pp.
50 copies:
$2.00 $3.00
100 copies:
2.50
Additional copies, per 100:
1.00 1.15 2.00
1 2 pp. 1 6 pp. Covers
$5.60 $6.25 $4.00
7.20
2.60
8.25 4.75
3.15
1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose in-
voices are subject to notarization or other invoice
fees will have the cost of such fees added to the
purchase price.
Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Wasliinffton, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
Vol. 60 FEBRUARY 1958 No. 1
LIRIOMYZA DIANTHI N. SP., A NEW PEST
OF CARNATIONS IN CALIFORNTAi
(Diptera: Agromyzidae)
Kenneth E. Frick
Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington
Late in 1956 a leaf miner appeared very suddenly in three or four
commercial carnation plantings in Redwood City, California. The
larvae form large white mines in the leaves (Pritchard, 1957, figs, of
mined leaves). There may be several larvae per leaf and some leaves
become almost totally mined. The presence of the conspicuous white
mines reduces the market value of the cut flowers. Both F. L. Blanc,
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, and
A. Earl Pritchard, Division of Entomology, University of California,
have written that this species is quite destructive. I am indebted to
these tw^o workers for specimens and information concerning this
leaf miner.
At first Dr. Pritchard felt that the species may have been imported
from Europe. The only records that I could find of a European
Liriomyza attacking plants in the family Caryophyllaceae w^as L.
strigata. That species is very yellow in comparison with L. diantln.
In a later letter, he mentioned that carnations had recently been im-
ported from South America to the San Francisco Bay area. There
are no South American records of agromyzid leaf miners on any
member of the Caryophyllaceae but it must be remembered that the
South American fauna is very poorly known.
A description is published at this time so that entomologists con-
cerned with control and suppression may have a name available.
Liriomyza dianthi Frick, new species
(Figs. 1 and 3)
Male. — Predominantly shining black, sparsely marked with yellow. Head yel-
low (fig. 1); ocellar triangle and occiput black, black reaching eye margin
immediately dorsad of the median posterior curve of the eye, extending to vertex,
both vertical setae arising from black; black from vertex extending down geno-
vertical plates to lowest orbital seta or slightly beyond; all orbital setae at edge
of black; subantennal grooves light brown. Antenna with first segment yellow;
second and third light brown; third very dark brown distally; arista very dark
brown. Proboscis yellow ; palpi light brown, brown distally. Thorax with meso-
notum shining black, not pollinose, black extending laterally to humerus and
beyond bases of presutural, supraalar, and outer postalar setae. Scutellum with
very large lateral black triangles, Avidth of yellow about one-third the basal scu-
tellar width; distal scutellar setae arising from yellow at edge of black or from
black at edge of yellow. Humerus about one-half black, humeral seta arising
^Scientific paper No. 1583, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Pull-
man. Project No. 1260.
2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
from yellow or on yellow and black. Pleura, except for sutures, primarily black
(fig. 3) ; anepisternum dorsally yellow for about one-fourth of the anterior height;
katepisternum narrowly yellow dorsally ; pteropleuron, mesepimeron, and hypo-
pleuron dark. Legs black; coxae black except forecoxa being light brown on
distal one-third; femora distally light brown to yellow for a distance subequal
to the femoral diameter,, fore and midfemora light brownish posteroventrally on
distal one-half; tibiae and tarsi black. Wing tinged with brown; base dark;
veins dark brown, except costa to midway to humeral crossvein and radial sector
to branch of Ri that are yellowish; calypter dark gray, margin and fringe black.
Halteres yellow. Abdomen shining black, intersegmental membranes, where visible,
yellow. Male terminalia black, cerci yellow.
Head, in profile, with eye nearly eight-tenths as wide as high, rounded anteriorly.
Gena, midway between vibrissal angle and posterior margin, one-third the eye
height, sloping strongly posteroventrally from vibrissal angle; vibrissa strong;
four setae on subcranial margin. Genovertical plates extending beyond eye mar-
gin ; two upper-orbitals, reclinate and somewhat outwardly inclined ; two lower-
orbitals, inwardly inclined ; five and six orbital setulae. Antenna with third seg-
ment subcircular, slightly broader than long, setulae in length less than the basal
diameter of the arista; arista slightly longer than eye length, slightly swollen
on basal one-fourth, setulae very short.
Thorax with four strong dorsocentral setae; fourth the longest, first about
six-tenths, second about two-thirds, and third al)Out eight-tenths the length of
the fourth ; spacing between dorsocentrals sul)equal, first and second about equi-
distant from the transverse suture. About 11 acrostichals, in four very sparse,
irregular rows, extending from the first dorsocentral posteriorly to the third
dorsocentral. Intraalar rows without intraalar seta; five to six setulae anterior
to the transverse suture; two to three posterior, one very close to being in line
with the dorsocentrals. Inner postalar about six-tenths the length of the outer.
Humerus with three setulae plus the humeral seta.
Wing 2 mm. long. Costa terminating at wing tip ; second segment nearly four
times as long as fourth ; third and fourth sul)equal in length ; m-m crossvein about
1.4 times its length from r-m. perpendicular to penultimate section of Mj^o;
ultimate section of Mj^o 7.7 times as long as the penultimate; ultimate section
of M^^^ two times the penultimate.
Female. — Larger, nearly 2.5 mm. in wing length. Head with eye about seven-
tenths as long as high; gena, midway between vibrissal angle and posterior
margin, four-tenths the eye height; three setae on subcranial margin. Mesonotum
with 15 acrostichals, extending posteriorly to one-third the distance from third
to fourth dorsocentrals; inner postalar two-thirds as long as the outer. Wing
with second costal section about five times the length of the fourth, third eight-
tenths the length of the fourth; ultimate section of M.^^^ 1.8 times as long as
the penultimate. Seventh abdominal segment conical, subequal in length to the
length of a tergite; basal one-third to one-half dull black, tomentose, shining
black distally.
Bolotype $ . — Redwood City, San Mateo County, California, XII-3-1956 (H.
Sciaroni), ex leaf of carnation, Dianthus earyophyllvs L., deposited in the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences. Allotype 9 . — topotypical, XI-27-1956 (V. A. Cana-
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASir., VOr,. 60, NO. ], rEBRUARY, 1958
Fig. 1. — Head, in profile, of holotype $ of Liromyza diantlii. The solid line
equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the heads; fig. 2, head, in profile, of
topotypical paratype $ of Liriomysa langei; fig. 3, pleura of holotype $ of
Liromi/sa dianthi. The solid line equals 1 mm. for the two illustrations of the
pleura; fig. 4, pleura of topotypical paratype $ of Liriomi/za langei.
4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
vese), ex leaf of carnation (emerg. XII-10 1596), Calif. Dept. Agric. No. 56 K
647, also in the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes. — 1 5,4 $ 9 , same
data as holotype; 2 S S, S 9 9, same data as allotype (emerg. XII-1, 3, 14-
1956); 1 $,299 (in alcohol), same data as holotype; 1 S (in alcohol), same
data as allotype. Paratypes have been deposited in the collections of the United
States National Museum, California Department of Agriculture, California Insect
Survey, and the author. There are also three moldy and teneral specimens, same
data as the holotype. These 19 specimens are all that are known to exist.
Some of the variations between specimens that have been noted may be men-
tioned here. The acrostichals vary from 10 to 20, in from four sparse, somewliat
regular rows (where 15 or more setae are present) to four ill-defined roAvs (with
the smaller numbers of setae), and extending posteriorly from the third dorso-
central to nearly one-half the distance to the fourth dorsocentral. The inner
postalar varies from six-tenths to seven-tenths the length of the outer. The
humeral seta usually arises from yellow and the setal base may or may not touch
the black area. This seta rarely arises from the black area of the humerus. The
central yellow area of the scutellum is relatively narrow and the distal seutellars
vary in having the setal bases on black, on yellow but touching black, or all on
yellow, but not more than two setal base diameters removed from the black.
Crossvein m m is usualy farther from r-m than its own length but in two speci-
mens it is closer (nine-tenths of the length of mm) and in one specimen it is
exactly its own length from r-m. The ultimate section of M^j^^ varies from
1.8 to three times as long as the penultimate, but is usually about twice as long.
L. dianthi is most similar to L. langei Friek. The type localities of
these two species are only 15 miles apart. When L. langei was de-
scribed it was the only North American species lacking the mesonotal
prescutellar yellow area but having- the yellow third antenna! segment
distally infnscated (Frick. 1951). Since that time chlamydafa (Melan-
der) has been transferred from Haplomyza and placed into this gronp.
L. chlamydata\siQkH crossvein m-m, which separates it from L. dianthi.
It is much darker in overall coloration than is L. langei and has the
mesepimeron black, the same as it is in L. dianthi.
L. langei may be separated from L. dianthi by the slightly different
head shape, the eye not being rounded anteriorly, the genovertieal
plates dorsally only slightly extending beyond the eye margin, and
the genovertieal plates and third antennal segment more lightly in-
fnscated, being a light brown (fig. 2). The pleura of L. langei is more
yellowish than the pleura of L. dianthi and the mesepimeron is more
than one-half yellow (fig. 4). The fore- and midfemora of L. langei
are more yellow, especially on the outer one-third where the femora
are brownish with yellow streaks. The scutellum of L. langei has a
relatively broad yellow area with the basal scutellar width being at
least three-fifths yellow. The distal scutellar setae are at least one-
half as far removed from the lateral black triangles as they are from
each other, or at least the diameter of four setal bases from the black.
PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., V0[,. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 5
Three larvae were lent by F. L. Blanc. They are very typical of
the genus Liriomyza. The only unusual character is the relatively
larye number of bulbs (8 or 9) on each posterior spiracle. The usual
number is three. None of the bulbs is elongate and they are in an
irregular row that slightly curves at both the dorsal and ventral ends
towards the midline of the larva. The anterior spiracles each bear
five to seven short bulbs.
Eeferences
Frick, K. E., 1951. Liriomyza langei. a new species of leaf miner of economic
importance in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 27:81-88.
Pritchard, A. E., 1957. New carnation pests. California Agriculture 11 (3). -5.
A NEW SPECIES OF EUMYSIA FROM SOUTHERN IDAHO'
Lepidoptera : Pykalidae
ElCHARD A. MaCKIE,
University of Idaho, Moscow
During the course of studies on insects associated with range plants
in southern Idaho a caterpillar was found severely defoliating Atri-
plex confertifolia (Torr.), a valuable desert forage plant, in several
localized areas of the Raft River Valley, near Malta, Idaho. A few
specimens were reared and the adults subsequently identified by J.
F. Gates Clarke as an undescribed species of Eumysia. The purpose
of this paper is to provide a name for this species so that it might
be used elsewhere.
The author is indebted to Dr. W. F. Barr, University of Idaho ; Dr.
J. F. Gates Clarke, U. S. National Museum, and Dr. F. D. Rindge,
American Museum of Natural History, for their assistance in the
preparation of this paper. Dr. Clarke also made available to the au-
thor paratype specimens of most of the other members of the genus.
Special thanks are also due Arthur D. Cushman, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, whose excellent drawings appear in this paper.
Eumysia idahoensis, new species
Male. — Alar expanse 22 mm. Body and forewings slate-gray in appearance,
uniformly flecked with white. Head with antenna white, broadly annulated with
black; labial palpus gray. Thorax with legs gray, darkened at joints. Fore wing
dark slate-gray above, abruptly lighter in color beyond subterminal line, ocher-
ous scales scattered over surface, moderately concentrated in areas of submedial
^Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi-
ment Station as Research Paper 429.
6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
and siihterminnl lines; submedial line moderately distinct, bordered inwardly by
mixed black and oclierous scales to wing base and from posterior margin of wing
to radial vein ; subterminal line distinct, extending from costal to posterior mar-
gins of wings, interrupted twice medially leaving a small white dot near center;
termen with row of seven black dots; undersurface solid gray-brown, abruptly
gray beyond subterminal line and along costa, termen spots distinct. Hind wing
above and below fuscous; costal margin white above and blackish below; termen
and posterior margin blackish. Abdomen predominately dark gray ; posterior
margin of each segment with white scaling; segments 4, 5, and 6 with hind angles
moderately tufted.
Genitalia with gnathos stout; hook prominent, distinctly curved; anellus rec-
tangular in form, rounded posteriorly.
Female. — Alar expanse 20 mm. Body and forewings gray, slightly lighter than
male. Fore icing gray with markings similar to male, slightly heavier concentra-
tions of oeherous scales about areas of subterminal and submedial lines; under-
side correspondingly lighter than that of male. Hind wing above and below
slightly lighter than that of male and only faintly dark along termen and pos-
terior margin. Abdomen same as male but lacking tufts on segments 4, 5, and 6.
Genitalia typical with papilla analis flatly rounded posteriorly.
Types. — Holotype, male (USNM No. 63511), allotype, female and three male
paratypes from Malta, Cassia County, Idaho, Dec. 28, 1951 (J. R. Douglass).
Additional paratypes as follows: One male and one female from 15 miles south
of Nampa, Canyon County, Idaho, May 1952 (W. F. Barr) ; one male and two
females from Raft River Valley, Cassia County, Oct. 9, 1951 (L. J. Farmer) ;
one male from 4 miles southeast of Idahome, Cassia County, Dec. 20, 1951 (G.
Zappettini) ; one male from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb. 27, 1956
(W. F. Barr) ; two females from 4 miles east of Idahome, Cassia County, Feb.
18 and 21, 1957 (R. A. Mackie). All type material was reared from Atriplex
confertifolia. Paratypes are to be deposited in the collections of the U. S. Na-
tional Museum, American Museum of Natural History, and University of Idaho.
Food plant. — Atriplex confertifolia is the preferred host and lar<j;e
collections of larvae have been taken from this plant. Three larvae
also were collected from Saltsage, Atriplex nuttaUii Wats., and 4-
winged saltbush, Atriplex canescens (Pursh).
Distribution. — Collections of E. idahoensis have been made only
from sonthern Idaho, but this insect has not been fonnd throughout
the entire distributional ranges of its hosts. Thus far, no adults have
been taken in the field and the distribution of the species is based
entirely on larval collections. E. idahoensis is particularly abundant
in several localized areas of the Raft River Valley near Malta and
Idahome, Cassia County, Idaho. It also has been collected 15 miles
south of Bruneau and 5 miles north of Murphy, Owyhee County; 15
miles south of Nampa, Canyon County, and 15 miles west of Moun-
tain Home, Elmore County.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 7
A moderate amount of variation has been noted in the eight speci-
mens examined. The ground color of the forewing varies from a light
to a dark gray, and the subterminal and submedial lines may be ob-
scured, especially in the extremely light or dark specimens. The sub-
terminal line may be interrupted from one to several times, but one
large break, anterio-medially, is present in all specimens. The male
genitalia of three dissected specimens were found to be quite uniform
in structure and appearance.
^Ss\\p
Figure 2
Fig. 1. Male genitalia of Eumysia iddhoensis ; fig. 2, female genitalia of
E. idahoensis.
8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
E. idahoensis most closely resembles E. semicana Heinrich, known
onlj' from Yakima, Washington, in general coloration and specifically
in the color of the antenna, bnt may be separated by its much smaller
size and by the presence of a distinctly lighter area beyond the sub-
terminal line. E. idahoensis also differs from the remaining members
of the genus Eiimysia in color and size. It is the darkest species and
averages smaller in wing expanse than any of the others. No other
Eumysia has been recorded from Idaho. E. mysiella (Dyar) has
been recorded from Arizona and New Mexico to as far north as
Stockton, Utah; midella (Dyar) from New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona,
California, and British Columbia, and iMllidipenneUa (Hulst) from
Colorado, New Mexico, California, and Washington.
The character which appears to be the most distinctive in separating
idahoensis from other members of the genus lies in the structure of
the male genitalia. Heinrich (1956) stated that "there are no struc-
tural differences in the genitalia that can be used to distinguish these
supposed species." Only an illustration of the genitalia of mysiella,
the genotype, was available to the author but an apparently signifi-
cant difference between the two species is evident. The gnathos of
mysiella as pictured is rather long and tapers terminally, whereas that
of idahoensis (Fig. 1) is stout and tapers toward the base. The hook
at. the terminal end of the gnathos is distinctly curved in idahoensis
but is straight in mysiella. The anellus also is different in the two
species, that of idahoensis being rectangular in form and much longer
than broad, whereas in mysiella it is as wide or wider than long and
more or less crescent shaped. The male and female genitalia figured
are of paratype specimens from the type locality and from the "Raft
River Valley," respectively.
References
Dyar, H. G. 1925. Notes on some American Phycitinae. Insec. Inseit. Mens. 13:
220-221.
Heinrich, Carl. 1956. American motlis of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Natl.
Mus. Bui. 207: 187-189.
ANNOUNCEMENT
An important part of the Society's program is to make available
back issues of the Proceedings. In recent months stocks of many
issues have dwindled to unprecedented lows. Members who wish to
contribute to this important function are urged to send any of their
back issues (preferably with covers unmarked) to the Custodian
(address on inside front cover).
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 9
A DESCRIPTION OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF
LIMNOPHILA (EUTONIA) MARCHANDI ALEX.
(DiPTERA, TlPri.IDAE )
Dennis Hynes, Dcparfnicnt of Biology, University of Florida, Gaiiu srille, Florida
LimnophUa marchandi belongs to an aberrant gronp of crane-flies
foniposino' the snbgenns Enionia, for which no ininiatnre stages have
previonsly been described. Full}- grown larvae and pupae of this fly
were collected on the Edwin S. George Reserve in Livingston County,
Michigan, during the spring of 1953, at the northwestern edge of
"Southwest Swamp." As in the adult stage, the last instar larvae
and pupa of this subgenus are readily distinguishable from the other
species of the genus LimnophUa by their conspicuously large size.
The habitat consists of moist soil composed of leaf debris and the
rhizomes of mosses and ferns {Osmunda) impregnated with organic
mud. The larvae were never taken deeper than 2 inches, and the
pupae were taken near the surface of the soil. During the spring
thaw, Avater completely covered this area, and later, during the time
of collection and after the water had receded, no vegetation was pres-
ent. In the summer a lush cover of plants occurred over the habitat.
Data which I have from closely related species found along streams
in the Southeast indicate that this species probably completes its life
cycle within 1 year. The pupal stage lasts for 7 days at room tem-
perature. The larvae are carnivorous and will viciously attack other
larvae, even of the same species and size, in the rearing cages. After
emergence the adults were kept in the rearing cages from 3 to 5 days
before they died.
The descriptions of the immature stages are drawn from 4 larvae
and 1 larval exuvia, 4 pupae and 10 pupal exuviae. Three mature
eggs were obtained from females which, when dying, oviposited on
the bottom of the rearing cage.
Fgg. — Length 1.08-1.09 mm.; width 0.37-0.40 mm.; eyliiidrieal, elliptical, curved
very slightly, the ends bluntly rounded. Chorion dark brown to black, smooth.
Larva. — Length 35.0-38.0 mm. ; width 3.5-4.0 mm. ; body elongate, slender,
terete; covered with golden-yellow setae (fig. 1). Abdominal segments 2 through
7 have anterior patches of setae forming creeping-welts. Setae of these areas are
vertical and short, the remainder appressed to body. Pencils of longer setae on
each of the thoracic and abdominal segments. Chaetotaxy of these pencils of setae
is shown in fig. 2a for the first thoracic segment; that of the second and third
thoracic segments and the first abdomiiial segment in fig. 2b; and that of abdomi-
nal segments 2 through 7 in fig. 2c.
The diameter of the body decreases sharply immediately posterior to a band of
short, brown setae which surrounds the anterior portion of the eighth abdominal
segment. Four short, stout, white anal gills are present. The spiracular disk
(fig. 6) is obliquely truncate with four pronounced lobes. The ventral pair of
lobes is slightly longer than the lateral pair. There is a vestigial dorsal lobe with
the area only slightly expanded. Lateral and ventral lobes have a fringe of
delicate hairs which become progressively longer from the base to the tips of
10 PROC. ENT. SOr. ■\VASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRT'ARY, 1958
tilt' lobes, their greatest length no more than twice that of the lobes. Ventral
lobes with V-shaped dark brown marking — the outer arm of the V broad; the
inner arm narrower, disappearing mid-length, appearing at base of lobe in tri-
angular form ; outer arm of V extended, partially surrounding the ventral and
mesal margins of the spiracle. Lateral lobes possess triangular dark brown mark-
ing which ends adjacent to the lateral margin of the spiracle.
Head capsule (fig. 3) of the hexatomine type, depressed dorso-ventrally, the
greatest width about one-half the length from labrum to caudal margin. Dorsal
plate wide anteriorly, becomes narrower mid-length, broadens posteriorly into
spatula, which because of weak chitinizatiou appears to be incised at medial-caudal
area. Edges of dorsal and lateral plates have distinct heavily chitinized ridges
at niiiigins. Labrum tri-loljcd, a fringe of setae at ventral cephalo-lateral portions.
The central lobe with membranous bulge on lateral edges which is covered with
numerous indistinct papillae and a long sensory hair. At inner liase of either
bulge occurs a group of five or six chitinized papillae; between these on either
side of median line is a sensory hair. The epipharyngeal surface possesses a central
lobe-like area, slightly chitinized, which has on its tip two small divergent papillae
directed cephalad. The hypopharynx, heavily chitinized, consists of two lateral
rods and a transverse rod, the latter finely ribbed, giving finely serrated ai)pear-
ance to anterior edge; mentum nu'mbranous except for small chitinized area occur-
ring just caudad of transverse rod. At either siile of this plate auil directly
below hypopharynx a pencil of setae arises. Directly caudad to the hypopharynx
on the inner margin of the esophagus a number of spines are found which appear
fused at their bases. At mid-length of the head capsule surrounding the inner
edge of the esophagus is an irregular band composed of numerous rows of spines
with tips directed sharply caudad. The antennae are two-segmented with basal seg-
ment conical and stout ; the second segment about one-third as long as first
and barrel-shaped ; on the inner edge of the tip of the second segment is
a sensory hair ; on tlu' outer edge a large, delicately sculptured papilla al)Out
one-half as long as the second segment ; between the two is a small conical
papilla (fig. 5). The outer lobes of maxillae are slightly divergent, conical,
stout at bases, and gradually narrow to bluntly pointed tips; tips are curved
laterally, base of outer lobes supported by chitinized plates which project slender
rods cephalad; outer lobe has .short golden-yellow setae appressed to surface.
Dimensions of head cap.sule: caudal margin to cephalic edge of labrum, 3.7 mm.;
caudal margin to tip of maxillae, 4.5 mm.; width at base of mandibles, 1.4 mm.;
depth at base of mandibles, 0.40 mm.; length of antennae, 0.31 mm.
Pupa. — -Length from cephalic tip of breathing horns to tip of Cauda, 31.5-33.5
mm.; dextral-sinastral diameter at base of wing pads, 4.50-4.85 mm.; dorsal-
ventral diameter at liase of wing pads, 4.28-4.40 mm.; length of breathing horns,
2.52-2.60 mm.
Tiiorax rust-l)rovvn, alidonu'n golden-brown, eighth and caudal segments rust-
brown. The entire body delicately sculptured (fig. 7). The abdominal pleura have
a yellow to white stripe present from the first through the seventh segments along
the medially carinate pleura. Form slightly depressed dorso-ventrally, stout to
the eighth segment, then the diameter decreases abruptly ending in fleshy cauda.
All abdominal tergal and sternal areas armed with spined tubercles. Tergal,
sternal, and pleural plates fused, margins indistinct.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1. FEBRUARY, 1958
11
— 1 1
4 5
Fig. 1. Lateral view of larval body of Limnophila marcliandi ; fig. 2, chaetotaxy
of segments — tergal, pleural, and sternal areas shown from left to right — (a)
first thoracic segment, (b) second and third thoracic, first abdominal segments,
(c) second through seventh abdominal segments; fig. 3, ventral view of head
capsule ; fig. 4, ventral view of mandible ; fig. 5, antenna.
12 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI,. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Mesonotal breathing horns (Byers, 1952) stout and laterally compressed, dull or
brass yellow, have distinct niinuli, the tips flattened and divided laterally into a
thick inner flap and thin outer Hap, l»uth delicately scul])tured. Antennal sheaths
arise mid-length of mesal margin of eyes, ending just caudad of prothoracic leg
fold, curving at tips. Eyes and antennal sheaths at this point emargiuate or nearly
so, dull yellow. Labral sheath bluntly rounded, two strongly divergent, heavily
chitinized lobes appear at tip, the labial sheaths. The annulated maxillary sheaths
end at, and perpendicular to, the antennal sheaths. Wing pads end just lief ore the
posterior margin of the second abdominal segment. Wing pads of mature speci-
mens are dark rust-brown at margins, especially at base, sometimes making vena-
tion obscure.
Pronotum with lateral cephalic edges inflated, dull yellow, and unarmed. Medial
line very dark, weakly carinate. Mesonotum rust-brown with dark thin median
stripe, a black spot occurring dorsallj' on this line ; setif erous, prominent, rounded,
flattened abruptly at sides forming a pronounced ridge which extends laterally
and slightly dorsad from the breathing horn to a point two-thirds the distance
from breathing horn to wing-pad, then swings obliquely dorsad ending just before
wing-pad base. At the point of pronounced bending of the lateral ridge occurs
another ridge running ventrad, ending just dorsal to the tip of tlie antennal
sheath. Anterior portion of the mesonotum medially cariiuite. The metanotum
with distinct dark brown median spot at cephalic edge with two brown spots on
either side. At base of metanotum just dorsal to the origin of the haltere sheaths
occurs a dark brown longitudinal band. Haltere sheaths inflated at origin,
gradually disappearing under wing-pads at the caudal margin of the first ab-
dominal segment. Leg sheaths end at caudal third of third abdominal sternite.
Posterior to the ends of the leg sheaths, a ridge occurs on which three transverse
rows of spined tubercles appear, the central row containing about thirteen
tubercles, and the two lateral rows containing 3 to 4 tubercles each. Along the
side of the metathoracic leg sheaths occurs a longitudinal row of 10 to 18
tubercles.
Tiie first abdominal tergite with central brown splotch, one small lateral brown
marking on either side, a small but elongate marking lateral to these. The
second through seventh tergites and the third through seventh sternites have a
deep furrow transversing the anterior third of the area. The posterior third of
these areas has a medial dark spot. Abdominal tergites two through seven have
V-shaped markings on each side of spot, the arms not connected, the point di-
rected caudad. Alidominal sternites three through seven have Y-shaped markings
on each side of spot, the arms not so divergent as on the tergites, connected, the
point directed cephalad. Sternites three through six have two rows of snined
tubercles, one anterior to furrow, the other near the caudal margin of the
sternite. The latter is a straight, transverse row, while the former is usually
separated to either side of the mid-line. The abdominal tergal and sternal mark-
ings and arrangement of tubercles are shown in fig. 8, a and b respectively.
The seventh abdominal segment has many large, spined tubercles surrounding
the caudal edge of the segment. The eighth segment is abruptly smaller in diam-
eter, with a spined tubercle at the medial caudal edge of pleura, sternite un-
armed, dorsally possessing four large and slightly divergent tergal arms, not
spined at tips and directed slightly caudad. The anterior pair of tergal arms
:|/^^\/;
1
S 9
Fig b spn:u-uh,r .lisk of LimnophUa marchandi (fringe of setae not sIlo^^mV
ment'oitf"' l'"" ^' ^"'^f-' ""'''''' ^^- «' diagrammatic fke^hslowrng SrTge-
14 PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 60, XO. 1, FEBRrARY, 1058
is slightly wider apnrt and more divergent tliaii the posterior pair. Female eauda
have tergal and steri;al valves inflated, curved dorsally ; both are dark at tips,
lighter at base (fig. 9). The male cauda end in a pair of slightly divergent,
pointed lobes, with tips directed very slightly niesad; sternal lobes bulbous,
darkened at tips, lighter at bases.
Eeferences
Byers, G. \V. 1951^. The genus DoJicliojU'-a in North Anu'rica. Publication No.
3728, University of Michigan ^Microfilms, Ann Arbor, ^Michigan.
BOOK REVIEW
BEITRAGE SUE SYSTEMATIK DER LARVEN DER ITONIDIDAE (i=CECI-
DOMYIIDAE, DIPTERA (('ontrilnition to the systematics of the larvae
of the Itoniiliiiae ). Teil 1, Porricondylinae und Itonidinae Mitteleuropas.
By Edwin Mohn. Zoologiea, Original-Abhandlung aus dem Gesamtgebiete
der Zoologie, Band 38, Lieferung 1, Heft lOo. E. Schweitzerbart 'selie
Verlagslnichhandlung, Stuttgart. J^i). 1-1237, 3 text figs., 30 plates.
Consistent witli most publications of its kind, the pi-esent work comprises a
number of sections as follows: 1) materials; '1) methods; 3) discussion of
characters (with text figures) ; 4) bionomics; 5) general remarks about generic
groupings; and 6) the descriptive portion. Descriptions are given of the char-
acters of the larvae of the family ; of the two subfamilies, Porricondylinae and
Itonidinae; and of each of the 176 genera. With only a few exceptions, each genus
is represented by only one species. The treatment of the larvae of each species
includes a diagnosis, description, habitat, location of material studied, collection
locality, imitortant literature references, and previously published illustrations.
In most cases only one species is used to illustrate the characters for one genus,
in the opinion of the reviewer the sole fault of the work. The generic diagnoses
and the concluding key to genera, then, are based on rather limited information
and may be misleading to use unless this fact is kept in mind. On the other hand,
the publication will be of considerable value to workers in the Americas, since
many of the genera includi'd in its have species that occur in the Neotropical and
Nearctic Regions.
This is the first comprehensive treatise dealing with the larvae of gall midges
ever to appear ; it deserves high praise as a point of departure for the systematist
in opening a hitherto inaccessible fund of separating and identifying characters.
The males of some genera, and the females of most, almost defy determination,
and it is the feeling of this reviewer that the final answer to exact identification
in these cases is to be found in the immature stages. The work will also serve as
a beginning for a comi^rehensive study of relationships among the genera. That
subject has been in dispute by all gall midge workers and is one that is now
ready for a thorough revision ; not only have we recorded a large number of
species, but Dr. Mohn's contribution very materially augments our present store
of knowledge in this respect. — Rjchakd H. Foote, Entonio1o(/f/ Fcsearrli Branch,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, I). C.
PKOC. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, XO. 1, FEBRITART, 1958 15
MALAYA JACOBSONI (EDWARDS, 1930), A NEW OCCURRENCE
RECORD FOR NORTHERN THAILAND
(Diptera: Culicidae)!
Ernestixe B. Thurman2
Iyengar (1953) reported Harpagomyia geyiurostris (Leicester,
1908) [Malaya genurostris Leicester, 1908] from Southern Thailand
constitnting the initial record of the occurrence of the genus in the
country. Thurman and Thurman (1955) collected this species in a
light traji o]ierated in Northern Thailand. fStone and Knight (1957)
revalidated Malaga Leicester, 1908, as the name of the genus and
relegated Harpagomyia de Meijere, 1909, as a synonym. The present
note adds a second species in the genus to the reported fauna of
Northern Thailand, namely, Malaya jacobsoni (Edwards, 1930).
31. jacobsoni adults were netted or collected while resting on trunks
of trees on 9 occasions from December 30, 1952, to March 31, 1953.
Collections were made in 5 shady jungle areas during the daytime
and at night on Doi (mountain) Sutep, Doi Chiengdao, and at Tad
Muey Falls at elevations ranging from 1,000 to 5,000 feet. (Collec-
tors: the late Deed C. Thnrman, Jr., Manop I\attana.pradit]i, and the
author. )
To the list of species reported as collet-ted in a light trap in Chieng-
mai (Thurman and Thurman, 1955) add tlie name of M. jacobsoni;
2 females collected July 9, 1952.
Adult M. genurostris differ from M. jacobsoni by having a complete
line of silvery scales between the eyes, silvery scales on the abdominal
sternites, and silvery scales on the thoracic patches. The flat scales
on the vertex of M. jacobsoni are metallic blue and do not form a com-
plete line between the eyes ; golden scales are present on the abdominal
sternites; and metallic blue scales are on the thoracic patches.
References
Iyengar, :\I. (). T. 195?.. Fil.-niasis in Tliailand. Bui. Org. Mond. Sante Bui.
WHO 9:7.!l-7(i(i.
Stone, A., and Knight, K. L. 1957. Type .specimens of mosquitoes in the United
States Xational Museum, V: Tlie Sabethini (Dii)tera: Culicidae). Journ.
Wash. Acad. Sci. 47(4) : 1 1 7-126.
Thurman, D. ('., Jr., and Tliurman, Ernestine B. 1955. Report on the initial oper-
ation of a nu)s(juit() light trap in Northern Thailand. Mosq. News 15(4):
218-2114.
^Acknowledgment is made of support ]iy tlie Division of Researcli Grants,
National Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, under Grant E 809-C2 awarded to William E. Bickley,
Department of Entomology, University of Maryland; and to the U. S. Opera-
tions Mission to Thailand, International Cooperation Administration; and the
assistance rendered by the United States National Museum; and the Entomology
Research Division, United States Department of Agriculture.
-Sanitarian (R\ on detail from the Division of Research Grants, National
Institutes of Health, Public Health Service, Bethesda, Maryland, formerly as-
signed as ;Ma]:iria Control Training Adviser with U. S. Operations Mission to
Thailand, Tnternntional Coojx'ration Administration.
16
PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
POB/RECTION
The illustration below should replace that appearing m an article hy Tibbetts
and Strandtmann on p. 268 of Vol. 59, No. 6 (1957) of the Proceedings. The
reprints of that article are correctly printed. The illustration now appearing on
p. 268 of that bound number correctly appears in an article by David E. Cook
on p. 19 of the present issue.
Lxodorhynchns gordoni, n. sp., female: Fig. 1 vc^.ter; fig. 2. dorsum; fig. 3,
gnathosoma; fig. 4, chela; fig. 5, tritosternum ; fig. 6, chehcera.
PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI,. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 17
A NEW KOREAN MITE
(ACARINA, CaECULIDAE)
Harold G. Higgins and Stanley Mulaik
University of Utah, Salt Lahe Citij
In a small collection of mites received by the senior author from
Korea there was an apparently nndescribed rake-leg'ged mite of the
genus CaecuJiis. This mite is named after Mr. Ted Tibbetts, who col-
lected this species from several localities in Korea. The ty})os will
be deposited in the T^uiversity of Utah Acarina collection.
Caeculus tlbbettsi sp. nov.
Diaf/nosis. — Propodosonial pinte projocfs over the gn;\tliu.soin;i ; inetiipodosonial
plate witli (> setni' in a 2 2-1! sequence; k's T composed of 7 segments and slightly
shorter than the hod^-; trocdianter I with 2 setae on the inner edge, 2 dorsal
setae, and 2 small setae on the outer border; basifennir and telofemur I each
with 1 large blunt spine on their inner border.
Description. — This animal is of medium size, and has a color of deep brown.
The propodosomal plate is notched near the tip, narrowed near the attachment
of legs I, projects over the gnathosoma, and covers the gnathosomal tubercles
from above. This plate has 2 small setae in the notched areas on the anterior
edge. A small seta is also found anterior to the eyes. Median metapodosomal
plate has (i sjiatulate setae in a 2-2-2 sequence. The left and right lateral meta-
podosomal plates each have 3 spatulate setae in a 1-1-1 sequence and 2 slitlike
stigmata. The anterior transverse opistliosomal plate has 5 setae in a more or
less straight line. There are 5 setae in a curved line on the posterior transverse
opistliosomal plate.
Legs. — Leg I is longer than any other leg, but is slightly shorter than the
body. Trochanter I has 2 large clavate setae located on tubercles on the inner
edge, 2 dorsal clavate setae, and 2 small setae on the outer-ventral border. Basi-
fennir and telofemur I each has 1 long lilunt spine on their inner border. These
spines are nearly as long as the segments on which they are located. Genua I
has 2 long, blunt spines on the inner edge, T)ut the posterior one is the shorter.
Tibia I has 2 long spines and 1 short spine on the inner edge. The posterior
tibial spine is about one-half the length of the other spines and is pointed for-
ward. Tarsvis 1 has -i short, sharp spines on the inner edge terminating in a
single claw.
Measurements of the holotype are: Length of body, 1.13 mm., width, .68 mm.,
length of leg I, without the coxa, 1.05 mm. Three other adult specimens have
the following measurements: Length, 1.20, 1.12, 1.07 mm.; distance between
eyes, .38, .32, .21 mm.; length of leg I, 1.05, .99, .92 mm.
Biscussion. — Speeimeus are available from three localities in Korea.
Although there are apparent differences between individuals, all speci-
mens are believed to represent only one species. For example, one
specimen from Amsa lacks the notched propodosomal plate, but it
agrees within the known limits of individual variation in other details.
18
PROC. EXT. SOC. "WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
The liulotype and 1 paratype were taken from nnder stones at Seoul,
Korea, May 27, 1953 by Ted Tibbetts. Additional specimens, includ-
ing' 2 immatures, were taken at Seoul, May 27, 1953 ; 2 immature
specimens were collected 8 miles S.E. Seoul, July 23, 1953; 1 speci-
men was found in moss and lichens at Osan. Feb. 17, 1953 ; and 1
specimen from cedar and oak litter at Amsa, August 15, 1953.
rig. 1, Dorsal vieAv of adult, Cacciihis lilthrll.si ii. sp. ; fig. 2, dorsal view of
right trochanter I.; fig. 3, variation in tliL' anterior edge of the propodosomal
plate; fig. 4, dorsal view of larva.
PROC. EXT. SOr. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 19
A NEW SPECIES OF LITAKACHNA FROM THE BRITISH WEST INDIES
( ACARINA : Poxtarachnidae) 1
David R. Cook, Depart mcni of Biolomj, Watjne State University, Detroit, Mich.
While studying the parasites of gobiid fishes at the Lerner Marine
Laboratory of the American Museum of Natural History, Biniini, B.W.I. ,
during December 1955, Dr. Dominie L. DeGiusti collected specimens
of the mites described in this paper. A marine li.ydrachnid was found
in the digestive tract contents of two fishes belonging to the genus
BatJii/gohius. Each was so freshly swallowed that they were still mov-
ing about. These two mites, a male and a female, belong to a new
species of Litaraclina distinct enough to necessitate establishing a new
subgenus. They are the first members of the family Pontarachnidae
recorded from eastern North America. A species belonging to a re-
lated genus, Fonfarachno cruciata, was described by Hall (1012)
from beach pools in the Laguna Beach area of California.
Genus LITARACHNA Wiilter
lAlaraclma Wiilter, 19l2(;. Tiiternatl. Eev. (4es. II ydrol.idl. llydic^r. 14: Wl.
Geiicrotype. — Litararltna co mm mi is Walter.
Generic diagnosis. — Soft IkkHimI, dorsiim without sclerites ; papituluiii opening ven-
trallv, without a rostrum; posterior apodenies of capitulum broadly spreading;
chelicera typical of Hydracarina in general, not styletlike; coxae directed pos-
teriorly, fourth coxae widely separated; fourth coxae with a pair of long narrow
projections that flank the genital field; genital acetabula absent; glandularia lo-
cated between the projections of the fourth coxae with two gland openings and
an associated seta; legs without swiumiiug hairs; nuirine.
Subgenus PARALITARACHNA, new subgenus
Siibgcneroti/pe. — Litarachna {ParalitaracJina) degiustii, new species.
Siibgeneric diagnosis. — Differs from Litarachna s.s. (and all other known mem-
bers of the family Pontarachnidae) in having the first pair of coxae fused in the
midline.
LITARACHNA (PARALITARACHNA) DEGIUSTII, new speiies
(Figs. 1-G)
Female. — Length of body approximately 30:2//; length between anterior end of
the first coxae and posterior end of projection from the fourth coxae 183^; first
coxae fused in the midline, apodemes between the first and second coxae distinct
along the full length ; with a moderate-sized, V-shaped identation at the posterior
end of the first coxae; first coxa with two setae lateral to the capitulum and one
seta posterior to the capitulum; second coxae touching each other; apodemes be-
tween second and third coxae distinct only in the anterior half; second coxa with
two setae in the anterior portion and a single seta located slightly posterior to
1 Contribution from the Department of Biology, Wayne State Tniversity.
20
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FKBRIIARY, 1958
Litarachna (Paralitarachna) degiustii, new species: Fig. 1, Ventral view,
female; fig. 2, first leg, female; fig. 3, palp, male; fig. 4, fourth leg, female;
fig, 5, ventral view, male; fig. 6, chelicera, male.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 21
the apodeine between tlie second and third coxae; apodemes between the third and
fourth coxae distinct in the anterior half and again at the very posterior end;
posterior projections from the fourth coxae approximately 4:0 fi in length, these
forming a genital bay that encloses the genital field; lateral surface of the fourth
coxae with a shorter projection that partially surrounds the glandularia; glandu-
laria constricted near middle, with one portion bearing a seta and the smaller
gland opening, and the other portion bearing the large gland opening.
Genital field, 59/i in length, 4(t/x in width, consisting of pre- and postgenital
sclerites, these not bearing setae; neither genital acetabula nor acetabular plates
present; setae not present in the area between the projections of the fourth
coxae and the genital field; capituhim 4(V in width at the anterior end; length
between anterior end of the capitulum and the posterior end of the capitular apo-
demes approximately 95/tt ; capitular apodemes broadly spreading ; dorsal lengths
of the palpal segments were: P-I, 17^; P-II, ll/j.; P-III, 24;tt; P-IV, 80/x; P-V,
26fj.; P-IV with a setae-bearing projection on the ventral side similar to that
found in L. duho.scqi Walter; P-Y relatively short.
Legs without swimming hairs; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg
were: I, 38^4; II, 30^; HI, 34/x; IV, 40/x; Y, 61^; VI, 76/ti; segments of the
first leg relatively stocky, chaetotaxy shown in figure 2; lengths of the seg-
ments of the fourth leg Avere: I, 58/u; II, 45^; HI, 52^1 ; IV, 83^; V, 92m;
VI, 99m ; segments relatively thin, chaetotaxy of fourth leg shown in figure 4.
Male — Length of body approximately 272/i, length between anterior end of
the first coxae and the posterior end of the projection from the fourth coxae
192m; first coxae fused in the midline; apodemes between the coxae similar
to those of female except that the first pair are closer together; glandularia
similar to those of female except that they are not greatly constricted in the
middle.
Genital field, not including small projection from anterior end, 31m iu length,
29m ill width; genital field consisting of a sclerotized ring bearing four pairs
of setae; genital acetabula and acetabular plates absent; with three pairs of
setae between the projections of the fourth coxae and the genital field;
capitulum 3nM in width at the anterior end, similar to that of female; legs
and palps similar in shape and chaetotaxy to those of the female; lengths
of the palpal segments were as follows: P-I, 17m; P-H, <ifiM; P-HI, 23m; P-IV,
78m; P-V, 26m; dorsal lengths of the segments of the first leg were: I, 33m;
II, 29m; III, 35w; IV, 41m; V, 65m; VI, 78m; lengths of the segments of the
fourth leg were: I, 52m; H, 44m; HI, 50m; IV, 78m; V, 90m; VI, 98m; length of
chelicera 159m; distal half of the end segment of the ehelieera minutely serrate.
Typcs.—llolotyiw female, collected by Dominic L. DeGiiisti near the
Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, B.W.I.. diirin^- December 1955.
Allotype male, same data. Both types will be placed in the Chicago
Natural History Museum.
Hal) it at. —Both, mites were recovered from the digestive tract of gobiid
fishes collected in relatively shallow water (less than 1 meter) oyer
a bottom composed of a mixlure of sand and mud. The lack of swim-
22 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.. VOL. 60, NO. 1, PEBRrARY, 1958
minji' haii-s on the lej>-s -would siigo'est that these mites are very weak
swimmers at best, and spend most of the time on the bottom.
Remarks. — Litarachna degiustii may be easily separated from all other
members of its g-eniis by the possession of fused first coxae. The pres-
ent species seems to be most closely related to the Mediterranian species,
L. duhoscqi Walter. The palpi of these two species are very similar,
having a short fifth segment and a projection on the ventral side of
the fourth segment. The genital field is rather similar in both cases.
References
Hall, H. X. M. 1912. Some marine and terrestrial Aearina from Laguna Beaeli.
Pomona Coll. Annual Ept. Laguna Marine Lab. 1: 177-186.
Walter, C. 1926. Marine Hygrobatidae. Revision der Wassermilben-Genera
Pontarachna Philippi und Nautarachna Moniez. Internatl. Rev. Ges.
Hydrobiol. Hydrogr. 14: 1-.54.
BOOK REVIEW
A REVISION OF THE GENUS PSELAPTRICHUS BRENDEL (COLE-
OPTERA: PSELAPHIDAE), by Robert O. Sc-huster ami (Gordon A. Marsli.
University of California Publications in Entomology, University of Cali-
fornia Press, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 117-158, 74 figs., 5 maps. 1956. $1.00.
This paper represents a discerning, well expressed taxonomic and distributional
account of a genus of beetles which until recently has been nearly overlooked.
A combination of several factors are combined in it. creating a noteworthy en-
deavor in the field of modern systematic entomology.
First, the authors ' efforts in collecting and preparing these beetles for study
is no small achievement, for the members of the genus are very small creatures
(the average length being about 1.50 mm.) which are found only in the accumu-
lated litter of the forest tloor. That the beetles are difficult to collect and tedious
to study is, I think, best exemplified by the fact that of the thirty-two species now
included in the genus, all but three were described either in this paper or in a
previous one by these two men.
Next, the data are employed to their fullest extent and are interpreted in terms
of present-day theories of systematics. Of special interest, -in my opinion, is the
section pertaining to speciation and distribution, where the authors' ideas con-
cerning species formation, ecological factors governing distribution, and phylogeny
of these beetles are discussed in an appropriately conservative manner.
Lastly, the completeness of the illustrative material appears exceptional. Over
seventy figures are presented, which permit the easy comparison of many of the
morphological structures which have been employed in the key and descriptions.
In addition to these, maps are included which depict the collection localities for
each species and which in many instances also indicate the probable range of the
species — Jerome G. Rozen, Jr., Entomolog// Bcsearch Branch, U. S. Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
PROC. KNT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 23
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON AMPULICOMORPHA CONFUSA ASHMEAD AND
ITS FULGOROID HOST
(Hymenoptera : Dryinidae and Homoptera: Achilidae)!
John Colbirn Bridwell-
FortA'-three years ago W. H. Ashmead (2) described a small, black-
ish winged wasp in the U. S. National Museum from California as
Ampulkoinorijha confusa as the unique North American representa-
tive of the peculiar tribe Embolemini in the family Proctotrypidae.
After describing this insect he added that he had seen another indi-
yidual of the species from Nevada in the collection of the American
Entomological Society. There seems to be no record published of this
species having been taken since, but there is another specimen with
the type in the National ]\Iuseum taken by W. F. Fiske in North Caro-
lina. It was not until 1924 that any further record of the presence
of the Emboleminae in our country was published. C. T. Brues (3)
described a species of the wingless genus Myrmecomorphus as Pedi-
nomma ncarcticum from one individual from near Boston and another
from Long Island. In the U. 8. National Museum there are three indi-
viduals Vjelonging to this genus which seem to represent three species.
One of these from near Boston probably represents Brues' species.
Another was taken by A. H. MacAndrews in North Carolina, and the
third was taken by Pergande in Mexico. Besides these American
Emboleminae, the U. S. National Museum has a specimen of Enibole-
mus ruddii Westwood and some specimens of an undescribed Emhole-
nu(S from Java. These peculiar insects have been but rarely taken in
Europe and the limits of variation have not yet been established.
Seven nominal species are recorded: two in Emholeiiius, supposedly
winged males, and four in MyrmccomorpliUH, wingless males and fe-
males. None of these have been taken in series except Emholemus
ruddii. A single species of Myrmecoinorphys has been described from
Chile. The biology of these insects has remained entirely unknown
until the summer of 1936, when it became my good fortune to encoun-
ter Ampulicomorpha and to learn the main facts of its life history.
On April 13, 193fi, while examining some rotten oak logs near the
locally well-known Gravelly Spring, about two miles east of Vienna.
Virginia, a white oak log covered with a small shelf fungus was found
to support many insects of various orders and a small winged, blackish
wasp was seen to run swiftly ovei- the surface of the bark and hide
'Published ]iostlmniously. See Mr. B rid well 's oliituaiy, ]\. '27. — Ed.
- In Novemlier 1954, 'Mr. Bridwell gave five iiiifinislied drafts of this manuscript
to G. B. Vogt, Entomology Eeseareh Division, HSDA, to prepare for publication.
The work might otherwise have been destroyed in a fire, along Avith numerous
other papers, in Mr. Bridwell 's home in 1955. Of the five drafts, the third was
selected for publication as the most complete; it is modified only in those portions
enclosed in brackets [ ] by slight changes of wording or insertion of excerpts from
the other drafts. ITnused taxonomic notes, all unfinished drafts, and the speci-
mens used in this study are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Mr. Brid-
well made brief reference to the findings presented herein in 1937 (1).
24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBKIARY, 1958
among the fungi. This was captured and on examination it proved
to be an Ampulicomorplia, which had no appreciable characters to
distinguish it from the type of Ampulicomorpha confusa Ashmead.
On April 23, while examining some pine logs {Pinus rigida Mill, and
P. virginiana Mill.) in a similar condition of decay and bearing shelf
fungi, two other individuals of Ampulicomorpha were seen and one
of them captured. These logs lay on the ground in the space between
the tracks of the Washington and Old Dominion and Arlington and
Fairfax Railroads, a little west of the place where they cross each
other about one mile east of Vienna.
Careful re-examination of the logs in both stations showed sonu^
firm, half ellipsoidal cocoons firmly attached to the wood beneath the
loose bark and covered with the debris from the adjacent surface, but
unfortunately those found no longer contained living contents, the
adults having emerged. They were, however, as was subsequently
learned, the cocoons of these wasps. Careful consideration of the in-
sects seen upon these logs made it clear that the only insects common
to the pine and oak logs which seemed likely to be the prey of the
wasps [were] some fulgorid nymphs found on both. When these were
submitted to P. W. Oman he told me that they must be nymphs of
some achilid (Pulgoroidea) species, presumably Epiptrra or Catonia.
Subsequent rearing showed the nymphs upon the pine logs to be those
of Epiptcra floridae (Walker) while the nymphs from oak were not
distinguishable.
These n.^mips occur in small colonies beneath the loosened bark of
oak and pine logs in close association with white sheets of compacted
fungus hyphae, and each nymph bears on each side of each of the
three tergites before the pygofer a snbquadrate glandular area which
secretes numerous fine, straight threads of "wax" which are fragile
and easily detached and the location of each of the colonies may be
recognized even after the insects are gone by the fibers remaining.
It was not until August 16 that Aynpulicomorplia was again en-
countered. [On the pine logs an adult was found very near one of
the still problematic cocoons with an emergence hole. Other cocoons
with living contents were found in places where the former presence
of the fulgorid nymphs was indicated by the wax strands. Still others
were associated with the nymphs themselves, which were rapidly
transforming to adults. But I did not then or subsequently find any
remains of nymphs which indicated the method of attack by the wasps
upon them. On this and subsequent visits up to August 27, more than
20 viable larvae and pupae were found in cocoons. Also, some adults
were taken in the open, so that altogether some 10 adults were secured.
On Auorust 18 it was discovered that the females were winged, and
with difficulty were distinguishable from the males.]
From this material, it was possible [by September 2, when the last
wasp died] to follow out the biology of the species and to learn that it
is in all essential particulars a dryinid biology.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, XO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 25
The Epiptcra nymphs, as stated, live in close association with hyphal
sheets of fungi and when placed in confinement wdth the host material
on bits of bark, they run about briskly until they find a favorable
position where they may remain quiescent for long periods of time.
When disturbed or startled, they make a single leap, which in the
open may project them a distance of several inches. "When an adult
female Am/pulicomorjjha was placed in a glass tube with these nymphs
a great commotion ensued and continued for several minutes. The
wasp, her long antennae held at right angles to her body, ran rapidly
in pursuit of the running nymphs and these, when closely pressed,
jumped but often too late. Often the pursuit was too rapid to be
followed by the e^'e, but soon a nymph would be seen firmly gripped
by the wasp. Once seized, the nymphs were unable to dislodge the
wasp, and the wasp would be seen with its head on the upper side of
the body of the nymph in the space between the wing pads and the
body disposed across the body of the nymph, and the abdomen of
the wasp bent down and firmly pressed against its ventral surface,
stinging at a point near the mid-ventral line behind the hind leg. In
some cases, when more than one wasp was placed in a tube, two fe-
males attacked the same nymph on opposite sides. In no case was
an external egg seen.
The Epiptera nymphs transformed so rapidly that when the Ampu-
Ucomorpha adults were available only a few nymphs w'ere present.
What at first seemed a series of unfortunate accidents was [further]
reducing the scanty material at hand. Several nymphs w'ere seen
wounded on the middorsal line where the integument is destined to
split in ecdysis. Not until the last available female made the last
observed attack was this explained. In this case I was able to see the
wasp gnaw away at the middorsal line of the nymph until the body
fluid began to ooze forth, upon which the wasp fed.^ In the other
attacks observed, which lasted perhaps from three to five minutes,
the wasp w^as vigorously engaged in stinging and ovipositing. The
nymphs, after being released, seemed none the worse for the attack
and walked off about their affairs as if nothing had happened. None
of the earlier observed attacks resulted in the development of any
larvae, and it seemed this part of the story would not be secured,
but after the last female had died one of the nymphs, perhaps four or
five days after being placed with the wasp, show'ed a translucent,
rounded mass under the wing pad, which increased in size for three
or four days, remaining colorless, and then managed to comj^lete its
feeding and eocooning, while not under observation and these details
were not seen. The larva, however, died without completing its trans-
formation and was devoured by a mite. [It is pointed out that simi-
larly in other Dryinidae the egg is inserted within the body of the
prey and the resulting larva emerges into a larval sac beneath the
3 [E. C. L. Perkins (4) in his observations of the dryinid Eclifhrodelphax states
tliat under unnatural conditions such as the confinement of a small jar or glass
tube, and probably under the pressure of hunger the wasps attack their leafhopper
hosts frequently killing them outright and to some extent devouring them.]
26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
wing pad and after some days of yrowtli entirely devonrs the body
contents and then leaves the empty skiji of the host to coeoon else-
where.]
After a female Ampulicomorplia was placed in a tnbe with nymphs
of Epiptera and some attacks npoii the nymphs had been made, the
conmiotion soon died down and was]) and nymphs became c^uiet, mov-
ing about only when disturbed. With the addition of fresh nymphs
to the tube, the same commotion and attack would be renewed, fol-
lowed again by quiet. While very few nymphs besides the preadult
instar were available for use, it seemed that these were preferably
attacked when present. In no instance did the wasps show^ any inter-
est in adults of Epiptera present with them. While these experi-
ments were going on, a species of Catonia, the other achiliid genus in
the local fauna, was bred and on two or three occasions nymphs of
Catonia were placed with the Ampuiicomorpha, which showed no
interest in them. It is desirable, however, that this matter should
be further investigated since it is not quite certain that these may not
sometimes be attacked.
The cocoons collected were placed in separate tubes for rearing, and
Avhen newly emerged males and females were placed together copula-
tion resulted immediately, with almost no preliminary courting, and
continued for some minutes. Thereafter the sexes seemed indifferent
to each other but the addition of fresh males would result in renewed
mating.
When males were placed in tubes with cocoons, they showed no
interest in them, differing in this conspicuously from the males of the
bethylid genus Sclerodcrmus, (studiecf some years ago), which would
force their way into the unopened cocoons and mate with the young
females within (5). Unlike that genus the cocoons remain intact after
emergence, except for the opening through which the adult escapes.
While the Ampulicomorphu cocoons are often found in groups with
a colony of Epiptera, they are never placed in cocoon masses such as
are common among the bethylids, each one being formed separately
and entirely distinct from the others, even when touching.
The pupae of Ampuiicomorpha lie in the cocoons with the dorsum
against the substratum so that the mandibles of the developing adult
lie in contact with the wall of the cocoon, a little before its end and
in emerging the adult itself unaided gnaws out an emergence hole
and escapes with none of the subsocial behavior of Sclerodermns.
Literature Cited
1. Briilwfll, J. V. 1937. [Notes on the Prey of Bcmhcc'nuis and Atupnl'icomorplia
sp.] Proc. Ent. See. Wash., vol. 39: 14-15.
■1. Ashmead, W. H. 1893. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bui. 45: 79 80.
3. Brues, C. T. 1922. Psyche 29: 7.
4. Perkins, E. C. L. 1905. Eept. Experiment Sta. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Assoc.
Bull. #1(1): 1-69.
5. Bridwell, J. C. 1920. Proc. Hawaii Ent. 8oc. 4: 291-314.
PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 195^
27
JOHN COLBURN BRIDWELL, 1877-1957
John Colburu Brichvell was born at Pella, Texas, September 23,
1877, and died near Cnlpeper, Yiryinia, Anyust 9, 1957. Of the
Bruehidae, or seed beetles, he became the leading scholar of his time,
and he also contributed significantly to our knowledge of other insect
groups, especially the aculeate wasps. From 1920 until 1943 he was
a member of the Entomological Society of Washington, and during
much of that period he was located at the U. S. National Museum.
He was an unusual entomologist, endowed with tremendous enthusi-
asm for natural history, remarkably well schooled in fundamentals
and the early literature of his group, very well informed on botanical
matters, and a keen observer and indefatigable collector in the field.
Bridwell's paternal ancestors were English; his great-grandfather,
Strother Bridwell, moved westward from Stafford County, Virginia,
in the middle 1700 's. His mother's people were Scotch-Irish and
Dutch ; they too came to America at an early date, and their descend-
ants still live in eastern Massachusetts. William Wallace Bridwell. a
circuit-riding Methodist minister, was father of the future entomolo-
gist, who was born in a frontier home at Bella, in northern Texas,
not far from the Chickasaw Nation in w^hat is now Oklahoma. He had
six brothers and one sister. The family moved to Baldwin, Kansas,
site of Baker University, when Bridwell was only four to five years
old. He was graduated from Baker with a degree of B.S. in the Class
of 1900. In 1899 he published his first paper, a list of Kansas Hymen-
optera. As a boy he had suffered an injury to his leg, when a gun
went off in a spring wagon while on a hunting trip. This mad<^ him
lame all the remainder of his life and may have been partly respon-
sible for his spending time in the quiet pursuit and observation of
28 FKO(". ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, TEBRUARY, 1958
insects as a young man, thus determining his career. It may also
have helped to shape his personality, giving him an independence
and a distaste for routine work patterns.
The chronology of Bridwell's professional affiliations after leaving
Baker University, and prior to going to Hawaii in 1913, is as follows :
Fellow, Ohio State University, ir)()l-irK)2; Assistant to State Ento-
mologist, Georgia, 1902 ; Federal employee on tobacco stalk weevil
{Trichobaris) at Willis, Texas, March- July, 1903; instructor in Zo-
ology, University of New Hampshire, 1903; Fellow, Massachusetts
Agricultural College, 1906; Professor of Biology, Pacific College (Ore-
gon), 1907; instructor in Zoology and assistant entomologist, Oregon
State College, 1907-1911; instructor in Entomology, University of
California (Berkeley), 1911-1913. Some of the positions Avere held
for brief periods. He remained in New Hampshire at least until the
spring of 1904, as shown by the record of Ctenothrips hridwelli
Franklin, which he collected at Dover, N. H., April 11, 1904. While
in Massachusetts he identified many Hymenoptera in the College col-
lection, and he was closely associated with Dr. H. J. Franklin, who
was actively studying bumblebees, and with Dr. E. A. Back, who
later was witli him in Hawaii and who became his supervisor in the
Bureau of Entomology.
In 1913 Bridwell was appointed Assistant Superintendent, Division
of Entomology, Board of Agriculture and Forestry, Territory of
Hawaii. He arrived in Honolulu about June 3, 1913, about two weeks
after the arrival of Dr. Filippo Silvestri, who, since the previous
July, had been on a trip to Africa in search of parasites which it was
hoped would contribute to the control of the Mediterranean fruit fly
and the horn fly. His work on the program of rearing and releasing
parasites began June 8, and he had the advantage of spending a few
days with Dr. Silvestri. During the summer he assisted David T.
Fullaway in the rearing activities, and during October 1-December 31
was in charge of the program, aided by a crew of three to five workers.
The magnitude of the program is indicated by the published figure of
92,658 parasites (4 species) which were reared during October-Decem-
ber, and the total of 99,376 parasites (5 species) which were liberated
in the period June 1-December 31, 1913.
In May 1914, Bridwell and Fullaway left Hawaii for Olokomeji,
Nigeria, for the special purpose of obtaining Tetrasticus giffardianus,
a parasite which Silvestri had discovered the previous year, but which
did not survive the trip to Hawaii. They soon found it and other
parasites, and Fullaway departed with them for Honolulu. Bridwell
remained in West Africa to collect specimens of the rich fauna, and
within a few months made a large collection. However, he contracted
a serious case of malaria and went to South Africa to be hospitalized.
After recovering, he made further collections, made an extended stop
in Australia for additional field work, and finally returned to Hawaii
late in 1915.
PROC. EXT. SOC. WASIT., Vol,. 60, NO. 1, FEBRIARY, 1958 29
Early in 1916 BridwcU left the employ of the Board of Agi'ieiilture
and Forestry, spent some time working privately at the Experiment
Station of the Hawaiian Sngar Planters' Assoeiation, and late in the
fall was appointed to the statf of the Bishop Mnsemn as an assistant
to O. PI. Swezey, Honorary Cnrator of Entomology. A primary task
was to aid in the arrangement of the Helms Collection, recently ob-
tained from Anstralia, but an accident disabled him so that little was
accomplished that year. By 1918 he had returned to private research
and was studying Bruchiclae with great enthusiasm. This specialty
led to his employment, November 20, 1919, to February 1, 1920, by
the Union Feed Company of Honolulu, to study the insects, mainly
bruchids, attacking algaroba beans.
In January 1920 Bridwell was appointed as a specialist on Bruchi-
dae and their parasites by the Bureau of Entomology, and in the late
spring- of that year went to Washington to undertake the study of
the family, thus beginning his long association with the IT. S. National
Museum. In December he went to Texas to collect and ship bruchid
parasites to Hawaii, and from then until he left the Bureau in early
1924 he divided his time between the Museum and the field.
Bridwell left for India in August 1924 and remained there until
1927, engaged in a busines.s partnership based on the exportation of
cashew nuts. His time, except for side trips, was mainly divided
between Portuguese Goa and the vicinity of Bombay.
Following his return to AVashington in 1927, Bridwell did private
research, maiidy on bruchids, at the National Museum until he left
the Washington area in Mareh 1944. During part of this period he
w-as aided by a private eooperator interested in supporting research
on bruchids. While working at the Museum Bridwell lived in several
communities, mainly in Virginia, and twice his residence burned.
After leaving the Museum he lived about two years at Ilillsboro, Vir-
ginia, then at Culpeper for about a year, and finally he lived alone
in a small country house at Lignum, Virginia, from May 1947 until
it burned in December 1955. While there he assembled a few notes
for publication, but suffered the loss of nearly all remaining unpub-
lished notes, of which there were many, in the fire. In the spring of
1956 failing health forced him to enter a home for the aged. Follow-
ing his death and cremation, the ashes were scattered in a woodland
area of natural beauty, at Cabin John, Maryland, in accordance with
his wish.
Surviving relatives include a daughter, Juliet, in Washington,
D. C, and seven granddaughters, also two brothers, Arthur in Bald-
win, Kansas, and Robert in Cleveland, Oklahoma. On November 11,
1912, at Ukiah, California, Bridwell married Miss Juliet Greer, who
was President of her class at Vassar College, and was Dean of Domes-
tic Science and Art at Oregon State College, when they met. Mrs.
Bridwell continued some teaching, both in Hawaii, where their daugh-
ter was born in 1918. and in New York Citv during her husband's
30 HKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOI,. 60, XO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
early years in Washington. She shared many travels with him, join-
ing- him in India in 1925, and meeting him in Australia on his return
from Afriea. In Australia his collecting ventures in unexplored areas
led to long absences, and after one such occasion he and Mrs. Bridwell
sat in their hotel in Sydney and read in New York and San Francisco
jiewspapers that he had been lost in the busli I She died December 12,
1942, when the family was living at Vienna. Virginia, near Wash-
ington, D. C.
During" his residence in Honolulu, Bridwell was a member of the
Hawaiian Entomological Society, and he was elected Secretary-Treas-
urer for 1914, but was able to serve only briefly because of his depar-
ture for Africa. He was very active in the presentation of notes at
meetings, and they may be consulted in the Proceedings, volumes 3
and 4. Later he became active in the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington. Abstracts of the notes given bv him there appear in volumes
10-13, 15 and 19 (1920-23, 1925, 1929) of the Journal of the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences (pages carrying reports of Entomological
Society meetings shown in Contents at end of each volume), and
in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, vol-
umes 35-37, 39, 44, and 46 (1933-1944). Among notes dealing with
bruchids, the following merit special mention : Jour. AVash. Acad.
Sci. 12: 464, 467, 1922; 13: 261-262, 1925; 15: 80, 1925; Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., 37: 185, 1936; 46: 23, 1944.
A great many unusually valuable specimens deposited in the Na-
tional Museum, mostly in Bruchidae, Chrysonudidae, Curculionidae.
and Hymen()i)tera, attest Bridwell 's remarkable observational ability
through their significant associated biological infoi'mation. For many
years he cooperated closely with the late H. S. Barber, not only in
the acquisition of notes on the habits and relationships of various
beetles, but on the intricacies of their nomenclature as well. He
always retained a deep interest in Hymenoptera. In 1936 he discov-
ered in Virginia, for the first time in the United States, the ant Ancr-
gates, a social parasite of another ant, Teirmiioriuni. In the mid<:lle
and late 1930 's he worked out the unusual biologv of the previously
little known primitive sawflies of the genus Xjicla. and studied their
parasites of the genus Idiogramuia (formerly Lysiognathus) (re-
ported in notes, and by Cushn^an, Jour. AVa^h. Acad. Sci. 27: 438-444,
1937). He was proud that standard reference works, such as Clausen's
Ento'~'oidia"'()us Insects, contaiiK'd references to his pioneer work with
Wtisps in Hawaii.
BridwelFs life was plagued bv misfortunes, the aci-iden^-s and fires
already mentioned, and also by his own fertile mind that seemed
ever to beckon him along the untrodden paths of new investinations
before the results of the previous ones were written. It is a nitv that
an entomologist of his great and proven ability did )iot publish more,
yet his publisher! record and the assembled material resulting from
his collecting and observations are marks of long-lastino- accomplisli-
nient. ASHLEY B. GURNEY
GEORGE B. VOGT
proc. ent. soc. ■\vash., vol. 60, no. ], fehrt'ary, 1958 31
Papers by John Colbtrn Bridwell
1899. A list of Kansas Hymenoptera. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 16: 203-211.
1904. (Letter to Dr. L. O. Howard, dated Sept. 5, 1903, under "Additional obser-
vations on tlie to1)ac(-o stalk weevil")- U.S.D.A., Div. Ent. Bull. 44: 44-46.
1906. A second species of tlie hymenopterous genus Odontofhiics Konow (Xyeli-
nae.) Ent. News 17 : 94.
1914. (Report [Division of Entomology, Board of Agric. & For.] for period from
Oct. 1 to Dee. 31, 1913). Bull. Board of Agric. & For., Terr, of Hawaii
3: 154-160 (plus 7 tables).
1916. Breeding fruit-fly parasites in the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Econ. Ent. 9:
472-476.
1917. Xotes on Synaf/ris. Proc. Haw.niiaii Ent. Soc. ■" : 261.
. A note on an Epi/ris and its prey. Ibid., 3: 262-263.
■ . Notes on the Tliynuidae. Ibid., S: 263-265.
. Notes on a peregrine bethylid. Ibid., 3: 276-279.
. Notes on Blctyopliorodelpliax ntirdhili.s. Ibid.. 3: 279-280.
1918. Notes on the entomology of Hawaiian Eiiphorhia with the description of a
new Dictyophorodelphax (Homoptera, Delphacidae). Ibid., 3: 385-387.
. Notes on the habits of Broscom/ iii iis optaiiis Sharp (Carabidae). Ibid. .5."
391-392.
. Certain aspects of medical and sanitary entomology in Hawaii. Trans. Med.
Soc. Hawaii for 1916-1917: 27-32.
. Insects in relation to the storage of food in Hawaii. Proc. Hawaii Ent.
Soc. 3: 506-509.
. Notes on the Brudiidae and their pai-asites in Ihe Hawaiian Islands. Ibid.,
3: 465-505.
1919. Descriptions of new species of hynienojiterous ])arasites of muscoid Diptera
with notes on their habits. Ibid. 1: KWi 1 79.
. Bruchididae of the Helms Collection. Ibid., / .■ 41.
. Dictyophorodelplutx pr<irdiet(i sp. nov. (Homoi)tera, Delphacidae). Ibid., 4:
72-73, fig. 1.
. Miscellaneous notes on Hymenoptera. With descriptions of new genera and
species. Ibid., 4: 109-165.
. Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera ) with descri]i-
tions of new species. Ibid., 4: 21-38.
. Notes on Nesornimrfta antcnnaUi (Smith) (Hymenoptera). Iliid., ■/.• 40-41.
. Some additional notes on Bruchidae and their i)arasites in the Hawaiian
Islands. Ibid., 4: 15-20.
1920. Some notes on Hawaiian and other Bethylidae (Hymenoptera) with descrip-
tion of a new genus and species. 2nd paper. Ibid., 4: 291-314.
. The insect fauna of the Hawaiian bunch grasses {Erafirosiis vorinhilis and
allies). Ibid.. 4: 278-283.
. Insects injurious to the Algaroba feed industry. Hawaiian Planters' Eecord
22: 337-343.
. Notes on the Bruchidae and their parasites in the Hawaiian Islands, 3rd
paper. Ibid., •/ .• 403-409.
32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
1920. MiscellaueoiiH notes on Hymenoptcia, L'ud paper, with descriptions of new
species. Ibid., 4: 386-403.
. A new lowland Plagithmysine carambyeid from Oaliu with notes on its
habits (Coleoptera). Ibid., 4: 314-323.
. Notes on Nesotocus Giffardi Perkins (Coleoptera). ll)iil., 1: 250-256, 6
figs., 1 pi.
1923. The host plant and habits of AcdiitltoscelifTe.s (jrisiolus (Fall) Coleoptera).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington Jo: 79-80.
1929. Description of a bruchid innnigrant into Hawaii breeding in the seeds of
Convolvnlaceae (Coleoptera). Ibid., SI: 112-114.
. The cowpea bruchid (Coleoptera ) under another name — a plea for one kind
of entomological specialist. Ibid., SI: 39-44.
. A preliminary generic arrangement of the i)alni bruehids and allies (Cole-
optera) with descriptions of new species. Ibid., SI: 141-160.
. Thelytoky or arrhenotoky in Sclerodermus immigrans. Psyche 36: 119-120.
1930. (Designation of Bntchiis robiniae F. as genotype of Amblyccrus Thunberg).
Footnote 7, p. 29, In Pierce, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 77:, Art. 17, pp. 1-34.
1931. Bruchidae infesting seeds of Compositae, with descriptions of new genera
and species (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 33: 37-42.
1932. The subfamilies of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Ibid., 34: 100-106.
■ — — . Collecting insects in herbaria. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden SS : 105-109.
1933. (J. C. Bridwell iSc L. J. Bottimer) The hairy-vetch bruchid, Bruchus brachi-
ali)< Fahraeus, in the United States. Jour. Agric. Research (U. S.) 46:
739-751.
1938. (Synonymous names of Acanihoscelides obtectits (Say) and Callosobruchns
maculatiis F. ) pp. 4-5 In A. O. Larson & C. K. Fisher, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull.
593, pp. 1-70.
. SjJeculariu.s cri/thriHac, a new bruchid affecting seeds of Erythrina (Cole-
optera). Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. J8 : 69-76.
1940. (H. S. Barl)er & J. C. Bridwell) Dejean catalogue names (Coleoptera).
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. S:> : 1-12.
1942. Two new American Itean liruchids (Coleoptera). Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat.
44: 249-258 (1940).
1944. A new Amblyccriis affecting seeds of Prosopis chilensis in Puerto Rico and
Hispaniola. Jour. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico ,f 7 : 133-135 (Number for July
1943).
1946. The genera of beetles of the family Bruchidae in America north of Mexico.
Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. S6 : 52-57.
1952. A new genus of Bruchidae aft'ecting Hibiscus in Argentina (Bruchinae;
Acanthoscelidini). Ibid., 4^: 49-50.
. Notes on Bruchidae affecting the Anacardiaeeae, including the description
of a new genus. Ibid., 4:^: 124-126.
PROC. ENT. HOC. WASH., VOL. 60, XO. ], FEBRUARY, 1958
Adam Giede Boving
lS()!t-19.'i7
Adam Giede Bu\iny, internationally known si.>eeialist on beetle lar-
vae, died at his home, 221 Kock Creek Church Road, Washington,
D. C, on March 16, 1957, in his 88th year. His death was preceded
by tW'O short bouts of illness caused first by heart failure and then
circulatory difficulties from which, however, satisfactory recovery was
being made. His passing was peaceful, the result of a second throm-
bosis.
Born in Saby, Denmark, July ;il, 1869, he was the son of Niels
Orten Boving, a Lutheran minister. Because the income of a country
minister must have been extremely modest, Adam and his two brothers
and three sisters kncAv the necessity for frugality early in life. It was
at considerable sacrifice by the rest of the family that Adam was
encouraged in his intense desire to follow scholarly pursuits. After
the required preparatory education, including six years in Latin
school, he entered the I^niversity of Copenhagen in 1888.
He lived at the home of a wealthy uncle during the first two years
at the University, but moved to less pretentious quarters, where he
found living under more difficult economic conditions more satisfying,
since his pursuit of knowledge was not interrupted by so many social
:'A PliOf. EXT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRrAKY, 1958
divcrsioii.s. lie .supported liiniself by teaching courses in botany and
zoology in a school for boys and a school for girls. He enjoyed teach-
ing very much and continued for years afterwards, even after he had
.completed his education and obtained a position at the Zoological
Museum.
At the University, l)(")\ing came under the influence of Professor
Frederik Meinert, and in later years he fondly referred to Meinert
as "my old teacher." Meinert had considerable acquaintance with
innnature insects and it is very likely that he influenced Boving's
choice of the subject for his dissertation. The chrysomelid genus-
Donacia, larvae of which live on aquatie plants below the water level,
was the subject of his thesis research. Careful observations on the
biology and the intricate adaptations to submerged living, coupled
with a painstaking study on anatomy, led to a dissertation of out-
standing merit. Much of the information was gathered while Adam
"lived with" the insects at a small lake, Furesfien, where Professor
Wesenberg Lund maintained a summer laboratory. Biiving defended
his thesis successfully and received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
in 1906. Before he completed his formal education he had an official
status at the Royal Zoological Museum, and after he received his
degree he continued as Assistant Curator of Entomology until he
came to the United States.
During the winter of 1907-08, Dr. Boving studied the collections
of beetle larvae at Paris, London and Cambridge. He had many
pleasant experiences there and was greatly stimulated through ac-
quaintance with several leading scientists in those entomological cen-
ters. While still at London, in the spring of 1908, he was asked to
join a Danish expedition that was organized to study the geology and
biology of SontheHstei-n Iceland. The report of the trip formed the
basis, years later, for his address as retiring President of the Ento-
mological Society of Wasliington.
In 1903, Dr. Boving married Paula Bronnum. Eight years later
his wife became ill and died shortly thereafter from tuberculosis.
From 1906 to 1913 Boving broadened his knowledge of coleopterous
larvae, and the background obtained during those years prepared
him for the breadth of his later understanding- of the problems pre-
sented by those larvae. It was also during this period that he pro-
duced a significant contribution to the basic information on adult
Coleoptera : a study of the musculature of male genitalia of dytiscids.
The circumstances through which Dr. Boving knew of the possi-
bility of a position in the United States Bureau of Entomology are
obscure. At any rate Boving came to the United States and received
a conditional appointment, effective April 1, 1913. as "Expert" in
the Bureau of Entomology. Biiving was not loathe to leave Denmark
for the larger United States. He felt that there was greater oppor-
tunity to carry on research in his chosen field, and he greatly admired
L. 0. Howard. Furthermore he was too able a man to remain Assist-
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEIiRUARY, 1958 35
ant Curator at tlic Cojieiihagen Museum, but the position of Curator,
to which he had aspired, was not avaihible to him.
He found life and associations pleasing in this country and felt so
strongly about the desirable features of the United States that he
was able to convince Anna Christensen that she should leave Denmark
and join him here. She came in lf)16 and arrived at New York after
being on board ship for 18 days. The Bovings were married in New
York and then proceeded to Washington. Shortly thereafter they
bought the house on Rock Creek Church Road that was to become
their home. Boving became a citizen of the United States in 1918,
and continued in the Department of Agriculture until his retirement
at the end of July 1989. At that time he hold a position as Senior
Entomologist.
Even though retired he was actively involved in research on larvae
and imagines of the scarabaeid genus PJiyUophaga, sponsored jointly
by the American Philosophical Society and the National Academy of
Sciences, reported in 1942 as Memoir No. 2 of the Entomological
Society of Washington. During World War TI he was prevailed upon
to reenter Government service and was reinstated effective June 1,
1942. Altliough in his 78rd year he was in good health and was able
to work tlie six-day work week required during the war years. His
reinstatement continued almost three years before he again retired,
April 80, 1945. AVhile he was reemployed, Dr. Boving spent a month
(February, 1944) on the Texas-Mexico border with personnel of the
Division of Foreign Plant Quarantines. It was one of the pleasanter
trips of his career for he had an opportunity to pass on to the inspec-
tors a part of the vast fund of knowledge he possessed and to train
them to make identifications of tlie more commonly intercepted beetle
larvae.
When Boving came to the United States he found a great deal to
interest him in the collections of the National Musenm. Numerous
larvae were available for study, larvae collected by Hubbard, Schwarz
and Barber in their foresighted realization of the importance of lar-
vae to a knowledge of insects. Furthermore, Boving was most closely
associated with entomologists who were concentrating on forest insects
and who were rearing and conducting field studies on many species
of insects, under the direction of A. D. Hopkins. From those roarings
a large amount of material accumulated, much of it representing
groups the larvae of which were previously unknown. In later years
these collections were augmented significantly by gifts and exchanges
which were arranged in large part by Dr. Boving. The National
Museum contains many larvae sent from Denmark, especially by J. P.
Kryger. and tliat fine material attests the long friendship and mutual
respect of the two men. Other important exchanges were arranged
with such ontstanding students of beetle larvae as van Emden in Eng-
land and Gardner in India. In the United States also, respect for
Boving resiilted in the deposit at tlie Museum of important material
from Keifer, Ritcher, Glen, etc.
36 PROC. ENT. SOO. AVASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Dr. Boviiig' must have brought with him from Denmark the idea
of separatinji- the larger groups of Coh^optera on the basis of larval
characters. It was not long after his arrival that he and F. C. Craig-
head began working together on such a project. Later they received
active assistance from 8t. George^ liyslop, and others. The masterful
Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of Coleoptera was completed
in the middle 1920 's and was published by the Brooklyn Entomologi-
cal Societv, with a personal subsidv from Boving, in four parts in
1930 and "l931.
There can be no doubt of the stimulating effect that the Synopsis
had on the study of beetle larvae in the United States as well as in
other countries. For the first time a serious effort to arrange the lar-
vae of this major order of insects in a natural or nearly natural sys-
tem was successful. No attempt was made by the authors to develop
any startling changes in the existing classification of the Coleoptera.
Some changes were imperative, however, and subsequent reexamina-
tion of the adults has proved them justified. The desirability of addi-
tional changes was indicated in places as a guide to workers on adult
Coleoptera that the existing arrangement should be reviewed.
Before, as well as after, the appearance of the Synopsis, Dr. Boving
published many important papers dealing with large families of Cole-
optera or important groups within families. The breadth of interest
and facility with which these various problems were approached and
handled demonstrate his remarkable abilities. After retirement he
continued his very active interest in these researches and produced a
monumental work on larvae of the Anobiidae. At the time of his
death he was studying larvae of the Nitidulidae. He had completed
careful drawings of the available genera, developed a key to them,
and had hoped to include a diagnosis for each genus. His excellent
drawings ami the uuinusi'i-ipt notes Avill be prepared for formal
publication.
Dr. Boving 's stature as a scientist was widely recognized in this
country and various countries in Europe. He was an honorary mem-
ber of several of the numerous scientific societies to which he belonged.
European societies with which he was affiliated include the following:
Zoological and Botanical Society of Fiidand (Correspondent)
Entomological Society of Fiidand (Correspondent)
Entomological Society of Denmark (Honorary Member)
Danish Natural History Society (Correspondent)
Entomological Society of Stockholm (Honorary Member)
Boyal Danish Academy of Sciences and Letters
He was a member of the following societies in the Ignited States:
Washington Academy of Sciences
Entoniolo<>-ical Societv of Washington (Honorary Member)
Society of Sigma Xi — District of Columbia Chapter (Honorary
Mendjer)
Biological Societv of Washinuton (Life Member "»
PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 37
Brooklyn Entomoloyical Society (Honorary Member)
Entomological Society of America (Honorary Fellow)
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (Correspondent)
American Association for the Advancement of Science
He was appointed as an Associate in Zoology by the Smithsonian
Institution in 1939.
One of the finest honors paid Dr. Boving was his designation as a
Knig'ht of the Order of Dauuebrog-, conferred on him in 1927, and
in 1919 he received the more imposing- title of Commander in the
same Order. It is probable that the fact that he was born in Denmark
had some bearing on his being so honored by the Danes. However,
the decisions to confer the honors were undoubtedly' based on a recog-
nition of Dr. Boving 's contributions to entomology and demonstrate
the importance attributed to scientific accomplishments by the Danish
Government. The honor was, further, a recognition of his help to
many visiting- Danish scientists by making- their trips to the United
States more pleasant and profitable.
His scientific stature was again recognized by Danish scientists in
1934. At that time he and his family were invited to make a trip to
Denmark where he delivered a series of lectures on the organization
of entomological research in the United States. He also had an oppor-
tunity to discuss the classification of beetle larvae with scientists from
Denmark and other European countries.
Dr. Boving is survived by his wife, Anna, who resides at the home
on Rock Creek Church lioad, a son, Dr. Bent Boving, who holds a
responsible position in the Department of Embryology, Carnegie In-
stitution of Washington, in Baltimore, Maryland, and three grand-
children. Three sisters, living in Denmark, also survive.
In addition to a delightful personality. Dr. Boving possessed many
sterling qualities of mind and heart. A man of high ideals, and abso-
lute freedom from professional jealousy, his genial, wholesome, cour-
teous disposition readily won for him enduring- friendships wherever
he went, and the breadth of his intellectual attainments and ability
to converse with his friends on a wide variety of subjects of interest
to them proved unquestionably one of his fine attributes. That gift
and the obvious friendliness of both Dr. Boving and his sweet wife,
Anna, made even casual visitors completely at ease in their company
and in their home. An energetic, careful worker, a patient observer,
tireless in his efforts always to maintain highest standards of excel-
lence, association with him was made a constant source of inspiration
to his colleagues. Likewise, he will, long be remembered with gratitude
for his deep interest in the problems and the advancement of younger
workers, particularly those whose good fortune it was to be for a
time under the stimulus of his leadership. It was a source of deep
satisfaction to him that some of these later advanced into positions of
leadership and responsibility in entomology. A quiet, serene and
kindly spirit, tlie memory of Adam Giede Boving will long hold high
place of veneration and affection in the hearts of all of those who
knew him best.
38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, N'O. 1, FEBRTARY, 1958
Bibliography^
190r>. Doiiaciinlarvenies Naturhistorie. Copenliagen. 263 pp., 7 pis., 70 text figs.
1907. Oni Paussidenie og Larven til Paufisiis kannpgieteri Wasm. Vidensk. Medd.
Xaturhist. Foren. 1907: 109-136, 1 pi., 5 text figs.
1910. Natural history of the larvae of Donaciinae. Intern. Rev. Hydrobiol. Leip-
zig. 108 pp., 7 Ills., 70 text figs.
Nye Bidrag til Caraberues Udviklingshistorie, Part 1. Eiit. Medd. (2nd
series) 3: 320-376, PI. 6, 15 text figs.
1911. Nye Bidrag til Carabernes Udviklingshistorie, Part II. Ent. Medd. (2nd
series) 4: 129-180, Pis. 5-9.
1913. Studies relating to the anatomy, the biological adaptations, and the mechan-
ism of ovipositor in the various genera of Dytiscidae. Intern. Rev.
Hydrobiol. Leipzig, pp. 1-28, Pis. 1-6.
1914. On the abdominal structnre of certain beetle larvae of the campodeiform
type. Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 55-61, Pis. 3-5.
• — ■ — . On Mncmonica aiiricijanca Walsingham. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 151-163,
Pis. 9-16. (August Busck and A. G. Bciving).
. Notes on the larva of Hydroscapha and some other aquatic larvae from
Arizona. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 16: 169-174. Pis. 17-18.
1917. A generic synopsis of the coceinellid larvae in the United States National
Museum, with a description of the larva of Syperaftpif^ hinotata Say.
Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 51: 621-650, Pis. 118-121.
1919. Captain Allan Hinson Jennings. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21: 61-63, PI. 3.
(W. Dwight Pierce, August Busck and Adam Boving).
. in. Runner, G. A. The tobacco beetle: an important pest in tobacco products.
(With technical descriptions of coleopterous larvae.) U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bui. 737, pp. 12-14, 33-34, Pis. 1, 4.
1920. in Ainslie, George G. The cornpith weevil (Crnfriniis pcnicellus Hbst.)
(Description of last instar larva\ Jour. Econ. Ent. 13: 277-280, Fig. 10.
. Larvae of North American beetles of the family Cleridae. Proc. IT. S.
Natl. Mus. 57: 575-649, Pis. 42-53. (A. G. Boving and A. B. Cham-
plain).
1921. The larva of FopUlia joponica Newman and a closely related undetermined
ruteline larva, a systematic and morithdlogical study. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 23: 51-62, Pis. 5-6.
. Biology of Emhaphion muricatiim. Jour. Agr. Res. 22: 323-334, Pis. 31-32.
(J. S. Wade and A. G. Boving).
. The larvae and pupae of the social lieetles Coccidofvoplnis socialifi (Schwarz
and Barber) and Ennausihius u-hceh ri (Schwarz and Barber) with re-
marks on the taxonomy of the family Cticu.jidae. Zoologica 3: 197-221,
Pis. 7-10.
1922. The larva of the North American beetle Zenodosus sangioineus Say of the
family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 9-11, PI. 4. (A. G. Boving
and A. B. Champlain).
1 This list of pul)lications, including jiapers npi)earing in 1942, was prepared by
Dr. Boviuii himself.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 39
1922. ill Burke, H. E. The lead-cahle horer or ' ' short-circ-uit l)eetle'' in ("ali-
fornia. Appendix: Taxonomy and morphology of the larval stages of
Scobicio declivis Leconte. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 1107: 49-54, Pis. 1-2.
1924. The historieal development of the term ' ' triungulin. ' ' .lour. Wash. Acad.
Sei. 14: 203-204.
. The lilister beetle Tricriiiiin .sdiu/iiiiiiprnnis — liiology, descriptions of difi'er-
ent stages, and systematic relationships. Proc. V. S. Xatl. ]Mus. (i4:
1-40, Pis. 1-5. (J. B. Parker and A. G. Biiving).
■ . The larva of the weevil Liiiniobdris rcciiro.sfris Leconte. .lour. X. Y. Ent.
Soc. 32: 198-204, PI. K).
. Life-history studies of the tobacco flea-beetle in the Southern cigar-wrapper
district. Jour. Agr. Res. 29: 575 584, figs. 2-6. (F. S. ("liamlierlin,
J. N. Tenhet and Adam G. Boving).
. Herlufe Wingi', (1857-1923). Jour. Mamm. 5: 196-199.
1925. Address of tlie letiring President. A Summer Trip in Iceland South of
Yatna-jokul. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27: 17-35.
1926. Immature stages of Eiilechriops cfOftsifpii Barber, with comments on the
classification of the tribe Zygopsini (Coleoptera: Cnreulionidae). Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 28 : 54-62, PI. 7, text figs. A, B.
. The immature stages of Pscphcnoides galiani Champ. (Coleoptera: Dryopi-
dae). Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 74: 381-388, Pis. 89-90.
1927. The larva of Xevennannia clorcatomoiiles Fisher with comments on the
classification of the Anobiidae according to their larvae (Coleoptera :
Anobiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 51-62, PI. 3.
. On the classification of the Mylabridae-larvae (Coleoptera: ^lylabridae).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wasli. 29: 133-143, PI. 8, text fig. 1.
. Immature stages of Euinycterus (?) saccharidis Barber, with comments on
the classification of the tribe Barini (Coleoptera: Curculionidae'). Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 151-159, PI. 9, text fig. 2.
. Descriptions of larvae of the genera Diabrotica and Plu/Uobrotica. with a
discussion of the taxonomic validity of the subfamilies Galerucinae and
Halticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29:
193-205, PI. 11 (p. 206).
1928. The larva of Enoclenis lecontei Wolcott and Callimenis arcufcr Chapin, of
the beetle family Cleridae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 30: 93-100, Pis. 5-6.
1929. On the classification of beetles according to larval characters. Bui. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 24: 55-97, Pis. 1-17.
. Beetle larvae of the subfamily Galerucinae. Proc. IT. S. Natl. Mus. 75:
1-48, Pis. 1-5. 2 text figs.
. The pacific flathead borer. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bui. 83. 36 pp., 12 figs.
(H. E. Burke and A. G. Boving).
. Taxonomic characters for identification of the mature larvae of Pissodes
strobi Peck and Pissodes approximatus Hopkins (Fam. Curculionidae).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 31 : 182-187, PI. 8, 3 text figs.
1930. Description of the larva of Cerotoma trifurcata Forster (Coleoptera: Chry-
somelidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 32: 51-59, PL 2.
40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
1930-31. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order Cole-
optera. Ent. Americana, 11 (n.s.), 351 i)p., 125 pis. (A. G. Roving and
F. C. Craighead).
1933. Description of the larva of Decadiomus pictus Chapin (Scvninini, ("occin-
ellidae). Proe. Biol. See. Wash. 46: 101-104, PI. II.
1934. Kampen mod dc skadelige Insekter i De Forenede Stater. Copeidiagen.
IH lip.
1935. Larva of Titr'ujii.s flciifiaii.ri van Zwaluwenburg. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soc.
9: 49-61, PI. 1, 4 text figs. (J. A. Hyslop and A. G. Boving).
1936. Description of the larva of Plectris aliena Chapin and explanation of new
terms applied to the epipharyiix and raster. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 38:
169-185, Pis. 9-10, 2 text figs.
1937. Keys to the larvae of 4 groups and 43 species of the genus FJn/Jlopliafia.
U. S. Dept. Agr. E 417, 8 pp., 1 pi. (Mimeograph).
1938. The developmental stages of the Danish Hydrophilidae. Vid. Medd. fra.
Dansk Naturh. Foren. 102: 27-162, figs. 1-55. (A. G. Boving and
K. L. Henricksen).
1939. Descriptions of the three larval instars of the Japanese beetle, PopilUa
japonica Newm. (Coleoptera : Scaraliaeidae). Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash.
41: 183-191, Pis. 24-25.
1940. Morphological investigation of the taxonomically important structures of
the larvae of the beetles of the genus riii/lloplKU/a. Yearliook, Amer.
Phil. Soc. 1940: 123-125.
1942. Descrix^tions of the larvae of some West Indian melolonthine beetles and a
key to the known larvae of the tribe. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92:
167-176, Pis. 18-19.
. Description of the third-stage larva of Amphimallov majalis Ra/.oumowsky.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 44: 111-121, Pis. 10-11.
. A classification of larvae and adults of the genus Ph/illophafKi. Memoir
No. 2, Ent. Soc. Wash. 96 pp., 11 Pis., 6 text figs.
1945. Description of the larva and pupa of the scarab beetle Ancyloniicha min-
danaona (Brenske). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35: 13-15, figs. 1-8.
1954. Mature larvae of the beetle-family Anobiidae. Dan. Biol. Medd. 22(2)
298 pp., 50 pis.
1955. A correction. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 202.
1956. A description of the mature larva of Ptiniis raliforniciis Pic. Ent. Medd.
27: 229-241.
C. F. W. MUESEBECK
J. S. Wade
W. H. Anderson
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, lOog 41
NOW AVAILABLE
Memoir 5
of the
Entomological Society of Washington
A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF
SOUTH AMERICA
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
by Phyllis Truth Johnson
The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyeu-
bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using
specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These
fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England
shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the
present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England
and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson's
work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of
tlie region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its
coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume wdll be indispensa-
ble to the serious student of this important order of insects.
Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted
to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic
validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera
known to occur in South America are completely described and illustrated, and
the species within each genus have been listed with host and locality data. De-
scriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to
170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are included. The discussion of
each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts con-
cerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas
currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts,
each with the flleas known to occur on it, recapitulates the host-flea information;
sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close
the volume.
Orders at the price of $9.00 to members and $10.00 to non-members may be
placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr.
Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research
Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C.
42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
SOCIETY MEETINGS
The 66()th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
called to order at 8:00 PM by President F. L. Campbell in Eoom 43 of the U. S.
National Museum on Thursday, February 7, 1957. Forty two members and fifteen
visitors were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved.
P. X. Peltier gave the report of the Treasurer for 1956. Kellie O'Neill read
the report of the Corresponding Secretary for 1956 for Kelvin Dorward, and
Herbert J. Conkle gave the report of the Custodian for 1956. Each was accepted.
The following candidates for membership wert presented and elected: Mrs.
Minnie B. CalJaicay, Entomology Research Branch, ARS, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington 25, D. C. Stanley B. Joseph, Route 1, Box 28A, Annap-
olis, Md. Horace B. Lanchester, Agricultural Research Service, Agricultural Cen-
ter, Beltsville, Md. Dr. Frederico Lane, Departamento de Zoologia da Secretaria
da Agricultura, Caixa Postal 7172, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Florence A. Snyder, Divi-
sion of Insects, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C, and Nixon Wilson,
522 N. 3rd St., Bardstown, Ky.
President Campbell suggested that local members of the Society contribute to
the funds for the local Science Fairs in justice to non-resident members who Avill
be called upon for support in their own areas. He will recpiest members to fill out
cards for the Washington Academy of Sciences to indicate what they might be
able to do to assist with the Science Fairs in the Washington area.
Dr. Samuel H. Williams, Stanford Research Institute, spoke briefly about his
recent experiences in Austria. Dr. Williams served as a guest professor in the
Zoological Institute of the University of Vienna and became one of the best known
and most respected American scientists in Austria because of his long and devoted
service to that country in behalf of the United States. In 1956 Dr. Williams'
reputation was carried into Hungary by the Hungarian revolution of 1956, and he
assisted many Hungarian scientists to make American contacts. Dr. Williams
extolled the courage of Hungarians who had escaped Hungary and the hardships
they had endured, and commended the Austrians for help in the form of food
and shelter they gave to many thousands of Hungarians. In conclusion, he asked
his audience to bear in mind the Hungarian scientists who have come or who may
come to the United States and who will need further help. (President's abstract)
W. E. Bickley announced a forthcoming lecture entitled "Recent Researches on
Honey Bee Physiology and Behavior," by Dr. Eva Ci-ane, sponsored by the Uni-
versity of Maryland chapter of the Sigma Xi. Dr. Bickley also introduced Frank
J. Burke, who exhibited cynipid galls on black oak, Quei-cus volutina, upon which
his senior entomology project was based.
Robert H. Nelson reported briefly upon a paper delivered by A. N. Tissot at
the recent meeting of the Cotton States Branch, ESA. Dr. Tissot demonstrated
an increase in the number of southern entomologists who received their training
in southern institutions.
PROC. ENT. SOC. AVASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 43
The principal paper of the evening was an address by retiring. President E. A.
St. George, ' ' Highliglits of Fifty Years of Eesearch on Insects Attacking Forest
Products. ' ' Mr. St. George traced the beginnings of forest entomology in the
United States by describing the study made by Dr. A. D. Hopkins of the killing
of pines by Deiidroctonus frontalis Zim., and the publication at about the same
time of forest insect information by Dr. A. S. Packard in the Fifth Eeport of the
U. S. Entomological Commission. In the U.S.D.A. career that made Dr. Hopkins
known as the father of forest entomology, he was employed jointly by the Division
of Entomology and the Forest Service, and when the Division of Forest Insects
was created in 1902 he was called to Washington to become its chief and served
until 1923. Dr. F. C. Craighead followed him and was succeeded in 1950 by the
present Division leader, Dr. J. A. Beal. Mr. St. George recounted a number of
advances in forest entomology made by Dr. Hopkins and his assistants, some of
whom became specialists in taxonomy and Avere assigned to the Division of Insect
Identification. Eesearch on forest product insects includes studies on ambrosia
beetles, bark beetles and wood borers at the Eastern Field Station, at Tallulah,
La., and at Gulfport, Miss., and work on protection of logs and posts by sapstream
injections at Asheville and Bent Creek, N. Car., and Hat Creek, Calif. At the
Eastern Field Station the natural resistance of Avood and of preservatives applied
to wood by various methods were evaluated. Entomologists in Australia, South
Africa, HaAvaii, and Panama cooperated in the "International Termite Exposure
Test," now in its 28th year. The pressure treatment of buildings was studied in
Panama, and the evaluation of soil poisons for termite control Avas studied at
Long Island, Beltsville, CroAvn Point, La., Saucier, Miss., and the Canal Zone.
Eesearch on the biology and control of Lyctus powderpost beetles has been in
progress since the early days of the Division at the Eastern Field Station, and
includes projects at Tallulah, La., Beltsville, and Gulfport. During the past 5
years, the old house borer, Hyloirupes bajalus (L.), has received a great deal of
attention, and research on it has been initiated at Gulfport, Miss., and New
Haven, Conn.
Society members with long memories recognized some of the pioneer forest ento-
mologists in the slides Mr. St. George shoAved. (Secretary's abstract.)
Visitors introduced were Faustino C. Francia, Forest Products Laboratory, Col-
lege of Agriculture, University of the Philippines ; Dr. William Goodwin, en route
to Libya with ICA ; and Stanley Joseph, new member.
The meeting Avas adjourned at 11:00 PM. — Kellie O'Neill, Recording Secre-
tan/.
The 661st regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
called to order at 8:00 PM by President Campbell in Eoom 43 of the U. S.
National Museum on Thursday, March 7, 1957, with 39 members and 21 visitors
attending. The minutes of the previous meeting Avere read, corrected, and approved.
44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee consisting ot
H. H. Shepard (chairman), W. H. Anderson, and E. F. Knipling, to revise the
Society's constitution and by-laws. He exhibited the Air Force edition (unbound)
of the Handbook of Biological Data, and the directory recently issued by the
Chemical Society of Washington, expressing his wish that the Society might have
a similar one.
F, W. Poos read J. S. Wade's "Note on the Respiration of Entomologists,"
from the 1929 Proceedings (31: 139). The concensus indicated that Mr. Wade's
observations are still pertinent.
The principal paper of the evening was presented by George B. Vogt and was
titled, 'A Survey of Ralogeton glomeratus Mey and Related Plants and the
Insects Affecting them in the Old World." An eight-month survey of this and
related plants and the insects affecting them was carried out in the arid regions
of southern Spain, the Middle East, and the Far East. The purpose of this survey
was to observe possible agents for biological control of this serious weed pest of
western rangelands. The itinerary began with Vogt in southern Spain (near sea
level) in late March and proceeded to Syria via Lebanon, central and northern
Iran, north-central Afghanistan and via New Delhi to Indus Valley (elevation
10,500-11,000') in Ladadakh. After September 10 the itinerary reversed over the
same route in order to obtain the late seasonal picture. At Kabul, Vogt joined
C. J. Davis and J. J. Drea and the three observed together the areas in north-
central Afghanistan and Iran. Davis and Drea remained in Tehran in order to
set up a laboratory for propagation and testing of candidate biological control
agents for halogeton. Early in November, Vogt proceeded westward to Spain, not
being able to re-enter Syria owing to the international crisis. In southern Spain,
as further east, Halogeton was observed matured and in full fruit as contrasted to
the small seedlings observed in the early sirring. Five (one questionable) species
of Halogeton were studied. For each locality surveyed for Halogeton, related
plants of the Chaenopodiaceae, especially of the tribe Salsolae, were studied as
well. Approximately 35 plant species in addition to the species of Halogeton were
thus observed. Altogether 80 to 120 species of insects were found affecting 18 to
20 species of the tribe Salsoleae. Included among these are the insects found to
occur on Halogeton, one species of which, H. glomeratus, was too local and scarce
to support significant populations. About 60-80 species of insects were found on
the remaining species of Halogeton. Among these insects are examples that attack
the seedling plant, suck stem leaf and bract, defoliate, bore stem, chew and bleed
stem, bore taproot and crown, bore taproot, chew and bleed taproot, feed on
fruiting branches and feed on seeds. In general the insects range widely in the
vast geographical region surveyed and foodplantwise they range generally over
the members of the tribe Salsoleae, apparently with only a few highly specific
forms. However, there are indications and good possibilities that a number of
them are forms sufficiently specialized that they will hardly range outside the
tribe Salsoleae and much less likely outside the subfamily Suaedoidea to attack
economic and otherwise important plants of the western U.S.A. belonging to the
subfamily Ohenopoidea, including sugar beet, table beet, spinach, and winterfat
(Atriplex spp.). (Speaker's abstract.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958 45
Visitors introduced were Mr. and Mrs. Archie H. Symonds and Mrs. E. R.
McGovran, and member J. Maldonado Capriles. Dr. Maldonado is en route to
Pakistan as a public health officer for ICA. The meeting adjourned at 10:00 PM.
— Kellie O'Neill, Recording Secretary.
The 662nd regular meeting of the Society was held in Room 43 of the U. S.
National Museum on Thursday, April 4, 1957, with 33 members and 17 visitors
present. President Campbell called the meeting to order at 8:00 PM and the
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
President Campbell announced the appointment of a committee, consisting of
A. B. Gurney (chairman), W. D. Reed and W. B. Wood, which is to advise the
president on other committee appointments as well as to nominate officers for the
coming year.
The following persons were elected to membership: Alberto W. Vazquez, 5722 "S.
11th St., Arlington, Va. ; Dr. George W. Evans, Dept. Entomology, Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, Blacksburg ; Elroy R. Krestensen, Univ. Maryland Fruit Lab.,
Hancock; John A. Davidson, 239 Park Ave., Takoma Pk., Md. ; and Robert 0.
Schuster, Dept. Entomology, University of California at Davis.
President Campbell reported that a special Executive Committee meeting had
been held to arrange the commemoration of the hundredth anniversary of Dr.
L. 0. Howard's birth. It was voted that the Society join the Insecticide Society
of Washington to sponsor a dinner appropriate to the occasion. M. D. Leonard
was appointed chairman for this dinner. Helen Sollers told about activities honor-
ing Dr. Howard in other societies, and suggested that members of the Society
might tell their friends in other entomological groups about the Society's plans.
M. P. Jones asked President Campbell to place an item about the Howard dinner
in the Entomological Society of America Bulletin.
The deaths of R. A. Cushman, Ina L. Hawes, J. G. Saunders and Honorary
Member A. G. Boving were announced by President Campbell, who appointed com-
mittees to prepare the several obituaries. W. H. Anderson spoke about Dr. Boving ;
C. F. W. Muesebeck told about Mr. Cushman 's life and service to entomology;
Margaret S. Bryant, USDA Library, spoke about Miss Hawes; and President
Campbell gave a talk on Mr. Saunders prepared by M. D. Leonard, who was
not present.
The principal speaker of the evening was Neal A. Weber of Swarthmore College,
whose title was, * ' The Fungus-Growing Ants and their Fungi. ' ' The primary
purpose of the present studies is to explain how ants maintain a flourishing culture
of only one fungus when they take into their nest a pellet of caterpillar or beetle
feces containing the spores of Penicillium, Aspergillus, Trichoderma or other
fungi and/or bacteria. While primarily a tropical American group, these ants
have extended their range into the United States and the arid part of Mexico by
finding the requisite and constant high humidity deep in the soil. Many species
form a typical crater entrance, that of the Florida to New Jersey pine barrens,
Trachymyrmex septentrionalis, is usually a semi-circular crater, while other species
may have circular crater or turret entrances. Many species form large nests of
46
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
many thousands of workers. In order to study these colonies in detail, it is neces-
sary to bring portions into the laboratory. A Petri dish may suffice for an entire
colony of a small species, while others are kept in larger observation nests of
Incite or glass. "When a portion of a colony and part of its garden are placed on
sterile nutrient agar, the ants may successfully maintain their own fungus as an
island surrounded by numerous colonies of contaminants. To succeed in this man-
ner appears to require an unusual antibiotic activity. The constant licking of the
ant fungus and new substrate and the frequent defecation on them impart special
qualities to the garden that may explain this condition. The ant fungi are being
cultured in the absence of the ants. These fungi on standard nutrient media are
easily overwhelmed by common contaminants. The fungus of the 2 mm. Cyphomyr-
mex costatns Mann of Central America was successfully reared to the mature
sporophore stage and represents the first ant fungus to be so reared. It is now
being named by the French authority on the tropical members of this group.
(Speaker's abstract.) The paper was followed by questions and comments by
President Campbell, Mr. Wade, T. E. Snyder, K. E. Lipinsky, W. H. Anderson,
A. B. Gurney, and others.
Visitors introduced were Katherine A. King, University of Maryland student,
and W. G. Bruce, Plant Pest Control Division, ABS, USDA.
The meeting was adjourned at 10.00 PM. — Kellie O'Neill, Becordlng Secre-
tary.
NEW AMMUNITION?
Search for improved insecticides and fumigants
gets high priority at Diamond's enlarged
Research Center. Increasing sales of our own
products give evidence of this interest. We
welcome requests for cooperation on research
and development projects.
Dia.moncl
Chemiccils
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 3, FEBRUARY, 1958
47
hJidiM'd^imkli^ij^ldiM^?
PRODUCTION
A greal deal of woik and knowledge goes irilo tlie
development of insecticides. Once developed, how-
ever, they're a priceless defense against the loss of
food and fiber, the disease, and the annoyance
caused by man's insect enemies. Velsicol Chemical
Corporation manufactures five basic insecticides
that are thoroughly proven, widely reconnriended.
and extensively used: Heptachlor. Cliiordane.
Endrin. Parathion and Methyl Parathion. Each of
them is rated most efficient for specific types of
insect control, and all are available everyv%here, in
ready-to-use, reasonably priced formulations. If
you deal with any phase of insect control, we think
you will find technical information about these in-
secticides highly useful.
NEW! VELSICOIGIBBEREILINS!
Amaz.rg plorl growfh slimulant Vcls.
I progcam in piog.i
wmiE FOR A IDOCHURt OF lECHNICAl INFORMATION. PREPARID BY VIISICOIJ fNTOMOlOCISTS'
HEPTACHLOR • CHLORDANE • ENDRIN • PARATHION • METHYL PARATHION
imk VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
330 East Grand Ave.,' Chicago 11, Illinois
VC 1126-7108 AS APPEARING IN:
AMERICAN JOURNAL Of TROPICAL MEDICINE AND HYGIENE. ANNUALS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, CANADIAN ENTOMOLOGIST, FLORIDA
ENTOMOLOGIST, JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY,
PAN PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, PRECEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, O.C.
48 PRO(". ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1958
Pyrenone*
HELPS TO PRESERVE
PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL
JLyrenone quickly kills destructive, annoy-
ing and disease-carrying insects.
In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective
for long periods of time. In fact, a single application
of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at-
tacks for an entire storage season.
On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible
stages of insects fast — even between showers of
rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not
permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be-
cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly
emerging parasites and predators are free to com-
plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize
or feed upon destructive insect pests.
This means that Pyrenone is completely com-
patible with the natural control of crop-destroying
insects.
'Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C.
FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION
Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation
441 Lexington Avenue • New York 17, N. Y.
^^ BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
fff,
m
In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal
A Cyanamid Report
MALATHION
FOR DIRECT APPLICATION ON ANIMALS
With newly-granted residue tolerances, malathion can be applied
directly to beef cattle, poultry, and swine. This is the result of
three years of extensive research in 11 states. The work proved
conclusively the safety and usefulness of malathion as a spray for
controlling cattle and poultry lice, poultry mites (northern fowl
and chicken red mite), and cattle and poultry ticks. In addition,
malathion dust may be applied to nests, litter, and floor space.
Roost paints using malathion emulsifiable liquid may also be used
in poultry houses. In addition to spraying beef cattle with mala-
thion for lice control, rubbing devices incorporating the product
have been most effective in suppressing lice and horn flies.
Do not apply malathion to lactating dairy cows, since it has not yet
been accepted for this use, nor should it be used on calves under
one month of age.
PROTECTANT FOR STORED GRAIN
With newly-granted residue tolerances for malathion on wheat,
barley, oats, rice, rye, corn, grain sorghum, and peanuts (post-
harvest), grain handlers storing grain have a method of protect-
ing grain from loss to insects. Malathion, either in dust or spray
form, applied to the grain as it is being loaded into bins, affords
protection against confused flour beetle, rice weevil, granary
weevil, saw-toothed grain beetle, flat grain beetle, red flour beetle,
rusty grain beetle, lesser grain beetle, and Indian meal moth. It is
also suggested as a residual wall, floor, and machinery spray in
grain elevators, in treating truck beds, box cars, and ships' holds
before loading grain. Where Indian meal moth infestations de-
velop, surface applications of malathion dusts or sprays at pre-
scribed intervals afford protection.
NEW USES FOR MALATHION ON CROPS
Tolerances have been established on 37 additional crops, including:
Vegetables Fruits
Asparagus Bramble family
Carrots and other root crop Nectarines
Garlic— Leeks— Shallots Quinces
Several leaf vegetables Currants
Pumpkins Gooseberries
Also, small grains, cotton, mushrooms, peppermint, spearmint,
corn and rice. With these additions, malathion is now recom-
mended on 93 crops.
Developers and producers of malathion and parathion
American Cyanamid Company, Insecticide Department,
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.
QUALITY INSECTICIDES
Preferred by Home Owners,
Food Processors and Dairymen
QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A "space spray" for quick knockdown and kill of many
kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre-
thrins, 0.12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor.
GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB
Gulf's carefully researched formula provides quick knock-
down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1%
Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor.
GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb)
An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens
against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DOT
and 3% Perthane.
GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB
A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid-
ual insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains
0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane.
SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid)
A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for
use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold.
Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY
Long proven formula with effective insect- killing power and
repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0. 1 9%
Piperonyl Butoxide.
GULF OIL CORPORATION
GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA.
VOL. 60
APRIL 1958
NO. 2
PROCEEDINGS
of the
ENTOMDLOGICAL SOCIETY
. WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON 25, D. C.
PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY
CONTENTS
BARBER, H, G. — A New Species of Nysius From Alaska and Alberta, Can-
ada (Hetniptera, Lygaeidae) 70
CUNLIFFE, F. — Pyroglyphus morlani, a New Genus and Species of Mite
Forming a New Family Proglyphidae, in the Acaridiae (Acarina, Sar-
coptiformes) 85
DAVIDSON, J. A. — A New Species of Lizard Mite and a Generic Key to
the Family Pterygosomidae (Acarina, Anystoidea) . 75
KROMBEIN, K. V. — Additions During 1956 and 1957 to the Wasp Fauna
of Lost River State Park, West Virginia, with Biological Notes and Descrip-
tions of New Species (Hymcnoptera, Aculeata) 49
LA RIVERS, IRA — New Ambrysus Records for Mexico (Hemiptera, Nau-
coridae) 71
MALDONADO-CAPRILES, J., PIPPIN, W. F., and KUNS, M. L.— An
Annotated Check List of the Mosquitoec of Mona Island, Puerto Rico,
and the Larva and Male of Aedes obturbator D. & K. (Diptera, Culicidae) 65
STONE, A. & KNIGHT, K. L. — Two New Names in Mosquitoes (Diptera,
Culicidae ) ...._....— 69
THURMAN, ERNESTINE B. — Laelaps keegani, nom. nov. for Laelaps
berlesei Keegan, 1956 (Acarina, Laelaptidae) 74
TIPTON, V. J. 8C BOESE, J. L. — Steatonyssus furmani, a New Nearctic
Bat Mite (Acari, Macronyssidae) - 80
TODD, E. L. — A Note on the Identity of Nerthra planifrons (Melin)
(Hemiptera, Gelastocoridae) - - - 79
OBITUARY— Ina Louise Hawes, 1896-1957 87
SOCIETY MEETINGS 90
ANNOUNCEMENT 84
THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON
Oboanized March 12, 1884
OFFICEBS FO& 1958
R. I. Sailee, President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
R. H. Nelson, First Vice President
Entomological Society of America
1530 P St., N.W.
Washington 5, D. C.
P. W. Oman, Second Vice President
Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
Plant Industry Station, North Building
Beltsville, Maryland
Helen Soul-ers, Recording Secretary
Plant Pest Control Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
Paul Woke, Corresponding Secretary
7213 Beacon Terrace
Bethesda, Maryland
P. P. Harrison, Treasurer
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
R. H. FOOTE, Editor
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. J. CONKLB, Custodian
Plant Quarantine Division, ARS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
J. G. ROZEN, Program Chairman
c/o Division of Insects
U.S. National Museum
Washington 25, D. C.
H. H. Shkpard, Nominated to Represent the
Society a-8 Vice President of
the Washinifton Academy of
Sciences.
FMRD-CSS
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Washington 25, D. C.
Executive Committee
T. L. BiSSELL, University of Maryland
B. A. St. George, U.S. Dept. Agriculture
F. L. Campbell, National Research Council
Honorary President
R. E. Snodgrass, U.S. National Museum
Honorary Members
C. F. W. MtJESEBECK, U.S. National Museum
H. G. Barber, U.S. National Museum
A. B. Gahan, Berwyn, Maryland
Regular meetings of the Society are held in
Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month from October to June,
inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are pub-
lished regularly in the Proceedings.
KEMBEBSUIP
Members shall be persons over 18 years of ago
who have an interest in the science of entomology.
Annual dues for members are $4.00 ; initiation fee
is $1.00 (U. S. currency).
PBOcssomras
Published bimonthly beginning with February by
the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good
standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of
charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per
year, both domestic and foreign (U. S, currency),
payable in advance. All remittances should be
made payable to The Entomological Society of
Washington.
The Society does not exchange its publications
for those of other societies.
All manuscripts intended for publication should
be addressed to the Editor. Acceptable papers sub-
mitted by members will be published in the order
received and will be given precedence over those
by non-members. Immediate publication may be
obtained at a cost to the author of about $12.00
per piinted page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles
of papers should be concise but compreh. nsive and
should indicate the systematic position of the sub-
ject insect. By-lines should indicate present mail-
ing address of the author and his organizational
affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of pa-
pers longer than one printed page should be by
author and date and should refer to a list of con-
cluding references in which author, year, title,
name of publicatioa, volume and page are given in
that order. In shorter articles, references to litera-
ture should be included in parentheses in the text.
Proportions of full-page illustrations should
closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6" (26 x 36 picas) ;
this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on
the same page. Cost of illustrations in excess of
that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the
author.
Reprints of published papers may be obtained at
the following costs plus postage and insurance,
provided that a statement of the number desired
accompanies the returned proofs:
2 pp.
I copit„
$2.00
4 pp. 8 pp.
50 copies:
$3.00 $5.00
12 pp. 16 pp. Covert
$5.60 $6.25 $4.00
100 copies:
2.50 3.80
6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75
Additional copies, per 100:
1.00 1.15 2.00
2.60
3.15
1.50
Purchase of reprints by institutions whose in-
voices are subject to notarization or other invoice
fees will have the cost of such fees added to the
purchase price.
Entered as second-class matter at tbe Post Office at Washing-ton, D. C.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
Entomological Society of Washington
VoL 60 APRIL 1958 No. 2
ADDITIONS DURING 1956 AND 1957 TO THE WASP FAUNA OF LOST
RIVER STATE PARK, WEST VIRGINIA, WITH BIOLOGICAL NOTES AND
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
(Hymenoptera, Aculeata)
Karl V. Krombein, Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
The wasp fauna of Lost River State Park, Hardy Count}', West
Virginia, has been the subject of several earlier papers (Krombein:
Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 54 : 175-184, 6 figs., 1952 ; Bui. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc. 49: 1-7, 1954; Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58: 153-161, 3 figs., 1956).
Those papers catalogued the wasp fauna as it occurred early in the
summer (June 18-25 and July 18, 1951 ; June 29-July 5, 1953 ; and
July 4-11, 1955). About 80 species were taken during each of those
years, and the cumulative total amounted to 128 species.
We were able to spend part of our family vacation in the Park in
1956 from August 21 to September 2, and again in 1957 from July 29
to August 11. The summer of 1956 was cooler and rainier than normal,
and more species (120) were active than during earlier periods in pre-
ceding years. In contrast, extreme drought conditions prevailed dur-
ing the summer of 1957, and 82 species were collected. In 1956 I col-
lected 39 species not taken in previous years, and in 1957 there were
28 new to the Park list. Allowing for duplications in these two years,
the faunal list now stands at 179 species in the families already listed.
In addition, another family, the Chrysididae, has now been worked up,
and the 12 species collected in the Park during these five years brings
the grand total to 191.
In addition to the collection data presented below for the species
not listed previously, I am recording a few biological notes, descrip-
tions of three new species, Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, Methocha
(Methocha) impolita and Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, a redescription
of Spilomena alhochipeaia Bradley, and a description of the previously
unknown male of Nitela virginiensis Rohwer.
I am indebted to the following specialists for identification of the
prey captured by several of the wasps: B. J. Kaston (Araneae), Kellie
O'Neill (thysanopterous prey of Spilomena pusilla (Say)), and
C. W. Sabrosky (Diptera).
50 proc. ent. soc. wash., vol. 60, no. 2, april, 1958
Additions to the Wasp Fauna
Family CKBYSIDIDAE
This family of cuckoo wasps was not included in the previous reports, so all
collection data are given here.
Omalus iridescens (Norton). 1 $, July 18, 1951; 1 S , July 1, 1953; along trails.
Omalus laeviventris Cresson. 1 $, July 18, 1951; 1 $, June 30, 1953; 1 $, Au-
gust 26, 1956; two of these taken along trails on vegetation.
Omalus sinuosus (Say). 1 9, June 21 and 1 $, July 18, 1951; 2 9 9, June 29
and July 5, 1953; 1 9, July 10, 1955; some of these taken on log cabin
walls, others along trails.
Hedychridium dimidiatum Say. 2 9 9, June 30 and July 4, 1953; 1 9,2 $ $ ,
July 4-8, 1955; 3 9 9,2 S S, August 25-27, 1956; 10 9 9,1 $, August 1-11,
1957; along trails, mostly on ground but some on foliage.
Hedychridium fletcheri Bodenstein. 1 S, August 30, 1956; along trail.
Hedychrum violaceum Brulle. 5 S $, June 30-July 4, 1953; 3 9 9,4 $ $,
July 5-10, 1955; 1 S, August 24, 1956; mostly along trails, but a few on
log cabin walls.
Chrysis (Chrysogona) verticalis Patton. 1 $, July 5, 1953; 2 9 9, July 4-10,
1955; 4 9 9,2 $ S , August 23-30, 1956; 2 9 9, July 30-August 10, 1957;
mostly along trails, but several on log cabin walls.
Chrysis (Trichrysis) parvula Fabricius. 1 9 , June 24, 1951 ; 1 9 , June 30, 1953 ;
2 9 9,3 S S, July 4-10, 1955; 2 9 9,15, July 31-August 7, 1957; mostly
on log cabin walls, but several along trails.
Ohrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species. 6 9 9, June 19-24, 1951; 1 9, June
30, 1953; 6 9 9, July 5-10, 1955; 1 $, August 30, 1956; mostly on log cabin
walls, but a few along trails including the single male.
Chrysis (Chrysis) chalcopyga Mocsary. 12 9 9, June 18-24, 1951 ; 1 9 , July 1,
1953; 1 9, July 29, 1957; mostly on log cabin walls, but a few along trails.
Chrysis (Chrysis) coerulans Fabricius. 2 9 9,1 $ , June 19-20, 1951; 1 9,2 $ $ ,
August 22-27, 1956; 1 9,1 S, August 7-11, 1957; mostly along trails, but
at least one on log cabin wall.
Mesitiopterus kahlii Ashmead. 1 $ , August 28, 1956; along trail.
Family BETHYLIDAE
Epyris sp. 1. 4 6 S, August 25-29, 1956; 1 9,8 S $, August 1-10, 1957.
Anisepyris columbianus (Ashmead). 1 S ; August 25, 1956. [Det. H. E. Evans].
Rhabdepyris wp. 1. S, August 27, 1956
Holepyris sp. 2 9 9,2 i 3 ; August 25-29, 1956; 2 S $ August 7-9, 1957.
Pseudisobrachium myrmecophilum (Ashmead). 1 S, August 11, 1957; crawling
on gravelly soil along trail edge. [Det. H. E. Evans].
Family TIPHIIDAE
Tiphia intermedia Malloch. 5 9 9,2 S 6 ; August 23-30, 1956; 1 9,1 S, Au-
gust 3-8, 1957.
Tiphia transversa Say. 1 S , August 3, 1957.
Tiphia sp. 1. 1 9, 19 $ $, August 6-7, 1957; on ground and flying low over
ground in an area of two square meters.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 51
Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species. 1 9, August 8, 19.57; crawling in
sun on gravelly soil along trail edge.
Myrmosa (Myrmosa) blakei Bradley. 1 9, August 25, 1956; 1 $, August 7,
1957; crawling on gravelly soil at trail edge.
Family MUTILLIDAE
Dasymutilla vesta vesta (Cresson). 1 9, August 3, 1957,
Ephuta pauxilla pauxilla Bradley. 2 S S, August 23-25, 1956; on foliage along
trail.
Ephuta scrupea (Say). 5 S S, August 23-29, 1956; along trail on foliage. I re-
corded a female of this species as conchate Mickel in 1956. The latter species
should be deleted from the Park list.
Family VESPIDAE
Zethus (Zethusculus) spinipes spinipes Say. 1 9, August 11, 1957.
Stenodynerus (Stenodynenis) blepharus Bohart. 1 $ , August 26, 1956.
Family POMPILIDAE
Priocnemioides unlfasciatus unifasciatus (Say). 1 $ , August 29, 1956; crawling
over leaf litter in open woods.
Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis brevis (Cresson). 1$, August 27, 1956.
Dipogon (Dipogon) brevis recalvus Townes. 2 $ $, August 24-25, 1956. This
and the preceding species were taken within several hundred feet of each other
in identical habitats. I wonder if this does not indicate that recalvus is ae-
tually a distinct species rather than a subspecies of brevis.
Priocnemis (Priocnemis) hestia (Banks). 9 9 9,5 S $ , August 23-29, 1956;
1 6 , July 29, 1957; in open woods flying among undergrowth.
Auplopus caerulescens subcorticalis (Walsh). 3 9 9,2 $ S , August 23-26, 1956;
1 9,1 (5 , August 6-7, 1957.
Ageniella (Ageniella) cupida (Cresson). 1 9, August 28, 1956.
Ageniella (Ageniella) norata Banks. 14 9 9, 56 $ $, August 22-29, 1956; 1 $,
August 7, 1957; mostly taken in open woods flying among undergrowth.
Ageniella (Ageniella) partita Banks. 1 9, August 29, 1956.
Ageniella (Ageniella) sp. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 1 9, August 10, 1957. This is
possibly the unknoAvn female of mintaka Brimley which has been taken in the
Park in two previous years.
Ageniella (Priophanes) agenioides (Fox). 1 9, August 28, 1956.
Ceropales hatoda Brimley. 2 9 9,4 S $ , August 26-30, 1956; 1 9,2 $ S, July
31-August 10, 1957.
Evagetes subangulatus (Banks). 1 9, August 29, 1956.
Tachypompilus ferrugineus nigrescens (Banks). 1 9, August 28, 1956; in clear-
ing in open woods.
Aporinellus taeniatus wheeleri Bequaert. 1 9, August 30, 1956; on gravelly
path.
Family AMPULICIDAE
Ampulex (Rhinopsis) canaliculata Say. 1 9, August 26, 1956; on rail fence.
52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 19.58
Family SPHECIDAE
Astata (Astata) leuthstromi Ashmead. 2 9$, August 23-25, 1956; 2 $9,1 $,
August 1-9, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Astata (Astata) nubecula Cresson. 3 9 9, August 23-25, 1956; 1 9, August 10,
1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Solierella plenociiloides plenoculoides (Fox). 2 9 9,1 $, August 26-30, 1956;
2 9 9, July 30, 1951; on gravelly path.
Nitela virglniensis Roliwer. 3 9 9,1 S , August 24-27, 1956.
Tachysphex sepulcralis Williams. 3 $ $, August 24-28, 1956; on gravelly path.
Tachysphex n. sp. 1. 2 9 9, August 26-30, 1956; on gravelly path.
Tachysphex n. sp. 2. 1 <?, August 30, 1956; 3 S S , August 3-11, 1957; on gravelly
path.
Motes (Notogonius) argentata (Beauvois). 1 9,1 S, August 24-25, 1956; 1 9,
August 8, 1957; on gravelly path.
Trypoxylon (Trypargilum) tridentatum Packard. 1 9, August 9, 1957.
Psen (Psen) erythropoda Rohwer. 1 9 , July 31, 1957.
Mimesa (Mimesa) pauper Packard. 1 $ , August 6, 1957.
Stigmus (Stigmus) inordinatus universitatus Rohwer. 3 9 9, August 27- Sep-
tember 1, 1956; 1 9, August 9, 1957; along trail through open Avoods. This
species was not known previously from east of Colorado.
Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley. 1 9, August 24, 1956; crawling on log of cabin
wall in sun.
Sphex aureonotatus (Cameron). 19, August 22, 1956; 1 9,1 S, July 30-August
1, 1957.
Sphex umarius urnarius (Dahlbom). 1 $, August 26, 1956.
Nysson (Nysson) lateraUs Packard. 4 9 9,1 S, August 24-27, 1956; 9 9 9,
August 1-11, 1957; on gravelly soil along trail edge in sun.
Lestiphorus cockerelli (Rohwer). 1 9, August 26, 1956; on oak foliage in sun.
Gorytes (G-orytes) deceptor, new species. 3 9 9, July 31-August 8, 1957.
Crabro (Crabro) discretiis Fox. 1 9, August 29, 1956; 2 9 9, July 31-August 1,
1957; on trail through open woods.
Ectemnius (Ectemnius) brunneipes (Packard). 1 9, August 26, 1956.
Oxybelus decorosum Mickel. 4 5 5, July 30-August 6, 1957; on gravelly path.
Biological Notes
Family POMPILIDAE
Dipogon (Deuteragenia) sayi sayi Banks
A female (73057 A), 7.5 mm. long, was captured with her paralyzed spider prey
on vegetation at the edge of a clearing in the woods, July 30, 1957. The spider
was an adult female thomisid, Xysticus fraternus Banks, 5.1 mm. long.
Calicurgus hyalinatus alienatus (Smith)
One female (8357 A), 6.3 mm. long, was taken on August 3, 1957. She was
pulling her paralyzed spider prey beneath some leaf litter at the edge of a trail
exposed to the full sun. The spider was a male araneid in the penultimate instar,
Araneus marmoreus Clerck, 6.1 mm. long.
PKOC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 53
A second female (8857 A), 5.7 mm. long, was captured while she was transport-
ing her paralyzed spider prey in a similar habitat on August 8, 1957. The spider
was a male araneid in the penultimate instar, probably of a species of Neoscona,
4.1 mm. long.
Anoplius (Lophopompilus) Carolina (Banks)
A slightly worn female (82856 A), 12 mm. long, was captured August 28, 1956,
on a trail through the woods in dense shade. She was walking backward over the
trail, dragging a large paralyzed spider, which she held by the hind coxae in her
mandibles. The spider was a mature male agelenid, Wadotes hybridus (Emerton),
1.3 mm. long.
Family SPHECIDAE
Spilomena pusilla (Say)
A slightly worn female (83056 A), 2.4 mm. long, was collected August 30, 1956,
as she walked on a log in the cabin wall in the sun near the entrance to her bur-
row. She held in her mandibles a paralyzed immature thrips 0.72 mm. long. The
nymph was probably in the second instar and appeared to belong to the variabilis
(Beach) section of the genus Sericothrips.
Euplilis (Corynopus) coarctatus modestus (Kohwer)
A newly emerged pair (82656 A) was taken in copula on oak foliage at the edge
of a trail through open woods on August 26, 1956.
Crabro (Crabro) discretus Fox
A somewhat worn female (82956 A), 11.5 mm. long, was captured on the ground
August 29, 1956, on a trail through open woods. She was struggling to get into
the air with her prey, a large, paralyzed male larvaevorid, Achaeionenra sp. (pos-
sibly aletiae Eiley), which was 12 mm. long and much bulkier than the wasp.
Taxonomic Notes
Family CHRYSIDIDAE
Chrysis (Chrysis) cembricola, new species
(Figure 1)
This rather small, slender Chrysis is seemingly closer to chalcopyga
Mocsary (= nitidula auctt. not F.) than to any other species in the
Nearctic fauna. Such characters as the relative length of the head and
pronotum, sculpture of frontal concavity, and shape of the lateral and
apical margins of the third abdominal tergum cause it to run to
nitidula in Aaron's key to the North American species (Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc. 12: 232-233, 1885). However, it is distinguished at once
from chalcopyga by its smaller size (7.5 mm. as against 9.5 ram. aver-
age length), the different head length :width ratio (0.56 as compared
to 0.45), first and second abdominal terga with the punctures mostly
separated instead of confluent in longitudinal rows medianly on the
first and basal half of second, and the ocelli in an equilateral triangle
instead of a lower, flattened triangle.
54:
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Fig 1 Chrysis cembricola, female, dorsum of head and pronotum; figs. 2-4,
Spilomena spp., frontal view of male heads, figs. 2a-4a, same of female heads;
figs. 2, 2a, S. pusilla; figs. 3, 3a, S. ampliceps; figs. 4, 4a, albocli/peata; fig. 5,
S. pusilla, lateral view of female pronotum; fig. 6, S. alboclypeata, the same.
(Drawings by A. D. Cushman; fig. 1 is 22 X, figs. 2-6, 44 X; specimens for figs.
12 3 5 from Lost Eiver St. Pk., W. Va., for figs. 4, 6 from Arlington, Va.)
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 55
Type. 9 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va. ; July 5, 1955 (K. V. Krom-
bein; on log cabin wall in sun) [U. S. National Museum, Type No.
63508; by donation from author's collection].
Length 7.4 mm., forewiiig including tegula 5.4 mm. Mostly metallic blue, the
frontal concavity, temples, legs and venter with bright green reflections in certain
aspects; tarsi dark brown and flagellimfi black beyond second segment. Wings
clear, the anterior edge of marginal cell narrowly infumated, the veins dark brown.
Pubescence generally short, erect and inconspicuous; light brown on dorsum of
head and thorax, somewhat longer and pale on sides of head and thorax, and
thoracic venter; very short, suberect, denser and pale on abdominal dorsum.
Head in frontal aspect with the width 1.1 times the height, the interocular dis-
tance at level of facial carina 0.45 times the head width; in dorsal view (fig. 1)
the length from facial carina to occiput 0.56 times the head width and subequal
to interocular distance at level of posterior ocelli; mandible without an inner
tooth ; clypeus with median length subequal to diameter of antennal fossa, tumid
medianly, the apical margin broadly and shallowly emarginate for a distance equal
to half the total Avidth, with scattered punctures except a narrow apical rim
smooth ; facial concavity with height subequal to width, moderately concave, closely
punctate, the punctures becoming progressively larger toward the facial carina;
the latter not as strong and sharp as in chalcopyga, four-fifths the interocular
distance at that level, the central three-fourths of the carina bowed slightly down-
ward in middle, the extreme sides of carina turned downward at a very obtuse
angle; dorsum of head with rather coarse, close punctures and a narrow smooth
strip laterad of each hind ocellus; ocellar triangle equilateral, situated a little
closer to facial carina than to occiput, only slightly raised, the lateral ocelli
directed obliquely outward but not situated in pits; ocellocular line subequal to
postocellar line; malar space very short, 0.6 times the length of antennal pedicel;
temporal carina extending upward from base of mandible to a point opposite the
facial carina; relative lengths of first four antennal segmnts as 5:2:3:2.
Pronotum (fig. 1) at humeri 0.8 times the head width, the median length of disk
one-third the humeral width and half the head length from facial carina to occiput ;
humeri not projecting, right-angled as viewed from above; prehumeral slope almost
perpendicular and with small close punctures except for a small smooth median
area which is oblique; pronotal disk with larger, mostly subcontiguous punctures,
such interspaces as are present with a few minute punctures, small depressed area
at middle anteriorly; lateral margins of pronotum straight and slightly divergent
posteriorly so that posterior width is 1.1 times the humeral width; lateral surface
of pronotum with fine irregular rugulae and without a pit; scutum with length
two-thirds the width, the surface with coarse, contiguous punctures, notaulices
well-developed, subparallel, the parapsidal furrows slightly convergent posteriorly,
weak and present on apical two-thirds only ; scutellum feebly convex, two-thirds as
long as scutum, with large, shallow, contiguous pits; postscutellum more strongly
convex, two-thirds as long as scutellum, sculpture as on scutum; mesopleuron
divided into upper and lower plates by a series of foveae which intersect an
oblique series of foveae, a rather large, shallow, smooth depressed area at the
intersection; metapleural spine acute, short, barely reaching base of postero-
lateral propodeal projection; propodeum obliquely declivous posteriorly, viewed
56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
from above the posterolateral projections are short and acutely angiilate (about
60°); U-shaped groove of propodeal dorsum relatively broad, crossed by a few
Aveak carina, the area enclosed by groove sculptured like postscutellum.
Eelative median lengths of abdominal terga as 7:15:6; first tergum with a
broad shallow depression anteriorly, with moderately large punctures which are
more or less separated except laterally where they are confluent and somewhat
larger and deeper, discally with scattered minute punctures also ; width of second
tergum three-fourths the median length and one and one-half times the length of
lateral margin, the posterolateral angles extending below anterolateral edge of
third tergum; large punctures of second tergum smaller than those of first, sep-
arated more widely along posterior margin than elsewhere but not confluent any-
where, and Avith a very few scattered minute punctures, the apical margin slightly
thickened; third tergum with lateral margins straight, apical margin with teeth
short and obtuse, separated by shallow emarginations, the lateral and median
teeth closer to each other than the two median teeth; punctures of third tergum
about equal in size to those on second but mostly confluent ; submarginal f oveate
groove extending two-thirds of distance to base of third tergum, the foveae not
deeply impressed, about eight on a side.
Alloiype. £ ; Lost River State Park, W. Va. ; August 30, 1956
(K. V. Krombein; along trail through woods) [USNM].
Length 6.0 mm., forewing including tegula 4.0 mm. Color as in female except
more purplish and with no green reflections, center of second tergum blackish,
flagellum black beyond first segment. Wings and vestiture as in female. Sculpture
and body proportions similar to female except as follows : facial carina evanescent ;
first flagellar segment relatively shorter, only slightly longer than second; sub-
marginal foveate groove of third tergum with the groove evanescent laterally and
represented by only a few small pits; apical teeth of third tergum shorter and
right-angled.
Paratypes. 12 9 9 ; same data as type but June 19, 22, 23 and 24,
1951, June 30, 1953, and July 5, 6, 9 and 10, 1955 (K. Y. Krombein;
mostly on logs on cabin walls) . 12 9 9 ; Arlington, Va., June 14, 1952
(1 9 ), June 21 and September 7, 1953 (2 9 9 ), May 22 and 31, 1954
(2 9 9 ), and April 29 fl 9 reared from wooden trap nest K 11 of
Symmorphus canadensis (Saussure), May 26 (3 9 9), May 30
(299) and June 2 (1 9 ), 1957 (K. V. Krombein; on wooden walls
of old cowshed). 1 9 ; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., W. Va. ; September
11, 1954 (K. V. Krombein; on honeydew secretions of Toumeyella
liriodendri (Gmel.) on foliage of Liriodendron tnlipifera). 39 9;
"Westmoreland State Park, Westmoreland Co., Va. ; July 4 and 8, 1951
(K. V. Krombein). 1 9 ; Brookland, Washington, D. C. ; May 15, 1908
(R. W. Van Horn; bred from hickory) [USNIVI]. 1 9 ; Washington,
D .C. ; May 28, 1944 (G. E. Bohart) [GEB]. 1 9 ; Washington, D. C. ;
July 12, 1927 (lot no. 3978) [USNMl. 2 9 9; Biltmore, Buncombe
Co.; N. C, June 10, 1924 (R. A. St. George) [USNM]. 1 9 ; Harris-
burg, Dauphin Co., Pa.; June 17, 1916 (W. S. Fisher; on hickory)
[USNM]. 1 9 ; Overbrook, Philadelphia Co., Pa.; August 16, 1914
PROC. ENT. SOC. \V\>SH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 57
(G. M. Greene) [USNM]. Paratypes are in the U. S. National Mu-
seum and personal collections of K. W. Cooper, G. E. Bohart and the
author.
About half of the paratypes have some greenish reflections on head
and thorax. They are quite similar to the type in other details of the
color, sculpture and pubescence, and are 5.9-7.8 mm. long.
Biology. One female of cemhricola was reared at Arlington, Va.,
from a wooden trap nest (K 11) provisioned by the solitary vespid,
Symmorphns canadensis (Saussure). This trap nest contained a bor-
ing 70 mm. long with a diameter of 3 mm. It was set out in a horizon-
tal position two meters above the ground on the wooden wall of an old
cowshed on June 24, 1956. The host wasp completed her nest four days
later. I split open the nest on June 30 and found two stored cells at
the inner end, 19 and 21 mm. long respectively, separated by clay par-
titions and with an empty vestibular cell 18 mm. long between cell 2
and the closing clay plug at the entrance. The cells were stored with
paralyzed larvae of the ehrysomelid leaf-miner in locust, Chalepus
dorsalis Thuuberg. The egg of the vespid was attached by a slender
thread to the ceiling at the inner end of each cell, that in cell 1 being
shriveled. I did not see the chrysidid larva in cell 1 on June 30, but
presumably it had sucked out the fluid contents of the host egg before
beginning to feed on the stored prey as is customary with some other
species of Chrysididae. On July 5 the chrysidid larva was beginning
to spin its cocoon, and the Symmorphus larva in cell 2 was almost full
grown. ^ The chrysidid larva coated the cell w^alls and ends with trans-
parent silk. Then it spun a cocoon of transparent silk, almost 3 mm. in
diameter and 6 mm. long, with rounded ends and with two small
opaque patches of dense white silk near the outer end. I inspected this
nest periodically during the next several months but the chrysidid
remained in the prepupal state through October 8. On October 12 I
placed all my trap nests outdoors for winter storage and brought
them into my ofifice again on April 20, 1957. I made the first inspection
of these over-wintering traps on April 22, and found a pale pupa with
black eyes in this cocoon. M}^ experience has been that 2-3 days after
pupation are required before a chrysidid pupa reaches the black-eyed
stage, so this individual must have pupated not later than April 20.
On April 26 there was a fully colored pupa in the cocoon. The adult
wasp had cut through the cocoon and emerged when I opened the nest
on April 29. Adult Symmorphus canadensis emerged from other trap
nests kept under similar conditions from May 14 to 26.
It is probable that cemhricola preys only on wasps nesting in pre-
existing cavities in wood. Of the specimens in the type series nine of
the thirteen females at Lost River State Park, W. Va., and all three
females at Westmoreland State Park, Va., were taken on logs forming
iThe SymmoriJhus larva in cell 2 died several days later. However, there can be
no reasonable doubt as to the identity of the host wasp. I have reared Sijmmorphus
canadensi.s from other trap nests containing the same prey and from the same
station, and I know of no other wasp which preys on larvae of Chalepus dorsalif!.
58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. H, APRIL, 1958
the cabin walls, and all twelve females at Arlington, Ya., were taken
on the wooden wall of an old cowshed. There were a number of species
of wasps nestin<i- in abandoned beetle burrows or other cavities in the
logs or wood in each of these three localities, but the wasp that was
most abundant and suitable in size to serve as a host for the chrysidid
in each locality was Syinmorphus canadensis. It seems likely that this
vespid may prove eventually to be one of the chief hosts of the
chrysidid. I looked over the material of Siynnnorphns canadensis in
the U. S. National Museum and found four females and two males
bearing the same label data as the Biltmore, N. C, paratypes of
cemhricola, and one female with the same label data as the Washing-
ton, D. C. (lot no. 3978), paratype of ceml)ricola. There are no label
data indicating a parasite-host relationship, but the identical label
data suggest the possibility that the specimens might have occurred in
the same restricted habitat.
The rather limited collection and rearing data suggest that cem-
hricola has successfully adjusted its developmental cycle to that of
Symmorphus canadensis. The Symniorphus population nesting in my
cowshed in Arlington is almost entirely univoltine as demonstrated by
trap nest rearings and seasonal flight range. The population of the
chrysidid at the same locality is largely univoltine as evidenced by
similar data. However, occasionally there may be a very small partial
second generation of both canadensis and cemhricola. Symmorphus
was active during all our visits to Lost River State Park, but wdth
noticeably higher population levels earlier in the season, indicating at
least a partial second generation. All of the female cemhricola at the
Park were taken during periods coinciding with the population peak
of Symmorphus, and the captvire of a male at the end of August sug-
gests at least a partial second generation of the chrysidid.
Family TIPHIIDAE
Methocha (Methocha) impolita, new species
The female of this species is one of the most distinctive of the Nearc-
tic forms, and may be recognized at once by the dull, roughened in-
tegument of the head and thorax as contrasted to the highly polished,
smooth integument of the other known species of this region. In addi-
tion, the following combination of characters will serve to distinguish
it from its congeners: the very short malar space (0.09 times the eye
height) ; the front almost flat between the eyes; moderately gibbose
scutum and scutellum ; blunt mesosternal teeth ; and basal and apical
abdominal segments red, the intervening segments black in part or
almost entirely. M. stygia (Say), the only species now known to occur
within the range of impolita, has a longer malar space (0.18 times the
eye height), the front rounded between eyes, the mesosternal teeth
acute, and the abdomen is rarely so colored, usually being either en-
tirely black, or entirely red, or with the base only red. The male of
impolita is unknown.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 59
31. inipolita has been eollected in Lost River State Park, W. Va., at
or near Washington, D. C, and at Ithaca, N. Y. The three specimens
which I collected were all taken in open, sunny areas, on soils having
a high content of gravel or larger stones. D. G. Shappirio informs me
that the single specimen captured by him was from a similar soil type.
Type. 9 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va. ; August 8, 1957 (K. V.
Krombein; crawling in sun on gravelly soil along trail) [U. S. Na-
tional Museum, Type No. 64088; by donation from author's collec-
tion].
Length 7.4 mm. Head black, mandibles and basal seven antennal segments red;
legs red except for some infuscation on femora above at apex, on tibiae outwardly
and the last segment of all tarsi; abdomen red, the second to fourth terga with
black bands covering the posterior half or two-thirds of these segments except for
extreme apices, the bands broader along midline and narrowed toward sides, the
posterior margins straight, the anterior margins arcuate. Pubescence quite sparse,
pale golden on head and thoracic dorsum, silvery on rest of thorax, legs and
abdomen.
Head dull, strongly narrowed behind eyes, its greatest width 2.2 times the width
at occipital carina; clypeus tumid in middle above the wide, depressed apical rim
but not tuberculate there; malar space very short, 0.09 times the eye height; front
almost flat between eyes; front and vertex with the integument finely shagreened,
and with scattered large punctures which are closer between ocellar triangle and
eyes than elseAvhere; least interocular distance half the head width; ocelli in a
compact right-angled triangle, the ocellocular distance 1.6 times the posterior
interocellar distance.
Thorax dull ; pronotum along midline as long as combined lengths of scutum,
scutellum and postscutellum, in profile strongly rounded, the surface finely
shagreened and with a few scattered punctures and with some very close and fine,
longitudinal wrinkles dorsally ; scutum and scutellum subequal in length, gibbose,
in profile the scutum separated from pronotum by a right-angled notch, the surface
finely shagreened; mesopleuron finely shagreened and with a few oblique rugae
above posteriorly; mesosternum with a pair of erect blunt teeth in front of mid
coxae ; metasternum with a pair of acute teeth in front of hind coxae ; propodeum
finely shagreened, dorsally Avith very close and fine, longitudinal wrinkles, pos-
teriorly with half a dozen arcuate carinae above abdominal insertion, and laterally
with fine, close oblique wrinkles.
Abdomen shining and with a few scattered fine punctures; first sternite with a
median groove on basal two-thirds.
Male. Unknown.
Paratypes. 2 9 9; Dunn Loring, Fairfax Co., Va. ; June 26, 1949,
and July 26, 1947 (K. V. Krombein; crawling on clayey soil having a
high gravel content in an area open to sun) [KVK]. 1 9 ; Clifton,
Fairfax Co., Va. ; June 9, 1933 (J. C. Bridwell) [USNM]. 1 9 ; Rock
Creek Park, Washington, D. C; June 26, 1947 (D. G. Shappirio)
[DGS]. 1 9 ; Van Natta's Dam, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; July
20, 1931 (P. P. Babiv) [CUJ.
60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
The paratyi)es vary in length from 5.1 to 8.7 mm. The color also
show.s considerable variation as follows : in the specimens with the most
red (Clifton and Dunn Loring) the head and thorax are as in type
but the legs are all red and the black stripes on second to fourth
terga are narrower and do not extend as far laterad ; in the specimens
with the least red (Washington and Ithaca) the head, thorax and
legs are as in type but the second to fourth terga are all black except
for extreme base of second, narrow apices of eacli, and small antero-
lateral areas on third and fourth. The vestiture and body proportions
are quite similar. The sculpture varies somewhat as follows : the
smallest specimen (Dunn Loring) lacks the fine close wrinkles on pro-
notum and propodeum as does the Ithaca specimen, and the next to the
smallest (Washington) lacks them on propodeum; and the two largest
(Clifton and Dunn Loring) have a few oblique to arcuate wrinkles oi?
gibbose part of scutum.
Family SPHECIDAE
Nitela virginiensis Kohwer
The male of this species has not been reported previously. It is ex-
tremely similar to the female in details of the sculpture, color and
vestiture, and, aside from secondary sexual characters, it differs only
in being a bit smaller, 3.5 mm. long. Neither the legs nor antennae
hear any sexual modifications. The seventh sternum has the surface
convex and clothed with moderately dense, short erect hair, and the
apical margin is broadly and shallowly emarginate ; the preceding
sterna do not bear modified vestiture.
Spilomena alboclypeata Bradley
(Figures 4, 4a, 6)
This species has not been recognized since its description fifty years
ago from a unique male from British Columbia. Some time during
the intervening years the head of the type was lost. The original de-
scription is very brief and fails to give the facial maculations in pre-
cise detail, so that the exact identification remained in doubt until I
had an opportunity recently to dissect the genitialia from the type. A
study of these and of the external characters of the thorax and ab-
domen enabled me to identify as alhoclypeata a short series of male^s
and a much larger series of associated females from British Columbia,
Oregon, California, Idaho, Montana, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico,
Colorado, Kansas, West Virginia and Virginia. I am giving a re-
description of the male below, as well as a description of the hitherto
unknown female, and also a key for the separation of the three species
of Spilomena known from Lost Eiver State Park.
Marginal cell of forewing with scattered minute setae ; pronotuui with a deli-
cate carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE:
greatest width of temple 1.3 times eye width; face (fig. 3a) delicately but
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 61
noticeably liiieolate, quite shiny. MALE: lower half of face yellow (fig. 3);
flagelluni testaceous except apical segment, clothed with appressed setae;
third and fourth abdominal sterna with appressed short setae on apical third
or half — - _ _ ampliceps Krombein
Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 5) with a delicate
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe; propodeal
dorsum with a broad U-shaped area delimited by a sharp carina. FEMALE:
greatest width of temple subequal to eye width ; face delicately and noticeably
lineolate, rather dull (fig. 2a). MALE: face yellow in middle for only a short
distance above clypeus, the sides more broadly yellow (fig. 2) ; flagellum dark,
clothed with appressed setae; third and fourth sterna with very narrow bands
of dense, short appressed setae at apices pusilla (Say)
Marginal cell of forewing devoid of setae; pronotum (fig. 6) without such a
carina; U-shaped area on propodeal dorsum without marginal carina. FE-
MALE: greatest width of temple subequal to eye width; face very shiny, the
lineolations evanescent (fig. -la). MALE: face immaculate above middle of
clypeus, the sides with a moderately large, subtriangular, pale yellow to white
spot (fig. 4); flagellum dark, clothed with denser suberect setae; third and
fourth sterna with sparser, appressed setae on apical half or more
alboclypeata Bradley
Female. Length 2.2-2.8 mm., forewing including tegula 1.6-2.2 mm. Black, with-
out metallic reflections; mandible light red, the base and apex darker; tegula trans-
parent, testaceous; legs varying from almost completely testaceous except coxae
to the following condition — apices narrowly of trochanters and femora, and bases
and apices of mid and hind tibiae, fore tibia, and tarsi except apical segment,
testaceous. Pubescence short and inconspicuous, silvery; extremely sparse and
short on front and mesopleuron ; a little denser on scutum, scutellum and last three
abdominal segments; denser, though still relatively sparse, on mesosternum. Wings
clear hyaline with violaceous reflections, sparsely setose, the marginal cell of fore-
wing bare; stigma dark brown; veins pale to darker testaceous.
Head very shiny, the lineolation delicate and evanescent; in frontal view (fig.
4a) subcircular, the height and width subequal; viewed from above the width
twice the length, and vertex as long as dorsal eye length ; in lateral view the temple
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width a bit greater than eye
width; antennal scape 0.6 times as long as clypeal width at anterior mandibular
condyles; postocellar distance 0.8 times the ocelloccipital distance and 0.7 times
the ocelloeular distance; clypeus tumid in middle, but without a sliarply defined
trigonal platform, the margin of median lobe slightly emarginate; lower third of
front with a very delicate median carina which is gradually evanescent above, and
which extends slightly downward onto clypeus.
Thorax except propodeum, very shiny ; pronotum dorsally with a strong, com-
plete carina, viewed from laterally not produced upward into a tooth, no delicate
carina extending from side of pronotal disk onto pronotal lobe (fig. 6) ; scutum
and scutellum more noticeably lineolate than front, with scattered minute punc-
tures discernible at 68 diameters, notaulices as long as in pitsiUix but not so
strongly impressed; mesopleuron smooth with a few tiny punctures, episternal
suture minutely foveolate; propodeum dull, the dorsal surface with a pair of
62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
longitudinal carinae near midline converging slightly toward apex; broad U-shaped
area on propodeal dorsum not margined by a carina, the surface with fine and
moderately close, transverse carinae; lateral propodeal surface separated from
dorsal and posterior surfaces by a fine carina, the surface with oblique separated
carinae; posterior surface with delicate, more or less transverse carinae and a
stronger median carina on lower half.
Second submarginal cell of f orewing about three-fourths as wide above as below,
the width above subequal to height of cell ; first recurrent nervure received near
apex of first submarginal cell or interstitial with first transverse cubital vein.
Legs and abdomen without noteworthy modifications.
Male. Length 2.1-2.6 mm., forewing including tegula 1.5-1.9 mm. Black,
without metallic reflections ; the following testaceous — tegula, fore leg except coxa
and usually the fore tibia outwardly, mid and hind femora and hind tibia narrowly
annulate at base and apex, mid tibia entirely, mid and hind tarsi except apical
segment; the following varying from white to pale yellow — mandible except apical
teeth which are light red, clypeus, malar space, postmandibular triangle, a
triangular spot on side of face extending upward along eye margin two-fifths of
distance to anterior ocellus, and antennal scape. Pubescence as in female except
antennal fiagellum clothed with rather dense, suberect short setae, and apical half
of third abdominal sternum and all of fourth stenium with moderately dense,
short appressed setae. Wings as in female.
Head sculptured as in female, in frontal view the width slightly greater than
height (1.06 times) (fig. 4) ; viewed from above the width 2.2 times the length,
and vertex a little shorter than dorsal eye length; in lateral view the temple
slightly angulate opposite middle of eye, its greatest width subequal to eye width;
antennal scape 0.6 times as long as clypeal width at anterior mandibular condyles ;
ocellocular and ocelloecipital distances subequal, the postocellar distance 0.7 times
as great ; lower fourth of front with a very weak median carina which does not
extend downward onto clypeus.
Thorax and abdomen much as in female except for vestiture on third and fourth
sterna.
Legs without modifications.
Venation similar to that of female except second submarginal cell of forewing
about five-sixths as wide above as below, the width above subequal to height of cell.
Three of the females (82253 C, 83053 A. and 92653 B) captured in
Arlington, Va., were taken with prey. Each was taken near her burrow
entrance in a board in a cowshed wall. Each was carrying a paralyzed,
immature, pale green thrips in her mandibles. Two of the specimens
of prey were lost before being measured, but the third (92653 B) was
0.84 mm. in length. Females were active from at least 1000 to 1730
hours in Arlington, and were taken in Mav, Jiilv. August and Septem-
ber in 1953 and 1954.
Gorytes (Gorytes) deceptor, new species
This is extremely similar to simiUimus Smith in size, general color
pattern and sculpture, but differs consistently in certain details of the
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 63
color and sculpture, and apparently also in the preferred prey. In
simillimus the upper sector of the metapleural-propodeal suture is
foveolate, while in deceptor this part of the suture is a faint simple
impression. The propodeal sculpture also separates the two at once:
both sexes of siiniUiniii.s have the rugae confined lo the extreme base
of the enclosure and to a small area adjacent to insertions of the
abdomen and hind coxae ; in deceptor the propodeal enclosure is
entirely longitudinally rugose in the male and on the basal half or more
in the female, and both sexes have a much more extensive area of the
posterior surface rugose. The most noticeable differences in color are
as follows : the palpi are yellow except basal segment in deceptor,
entirely fuscous in sii)iillimus; in the female of deceptor the antennal
flagellum and mid and hind trochanters are yellow beneath, while in
nmillimus the apical segments of the flagellum and all trochanters are
dark beneath ; in deceptor males the trochanters are yellow beneath
but in similUmus they are dark. I am indebted to I. H. H. Yarrow of
the British Museum for comparison of material Avith the type of
simillimvs Smith.
There are two published records of si)nilli)nus preying on adult
Cieadellidae in Buffalo, N. Y., and in Westmoreland State Park, Va.
(Krombein: Ent. News 47: 93, 1936 and Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 78:
95, 1952). K. W. Cooper captured a female of deceptor at Princeton,
N. J., transporting an adult membracid.
G. deceptor is known at present from a more circumscribed geo-
graphic range than is simillimus, but additional collecting may prove
them to be coextensive. Both species fly together at Lost River State
Park. There are definite records of deceptor from New Hampshire,
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia, Ontario,
Michigan, Minnesota, Kansas and Nebraska. Published records indicate
that similli)nus occurs from Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Maine
south to Georgia, and in Ontario, Michigan, Illinois, Nebraska, and
British Columbia. It is possible that some of these records for siniil-
limus may be based on misidentifications.
Type. 9 ; Lost River State Park, W. Va. ; July 31, 1957 (K. V.
Krombein) [U. S. National Museum, Type No. 64095; by donation
from author's collection].
Length 10.5 mm., foiowing 8.5 mm. Black and shining, the following lemon
yellow: palpi except basal segment, base of mandible, clypeus except very narrow
apical margin, supraclypeal area except subantennal sutures, narrow stripe along
lower two-thirds of inner eye margin, antenna beneath, narrow stripe on pronotal
dorsum, posterior half of pronotal lobe, small spot on mesopleuron below base of
forewing, liand on posterior half of scutellum, a round spot on each side of
propodeal enclosure behind spiracle, apical bands on first five terga, that on first
covering the posterior third and with a deep right-angled emargination anteriorly
toward middle, the remaining bands narrower, small posterolateral spots on second
to fifth sterna which become progressively smaller toward apex, apices of all coxae
beneath, all trochanters beneath, femora within on apical fourth or more, tibiae
Gi PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
except in varying amounts beneath, and fore and mid tarsi. Wings with a faint
yellowish cast, the marginal cell somewhat infuscated; veins fuscous.
Sculpture and body proportions very similar to simillimus. Front rather dull
from dense fine punctures and with some scattered superimposed larger ones;
vertex and thorax except propodeum with minute, well-separated punctures;
metapleuralpropodeal suture well-marked on lower two-thirds, evanescent above;
propodeal enclosure delimited by foveolate grooves, with a narrow central furrow
on either side of which are about ten longitudinal rugae on the basal two-thirds;
posterior surface of propodeum and area above hind coxa with some vertical rugae
extending about halfway to upper horizontal surface; pygidium triangular, rather
narrow, the basal width about two-thirds the length, the surface shining and with
scattered, moderately small punctures.
Allohjpe. S ; Rochester, Monroe Co., N. Y. ; June 1939 [U8NM].
Length 10.1 mm., forewing 7.6 mm. Color pattern similar to type with following
exceptions: clypeus all yellow, flagellum dark beneath, first sternum with narrow
apical band, second and third sterna with lateral spots connected by a Ijroader
band, apices of coxae and trochanters entirely yellow beneath.
Sculptu:o aiul body proportions as in type except as follows: narrow longitudinal
tyloides on first four flagellar segments as in simillimus; propodeal enclosure
entirely rugose and posterior surface covered with vertical rugae, the lateral ones
terminating above on the yellow propodeal spots.
PoratijiJes. 2 9 9; same data as type, but August 1 and 8, 1957 (K.
V. Krombein) [KVK]. 1 $ ; Arlington, Va. ; July 11, 1954 (K. V.
Krombein) [KVK]. 2 2 9 ; Prineeton, Mercer Co., N. J. ; June 9, 1946
and August 2, 1941 (the latter pinned with an adult membracid,
Spissistilus constans (Wlk.)) (K. W. Cooper) [USNM]. 1 9 ; Shokan,
Ulster Co., N. Y. ; July 8, 1936 (H. K. Townes) [KVK]. 2 9 9; Cor-
nell University Campus, Ithaca, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; June 18 and
July 6, 1937 (P. P. Babiy) |CU]. 1 9 ; Ithaca, N. Y. (Chittenden)
[USNM]. 1 9 ; Ithaca, N. Y., July 14, 1917 (E. C. Van Dyke) [Cal.
Aead. Sci]. 1 9 ; Ringwood, Ithaca, N. Y. ; July 5, 1920 [CU]. 1 9 ;
Forest Lawn Cemetery, Buffalo, Erie Co., N. Y. ; June 20, 1934 (K. V.
Krombein) [KVK]. 1 S ; Hartford, Hartford Co., Conn.; June 12,
1895 [U. Calif., Davis]. 1 S ; New Hampshire [USNM]. 1 i ; Ron-
deau Park, Kent Co., Out.; June 28, 19:- 6 (G. Steyskal) [U. Mich.].
1 9 ; Ann Arbor, Washtenaw Co., Mich.; July 27, 1935 [U. Calif.,
Davis]. 1 $ ; Detroit, Wayne Co., Mich.; June 14, 1936 (G. Steyskal)
[U. Mich.]. 1 9 ; Olmsted Co., Minn. (C. N. Ainslie) [USNM]. 1 9 ;
Baldwin, Douglas Co., Kans. ; June (J. C. Bridwell) |USNM]. 1 9 ;
Cams, Rock Co., Nebr. ; July 1, 1902 (W. D. Pierce) [U. Nebr.].
Female paratypes range from 8.5 to 11.5 mm. in length There is no
significant variation in details of the sculpture except that rugae may
cover only the basal half of the propodeal enclosure. Likewise, there
is very little variation in the coloration, the chief diff'erence being a
slight reduction in extent of the yellow markings in a couple of the
specimens. The male paratypes are much like the allotype in colora-
tion, but the rugae on posterior surface of propodeum do not extend
((uite as high; they range from 8 to 9.5 mm. in length.
PROC. KNT. SOC. WASH.j VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 65
AN ANNOTATED CHECK LIST OF THE MOSQUITOES OF MONA ISLAND,
PUERTO RICO, AND THE LARVA AND MALE OF AEDES
OBTURBATOR D. & K.
(DiPTERA, CULICIDAE)
J. Maldonado-Capriles,^ Warren r. Pippin,- and Merle L. Kuns-^
Mona Island is located in latitude 18° 05' North and longitude 67°
85' West in the southern entrance to the Mona Passage between Puerto
Rico and Hispaniola, West Indies. Politically the island is a part of
Puerto Rico. The island is about 7 miles long from east to west and
3^ miles from north to south, thus covering about 14,000 acres.
The island is relatively flat and with two clear cut levels, the very
narrow sandy and rocky coastal plain and the limestone plateau that
ranges from 125 to 300 feet in elevation. Annual rainfall averages
only 40 inches. Water is permanently found in less than half a dozen
wells and cisterns built by people who have sporadically lived on the
island. Due to the constant breeze and the relatively high diurnal tem-
perature, water evaporates rapidly from the rock pools, etc. Addi-
tional information on topography, climate, soil, vegetation, fauna, and
flora can be found in condensed form in Ramos (1946).
In his paper Ramos lists only two species of mosquitoes as occurring
on the island, namely, Aedes aegypti (L.) and Culex pipiens L. A total
of 14 species were collected by the authors during the period 1953 to
1956. All of these except Aedes ohturhator D. & K. and PsoropJiora
insularia (D. & K.) have been reported from Puerto Rico. The iden-
tifications have been checked by Dr. Alan Stone, of the U. S. D. A.,
Washington, D. C, and for this and other suggestions we are indebted
to him.
1. Aedes aegypti (Linnaeus). — Ramos (1946) says " Curran 1928:10
reports 4: 6 6 collected February 21-26, 1914." This species has never
been collected again.
2. Aedes taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann). — Repeatedly found breeding in
the small mangrove swamp and in an open cistern on the western shore
near Sardinera. It is a vicious biter both day and night. Found to-
gether with Psorophora johnstoni.
3. Aedes mediovittatus ( Coquillett ) . — This species was found breeding
in artificial containers in the western lowland, near the Coast Guard
Station, in one concrete tank located near the center of the island, in
bromeliads (probably Guzmania sp.), and in pools formed by water
dripping from the roof of a cave near the light house. The water in
these cave pools had a pH of 8.2. The part of the cave where these
pools were found is well lighted. Adults are vicious biters both day
and night.
^College of Agriculture & Mechanic Arts, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.
-Department of Entomology, Oklahoma A. & M., Stillwater, Oklahoma.
372ncl Operations Squadron, Ramey Air Force Base, Puerto Rico.
66
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958
Aedes (Ochlcrotatus) obturbator D. & K. : Fig. 1, head, dorsal view; Pig. 2,
individual spines of lateral comb of eighth segment; Fig. 3, air tube, lateral view;
Fig. 4, anal segment, lateral view ; Fig. 5, basistyle, ventral view ; Fig. 6, claspette,
lateral view ; Fig. 7, tenth sternum, ventral view ; Fig. 8, ninth tergum, dorsal view.
PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 60, NO. 2, APRIL, 1958 67
4. Aedes obturbator Dyar and Knab. — ^^Pound in semipermaueilt raill
pools formed in roek depressions on the plateau and in cement catch-
ment in the lowlands. Adults were taken feeding both day and night.
Larva — Skin glabrous. Head (fig. 1) approximately one and one-half times as
wide as long, swollen at sides. Antenna relatively short, one-third as long as head,
nearly smooth except for an irregular double row of very small peg- or spine-like
structures along dorsoposterior side, very few longer spines on apical third ; an-
tennal hair double. Postclypeal hair (No. 4) very small, branched; frontal internal
hairs (Nos. 5, 6) simple and long ante-antennal hair (No. 7) multiple, long. Hair
No. 8 simple and long; No. 9 short and branched. Mental plate triangular, with a
larger median tooth and 15 to 16 lateral teeth on each side.
Eighth segment with lateral comb formed by 18 to 23 very weakly sclerotized
elongated spines in a triangular patch ; individual spines with a central longer
spine and two to four smaller on each side (fig. 2). Air tube (fig. 3) about twice
as long as basal width; pecten reaching to apical two-thirds, with 14 to 15 spines,
each successive spine slightly larger than preceding, last four more separated
from each other, individual spines with a strong tooth and a smaller basal one;
skin of air tube of scaly appearance ; tuft close to last spine of pecten, multiple.
Anal segment (fig. 4) equal or slightly longer on its dorsal margin than wide at
base ; ringed by sclerotized plate ; skin of scaly appearance ; ventral brush with
8 multiple hairs; dorsal brush with a single and a multiple hair. Anal gills four,
as long or slightly longer than anal segment; the dorsal pair slightly shorter
than the ventral pair. Lateral abdominal hairs long and single, on segments III
to VI shorter.
Runs to couple 3 in Lane's (1953) key to the Neotropical Aedes. Can be sep-
arated from A. fulvns and A. pennai by the shorter anal gills, the different head
hairs, and the different antennal tuft.
Male — The male at hand runs without any difficulty to A. obturbator in Lane's
key to adult Aedes, therefore, it is very similar to the female. Proboscis one-fifth
longer than fore femur; one and one-half times as long as antenna. Palpus as
long as proboscis. Anterior claw serrate 